Skip to main content

Full text of "No time to weep"

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  lhal  w;ls  preserved  for  general  ions  on  library  shelves  before  il  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  pari  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

Il  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  thai  was  never  subject 

to  copy  right  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  dillicull  lo  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  lo  a  library  and  linally  lo  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  lo  partner  with  libraries  lo  digili/e  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  lo  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  panics,  including  placing  Icchnical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  n  on -commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  thai  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non -commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  lo  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  lile  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use.  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 

countries.  Whether  a  book  is  slill  in  copyright  varies  from  country  lo  country,  and  we  can'l  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  I  lie  lull  lexl  of  1 1  us  book  on  I  lie  web 
al|_-.:. :.-.-::  /  /  books  .  qooqle  .  com/| 


32- 


■  /      ,  •    <v  ■■•:.-    -  ■-       *  *  ^J  r 

»<f 


V 


a 


ik.  k-b\« 


-a  .}* 


CK, 


-Or  r±- 


.  \ 


■  i 


.  v% 


«     V 


\    V 


>  • 


TRAVELS 

ALONG  THE 

MEDITERRANEAN, 

AND  PARTS  ADJACENT ; 

IN  COMPANY  WITH 

THE  EARL  OF  BELMORE, 

DURING  THE  YEARS  1816-17-18 : 

EXTENDING  AS  FAR  At 

THE  SECOND  CATARACT  OF  THE  NILE, 

JERUSALEM,    DAMASCUS,    BALBEC, 

%c.  fyc. 

ILLUSTRATED  BY  FLANS  AND  OTHER  ENGRAVINGS. 


BY 

ROBERT  RICHARDSON,  M.D. 

LICENTIATE  OF  THE  ROYAL  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICIANS  IN  LONDON. 


▼IKTUfE  ACQUlUTtm   HON0S. 


IN    TWO    VOLUMES. 


VOL.  I. 


LONDON : 

PRINTED  FOR  T..CADELL,  IN  THE  STRAND;  AND 

W.  BLACKWOOD,  EDINBURGH. 

1822. 


DEDICATION 


TO 


THE  EARL  OF  BELMORE. 


MY    LORD, 

The  work  to  which  I  here  prefix  your 
Lordship's  name,  is  an  account  of  the  exten- 
sive and  interesting  tour  on  which  I  had  the 
honor  of  accompanying  you  and  your  noble 
family.  The  greater  part  of  the  materials  of 
which  it  is  composed,  was  collected  in  your 
own  presence,  and  under  your  own  eye. 
Whatever  novelty,  therefore,  other  readers 
may  find  in  perusing  the  following  sheets,  I 
cannot  pretend  to  offer  to  your  Lordship's 
mind,  a  gratification  of  so  high  a  character. 


VI  DEDICATION. 

But  whatever  part  of  the  narrative  you  may 
honor  with  your  attention,  whether  that  shall 
represent  yourself  or  your  noble  family, 
engaged  in  witnessing  a  religious  procession, 
standing  by  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  temple, 
or  exploring  the  recesses  of  a  long  forgotten 
tomb  ;  whether  reposing  on  the  «ands  of 
Nubia,  by  a  field  of  dhoura,  or  by  the  rock 
at  the  second  cataract  of  the  Nile;  whether 
engaged  in  taking  an  astronomical  observ- 
ation, or  in  engraving  the  result  of  it  upon 
the  rock  for  the  information  of  the  future 
traveller;  whether  crossing  the  desert  on  an 
Arabian  steed,  or  a  salt-water  lake  on  the 
back  of  a  dromedary;  whether  standing  in 
pious  meditation  on  the  mount  of  God,  or 
by  the  holy  sepulchre  of  Christ,  by  the  rivers 
in  Damascus,  or  by  the  cedars  in  Lebanon, 
conversing  with  a  Pasha,  a  Bey,  a  Cachief, 
or  a  peasant ;  I  hope  the  description  will  re- 
fresh the  picture  in  your  Lordship's  memory, 
by  calling  up  the  events  in  the  order  in  which 


DEDICATION  V\% 

they  occurred,  while,  at  tibtfe  same!  time,  it 
declares  to  the  world  that  you  are  the 
first  and  the  only  nobleman  who  civet  ton** 
ducted  his  lady  and  family  U>  visit  so  many 
scenes  of  ancient  feme,  the  greater  part  of 
which  were  formerly  regarded  as  accessible 
to  none  Jnit  the  daring  and  chivalrous  adven- 
turer ;  and  having  gratified  them  with  the  in- 
teresting view,  under  the  blessing  of  God, 
brought  them  all  home  in  health  and  safety  to 

«  * 

their  native  land. 

How  happy  should  I  feel,  were  the  execu- 
tion of  the  work  equal  to  my  wishes  to  do 
justice  to  the  subject.  I  have  employed  much 
time  and  labor  in  composing  it,  which  I  have 
been  compelled  to  snatch  from  the  increasing 
fatigues  of  a  laborious  profession.  I  wish  it 
were  perfect ;  but  such  as  it  is,  I  am  happy 
in  being  permitted  to  usher  it  into  the  world 
under  the  auspices  of  your  Lordship. 

Trusting  that  the  work  to  "which  I  have 
thus  prefixed  your  name,  will  not  be  found 


•  •• 


V1U  DEDICATION. 

altogether  unworthy  of  your  acceptance,  or 
undeserving  of  public  approbation,  and  wish- 
ing your  Lordship  and  your  noble  family  every 
happiness  and  prosperity, 

I  have  the  honor  to  be, 

MY  LORD, 
Your  Lordship's 
most  obedient 

9 

and  most  devoted  servant, 

R.  RICHARDSON. 

Rathbone  Place, 
March  21, 1822. 


PREFACE 


I  shall  not  say  with  Mahomet,  "  there  is  no 
doubt  in  this  book,"  but  there  are  no  errors  or 
misrepresentations  in  it,  of  which  I  am  conscious, 
and  therefore  I  entreat  the  gentle  reader  to  look 
with  an  indulgent  eye  upon  such  as  he  may 
discover. 

Some  things  in  this  work  are  new  to  the  public. 
The  astronomical  observations,  fixing  the  site  of  the 
Tropic  considerably  above  Assouan,  together  with 
the  latitude  and  longitude  of  different  places,  thence 
to  the  second  cataract  of  the  Nile,  and  throughout 
Palestine  and  Syria,  were  taken  by  the  Earl  of  Bel- 
more  and  Captain  Armar  Lowry  Cony,  R.  N. ;  to 
whose  kindness  the  Author  is  indebted  for  their 
appearance  in  this  work. 

The  application  of  the  third  chapter  of  the  book 


X  PREFACE. 

of  Nehemiah,  to  ascertain  that  the  sites,  of  the  an* 
cient  and  modern  city  of  Jerusalem  are  the  same, 
is  not  mentioned  in  any  book  of  travels  with  which 
I  am  acquainted ;  it  is  a  highly  valuable  piece  of 
ancient  topography,  and  will  be  read  with  great 
interest  and  advantage  on  the  spot ;  and  the  Author 
avails  himself  of  this  opportunity  to  acknowledge 
his  obligations  to  the  Countess  of  Belmore,  for 
having  pointed  it  out  to  him  in  the  Holy  City. 

The  admission  of  a  Christian  to  the  interior  of 
the  Sakhara,  or  Solomon's  mosque,  accompanied 
hy  some  of  the  principal  Turks  in  Jerusalem,  is 
also  new,  and  the  Author  believes  that  he  is  the 
only  Christian  traveller  who  ever  enjoyed  that 
honor  and  privilege. 

This  work  contains*  likewise,  x  remarkable  in- 
stance of  the  fulfilment  of  Scripture  prophecy,  not 
formerly  mentioned  by  any  traveller.  The  pro- 
phecy occurs  in  the  end  of  the  fifth  verse  of  the 
ninth  chapter  of  the  Prophecies  of  Zecbariah, 
and  is  of  such  special  importance,  as  to  be  entitled 
to  a  place  even  in  a  general  preface.—"  And  the 
king  shall  perish  from  Gaza,  and  Askelon  shall 
not  be  inhabited."    At  the  time  when  the  precKc- 


PREFACE.  XI 

tion  was  uttered,  both  these  satrapies  of  the  Phi* 
tistines  were  in  a  flourishing  condition ;  each  the 
capital  of  its  own  petty  state.  Gaza  is  still  a  large 
and  respectable  town,  but  without  a  king;  the 
walls  of  Askelon  are  broken  down,  and  the  houses 
are  lying  in  ruins,  without  a  human  inhabitant  to 
occupy  or  to  build  them  up. 

In  regard  to  the  other  things  that  are  new  in 
this  work,  the  reader  is  left  to  discover  them  for 
himself.  Only  with  respect  to  the  composition  and 
general  style  of  it,  the  Author  begs  leave  to  ob- 
serve, that  throughout  the  whole  it  has  been  his 
object  to  tell  as  much  truth,  in  as  few  words,  and 
in  as  agreeable  a  manner  as  possible.  The  descrip- 
tions which  it  contains,  were  written  when  the 
place  or  object  described  was  before  his  eyes,  and 
though  he  has  consulted  many  authorities  since, 
yet,  in  cases  of  difference,  he  has  uniformly  adhered 
to  his  own.  If  he  has  succeeded  in  his  general 
aim,  the  work  will  prove  beneficial  to  the  cause  of 
•  religion  and  morality,  useful  and  interesting  to  his 
countrymen  ;  being  calculated  to  promote  a  more 
extensive  acquaintance  with  antiquity,  and  a  more 
correct  knowledge  of  the  modern  state  of  the  most 


Xll  PREFACE. 

celebrated  places  in  ancient  history.  For  these  high 
rewards  he  professes  to  have  labored ;  and  not  with- 
out hopes  of  having  done  so  with  some  degree  of 
success,  he  now  submits  his  work  to  the  judgment 
of  the  public. 

The  earlier  part  of  the  journey,  through  Malta, 
Sicily,  the  Campania  Felice,  the  Ionian  Isles, 
Greece  and  Constantinople,  is  but  slightly  touched 
on,  and  the  particular  narrative  of  the  tour,  sub. 
mitted  to  the  Reader,  begins  at  Alexandria. 


CONTENTS  TO  VOL  I. 


CHAP.  I. 

PAGE 

Departure  from  Southampton ....  1 
Arrival  at  Alexandria 12 

CHAP.  II. 

Alexandria 13 

Built  on  arches 15 

Obelisks 16 

Diocletian's  PiUar 19 

Catacombs.*... ib. 

Light-house 22 

Modern  Alexandria ••••to. 

Visit  to  the  field  of  the  21st  of 

March....  •. 25 

Inducements  to  explore  the  rains 

of  Alexandria 27 

CHAP.  III. 

Bay  of  Abookir 31 

Passage  of  the  bogas 32 

Rosetta 34 

Voyage  op  the  Nile 38 

Sath-haggar , 43 

Inundation  of  the  Nile 45 

Bulac 46 

Cairo 50 

Arabs ib. 

CHAP.  IV. 

Cairo 52 

Convents •  •  •  •  •  .58 

Lakes  in  Cairo 62 

Greek  church 63 

Castle  of  Cairo 65 

Sword  market 69 

Old  Cairo ib. 

Grotto  of  St.  Sergius 71 

Greek  Patriarch 72 

Baxars  and  costumes • 75 

Punishments 84 


PAGE 

Armenians.. ., 88 

Jews 89 

Copts  « ib. 

Vice- patriarch  of...... 91 

Church  of. , 94 

Pasha  of  Egypt. 98 

Union  of  Jews,  Christians,  and 

Moslems 109 

Society  in  Cairo m 

Beys  Sec , nt 

Mosques 113 

Convent  of  Dervlses •  .114 

CHAP.  V. 

Pyramids  of  Gheeza 117 

No  hieroglyphics  on. .  • 144 

Sphinx 153 

Adjoining  excavations 157 

Death  of  Mr.  Burckhardt 161 

CHAP.  VI. 

Voyage  up  the  Nile 163 

Antinopolis .166 

Alrairamoun •  • 167 

Osyout 169 

The  Defterdar  Bey ib. 

Review  of  cavalry 172 

Antseopolis .178 

Ikhmim •••• 181 

Girgeh 182 

Dendera 184 

Temple  of.... 186 

Supposed  xodiac .196 

CHAP.  VII. 

Egyptian  Deities 221 

Osiris 229 

Isis 235 

Horus ..244 

Typhon •••.•.......246 


xiv 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Nephrite* 230 

Neith 259 

Cneph 253 

Ph  than,  Hercules,  Serapis,  Men- 

des,  the  Nile 254 

Taout,  Esculapius,  Mars 955 

CHAP.  VIII. 

Gheneh ...259 

Arrival  at  Thebes 262 

CHAP.  IX. 

The  valley  of  Biban  el  Melook.  .263 
Tomb  discovered  by  Mr.Beteom.269 
Hums*  sacrifice  to  the  serpent  .299 

CHAP.  X. 

Voyage  up  the  Nile 309 

fisneb.** „»* 3tO 

Etakhias. 517 

Edfou ....326 

Koom  Ombos 339 

€HAP.  XL 

Assouan 342 

Embftp 344 

Tropical  Well 350 

Elephantina., 352 


CHAP,  XII. 

PA  CIS 

Nubia 363 

Embarkation  at  Embftp 364 

Kalabflhl 372 

Diarfissen 386 

Climate  of  Nubia 39? 

Deer 405 

Ibreem .416-465 

Absambul 420 

Ishkid 444 

Second  Cataract 44& 

Return , . .  ^ .  .456 

Moslem  Prayers 462 

Dekka ,....470 

Hindaou 476 

Deboudy 479 

Phikc 481 

CHAP.  Xtll. 

Assouan  Tropical  Well*  ........  510 

Assouan  Garb6 511 

CHAP.  XIV. 

Koom  Ombos..... .515 

HadjrSilsil 520 

Asphoun.. 529 

Hermont 530 

Thebes... 534 

Death  of  the  Princess  Charlotte  .  t'A. 


ERRATA. 


Page  140,  line  19,  for  Karaboush,  read  Karakoush. 

— ™* 24,  fur  Mainour,  read  Mamoun. 

— —  187,. 22,  fur  Yiile  Plate  I,  readVWe  Ichfiograpfcittil-  phm  af  Thetofc 

i  "    300,  —  ]  0,  far  Sanitary ,  read  Sanatory; 


TRAVELS 


ALONG  THB 


MEDITERRANEAN, 


8fC.  SfC* 


J 


DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  BINDER. 


VOL.  I. 


PACE 

Osiris,  Isis,  Typbon  and  Nephth£,  to  face ,....329 

Horus,  Harpocrates,  and  the  Eyes ..245 

Section  of  the  Temple  of  Diarfissen,  and  Plan  of  the  Tomb, 

with  the  Explanation 269 

Human  Sacrifice  to  the  Serpent ..••••.••...••.299 


VOL.n. 

PAG* 

The  Ichnographical  Plan  of  Thebes,  with  the  Explanation, 

to  face ••.••••••. .1 

Punishment  of  Rebellion... .49 

The  Balance...- —67 

Ichnographical  Plan  of  Jerusalem  and  its  Environs,  with 
the  Explanation ..••»••••. ••......••.•••..238 


\ 


EXPLANATION 

OF  THE 

PLATES.    * 


VOL.  I. 


OSIRIS,  ISIS,  TYPHON,  AND  NEPHTHE— PAGE  229. 

HORUS,  HARPOCRATES,  AND  THE  EYES 245. 

SECTION  OF  THE  TEMPLE   OF   DIARFI8SEN,    AND   PLAN 
OF  THE  TOMB  DISCOVERED  BY  MR.  BELZONI 269. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THB  FLAK. 

1.  Stain  and  Corridor—*.  The  Mummy  Pit— 3.  The  entrance  Chamber 
—4.  The  outlined  Chamber— 5.  Corridor  and  Stair— 6.  Beauty  Chamber 
— 7.  Chamber  of  Column*— 6.  Chamber  covered  with  Serpents  9.  The 
Cow's  Chamber — 10.  Sarcophagus  Chamber— 11.  Side-board  Chamber  in 
which  the  human  sacrifice  to  the  Serpent  is  represented — IS.  Unfinished 
Chamber— 15.  ditto— 14.  The  Sarcophagus  which  lies  orer  the  orifice  of 
the  dark  Passage  that  has  been  traced  300  feet. 

HUMAN   SACRIFICE  TO   THE  SERPENT — 299. 


3  1.. 

TRAVELS 

ajjohq  thb 

MEDITERRANEAN, 


i 
i 


»  • 


CHAPTER  I. 


DEPARTURE    FROM    SOUTHAMPTON — ARRIVAL   A? 

ALEXANDRIA. 

The  Travels,  which  it  is  the  design  of  the  fol- 
lowing  work  to  relate,  were  performed  by  the 
Author,  in  company  with  the  Earl  and  Countess 
of  Behhore,  and  their  noble  family. 

We  sailed  from  Southampton  on  the  21st  of 
August,  1816*  on  board  the  Ospray,  of  282  tons, 
mounting  fourteen  guns,  and  manned  by  thirty* 
two  able-bodied  seamen.  We  arrived  at  Gibraltar 
on  the  2d  of  September,  where,  having  remained 
ten.  days,  we  sailed  for  Malta,  which  we  reached 
on  the  26th.  This  island  deserves  as  much  to  be 
celebrated  for  excellent  harbours,  white  houses 
and  good  linen  as  it  did  in  the  days  of  Diodorus 
Siculus.  The  linguae  centum,  oraque  centum,  and 
ferrfa  vox  >  of  the  poet  are  strikingly  exemplified  in 

VOL.  i.  b 


2  SYRACUSE. 

the  hundreds  of  bells  which  every  day  but  Sun- 
day, being  a  saint's  day,  5000  priests  keep  in  per- 
petual motion. 

On  the  9th  of  October  we  sailed  from  the  harbour 
of  Malta,  and  on  the  12th  let  go  our  anchor  in  the 
beautiful  bay  of  Syracuse,  opposite  to  the  far-famed 
fountain  of  Arethusa.  A  quarantine  of  five  days 
entitled  us  to  land,  without  the  purification  of 
smoke.  Syracuse  contains  14,000  inhabitants ; 
2000  of  whom  are  priests,  who  strut  about  with 
pale  faces,  cocked  hats,  and  tight  small-clothes,  in 
bands  of  fifty,  to  work  miracles,' and  tithe  fish  as 
they  are  thrown  from  the  net  The  only  remaining 
fragments  of  the  temple  of  Diana  are  built  in  the 
cupboard  of  a  lawyer's  kitchen.  We  admired 
both  the  relics,  and  the  man  to  whose  lot  it  had  fallen 
to  preserve  them. 

On  the  22d,  we  weighed  anchor,  and  sailed  for 
Messina,  which  we  reached  on  the  24th  of  October, 
and  left  on  the  3d  of  November  for  Naples.  In 
Qur  way  thither  we  admired  the  volcanoes  of  the 
Lipari  islands,  where  anciently,  as  legends  tell, 
King  EqIu*  held  hi*  oomt,  and  where  he  still  gal- 
lantly disputes  the  sovereignty  of  the  place  with 
the  gods  of  water  a#id  fire.  On  the  6th  we  hailed 
th$  lovely  Partbaaope,  and  at  two  o'clock,  p*m. 
anchored  in  its  peaceful  harbour,  and  took  up  our 
4tAtiqn  for  the  winter, 

Whoever  wishes  to  see  the  misery  of  Naples 


NAPLES.  3 

will   repair  to  the  Marino  early  in  the   morn- 
ing,  and  look  at  the  crowds  of  ragged  Lazaroni 
squabbling    round    the    boiling    cauldrons,    that 
they  may  scald  their  tips  in  breakfasting  on  the 
boiled  chestnuts  they  contain.    There  he  will  see 
the   criminal  chained  hand  and  foot,  and  drag- 
ging at  every  step  a  heavy  load  of  iron ;  he  will  be 
reminded  of  the  religion  of  the  place,  by  the  flames 
of  hell,  brimful  of  human  beings  painted  on  the 
walk,  and  the  sepulchral  tones  of  the  hawker 
sounding  in  his  ears,  "  a  horrible  letter  from  pur- 
gatory."    He  will  see  the  sprightly  gaiety  of  noon 
ife  the  passing  throng  that  crowd  the  Toledo, — the 
seductive  brilliancy  of  the.  evening  assemblies  in 
the  ball-rooms,  and  the  theatres,— 4he  woes  of  dis- 
sipation in  the  haggard  aspects  of  the  noblesse, 
who  have  been  able  to  spend  their  fortunes  with- 
out having  learned  to  read  or  write,  and  who  let 
their  palaqes,  and  live  in  the  cellars.     In  the  Ob- 
servatory, the  Studii,  the  Botanic  Garden,  and  the 
Mineralogery,  he  will  see  the  fostering  care  of  his 
majesty  for  science  and  art,  his  charity  in  the  hos* 
jntals  and  poor's-house,  and  his  piety  to  the  saints 
in  the  church  lately  built  in  the  square  of  the  pa* 
kee»    Louis  XVIII.  declared,  that  under  the  pro* 
vidence  of  God  he  owed  his  throne  to  the  Prince 
Regent  of  England*  but  his  majesty  of  Naples 
owes  his  exclusively  to  the  thaumaturgic  energies 
of  St  Francisco  de  Paulo,  to  whom  he  erected  this 

b2 


%  NAPLES. 

splendid  church  in  gratitude  for  past  favours.  His 
majesty  delights  in  the  amusement  of  the  chasse, 
he  fires  slug  among  a  covey  of  partridges  or  quails 
as  they  fly  over  his  head ;  if  one  fall,  his  courtiers 
applaud  him,  he  chuckles,  and  hugs  himself,  calls 
for  a  plate  of  maccaroni,  and  challenges  them  to 
match  him  in  a  gobble  of  twenty  yards. 
.-  *  The  traveller  will  see  pimps  at  every  corner, 
priests  in  every  cafiS,  miracle-mongers  in  the  ca- 
thedral of  St.  Januarius,  and  will  hear  sound  sense 
and  learning  from  the  lips  of  the  bishop  of  Puz- 
zuoli,  which  is  five  miles  from  Naples. 

The  finest  views  are  from  the  Island  of  Capri 
and  Nisita,  the  most  extensive  from  Vesuvius,  and 
the  lofty  Camaldule ;  the  most  beautiful  spots  are 
infested  with  pest-houses  and  convents,  as  the  most 
lovely  faces  are  oftenest  invaded  by  freckles  and 
wens.  Pompeii  looks  from  its  ashes  like  an  ante- 
diluvian relic,  to  show  us  how  men  of  ancient 
times  lived,  and  enjoyed  themselves.  Psestum 
shows  us  the  temples  in  which  they  worshipped 
the  gods  \  Baia,  Miseno,  the  Elysian  Fields,  Cuma, 
A  vermis,  torre  di  patria,  Puzzuoli,  and  Pausilypo 
present  in  their  tomb-stones,  their  theatres,  and 
their  temples,  the  splendid  monuments  of  departed 
greatness,  and  speak  to  the  heart  with  the  elo- 
quence of  two  thousand  years.  The  reputed  tomb 
of  Virgil  shows  us,  in  a  wretched  hovel  with  ten 
sepulchral  niches,  that  imposture  in  regard   to 


4 

ZANTE,    ITHACA. 


places  is  not  confined  to  Palestine,  and  the  in- 
scription on  the  rock,  that  lying  writers  haye  found 
careless  transcribers. 

Qui  cineres?  tumuli  h«ec  vestigia,    Conditur  olim 
Hie  hoc  qui  cecinit  pascua,  rata,  duces. 

Can.  Reg.  M.  D.  LIIIL  were  the  words,  punctua- 
tion, and  date  which  the  inscription  exhibited  in 
1817. 

For  nearly  five  months  we  rejoiced  in  the  lovely 
Parthenope,  when  our  friends  departed  to  spend 
their  Easter  at  Rome,  and  invited  by  the  breezes 
of  spring,  we  gave  our  sails  to  the  wind,  left  the 
harbour  of  Naples  on  the  30th  of  March,  and  an- 
chored in  the  bay  of  Palermo  on  the  1st  of  April. 
The  kindness  of  friends,  the  beauties  of  the  place, 
and  the  inducements  to  remain  here  were  innumer- 
able,  but  we  sailed  on  the  20th  for  Malta,  where 
we  arrived  on  the  22d  ;  and  from  which  we  took 
our  departure  on  the  6th  of  May  ;  and  on  the  9th 
drank  the  wine,  and  smelt  the  flowers  of  Zante. 
This  island  contains  86,000  inhabitants,   among 
whom  are  500  priests,  100  of  whom  can  neither 
read  nor  write.    What  must  be  the  learning  of  the 
people  ? 

On  the  16th  we  sailed  for  Ithaca,  which  we 
reached  on  the  17th.  It  is  as  barren  and  pictu- 
resque as  in  the  days  of  Ulysses,  and  the  harbour 
could  not  be  better  described  than  in  the  words  of 
Homer,  thus  translated  by  Pope : 


» 


6  SANTO    MATTRO,    C6RFtT. 

Far  from  the  town  a  spacious  port  appears, 
Sacred  to  Phorcy's  power,  whose  same  it  bears ; 
Two  craggy  rocks  projecting  to  the  main, 
The  roaring  wind's  tempestuous  rage  restrain. 
Within,  the  waves,  in  softer  murmurs  glide, 
And  ships  secure  without  their  haulsers  ride* 

It  is  a  singular  coincidence ;  but  a  picturesque 
and  solitary  olive  tree  on  the  top  of  the  mountain 
enables  us  to  add  also  the  two  following  lines : 

High  at  the  head  a  branching  olive  grows, 

And  crowns  the  pointed  cliffs  with  shady  boughs. 

Ithaca,  which  is  also  the  modern  name  of  the 
island,  produces  a  red  wine,  which  ought  to  be 
better  known,  as  doubtless  it  will  both  in  prose  and 
verse,  if  the  long  talked  of  university  be  establish- 
ed there. 

On  the  2 1st  we  sailed  for  Santa  Mauro,  which 
we  reached  on  the  22d,  and  left  on  the  26th  ;  and 
on  the  morning  of  the  28th  arrived  at  Corfu,  the 
island  of  the  ancient  Phaeacians.  The  reputed  site 
of  Alcinous's  gardens  is  a  marsh,  and  the  well  of 
Nausicaa  lends  its  waters  to  turn  a  flour-mill. 

On  the  4th  of  June  we  fired  a  royal  salute  in 
honour  of  his  late  majesty's  birth-day,  and  a  sail 
of  three  hours  brought  us  to  anchor  off  Seyada,  on 
the  coast  of  the  ancient  Epirus,  From  Seyada 
three  days'  journey  placed  us  in  Joannina,  over  an 
undulating  country  abounding  in  wood,  water,  and 
pasture ;  but  neither  roads  nor  accommodation  for 


JOANNIXA,   COEINTH.  7 

travelers.  One  night  we  slept  in  a  church  j  and 
I  wo**ld  here  advise  every  person  who  intends  ta 
travel  in  Albania,  to  carry  with  him  a  mattrestv 
blankets,  and  sheets  if  he  has  not  previously  re- 
conciled bis  akin  to  the  harrowing  of  a  hair-tctoth, 
in  which  case,  he  may  do  aa  he  pleases.  Another 
night*  our  guide,  who  came  armed  with  the  au- 
thority of  the  Pasha  of  Jownina,  turned  out  a* 
fanner  and  his  wife  and  family  to  make  room 
for  us.  We  knew  nothing  of  it  till  the  following 
day,  and  our  consciences  have  nothing  to  answer 
for. 

In  Joannina  we  had  two  interviews  with  Alt 
Pasha,  the  tiger  of  Epirus^  bathed  in  the  Styx, 
among  water  snakes,  efts,  leeches,  and  toads,  at 
the  wtttfofc  or  Saint's  Ferry,  where  it  is  bridged 
by  a  hundred  arches ;  saw  the  fountain  of  Mars  in 
the  royal  garden,  which  fires  water  from  stone 
guw  >  and,  after  a  residence  of  eight  days,  set  out 
under  the  escort  of  a  ci-devant  captain  of  banditti, 
And,  by  the  way  of  the  Pentepagidia,  or  Five  Wells, 
arrived  at  Previsa  in  three  \  thence  by  the  Corin-i 
thian  eanal  to  Patrass,  where  we  arrived  on  the  14th 
qi  Jwe;  whence  we  removed  on  the  25th,  and 
two  days9  sail,  in  a  boat  of  the  country,  brought 
us  tp  Corinth,  where  we  lodged  in  the  house  of 
Doctor  Simonides,  a  professed  friend  of  the  En- 
glish, and  the  husband  of  an  aged  and  killing  beauty 
called  the  Sphinx* 


8  *     ATHEN6. 

Pram  Corinth  two  hours*  ride  brought  us  to 
Kenchres,  on  the  other  side  of  the  Isthmus,  where 
still  there  are  barbers,  $nd  the  natives  are  quite'  as 
unlikely  to  be  victors  in  the  Isthmian  games  as  they 
were  in  the  days  of  Pindar.  The  traveller  here* 
should  be  able  to  eat  bread  and  preserved  olives. 
We  slept  all  night  in  a  baker's  shop ;  and  sailed 
next  morning  at  six  o'clock  for  Athens ;  and  ar- 
rived in  its  beautiful  harbour  at  three,  p.  m.  From 
our  having  tarried  till  late  on  board  the  Ospray  we- 
did  not  reach  the  city  of  Minerva  till  nine.  The  citi- 
zens are  10,000 ;  the  walls  are  of  dry  stone,  tokeep 
out  the  plunderers  of  the  night ;  the  statues  are 
broken,  the  temples  in  'ruins ;  the  disdar,  or  go- 
vernor of  the  Acropolis,  charges  a  crown  for  a 
cup  of  coffee,  a  pipe  of  tobacco,  and  permission  to 
see  the  antiquities  it  contains ;  the  Ilissus  is  dry, 
the  fountain  of  the  muses  is  troubled,  the  Areopa- 
gus deserted,  the  Lyceum  unknown,  the  academy 
doubtful ;  the  car  of  night  formerly  ornamented 
the  pediment  of  the  Parthenon,  the  fragments  of 
the  horses  are  now  in  England,  and  the  sable  god 
feigns  triumphant  over  the  whole  of  Greece,  whose 
citizens  have  been  slaves  for  two  thousand  years. 
A  spring  of  bad  water  rises  in  the  centre  of  the 
town,  as  of  old ;  but  there  is  good  water  at  the 
fountain  of  Daphne,  which  is  three  miles  from 
Athens.  We  sailed  from  the  Piraeus  on  the  4th 
of   July,   and,  after   some    days-    delay  in   port 


CONSTANTINOPLE.  Q 

0>Raphty,  anchored  off  Marathon  on  the  10th; 
•This  plain  is  as  damp  as  of  yore.     Two  days9  resi. 
dence  showed  us  the  field,  and  the  monuments  of 
its  heroes,  and  gave  us  two  cases  of  intermittent 
fever.  We. sailed  for  Zea  on  the  13th,  and  from  it 
for  Constantinople  on  the  14th,  where  we  anchored 
in  front  of  Tapftanes  on  the  19th. 
,   In  this  the  most  irregular,  and  most  delightfully  si- 
tuated of  all  towns,  the  crescent  has  long  since  sur- 
mounted the  cross,  and  man  has  sunk  to  a  level  with 
the  brutes,  the  hyena,  the  sloth,  and  the  tiger ;  the 
king  of  the  beasts  would  be  insulted  with  the  com*, 
parison ;  the  Turjc  smokes  tobacco,  drinks  coffee 
and  sherbet,  and  murders  the  innocent  without 
cause  j  the  lion  kills,  that  he  may  eat.    The  most 
troublesome  animals  are  the   dogs  in  Constanti- 
nople.   Their  masters  keep  the  Ramadan  for  one 
whole  month ;  but  the  jnore  pious  curs  keep  it  all 
the  year  round  :  they  feast,  and  prowl  about,  du- 
ring, the  night,  and  sleep  during  the  day  in  the 
middle  of  the  streets,  there  being  no  horses  or  car- 
riages  to  disturb  them ;  but  the  unwary  passenger 
who  treads  on  one, .  had  as  well  touch  a  snake  in 
the  grass ;  the  first  hdwl  of  the  shoe?bitten  wretch 
calls  up  his  sUiipbertng  brethren  to  his  aid,  and  the 
astonished  ganger  is  instantly  assailed  by  legions 
of  hungry  tnastiife :  so  that  the  old  maxim,  "  let 
sleeping  dogs  lie,"  is  a  good  hint  to  Carry  to  Con- 
ftantinople.    The  sultan,  the  court,  the  city,  the 


XO  TBOY. 

citizens,  the  bazars,  the  mosques,  the  cemeteries, 
the  wails,  and  the  harbour,  Therapia,  and  Buyufc- 
dere,  are  all  delightfully  interesting,  but  tedious 
to  describe.  In  delivering  a  letter  of  introduction 
the  stranger  need  not  be  surprized  if  his  letter  is 
fumigated  before  it  is  received,  while  the  person  to 
whom  it  is  addressed  shakes  him  by  the  hand  and 
requests  him  to  become  an  inmate  in  his  house, 
without  insisting  on  a  previous  fumigation. 

On  the  evening  of  the  25th  we  sailed  from  Con- 
stantinople, and  on  the  morning  of  the  27th  an- 
chored off  Troy,  abreast  of  Yenikui.  "  There  is  a 
wounded  Greek,  Sir,  alongside,  wishing  to  speak 
with  you,"  was  the  first  sound  that  met  my  ears. 
The  call  was  instantly  obeyed,  I  sprung  on  deck, 
and  descended  into  the  humble  bark  that  bore  him 
on  the  sea,  and  saw  a  fine  young  man  in  the  bloom 
of  life  suffering  from  a  gunshot  wound  of  eight 
months1  standing,  that  had  fractured  the  anterior 
superior  spinous  process  of  the  right  ilium.  A 
portion  of  the  bone  occupied  the  orifice  of  the 
wound,  and,  adhering  by  a  slight  attachment,  kept 
up  a  constant  discharge,  with  much  constitutional 
irritation.  Having  removed  the  splinter  from  the 
wound,  I  cleaned  and  dressed  it,  and  gave  him 
some  applications,  and  directions  how  to  manage  it 
in  future.  His  trusty  companion  laid  hold  of  a 
beautiful  lamb  that  lay  beside  him  in  the  boat,  and 
handed  it  on  board  as  a  compensation  for  my 


TKOT.  II 

trouble.  I  remonstrated  against  receiving  any  ac- 
knowledgment, but  the  Greek  was  determined,  and 
rowing  off,  left  it  behind.  I  dare  say  the  men  Ma- 
chaon  and  Podalirius  had  often  done  ten  times 
more  without  being  so  well  requited  for  their  pains. 
The  sailors  affectioned  the  lamb :  he  ate  biscuit, 
and  drank  grog,  and  was  named  John  of  Troy. 

Men  fought  at  Marathon ;  but  the  gods  con- 
flicted at  Troy :  and  have  furnished  a  poet  worthy 
to  record  their  deeds.  Virgil  and  Tasso  are  delight- 
ful ;  but  Homer  is  divine.  He  sits  with  Jove  on  the 
summit  of  Olympus,  while  his  successors  cling  to 
the  slopes  beneath.    He  is  good  as  well  as  great ; 
his  lines  are  neither  tarnished  with  infidelity  nor 
filth  ;  his  lyre  had  no  string  to  sound  abomination. 
Any  wretch  may  be  indecent,  or  profane,  or  the 
devil's  valet,  for  a  name :  to  be  great  without  being 
also  good,  is  the  ambition  of  a  lunatic  or  a  fiend ; 
it  is  weak,  and  wicked,  and  unworthy  of  a  man. 
To  be  both  great  and  good  is  the  nearest  approach 
that  man  can  make  to  his  Creator.    It  is  worthy  of 
the  highest  ambition ;  and  if  man  pressed  man  with 
eagerness  to  the  goal,  who  will  limit  the  degree  of 
purity  and  perfection  to  which  we  might  attain  ? 

The  field  of  Troy  is  best  described  in  the  glow- 
ing language  of  Homer,  and  the  modern  features 
of  the  place  correspond  in  a  wonderful  degree  with 
the  descriptions  of  the  bard.  The  two  springs  of 
the  Bonarbashi,  or  Scamander,  are  of  equal  tern- 


12  ARRIVAL   AT   ALEXANDRIA. 

perature :  but  the  site  of  the  wind-swept  Ilium  is 
48  little  known  as  it  was  in  the  days  of  Alexander 
the  Great.  Were  I  asked  to  'assign  it  a  place,  I 
should  name  the  lofty  position  between  Yenikui 
and  Yenisqhechr,  the  new  village  at  our  landing* 
place,  and  th$  new  town  below  the  end  of  the  Si- 
gean  promontory  dt  the  entrance  of  ^he  jSfardUu 
pelles.  .  \  :v 

On  the  29th  we  sailed  for  Alexandria  Troas,  and 
thence,  on  the  same  day  for  Paros ;  where  we  vi- 
sited the  marble  quarries,  and  after  them  the  grotto 
pf  Antiparos,  the  tombs  of  Delos  and  Antidelos, 
and  returned  b^  Stapchio  to  Cnidos,  Marmorice, 
and  Rhodes ;  which  we  left  on  the  14th  of  Au- 
gust,/ and  on  thev  18th  anchored  in  the  deep  bay 
of  Lirneca  in  Cyj^irf,  which  we  left  on  the  19th  ; 
and  £ijv the  evening  of  the  20th,  arrived  at  Bvrout, 
from  which  we  sailed  on  the  24th  for  Saide  or  Si* 
{Jon,  thence  \o  St.  Jean  d'Acre,  and  thence  to 
Alexandria  in  Egypt,  where  we  arrived  on  the  7th 
pf  September,  and  cast  anchor  in  the  harbour  called 
Eunostus  in  the  better  days  of  this  ancient  capital. 
From  this  I  commence  the  particular  narrative  of 
our  trayels. 


[13] 


CHAPTER  II. 


ALEXANDRIA. 


r 

Egypt  is  one  of  the  ntost  anciently  celebrated 
countries  upon  earth,  and  Alexandria  is  its  latest 
if  not  its  greatest  heathen  capitol,  and  the  first 
that  a  foreign  conqueror  ever  planted  on  its  soiL 
It  is  in  rubbish j  the  enemy  has  levelled  its  towers, 
and  broken  down  its  walls,  and  the  wind  from  the 
desert  has  laid  it  under  a  load  of  sand,  so  tjiat 
hardly  a  single  fragment  that  appears  can  be  Re- 
ferred to  its  own  original.     Impatient  to  erfplofce 

• 

the  venerable  ground,  we  landed  at  an  early  hour 
on  the  morning  of  the  8th,  and  having  passed 
through  the  Khan,  where  a  herd  of  hungry  camels 
were  baiting  after  their  fatigues,  we  mounted  our 
asses,  passed  without  the  gate  of  the  city,  and  en* 
tered  immediately  on  the  field  of  ruins.  Before  us, 
in  the  centre  of  the  scene,  enlivened  by  a  few 
Spreading  palms,  stood  a  Greek  and  a  Capuchin 
Convent,  a  buffalo  turning  a  water  wheel,  a  round 
column  on  our  right,  and  a  tall  obelisk  on  our  left ; 
but  excepting  these,  all  was  height  alternating  with 
hollow,  mound  rising  over  mound,  with  here  and 


14  ALEXANDRIA. 

there  the  end  of  a  beautifhl  column,  or  the  angle 
of  an  enormous  stone  cropping  out,  to  break  the 
continuity  of  the  drifted  sand  unconsolidated  by 
aught  of  vegetable  growth. 

We  directed  our  course  to  the  door  of  the  Ca- 
puchin Convent,  where  we  found  the  superior,  a 
venerable  old  man,  a  native  of  Genoa,  passing  here 
under  the  name  of  Padre  Carlo,  who  politely  offered 
to  show  us  the  site  of  the  celebrated  church  of 
Saint  Athanasius.  It  lies  on  the  north  east  of  the 
convent,  and  is  quite  contiguous.  The  bases  of 
many  columns  of  ordinary  magnitude  marked  the 
remains  of  an  extensive  edifice;  but  if  any  frag- 
ments  of  colossal  grandeur  exist,  they  are  all 
buried  in  the  sand.  He  said  the  French  had  made 
excavations  in  the  site  of  this  celebrated  Cathedral, 
and  had  discovered  something  of  great  value ;  but 
his  memory  did  not  serve  him  to  state  what  it  was, 
not  even  though  the  word  sarcophagus  was  whis- 
pered in  his  ear.  Close  by  lay  three  highly-finished 
columns  of  Syenite  or  large-grained  Egyptian  gra- 
nite, which  probably  formed. part  of  the  same 
building*  The  reverend  Ciceroni,  however,  in- 
formed me,  that  these  belonged  to  the  baths  of 
Cleopatra.  This  worthy  lady,  I  afterwards  found, 
was  the  Monsieur  n'entend  pas  of  Alexandria  j 
every  thing  was  attributed  to  her  when  the  real 
owner  was  unknown.  The  fate  of  these  shattered 
ruins  softened  the  heart  of  the  holy  Capuchin,  he 

7 


ALEXANDRIA.  15 

shed  tears  over  the  disaster,  and  bewailing  the  de- 
cay of  Christianity  in  those  lands,  left  me,  and  re* 
turned  to  the  Convent,  thanking  God  that  he  had 
abandoned  the  world.  Continuing  the  route  which 
the  friar  had  pointed  out,  I  came  to  the  Persian 
wheel  which  was  drawn  by  two  buflaloes,  and  raised 
water  to  fill  the  cisterns  for  the  supply  of  the 
city.  This  can  only  be  done  once  a  year,  and  but 
for  a  short  time  when  the  Nile  is  at  its  height ;  but 
the  cisterns  being  then  filled,  are  sufficient  to  sup* 
ply  the  city  with  excellent  water  all  the  year  round* 
The  same  was  the  case  with  ancient  Alexandria, 
and  the  same  cisterns  which  held  the  water  for  the 
ancient  city,  also  contain  it  for  the  modern.  It  is 
a  curious  fact,  that  a  great  pirt  of  ancient  Alex- 
andria stood  upon  arches;  this  circumstance  is 
stated  by  Hirtius,  in  his  continuation  of  Caesar** 
Commentaries  on  the  war  in  Africa.  Under  these 
arches  were  formed  the  cisterns  that  preserved  the 
water  for  the  supply  of  the  city.  These  arches 
stiU  exist,  and  are  stated  to  be  partly  Greek  and 
partly  Roman  ;  but  it  is  no  argument  in  favour  of 
the  pr<e>**]gHstajn  existence  of  the  arch ,  fix  for- 
nix, the  word  by  which  it  is  expressed*  denotes  a 
building  constructed  in  the  form,  but  not  oil  the 
principle  of  the  arch,  the  definition  of  which  ia 
Jbtm*  wfip&sus,  and,  as  far  as  is  yet  correctly  as- 
certained, was  not  introduced  into  architecture  be- 
fore the  time  of  Augustus. 


16  ALEXANDRIA. 

-  Continuing  the  route,  I  came  in  a  few  minutes 
to  two  beautiful  obelisks,  that  once  adorned  the  en- 
trance of  the  palace  of  the  Ptolemies.  One  still 
Stands  erect,  the  other  lies  prostrate  on  the  ground ; 
but  both  are  entire,  excepting  a  small  disintegra- 
tion from  the  action  of  the  weather,  on  the  south 
east  side.  They  are  covered  with  hieroglyphics 
on  every  side.  The  tablets  refer  them  to  the  tern*, 
pies;  and  statues  in  Heliopolis  and  Thebes.  They 
are  about  sixty-four  feet  high,  and  eight  feet  square 
at  the  base,  The  one  that  lies  prostrate  is  mounted 
on  props,  and;  seems  as  if  prepared  for  a  journey : 
I  believe  accident  alone  has  prevented  its  being  in 
England. 

Having  surveyed  the  obelisks,  I  regained  the 
beaten  track,  and  pursued  my  way  to  the  Rosetta 
gate,  along  what  seemed  to  have  been  the  prindU 
pal  street.  On  each  side  lay  rows  of  stately  columns 
of  marble,  all  overturned.  These  are  probably  the 
remains  of  that  magnificent  colonnade,  that  passed 
between  the  gates  of  the  sun  and  moon,  adorning 
the  principal  street  of  the  city,  on  each  side.  In 
the  numerous  excavations,  I  observed  many  deep 
foundations,  arches,  and  walls  of  what  had  been 
stately  buildings ;  but  could  not  be  certain  of  re- 
ferring any  of  them  to  structures  of  particular  note 
in  the  ancient  city.  This  is  a  state  of  perplexity 
to  which  the  explorer  is  frequently  reduced.  He 
traverses  the  ruins  of  an  ancient  metropolis,  guided 


ALEXANDRIA.  17 

by  the  faint  lights  which  an  imperfect  history  has 
shed  over  them;   he  ransacks   every  creek    and 
corner,  in  hopes  of  finding  something  that  will  give 
order  and  arrangement  to  the  confusion  with  which 
he  is  surrounded j  and  after  plodding  through  a 
labyrinth  of  mental  discussion,  he  finishes  the  sur- 
vey, and  retires  in  doubt.   A  little  way  removed  to 
the  right  of  our  path,  two  mounds  stood  pre-emi- 
nent ;  distinguished  from  the  others  by  their  magni- 
tude alone.     Thither  I  was  directing  my  course ; 
but  the  bourichieri  informed  me  that  these  were 
two  Turkish  forts,  and  must  not  be  approached. 
Hie  largest,  from  its  commanding  situation  and 
distance  from  the  great  harbour,  is  probably  the  suc- 
cessor of  the  Panium  turbinatum ;  from  the  summit 
of  which  the  whole  town  was  distinctly  visible. 
The  military  eye  might  suspect  their  present  use ; 
but  the  ordinary  observer  would  not  find  any  thing 
in  their  appearance  to  deter  his  approach.     Con- 
tinuing the  route,  in  a  little  time  I  passed  out  by 
the  Rosetta  gate ;    and  turning  to  the  left,  pro- 
ceeded over  the  ruins  towards  the  Lochian  pro- 
montory.    The  palace  which  occupied  about  one 
third  of  the  town,  stretched  along  in  this  direction. 
The  hollow  sound  beneath  our  feet,  indicated  the 
nature  of  the  mounds  over  which  we  were  passing ; 
and  the  sand  which  had  poured  down  in  several 
places,  opened  a  vista  into  large  subterraneous 
chambers,  which  it  was  impossible  to  examine 
vol.  i.  c 


18  ALEXANDRIA. 

without  much  excavation.  Detached  masse*  of 
stone  and  lime,  and  brick  and  lime,  of  Roman 
manufacture,  lay  round  in  great  profusion  ;  and  all 
along  this  east  side  of  the  great  harbour,  ruined 
houses  are  seen  extending  a  great  way  into  the 
sea,  which  were  probably  merged  under  the  sur- 
face of  the  water,  at  the  time  of  the  fatal  earth- 
quake, in  which  Alexandria  lost  50,000  of  her  citi- 
zens. The  island  of  Antirrhodos*  that  lay  in  front 
of  the  harbour,  memorable  for  the  Timonium  of 
Mark  Anthony,  and  other  buildings,  is  no  where 
to  be  seen ;  it  is  reported  to  have  been  washed 
away;  but  most  probably  if  disappeared  in  the 
same  dreadful  catastrophe.  Stretching  on  to  the 
point  of  the  harbour,  there  is  a  small  Turkish  fort* 
occupying  the  site  of  the  little  Pharos $  but  it  is 
now  deserted,  and  in  ruins. 

Retracing  my  steps  I  passed  by  the  Rosetta  gate, 
and  proceeded  round  the  ancient  walls  of  the  town 
which  were  equally  buried  in  sand  with  the  houses 
which  they  surrounded,  and  known  only  by  the 
sudden  and  precipitous  rise  from  the  adjacent 
ground.  Having  travelled  about  a  mile  without 
meeting  with  any  thing  worthy  of  notice,  I  passed 
by  a  low  part  in  the  wall,  and  came  into  a  large  open 
square,  probably  the  Gymnasium :  it  is  covered 
with  sand,  and  surrounded  by  high  mounds  on  all 
Sides.  Adjoining  it  on  the  north-west,  rises  the 
majestic  column,  which  now  that  the  inscription 


ALEXANDRIA.  19 

has  been  read,  we  must  call  Diocletian's  Hilar.  It 
is  elevated  upon  a  pedestal  of  about  twelve  feet 
high,  which  is  much  injured ;  the  shaft  of  the 
column  is  round,  and  rises  to  about  the  height 
of  ninety  feet,  and  is  surmounted  by  a  Corinthian 
capital  of  about  ten  feet.  The  column  is  one  block 
of  large-grained  granite,  the  same  as  that  found 
at  Assouan.  It  is  nine  feet  in  diameter,  with  a 
perceptible  entesis,  without  hieroglyphics,  and  re- 
markably well  cut,  and  very  little  injured  by  the 
effects  of  time.  The  name  to  which  this  column 
was  dedicated,  being  once  known,  we  may  naturally 
enquire  how  it  ever  came  to  be  called  Pompey's 
Pillar;  it  being  as  improbable  that  any  of  the 
Caesars  would  sanction  the  erection  of  such  a  monu- 
ment to  the  memory  of  their  unfortunate  antago- 
nist, as  that  Lewis  the  XVIIIth  would  permit  a 
column  to  be  erected  in  memory  of  Napoleon 
Bonaparte.  Ignorant  of  the  real  name,  some  one, 
probably,  whispered  that  of  the  haughty  Roman, 
and  the  appellation  passed  down  unquestioned  to 
future  times. 

About  a  mile  to  the  west  of  the  column,  and 
without  the  walls  of  the  ancient  city,  are  the  Cata- 
combs, nearly  in  as  ruinous  a  condition  as  the 
city,  whose  dead  they  were  intended  to  receive. 
The  real  entrance  to  these  subterraneous  abodes 
is  unknown,  and  the  present  passes  off  from  the 
sea  tike  the  entrance  into  a  grotto.     On  arriv- 

c  2 


2©  ALEXANDRIA. 

ing  at  the  spot,  we  paused  a  little  in  the  narrow 
passage  tcf  light  our  torches,  and  perform  the  cus- 
tomary prelusive  ceremony  of  firing  off  a  musket, 
and  the  still  more  uncommon  one  of  sounding  a 
bugle  horn,  to  announce  to  the  jackals  and  bats* 
the  disgusting  tenants  of  these  abodes,  that  they 
were  to  be  visited  by  human  beings.  Then  each 
of  us,  armed  with  a  lighted  candle,  and  preceded 
by  our  guide,  crawled  along  on  our  hands  and  feet 
for  about  twenty  yards,  under  the  horizontal  stra- 
tum of  calcareous-  rock*  The  first  chamber  that  we 
entered  into,  was  about  ten  feet  square,  and  rather 
low  in  the  roof;  it  contained  a  number  of  bones, 
and  was  pervaded  by  a  damp  unwholesome  smell. 
The  next  chamber  that  we  entered  was  larger,  and 
higher  in  the  roof,  contained  many  more  bones, 
and  sarcophagi  cut  in  the  side,  of  the  floor  for  the 
reception  of  the  dead  ;  and  was  equally  damp  with 
the  first.  The  third  chamber  was  half  full  of  sand, 
and  showed  the  entrance  into  a  fourth,  which,  may 
be  called  the  state  chamber ;  the  door  of  which 
was  adorned  with  doric  pilasters,  and  a  pediment, 
in  the  Centre  of  which  was  a  coarse  half  finished 
globe,  surmounted  by  a  crescent  This  chamber  is 
round  with  three  recesses,  one  fronting  the  door, 
and  one  on  each  hand ;  but  contained  no  bones,  no 
stony  excavations  in  the  form  of  sarcophagi,  and 
very  little  sand.  The  other  chambers  that  we  en- 
tered were  perfectly  choked  up  with  sand,  and  we 


ALEXANDRIA  21 

moved  on  frequently  in  contact  with  the  ceiling. 
Here  there  was  nothing  to  be  discovered  without 
immense  labour,  and  we  soon  became  tired  of 
crawling  over  sand  without  any  object  to  animate 
tiie  pursuit,  so  we  retraced  our  way  through  the 
chambers  that  we  had  already  passed,  and  regained 
the  open  air  without  having  been  regaled  with  the 
sight  of  a  jackal,  or  the  -flutter  of  a  bat 

The  form  of  these  chambers,  the  doors,  pilasters, 
aud  stone  troughs,  or  sarcophagi,  show  them  to  be 
entirely  Grecian ;  in  size  and  proportion  they  are 
fully  equal  to  the  Egyptian -catacombs,  in  other  parts 
of  the  country ;  but  in  the  fitting  up,  decorations, 
or  even  preservation,  they  are  not  once  to  be  named 
in  comparison  with  the  latter.  All  along  the  shore 
of  this  western  harbour,  are  many  sepulchres  of  in* 
considerable  note,  some  of  them  under  the  rock  4 
many  that  are  merely  cut  into  it  and  open  to  the 
air,  and  many  covered  with  water  under  the  level 
of  the  sea.  Many  baths  were  also  exhibited  to  us 
jn  this  quarter,  which  were  named  as  usual,  the 
baths  of  Cleopatra  $  they  are  small,  incommodious, 
and  of  difficult  entrance ;  and  any  that  we  were 
shown  were  of  a  description  far  too  inferior  to 
countenance  the  supposition  that  they  had  ever 
been  used  as  baths  by  that  enchanting  and  luxuri- 
ous queen,  the  conqueror  of  the  Roman  heroes,  or 
any  of  her  royal  predecessors.  Their  exposed  and 
dreary  situation,  by  the  margin  of  the  tombs,  ra- 


22  ALEXANDRIA* 

ther  point  them  out  as  the  common  baths  for  the 
Plebeian  multitude  of  the  luxurious  and  fastidious 
Alexandrians, 

The  celebrated  light-house  that  occupied  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  west  side  of  the  northern,  or  great 
harbour,  is  now  succeeded  by  an  insignificant  for- 
tress. And  on  that  spot  from  which  an  hospitable 
ray  issued,  far  and  wide,  to  invite  the  industrious 
mariner  to  come  and  anchor  in  a  peaceful  harbour, 
a  sullen  Mussulman  now  smokes  his  pipe;  and 
looking  from  the  embrasures  insults  the  Christian, 
and  turns  him  from  the  gate  with  disdain.  The 
light-house  was  the  wonder  of  the  world,  and  it  is 
to  the  astonishment  of  every  reflecting  mind,  that 
the  present  barbarous  possessors  of  this  ancient 
city,  should  not  long  since  have  been  civilized,  and 
taught  to  know  the  blessing  of  treating  all  men  like 
brethren  and  friends, 

"  I  wish  to  see  the  living  king,  and  not  the  dead," 
said  Ptolemy,  when  invited  by  Augustus  to  look  at 
the  dust  of  the  Macedonian  hero.  The  modern 
Alexandria  occupies  the  neck  of  land  that  divides 
the  two  harbours  $  *  a  considerable  part  of  which,  is 
the  artificial  mound  that  was  formed  in  the  time  of 
Alexander  the  Great,  to  unite  the  island  of  Pharos 
with  the  continent.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  high 
stone  wall,  entered  by  four  gates,  and  contains 
about  14,000  inhabitants.  The  streets  are  narrow, 
dirty,  and  irregular ;  the  houses  are  from  two  to 


JJLEXAN01UA*  $3 

three  stories  high,  strong,  and  substantial ;  but  of 
a  remarkably  dull  appearance,  from  there  being  few 
windows  to  the  streets,  to  prevent  the  interchange 
of  sympathetic  looks  between  the  passengers  and 
the  wives  and  daughters  of  the  Moslem  inhabitants. 
The  bazars  are  few,  but  amply  provided  with  cloth, 
tobacco,  pipes,  sherbet,  and  vegetables.  The  fe- 
males seldom  go  abroad,  except  on  holidays,  to 
visit  the  tombs  of  their  departed  relatives.  Those 
whom  the  traveller  meets  in  the  street,  are  gene- 
rally old,  ill-dressed,  and  veiled,  after  the  manner 
of  die  East,  where  the  display  of  female  charms 
in  form,  finery,  and  conversation,  is  entirely  con- 
fined to  the  domestic  circle,  the  society  of  their 
husbands,  or  that  of  their  own  sex.  Hence  the 
gloomy  aspects  of  the  men,  the  dull  and  insipid  ap- 
pearance of  their  most  frequented  streets ;  which 
is  not  compensated  for  by  meeting  the  Turk,  the 
Arab,  the  Copt,  the  Greek,  the  Jew,  the  French, 
the  English,  the  Italian,  or  the  German,  in  all  the 
diversity  of  feature  and  costume  of  their  different 
countries :  nothing  that  falls  under  the  eye  of  man 
can  supply  the  absence  of  his  lively  and  intelligent 
companion,  who  is  equally  vapid  when  removed 
from  his  presence. 

In  this  season  of  the  year  the  streets  of  Alexan- 
dria are  particularly  dirty  and  disagreeable,  on  ac- 
count of  the  laying  in  of  water  for  the  supply  of 
the  whole  of  the  ensuing  twelve  months.    The  iuu 


24  ALEXANDRIA. 

vigable  canal  that  formerly  brought  the  water  of 
the  river  to  the  walls  of  the  city,  is  now  so  ob- 
structed with  mud,  that  the  water  does  not  flow 
into  it  except  during  the  short  period  that  the  in- 
undation of  the  Nile  is  at  its  height.  Since  the 
above  was  written,  this  canal  has  been  again  cleared 
out,  and  rendered  navigable  by  the  exertions  of 
the  present  politic  and  enlightened  ruler  of  Egypt » 
but  the  operation  of  the  same  causes  is  likely  soon 
to  render  it  equally  impassable  as  before j  the  pro- 
ducts arising  from  the  facility  of  commerce  not 
being  able  to  defray  the  expence  of  keeping  it  in 
repair.  During  this  season  of  filling  the  cisterns, 
the  traveller  can  hardly  stop  for  a  moment  to  con* 
template  any  object  that  may  have  arrested  his 
attention,  without  being  jostled  on  the  back  by  a 
leathern  bag  full  of  water,  hanging  on  the  lank 
sides  of  a  raw  boned  camel,  towering  along  in  her 
majestic  pace  to  deposit  it  in  the  reservoirs.  One 
troop  after  another  occupies  the  streets  during  the 
whole  of  the  day.  Equal  in  employ,  though  nobler 
in  descent,  our  fellow-man  mixes  in  the  carrying 
train;  and  crowds  of  human  beings  half  .naked, 
parade  the  streets  with  leathern  sacks  full  of  water  * 
suspended  from  their  shoulders,  and  resting  upon 
their  jiaked  back  and  breast,  sometimes  with  a  cup 
in  their  hands,  they  call  upon  you  to  purchase  a 
glassful  of  water ;  at  other  times  they  pass  quietly 
on,  and  deposit  their  burden  in  the  reservoir  along 


ALEXANDRIA.  25 

with  their  fellow-labourers,  the  camels.  Which  is 
the  greater  object  of  compassion,  the  man  whose 
luckless  fate  subjects  him  to  be  the  yokefellow  of 
a  beast,  or  the  relentless  miscreant  who  enthrals 
and  condemns  him  to  the  degrading  office? 
Strength  is  but  a  part  of  our  nature,  and  he, 
that  in  the  exercise  of  power,  forgets  or  despises 
the  feelings  of  humanity,  is  but  the  fraction  of  a 
man. 

The  wharf  presents  an  active  scene  of  ships 
building,  vessels  loading,  and  taking  in  their  car- 
goes, with  heaps  of  grain,  and  bales  of  goods  piled 
up  along  the  shore.  But  the  European  stranger 
is  particularly  struck  with  the  crowds  of  naked 
porters  that  ply  their  busy  task,  and  the  swarms  of 
horrid  beggars  that  constantly  importune,  and  har- 
row up  the  feelings  of  his  heart.  Removed  at  a 
little  distance  to  the  west  of  the  quay,  stands  the 
residence  of  the  Pasha,  on  the  long  and  narrow  pe- 
ninsula of  the  Pharos ;  it  is  a  solitary  building  in 
the  midst  of  sand.  We  applied  for  permission  to 
see  it,  but  his  highness  was  daily  expected,  and 
the  favor  could  not  be  obtained. 

It  was  impossible  to  leave  Alexandria  without 
paying  a  visit  to  the  glorious  field  of  the  21st  of 
March.  Thither  my  friend,  Mr  Thurburn,  hand- 
somely offered  to  accompany  us,  and  at  the  same 
time  provided  us  with  excellent  horses  for  the  ex- 
cursion.   Having  cleared  the  Rosetta  Gate,  we 


26  ALEXANDRIA. 

travelled  about  two  miles,  and  came  to  the  elevat* 
fed  position  of  the  French  lines,  stretching  along 
the  heights  from  what  was  the  lake  Mareotis  to  the 
sea.  About  two  miles  farther  on,  we  reached  the 
station  of  our  gallant  countrymen,  having  passed 
through  a  rough  and  sandy  plain.  Advancing  in 
front  of  the  ruin,  where  raged  the  hottest  of  the 
battle,  we  found  a  six-pound  shot  lying  in  the  sand. 
This  was  the  only  messenger  of  death  that  present- 
ed itself  to  our  eyes ;  but  numbers  of  the  same 
description  have  not  unfrequently  been  found  by 
others.  This  ruin  has  been  called  the  remains  of  a 
Roman  fort ;  to  me  it  appeared  to  be  those  of  a  ca- 
ravansary, and,  though  greatly  dilapidated,  would 
still  afford  many  advantages  to  the  occupier  in  the 
hour  of  conflict.  Here  we  alighted,  and  led  our 
horses  among  the  tombs  of  the  departed  heroes, 
Which  are  now  level  with  the  ground  and  almost 
imperceptible.  One  monumental  stone  which  his 
sorrowing  companions  had  erected  to  the  memory 
of  Colonel  Dutens,  and  inscribed  with  his  name, 
was  the  only  memorial  that  we  saw  upon  the  field. 
We  raised  it  from  its  prostrate  situation  among  the 
sand,  and  having  restored  it  to  the  erect  posture 
which  it  had  originally  possessed,  rode  over  to  the 
canal,  and  returned  to  Alexandria.  In  our  way 
thither  we  passed  through  a  party  of  Bedouin 
Arabs,  who,  with  their  flocks,  having  consumed  the 
straggling  vegetation  of  the  place,  had  struck  their 


ALEXANDRIA.  27 

tents,  and  were  bundling  up  their  goods  prepara- 
tory to  their  removing  to  other  quarters.  After  a 
considerable  detour  round  the  walls,  we  returned 
through  the  ruins  of  the  ancient  city,  and  arrived 
at  the  station  from  which  w6  had  set  out. 

In  the  modern  passion  for  exploring  the  ruins 
of  ancient  towns,  the  site  of  Alexandria  has  been 
unaccountably  neglected.  Yet  this  is  the  door 
by  which  the  Egyptian  antiquary  ought  to  enter 
upon  his  researches.  Alexandria  was  the  connect- 
ing link  between  the  Egyptian  and  the  Grecian 
world ;  ^where  the  obscure  and  symbolical  writings 
of  the  one  were  interpreted  into  the  well-known 
and  almost  universal  language  of  the  other.  This 
is  the  place  to  search  for  the  key  that  will  unlock 
the  hidden  mysteries  of  the  hieroglyphics.  Here, 
for  the  first  time,  as  far  as  we  know,  the  sacred  lan- 
guage of  the  priests  was  translated  into  the  lan- 
guage of  the  country,  and  the  language  of  its 
conquerors;  and  if  any  corresponding  alphabet 
exists  to  enable  us  to  know  the  value  of  each  sym- 
bolical character  used  in  the  sacred  writing  of  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  it  is  more  likely  to  be  found 
among  the  ruins  of  this  city  of  interpreters  than  in 
any  other  place.  All  that  learning  and  ingenuity 
can  do  has  already  been  done ;  yet  we  do  not  know 
the  value  of  a  single  character,  nor  the  principle  of 
using  it,  nor  so  much  as  a  word  in  the  language ; 
no  man  living  can  write  the  name  of  George  the 
Fourth  in  hieroglyphics,  or  tell  the  import  of  any 


28  ALEXANDRIA. 

one  of  the  characters  that  composes  the  tablet 
said  to  answer  the  name  of  Ptolemy  in  the  Rosetta 
inscription,  nor  how  that  was  pronounced  when 
written.  Conjecture  may  dress  up  a  plausible  tale, 
yet  still  it  is  but  conjecture,  and  not  truth.  It  is 
to  be  hoped  that  some  future  traveller  will  devote 
a  portion  of  his  time  to  explore  the  ruins  of  Alex- 
andria ;  and  we  heartily  wish  that  his  efforts  may 
be  crowned  with  the  invaluable  discovery  of  an  in- 
terpreting alphabet  of  the  hieroglyphics.  Much 
was  destroyed  by  the  undiscerning  owelty  of  the 
Roman  emperors,  much  by  the  Saracens,  and  much 
by  the  Turks ;  yet  many  valuable  relics  still  exist 
in  its  rubbish,  and  that  may  be  among  the  number. 
In  regard  to  the  motley  population  of  the  modern 
Alexandria,  I  had  but  little  opportunity  of  judging 
of  it,  as  we  lived  on  board  during  the  whole  of  the 
time  that  we  remained  in  the  place.  I  have  already 
mentioned  the  Greek  and  the  Roman  Catholic 
hierarchy,  who  seemed  to  be  sufficiently  well  ac- 
commodated in  their  respective  convents,  which 
were  provided  with  chapels  of  a  competent  size  to 
receive  the  votaries  of  their  own  persuasion.  I  vi- 
sited one  Coptic  church  that  was  very  much  out 
of  repair,  and  did  not  appear  to  possess  any  thing 
of  consequence.  The  chair  of  Saint  Mark,  the 
boasted  possession  and  seat  of  the  patriarch  of 
Alexandria,  no  longer  exists ;  and  the  venerable 
father  of  the  Coptic  church  has  removed  his  resi- 
dence to  Cairo. 


ALEXANDRIA.  29 

The  air  of  this  extinguished  capital,  that  might 
be  reputed  ancient  in  any  other  country  but  Egypt, 
is  hot  and  sultry,  from  the  constant  action  of  a 
burning  sun  on  the  uncovered  rock  and  sand  with 
which  it  is  surrounded;  and  the  plague  rages  in 
the  city  for  nearly  nine  months  a  year.     In  the 
days  of  its  Grecian  fame  it  was  healthy  and  de- 
lightful i  the  banks  of  the  Mareotis  were  planted 
with  trees,  laid  out  in  gardens,  intersected  with 
walks,   and  watered  by  canals.     All  these  have 
withered,   and  disappeared  from  the  scene.     In 
vain  has  the  present  ruler  opened  one  of  its  canals 
for  trade ;  unless  he  can  vanquish  the  drifting  sand, 
restore  the  villages  and  cultivation  along  its  banks, 
he  is  rolling  the  stone  of  Sisyphus;  the  effects  of 
his  labour  will  soon  be  obliterated,  and  rock  and 
sand,  with  the  lizard  and  the  camelion,  obtain  pos- 
sessipn  of  the  field,  as  they  had  in  September  1817. 
But  it  is  time  to  prosecute  our  voyage :  Alexan- 
dria is  not  Egypt ;  which,  he  that  hath  not  seen, 
hath  not  seen  the  greatest  rarity  in  the  world. 


t  *>  3 


CHAPTER  III. 

DEPARTURE  FROM  ALEXANDRIA BAY  OF  ABOUKIfl— *■ 

PASSAGE   OF   THE   BOOAS THE   NILE ROSETTA. 

At  five  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  «2d  of 
September,  the  djerm  that  was  to  convey  us  to 
Rosetta,  came  alongside ;  the  luggage  was  imme- 
diately arranged,  and  transferred  to  it  from  the 
comfortable  Ospray,  which,  from  the  nature  of  the 
navigation,  we  all  regretted  could  not  carry  us  to 
Cairo:  and  at  seven  o'clock  we  all  got  on  board, 
and  set  out  for  a  fresh  water  cruise. 

The  4jerm  is  a  vessel  built  expressly  for  carry- 
ing grain,  and  for  the  navigation  between  Alexan- 
dria and  Rosetta.  It  is  from  fifty  to  seventy  feet 
long,  without  a  deck,  draws  but  little  water,  and 
with  a  powerful  lettine  sail,  passes  over  shallows 
where  lighter  vessels  of  a  different  construction 
would  probably  be  stranded.  An  awning  was 
spread  over  the  vessel,  to  shelter  us  from  the  rays 
of  the  sun.  Our  excursion  into  Albania  had 
taught  us  to  carry  our  hammocks  along  with  us ; 
and  thus  accommodated,  with  a  favorable  breeze, 
we  left  the  port  of  Alexandria  in  full  expectation 
of  reaching  Rosetta  that  night,  which  is  the  usual 
course  of  the  voyage.  However,  we  had  scarcely 
rounded  the  low  rocky  point  of  the  Pharos,  when 


ABOUKIR,  SI 

the  wind  fell  low,  shifted,  and  then  gradually  died 
away,  and  we  put  into  the  bay  of  Aboukir,  to  pass 
the  night 

This  bay,  rendered  for  ever  memorable  in  En* 
glish  history,  by  the  celebrated  victory  of  Lord 
Nelson  over  the  naval  armament  of  France,  is  of 
considerable  extent,  and  opens  to  the  north.  There 
is  a  small  island  at  the  entrance,  which,  in  com* 
memoration  of  that  achievement,  the  British  tars 
call  Nelson's  Island.  All  around  the  bay  is  en- 
circled, with  palm  trees  of  fresh  and  luxuriant 
growth,  forming  a  pleasing  contrast  with  the  brown 
sand  that  covers  the  whole  of  the  surrounding  soil* 
We  landed,  to  try  its  uncertain  base,  and  walked 
to  survey  a  caravansary  that  lay  at  a  short  di- 
stance from  the  shore.  Here  we  found  a  number 
of  men  who  had  paused  under  the  shade,  and 
lighted  a  fire  to  dress  a  few  lentils  and  other  pro- 
visions to  refit  them  for  continuing  their  journey,. 
Separated  by  a  respectful  interval  from  their  mas- 
ters, the  camels  were  resting  between  their  bur- 
dens, and  ranged  up  in  two  parallel  rows  facing 
each  other  like  so  many  human  beings  seated  at  a 
table,  were  enjoying  their  repast  of  grain  and  cut 
straw,  and  from  their  happy  countenances,  seemed 
quite  as  much  contented  with  their  situation,  as 
their  masters  were  with  theirs. 

He  is  mistaken  who  imagines  that  he  will  find 
in  a  caravansary  any  thing  like  the  accommodation 


32  ROSETTA. 

which  he  meets  with  at  an  inn  in  cultivated  Eu* 
rope.  Shade  from  the  sun,  and  protection  from 
the  plunderers  of  the  night,  are  all  that  they  pro* 
mise,  and  more  than  the  one  at  Aboukir  can  afford. 
All  provisions  and  articles  of  comfort  and  conve- 
nience both  for  himself  and  his  animals,  the  travel- 
ler must  carry  along  with  him,  and  must  either 
dress  them  himself,  or  wait  till  his  servant  dresses 
them  for  him. 

.  Next  morning  the  breeze  sprung  up  at  an  early 
hour,  and  we  immediately  spread  our  sails  to  catch 
the  coming  gale,  which  was  light  and  variable 
during  the  whole  of  the  day,  and  we  got  on  so 
slowly,  that  the  sun  had  almost  refused  us  his 
light  to  pass  the  bogas  (throat)  or  bar  of  sand  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Nile.  The  passing  of  this  bar  is 
neither  without  difficulty  nor  danger.  The  sands 
in  the  bottom  are  constantly  shifting;  and  that 
part  which  is  passable  to-day  will  probably  not  be 
so  to-morrow.  The  surf  is  high,  from  the  opposi- 
tion of  the  bank,  and  from  the  constant  eddying  of 
the  water;  when  the  wind  is  violent,  there  is  great 
danger  of  the  vessel  being  overset.  However, 
with  the  skilful  guidance  of  our  pilot,  who  had 
been  sounding  and  waiting  for  us  for  two  days  be- 
fore,  and  the  force  of  our  lettine  sail,  we  got  over 
without  much  difficulty,  although  we  struck  the 
ground,  and  stuck  for  a  considerable  time  in  seve- 
ral places.    The  bar  surmounted,  we  were  imme- 


ROS&TTA.  33 

diately  in  the  river;  and  the  change  from  the 
tossing  of  the  surf,  to  the  tranquil  movement  in 
the  majestic  Nile,  was  instantaneous,  and  delightful* 
to  all.  The  water  is  immediately  fresh,  without 
any  brackish  intermixture;  but  the  overflowing 
stream  being  then  at  its  height,  was  deeply  im- 
pregnated with  mud ;  that,  however,  did  not  deter 
the  thirsty  mariners  frdm  drinking  of  it  ^rdfosely. 
If  I  itfere  to  live  five  hundred  years  I  shall  never  for* 
get  the  eagerness  with  which  they  let  down  and 
pulled  up  the  pitcher  and  swigged  off  its  contents, 
whistling  and  smacking  their  fragbrs,  and  calling 
out '  tayeep,  tayeep,  go6d,  g6od,'  as  if  bidding  defi- 
ance to  the  whole  world  to  produce  such  another 
draught  Most  of  the  party,  induced  by  their  ex* 
ample,  tasted  also  of  the  far-famed  waters,  and 
having  tasted,  pronounced  them  of  the  finest  relish, 
notwithstanding  the  pollution  of  clay  and  mud 
with  which  they  were  contaminated;  a  decision 
which  we  never  had  occasion  to  revoke  during  the 
whole  time  of  our  stay  in  Egypt,  or  even  since. 
The  water  in  Albania  is  good ;  but  the  water  of 
the  Nile  is  die  finest?  in  the  world. 

Our  partiality  for  the  stream,  however,  did  not 
make  us  forget  its  bank*  covered  with  rows  of  the 
verdant  palm-tree,  that  seertted  advancing  to  meet 
us  on  our  progress,  ndr  the  rice-covered  fields  of 
tft6  Delta  stretching  out  to  a  viewless  distance  be- 
yond^ nor  tie  fertile  islands  lipping  with  ite  edge 

VOL.  I.  D 


f 


V 


34f  ROSETTA. 

and  living  on  its  bounty.  All  formed  a  delightful 
assemblage  to  enchant  the  eye  of  the  traveller,  fa- 
*  tigued  and  exhausted  with  the  unvarying  prospect 
of  sand  and  sea.  The  breeze  held  on,  and,  impelled 
against  the  current,  we  seemed  to  move  with  a  ra- 
pidity greater  than  real ;  and  the  joy  of  being  on 
the  Nile  so  filled  our  hearts,  that  we  had  reached 
Rosetta  before  we  ceased  to  gaze  with  admiration 
upon  his  venerable  banks  $  a  distance  of  nearly  four 
miles. 

.Immediately  on  our  arrival,  though  late  and 
dark,  the  British  consul  came  on  board  to  pay  his 
respects  to  the  noble  travellers,  and  to  conduct  us 
to  two  maashes  which  he  had  engaged  to  convey  the 
whole  party  up  the  Nile.  Our .  engagement  with 
the  djerm  being  over  the  moment  that  we  reached 
Rosetta,  we  left  it,  and  transferred  all  our  effects  on 
board  the  new-hired  vessels,  where  we  took  up  our 
abode. 

The  maash  is  the  largest  vessel  on  the  Nile, 
and  cannot  navigate  it  at  low  water,  or  above  four 
months  in  the  year.  It  is  fitted  up  both  as  a  pas- 
sage and  a  carriage  boat.  It  has  two  cabins  in  the 
after-part,  one  for  the  men,  and  another  for  the 
women,  who,  according  to  the  Oriental  custom, 
must  not  dwell  together  in  the  same  aparment. 
The  fore-part  of  the  vessel  is  for  the  reception  of 
goods  or  grain,  of  whiefr  it  will  contain  from  150 
to  200  tons,  or  evenmore.    We  found  them  upon 


1 


ROSETTA.  35 

tlie  whole  extremely  agreeable,  and  provided  with 
a  sufficient  number  of  bugs  to  amuse  us  during  the 
night  when  we  closed  our  eyes  upon  the  scenes 
that  cheered  and  delighted  us  during  the  day. 
The  cabins  are  continuous,  covered  above,  and 
look  like  wooden  boxes  raised  up  in  the  after-part  of 
the  vessel;  they  are  divided  by  a  wooden  partition, 
and  enter  from  one  another  through  the  women's 
cabin,  and  have  also  an  entrance  from  the  stern  of  the 
vessel.  In  the  front,  or  men's  cabin,  which  had 
two  windows  on  each  side,  we  swung  three  ham- 
mocks  with  perfect  freedom,  and  in  the  other,  two. 
An  awning  was  spread  in  front  of  the  men's  cabin, 
which  afforded  us  a  convenient  place  for  break- 
fasting in,  and  a  shade  for  moving  about  with  a 
greater  freedom  of  air  than  we  could  respire  in  the 
cabin.  When  we  wished  to  enjoy  a  more  exten- 
sive prospect,  we  ascended  to  the  top  of  our  cabins, 
that  is,  on  deck,  where  the  steersman  managed  the 
helm,  and  gave  directions  for  navigating  the  vessel. 
The  maash  has  two  masts,  and  two  most  powerful 
lettine  sails. 

Next  morning's  sun  presented  us  with  a  busy 
scene  in  front  of  Rosetta.  Three  immense  heaps, 
or  I  should  rather  call  them  mounds  of  grain,  lay 
upon  the  wharf  in  the  open  air.  Two  were  of 
wheat  and  one  of  Egyptian  beans ;  both  dried  so 
hard  with  the  sun  that  no  mill  in  this  country  is 
capable  of  grinding  them ;  and  even  in  Egypt  the 

d2 


36  ItOSETTA. 

grain  must  be  dampt  and  softened  before  it  can  be 
manufactured  into  flower.  These  mounds  an  in- 
numerable crowd  of  naked  porters  were  diminish- 
ing and  augmenting  as  fast  as  they  could  run  to 
and  fro  to  load  and  unload  the  different  craft  as 
they  arrived.  Several  clerks  stood  by  noting  down 
the  amount  of  every  man's  burden,  according  to 
which  he  is  paid,  and  the  amount  of  his  utmost 
labour  seldom  yields  him  more  than  threepence  a 
day.  Nothing  surprized  us  more  than  to  see  the 
broad  shoulders,  the  muscular  and  brawny  limbs 
pf  these  bearers  of  burdens,  which  was  quite  equal 
to  that  of  the  better  fed  London  porters,  contrasted 
with  their  hungry  fare  of  boiled  lentils,  bread  and 
water,,  with  a  pipe  of  tobacco  for  a  dessert  when 
they  could  afford  it.  If  the  body  grew  in  propor- 
tion to  the  quantity  of  food  that  the  individual 
consumes,  the  London  porter  with  his  fat  pork,  his 
knead  and  beer,  ought  to  surpass  in  dimensions  at 
least  five  of  the  Egyptians. 

Rosetta  is  a  large  town,  and  well  situated  on  the 
west  bank  of  the  Nile,  about  four  miles  from  its 
junction  with  the  sea.  The  natives  call  it  Raschid, 
and  pretend  that  here  the  Kalif  Haroun  Al  Raschid 
first  saw  the  light  It  is  about  a  inile  long,  with 
one  principal  street,  two  smaller,  and  &  n^n^ber  of 
cross  streets.  The  houses  are  large,  of  from  two 
to  three  stories  high,  with  flat  roofs.  The  streets 
are  narrow    and  extremely  dusty,   having  never 


ROSETTA.  37 

been  watered  since  they  were  made,  although  the 
Nile  flows  close  to  the  town.  Adjoining  it  on  the 
north  there  are  many  gardens  of  private  individuals, 
surrounded  with  high  walls,  and  containing  pome- 
granate, date,  citron,  orange,  and  other  fruit-trees 
for  their  own  use's.  To  the  west  are  plantations 
of  palm-trees,  to  which  the  mass  of  the  population 
may  retire  from  the  burning  sun  to  talk  and  smoke, 
and  enjoy  the  fresh  and  cooling  shade. 

This  reputed  birth-place  of  the  celebrated  Kalif 
was  probably  built  by  his  son,  and  owes  its  existence 
to  the  obstruction  of  the  navigation  by  the  canal 
of  Alexandria  and  Canopus.  It  has  a  linen  manu- 
factory, and  a  manufactory  for  hatching  chickens  by 
artificial  heat  without  incubation  ;  and  birds  start 
from  the  shell  at  the  call  of  an  old  wife,  who,  with 
a  human  tongue  in  her  head,  condescends  to  click 
like  a  hen  to  people  Egypt  with  chickens  ;  but  its 
principal  trade  is  in  grain,  and  the  conveyance  of 
European  goods  to  Cairo,  which  are  sent  round  in 
boats  from  Alexandria.  It  has  nothing  either  an- 
cient or  modern  to  interest  the  traveller,  and  there 
was  no  inducement  for  us  to  remain  in  it  any 
longer  than  the  time  that  was  necessary  to  make 
our  arrangements  for  the  voyage  to  Cairo,  which 
being  completed  by  two  o'clock  p.  m.  of  the  day 
after  our  arrival,  the  25th  of  September,  we  loosed 
from  the  bank  and  set  forward  on  board  the  two 
inaashes  already  mentioned. 


38  ROSETTA. 

Nothing  could  exceed  the  picturesque  beauty  of 
our  setting  off;  it  was  instantaneous  like  the  magi- 
cal operation  of  an  inchanter.  In  one  moment  the 
two  immense  lettine  sails  were  given  to  the  wind, 
ancLfrom  our  station  on  the  shore  we  were  going 
at  the  rate  of  five  or  six  knots  an  hour,  with  the 
appearance  of  going  eight  or  ten.  This  rapid  mo- 
tion along  the  rich  and  verdant  banks  of  the  Nile 
is  extremely  delightful.  The  northern  breeze  so 
tempered  the  scorching  heat,  that  we  were  enabled 
to  remain  on  deck  and  enjoy  the  prospect  in  all  its 
beauty.  We  soon  passed  a  few  scanty  ruins  on 
the  right,  where  the  bank  is  high  and  covered  with 
sand.  On  both  sides  a  number  of  Persian  wheels 
were  at  work  raising  water  to  moisten  the  contigu- 
ous ground.  They  are  drawn  by  buffaloes,  or 
mules,  or  cows,  with  their  eyes  covered,  and  fre- 
quently kept  going  both  night  and  day.  When 
the  peasant  is  not  sufficiently  rich  to  afford  a  Per- 
sian wheel  to  irrigate  his  farm,  a  rude  machine  on 
the  principle  of  the  lever  or  shears,  is  constructed 
in  the  bank  of  the  river.  The  construction  is  ex- 
tremely simple,  and  is  done  in  the  following  man- 
ner. A  niche  is  dug  in  the  bank  a  little  below  the 
surface  of  the  water,  each  side  is  elevated  with 
mud  to  about  the  height  of  ten  feet ;  a  beam  of 
wood  is  then  laid  across  the  two  walls,  and,  secured 
at  each  end,  serves  as  a  support  to  the  lever,  a  long 
piece  of  wood  which  is  laid  across  it,  and  to  which 


ROSETTA,  39 

it  is  loosely  attached  by  a  rope ;  a  mass  of  clay  is 
then  stuck  on  one  end  of  the  lever,  and  a  bucket 
and  a  string  on  the  other ;  and  a  naked  man,  sit- 
ting in  the  niche,  works  the  machine  by  pulling 
down  the  lever  and  filling  the  bucket,  and  then 
raising    and  emptying  it  into  the  watercourse, 
which  conducts  it  away  to  moisten  the  roots  of  the 
growing  plant,  or  to  repose  in  beds  on  the  newly 
turned-up  ground.     All  happiness  is  relative;  and 
it  is  of  little  importance  what  a  man  eats  or  drinks ; 
if  the  fare  is  wholesome,  the  body  will  thrive. 
This  daggled  wretch,  but  little  elevated  above  his 
machine,  is  in  a  good  habit  of  body,  and  stript  to 
the  skin,   plies  his  ignoble  task,  and  sings  and 
whistles  the  whole  day  long.    Sometimes  two  are 
in  one  niche ;  and  when  the  river  is  low,  there  are 
relays  of  niches,  more,  or  fewer,  as  may  be  required 
to  raise  the  water  to  the  proper  level  for  irrigation. 
Rice  fields  prevail  on  the  Delta.     Indian  corn, 
but  chiefly  dhourra,  on  the  Lybian  side.     The 
sailing  is  extremely  delightful;  every  thing  seems 
in  action,  and  the  eye  is  constantly  refreshed  by 
the  continually  varying  shades  of  green,  the  flights 
of  the  paddy  birds  along  the  fields,  and  the  heads 
of  the  buffaloes  floating  like  logs  of  wood  upon  the 
water,  while  their  bodies  are  immersed  beneath. 
This  animal  is  not  exhibited  on  the  tombs  or  tem- 
ples,  and  probably   did    not  belong  to  ancient 
Egypt   The  villages  are  numerous,  generally  large, 


40  IIOSETTA. 

built  of  sun-dried  brick,  and,  with  the- whitened 
dome  of  a  mosque,  a  minaret,  or  a  pigeon-bouse, 
embosomed  in  a  grove  of  palm-trees,  present  in 
the  distance  a  most  enchanting  prospect.  They 
stand  on  eminences  apparently  artificial.  Many 
of  the  houses,  or  rather  huts,  are  very  small,  from 
ten  to  twelve  feet  square ;  the  roofs  flat,  and  co- 
vered with  reeds  or  the  straw  of  the  dhourra ;  the 
streets  are  merely  narrow  tracks,  and  dreadfully 
dusty.  The  male  population  seem  mostly  of  the 
rank  of  labourers,  and  for  the  greater  part  of  the 
day  go  naked,  with  merely  a  piece  of  cloth  tied 
round  their  \vai3t.  Some  of  them  wear  blue  shirts, 
with  a  piece  of  rope  or  a  handkerchief  tied  round 
their  waist,  and  a  turban  round  their  heads.  The 
females  wear  a  dark  blue  stuff  made  of  wool,  which 
very  much  resembles  our  serge,  and  is  called 
beteen ;  a  piece  of  which  is  also  thrown  over  the 
head  and  shoulders,  and  held  before  the  face  with 
the  hand,  so  as  completely  to  cover  it,  with  the 
exception  of  a  small  opening  for  the  eyes.  But 
we  saw  many  females  who  wore  no  other  covering 
than  a  loose  blue  cotton  shift.  In  the  whole  course 
of  this  day's  sail,  we  saw  nothing  in  the  rank  of 
a  gentleman  or  lady,  nor  any  thing  at  all  re- 
sembling the  residence  of  a  country  'squire,  to 
give  interest  and  variety  to  the  landscape.  These 
are  valuables  which  England  has  not  yet  learped 
to  export  ;  they  are  natives  of  no  other  clime,  and 


FOUA.  41 

least  of  all  likely  to  be  found  in  a  province  of  de- 
spotic Turkey.  In  the  evening  we  arrived  at 
Foua,  and  the  breeze  having  died  away,  we  made 
fast  to  the  bank,  and  remained  for  the  night. 
Foua  is  still  a  large  town,  situated  on  the  Delta, 
and  about  twenty-five  miles  above  Rosetta.  Be- 
fore reaching  it,  we  passed  the  entrance  of  a  canal 
on  the  Lybian  side,  with  very  high  banks,  probably 
the  Canopic  Canal.  Early  next  morning,  bands  of 
females,  dressed  as  above  described,  came  down 
to  draw  water  from  the  river.  Having  washed 
their  hands  and  feet,  they  filled  their  earthenware 
pitchers,  lifted  them  on  their  heads,  or  assisted 
each  other  in  so  doing,  and  hied  them  away,  with- 
out staying  to  hold  conversation  with  each  other. 
What  an  astonishing  machine  is  that  of  a  despotic 
government !  It  was  the  first  time  in  my  life  that 
I  ever  saw  a  number  of  females  meet  and  separate 
without  talking,  and  laughing,  and  gossipping  to- 
gether. They  are  generally  tall  and  slender,;  and 
not  much  indebted  to  nature  for  fine  faces  ;  but 
they  have  a  disconsolate  and  unhappy  air,  plainly 
evincing  that  their  home  is  riot  an  elysium  of  en- 
joyment. 

About  nine  o'clock  the  breeze  sprung  up,  and 
we  instantly  made  sail.  About  eight  miles  above 
Foua  we  passed  the  canal  of  Alexandria  at  Rah- 
manieh,  and  nearly  the  same  scenery  occurred  in 
this  as  in  the  former  day's  sailing;  only  the  islands 


42  FOUA. 

were  more  numerous, .  and  the  stream  being  more 
divided,  ran  with  greater  force  and  rapidity. 
When  the  current  was  overpowering,  the  vessel 
approached  the  side,  and  the  sailprs  stript  off  their 
shirts,  or  whatever  scanty  clothing  they  wore, 
leaped  into'  the  river,  and,  having  swam  ashore 
with  a  rope,  tracked  the  vessel  up  against  the 
stream.  This  occurred  several  times,  both  to-day 
and  yesterday,  and  continued  to  be  the  case  more 
or  less  during  the  whole  of  our  voyage  up  the 
Nile.  There  were  twelve  sailors  on  board  each 
vessel,  and  it  was  no  uncommon  thing  to  see  the 
whole  twenty-four  perfectly  naked  on  the  bank  at 
the  same  time  pulling  us  along.  On  board  they 
were  always  clothed.  Besides  the  twelve  sailors, 
every  boat  had  a  Reis,  or  head  man,  and  a  steers- 
man, who  had  the  principal  charge  of  navigating 
the  vessel,  and  who  remained  always  at  the  helm, 
except  at  the  time  of  meals  and  prayers,  when  he 
was  relieved  by  the  Reis,  or  one  of  the  sailors. 
The  prayers  were  never  neglected. 

Each  party  breakfasted,  and  spent  the  forenoon 
on  board  its  own  boat ;  but  we  all  dined  on  board 
the  boat  of  Lord  Belmore,  where  the  whole  of 
the, cooking  was  performed.  When  the  hour  of 
dinner  arrived,  the  vessel  that  was  first,  slackened 
sail  and  waited  for  the  arrival  of  the  other,  and 
pulling  up  alongside,  we  stepped  with  ease  on  board 
his  lordship's  maash,  and  then  the  vessels  moved 


SATH-HAGGAIU  43 

on  as  before.  Thus  we  had  both  retirement  and 
society.  About  five  o'clock,  p.  m.  we  were  oppo- 
site to  Sath-haggar.  Here  the  Reis  was  extremely 
anxious  that  we  should  remain  all  night,  on  ac- 
count of  the  sailors,  whose  wives  resided  here, 
and  whom,  he  said,  they  had  not  seen  for  fifteen 
days.  However,  the  sun  was  high,  the  breeze  fa- 
vourable, and  we  being  impatient  to  get  on,  the 
motion  of  the  Reis  was  not  complied  with.  Though 
some  of  the  most  uxorius  tars  leapt  ashore,  ran 
off,  saw  their  wives,  and  joined  the  vessel  next 
morning.  Sath-haggar,  or  as  it  is  sometimes  writ* 
ten,  Sael-haggar,  is  about  three  miles  distant  from 
the  river,  and  occupies  the  site  of  the  ancient 
Sais,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  Delta,  renowned  for 
the  wisdom  of  its  philosophers,  and  the  worship  of 
the  goddess  of  wisdom,  whom  they  denominated 
Neith.  This  goddess  was  accompanied  by  the 
owl;  and  it  is  probably  her  image  that  we  fre- 
quently meet  with  in  Egypt,  decorated  with  an 
helmet  resembling  that  which  the  Athenians  give 
to  Minerva.  The  Athenians  were  a  colony  from 
Sais,  and  doubtless  carried  along  with  them  the 
worship  of  Neith,  whom  they  denominated  Pallas, 
or  Minerva,  accompanied  by  the  same  mysterious 
companion.  There  was  at  Sais  a  monolithic  tem- 
ple placed  in  front  of  the  temple  of  Neith.  Exte- 
riorly this  immense  block  of  stone  was  twenty-one 
cubits  long,  fourteen  broad,  and  eight  high.     The 


44  SATH-HAGGAR, 

size  of  the  chamber  within  was  eighteen  feet  long, 
twelve  feet  broad,  and  five  feet  high.  And  exclusive 
of  the  time  required  for  working  it,  it  employed  two 
thousand  men  for  three  years  to  bring  it  down 
from  the  island  of  Elephantina,  at  the  extremity 
of  Egypt,  a  distance  of  between  600  and  700 
miles.  Here,  too,  is  said  to  have  been  the  tomb 
of  their  god  Osiris.  A  scanty  village  and  an  im- 
mense mound  of  rubbish,  are  all  that  remain  of  the 
former  grandeur  of  Sais.  Nor  am  I  informed  that 
excavation  has  discovered  any  thing  farther  than  a 
few  coins  with  the  head  of  Minerva  on  one  side, 
and  that  of  her  dearly  beloved  owl  on  the  other. 

About  ten  o'clock,  as  on  the  preceding  evening, 
the  wind  fell  low,  and  we  made  fast  to  the  eastern 
bank  for  the  night.  There  was  a  small  village  at 
the  distance  of,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
river,  to  which  we  walked  next  morning ;  but  it 
offered  nothing  worthy  of  observation.  The  wo- 
men covered  their  faces  on  our  approach,  and  those 
who  were  near  fled  into  the  houses.  The  men 
stood  silent,  in  the  most  perfect  apathy,  and  neither 
testified  joy  nor  aversion  to  our  visit.  There  was 
a  number  of  empty  cauldrons  standing  in  the  open 
air,  that  appeared  to  have  been  employed  in  boil- 
ing vegetables  for  the  people,  as  if  they  had  fed 
like  so  many  herds  of  cattle.  Narrow  and  dusty 
passages  went  from  house  to  house,  but  none  of 
them  deserved  the  name  of  streets.     A  small  canal 


INUNDATION  OF  THE  NILE.  45 

passed  in  front,  and  it  appeared  from  it  as  if  the 
Nile  had  been  subsiding,  although  we  were  assured 
that  it  was  then  at  its  height.  The  ground  around 
was  completely  drenched  with  water,  so  that  it 
was  impossible  to  walk  over  any  part  of  it*  This 
renders  it  necessary  to  form  the  artificial  elevations 
for  the  villages,  as  well  as  the  artificial  roads  which 
we  frequently  meet  with  leading  from  one  village 
to  another.  But  the  water,  as  far  as  I  saw,  was 
always  stagnant  upon  the  ground,  and  a  large  con- 
tinuous sheet  of  water  was  of  rare  occurrence  dur- 
ing any  part  of  the  voyage.  And,  as  fer  as  I  had  an 
opportunity  of  judging,  by  means  of  canal*  the  hus- 
bandman could  have  the  power  of  regulatiog/the  cob> 
tinuance  of  the  water,  on  many  porta,  at  his  pleasure. 
I  speak  of  an  ordinary  inundation,  as  this  was,  and 
which  in  this  country  must  be  truly  fertilizing,  and 
it  is  hailed  with  symptoms  and  songs  of  rejoicing, 
as  in  times  of  old.  The  effects  of  an  excessive 
inundation,  however,  must  be  truly  alarming. 
For  at  present  four-fifths  of  the  whole  surface  of 
the  country  is  covered  with  half-grown  crops  of 
rice  and  dbourra ;  and  if  the  water  rises  so  high 
as  to  flow  in  a  current  stream  over  the  ground, 
these  will  not  only  be  lodged  and  destroyed,  but 
tfje  soil  that  is  prepared  to  receive  the  ensuing 
crop,  on.  the  subsiding,  of  the  water,  must  be 
swept  ^way  wi&  ow^  villages,  and  cattle,  and  be 
followed. by  a  season  of  scarcity  and  distress. 


46  TOP  OF  THE  DELTA. 

The  wind  did  not  spring  up  till  a  late  hour  oft 
the  morning  of  the  27th,  and  it  was  mid-day  be- 
fore we  were  enabled  to  proceed  on  our  voyage. 
After  six  hours  sailing  through  the  same  kind  of 
scenery,  we  arrived  at  the  top  of  the  Delta.  Here 
there  is  a  number  of  small  islands  broken  off  by  the 
force  of  the  stream  from  the  apex  of  this  triangu- 
lar flat,  against  which  it  falls  with  considerable 
weight  The  whole  body  of  the  river  seems  di- 
vided into  three  streams ;  one  falls  off  to  the  Da- 
mietta  branch,  the  other  to  the  Rosetta  branch,  and 
the  third  finds  its  way  among  the  islands,  and  after- 
wards joins  the  Rosetta  division.  This  shedding 
of  the  waters,  however,  takes  place  a  considerable 
way  above  the  apex  of  the  Delta,  where  the  chan- 
nel of  the  river  is  very  broad,  and  elevated  like  a 
ridge  in  the  centre,  whence  the  stream  falls  off  in  a 
gentle  descent  on  each  side,  which  weakens  the 
force  of  it  on  the  opposing  bank.  From  this  point 
we  were  informed  that  the  pyramids  are  visible ; 
but  by  the  time  that  we  had  done  with  gazing  on 
the  islands,  and  the  division  of  the  waters,  the  haze 
and  the  shades  of  the  evening  had  settled  over  the 
land,  and  we  could  not  say  that  we  discerned  them. 
The  breeze  continued,  however,  and  we  held  on 
our  watery  way ;  and  at  ten  o'clock  arrived  at 
Bulac,  the  port  of  Cairo,  and,  not  choosing  to  force 
our  entrance  in  the  dark  among  the  innumerable 
craft  that  crowded  the  harbour,  we  made  fast  to  an 


CAIRO.  47 

island  opposite,  and  waited  for  the  light  of  day 
to  show  us  the  Saracenic  capitol,  in  the  land  of 
the  Pharaohs. 

As  soon  as  the  morning  sun  had  gladdened  the 
earth,  we  wedged  our  way  to  the  shore.  Forth- 
with a  messenger  was  despatched  to  Mr.  Salt,  his 
majesty's  consul  general,  to  acquaint  him  of  our 
arrival ;  while  we  sat  on  deck  and  considered  the 
prospect  before  us.  About  a  hundred  vessels  of 
the  same  description  with  our  own  crowded  the 
harbour,  all  engaged  in  carrying  corn  to  Rosetta 
for  his  highness  the  Pasha.  About  five  hundred 
houses  from  one  to  two  stories  high,  almost  heaped 
upon  one  another,  occupied  the  bank  inhabited 
by  three  or  four  times  that  number  of  the  most 
lubberly  looking  set  of  the  Almighty's  creatures 
that  had  ever  in  the  course  of  life's  long  journey 
presented  themselves  to  my  eyes.  Long  beards, 
long  mustachios,  long  clothes,  long  turbans,  bare 
necks,  bare  feet,  sun-burnt  faces,  all  covered  with 
sweat,  smoke,  dirt,  dust,  vermin,  and  tobacco,  every 
thing  smelt  and  looked  of  pest;  and  such  a  jabbering 
of  Arabic  rung  upon  our  ears,  interposing  a  thick 
and  impenetrable  veil  between  the  eyes  of  our 
understanding  and  the  beings  among  whom  we  had 
come  to  sojourn,  that  our  spirits  sunk  within  us 
at  the  prospect  before  us,  though  still  we  were  glad 
at  being  here. 

We  had  now  left  behind  us  the  extensive  and 


48  CAIRO. 

level  fields  of  the  Delta,  and  the  rock  approaching 
the  river  on  each  hand  bounded  our  prospect  to  a 
couple  of  miles  east  and  west.  Removed  about 
three  miles  to  the  south,  the  hoary  pyramids  of 
Gheesa,  the  wonder  both  of  past  and  present  ages, 
met  our  anxious  gazfe,  inviting  a  nearer  approach  to 
examine  their  grandeur  and  solidity  that  here 
seemed  diminished,  and  less  than  real.  Mean- 
time our  messenger  returned  accompanied  by  Mr. 
Salt,  who  was  no  sooner  informed  of  the  arrival  of 
the  noble  travellers,  than  he  politely  came  to  wel- 
coffte  them  to  Cairo,  and  to  invite  them  to  take  up 
their  abode  in  his  own  excellent  and  comfortable 
mansion ;  bringing  along  with  him  the  Pasha's  car- 
riage for  lady  Befanore,  and  a  horse  for  his  lordship. 
Shortly  after  the  arrival  of  his  worship,  we  all  pre- 
pared to  accompany  him  thither.  Hackney  coaches 
were  not  to  be  had  for  the  rest  of  the  party;  as  for 
the  health  of  the  citizens  that  wish  to  avoid  conta* 
gion,  there  is  no  such  abominable  luxury  in  Cairo* 
But  stands  of  asses  saddled  and  bridled,  with  their 
drivers  to  attend  them,  are  nearly  as  common  there 
as  stands  of  hackney  coaches  in  London.  Of  these 
Egyptian  ponies  the  consul's  janizary  soon  pro- 
cured us  a  sufficiency,  and  mounted  on  their  backs, 
we  flattered  ourselves  that  we  had  no  uninteresting 
or  unpicturesque  appearance.  Thus  prepared  for 
a  slow  and  graceful  march,  to  observe  and  note 
down  on  the  page  of  memory,  dvery  unusual  oc~ 


CAIRO*  49 

tmrrence,  and  particularly  to  record  the  impressions 
that  were  made  on  our  minds  by  the  first  sight  of 
this  celebrated  city.  On  commencing  the  journey, 
however,  instead  of  the  measured  pace  which  we 
had  contemplated,  our  Jerusalem  chargers  started 
at  full  gallop,  as  if  they  had  been  for  a  face,  and 
slap  after  slap  the  drivers  cut  them  up  behind,  so 
that  it  required  all  our  skill  in  the  art  of  donkey 
navigation  to  keep  upon  their  backs.  In  vain  did  we 
call  out  avast,  avast,  stop,  stop,  in  French,  English, 
or  Italian.  The  wretches  only  understood  us  as  if 
we  meant  them  to  quicken  their  pace,  and  plied  our 
4sses  hotter  and  hotter ;  moving  with  such  velocity 
we  soon  cast  a  douple  of  miles  behind  our  backs, 
and  arrived  at  the  walls  of  grand  Cairo.  We  en* 
tered  by  the  gate  Eschbeckeer,  or  bab  Esbeckeer  ; 
and  having  passed  by  a  lake  of  the  same  name,  filed 
alottg  a  tolerably  broad  and  crooked  street,  till  we 
came  to  a  large  wooden  door  on  our  left,  which 
brought  us  immediately  into  die  Frank  quarters,  and 
speedily  within  the  premises  of  our  iriend  the  Con- 
sul-general. As  soon  as  we  came  within  the  walls  of 
the  city,  it  surprised  us  not  a  little  to  find  that  our 
whipsters,  who  had  always  kept  behind,  and  lashed 
on  our  asses  with  such  unmerciful  vengeance,  began 
to  slacken  their  movements,  and  advanced  cheek-by- 
jole  with  ourselves*  Different  articles  of  provisions, 
sweetmeats,  and  other  temptations,  were  exposed  for 

VOL.  I.  E 


50  CAIRO. 

sate  in  the  windows,  and  the  bourichieri  pulling 
aside  their  clothes,  pointed  to  their  hollow  stomachs 
and  fleshless  ribs ;  intimating  that  they  had  not 
eaten  any  thing  that  day,  that  they  were  exces- 
sively hungry,  and  begged  for  a  backshish,  or 
piece  of  money  to  purchase  a  morsel  of  bread.  All 
this  being  said  in  Arabic,  though  accompanied  with 
the  most  indescribable  pantomime,  of  course  we 
were  not  obliged  to  understand  one  single  syllable 
of  it,  and  the  glowing  rhetoric  of  the  young 
Rosciuses,  fell  upon  impervious  ears.  However, 
when  the  Janizary  of  his  worship  the  Consul-gene- 
ral came  to  settle  the  account  with  them  for  his  lord- 
ship, we  observed  that  the  backshish,  though  not 
nominally  was  virtually  and  truly  a  part  of  the  fare. 
And  we  afterwards  found  that  in  bargaining  with 
an  Arab,  the  most  successful  way  is  to  stipulate  for 
a  certain  amount,  as  the  bare  reward  of  his  services, 
and  which  by  the  laws  of  the  country  he  can  compel 
you  to  pay ;  but  over  and  above  to  promise  a  con- 
ditional reward,  which  is  entirely  in  your  own  option, 
and  which  is  to  be  more,  or  less,  in  proportion  as 
you  are  pleased,  or  the  service  is  well  and  agreeably 
performed.  And  he  goes  away  more  highly  grati- 
fied with  an  inconsiderable  fare  and  a  large  back- 
shish, than  if  he  were  to  receive  a  larger  stipulated 
sum  and  no  backshish  at  all.  One  shilling  for  his 
hire,  and  two-pence  of  backshish  would  be  more 


CAIRO.  51 

highly  prized  by,  and  more  congenial  to  the  feel* 
ings  of  an  Arab,  than  eighteen-pence  for  the  same 
job,  and  no  backshish  at  all.  The  prospect  of 
personal  advantage  quickens  his  zeal,  as  the  jaded 
steed  will  trot  when  he  smells  his  corn. 


E« 


[5«] 


CHAPTER  IV. 
cairo— nrs  coarrfctftft — and  tub  pasha. 

We  are  now  on  English  ground,  the  house  of  the 
representative  of  his  Britannic  Majesty  is  part  of  the 
British  empire.  And  in  Cairo  it  is  a  part  not  unwor- 
thy of  the  name  or  office  of  its  possessor,  being  an  ex* 
cellent  house  in  itself,  accompanied  with  the  luxury 
of  a  small,  but  comfortable  garden,  surrounded 
with  a  high  wall,  planted  with  trees,  and  inter- 
sected with  walks,  to  which  the  principal  Franks  in 
the  town,  both  male  and  female,  resort  on  certain 
days  in  the  week,  to  meet  their  friends,  and  walk 
about  and  enjoy  themselves.  Here  we  met  with 
our  countrymen  the  Hon.  Captain  Irby,  and  Cap- 
tain Mangles,  R.N.  two  enterprising  and  intelligent 
travellers,  who  had  lately  returned  from  an  excur- 
sion in  to  Nubia,  as  far  as  the  second  cataract  of 
the  Nile,  in  company  with  Mr.  Belzoni,  whom  they 
had  assisted  very  powerfully  in  opening  the  temple 
of  Absambul,  in  that  neighbourhood.  Mr.  Briggs, 
the  firm  and  invariable  friend  of  English  travellers 
in  Egypt,  was,  at  that  time,  in  India j  but  we  ex- 
perienced much  kindness  and  attention,  and  every 
facility  in  transacting  our  business  from  his  friend 
and  partner  Mr.  Walmas.     Here  we  also  enjoyed, 


caklo.  63 


though  for  a  short  and  inconsiderable  time,  the  en- 
lightened  and  agreeable  society  of  the  lamented 
JBurchardt* 

O!  -for  the  gift  of  tongues  is  most  fervently 
prayed  by  the  traveller,  who  feels,  himself  trans- 
ported into  the  midst  of  grand  Cairo,  with  an  an- 
xiety to  know  this  boast  of  the  Saracenic  conquest, 
and  to  converse  with  the  inhabitants  of  this  won- 
derful city,  celebrated  as  the  largest,  richest,  and 
moat  populous  in  the  universe.  Greek  and  Latin 
to  the  dogs!  Give  me  Arabic  and  Turkish $  but 
above  all,  give  me  Arabic  that  I  may  speak,  and 
hear,  and  know  if  the  people  among  whom  I  have 
come,  think  and  fe$l,  love  and  hate,  like  those  whom 
I  have  left  It  is  an  easy  matter  to  call  on  spirits 
from  .the  vasty  deep j  but  no  easy  matter  to  make 
them  come  at  the  call.  The  days  of  inspiration  are 
gone,  and  the  object  for  which  it  was  imparted  ac- 
complished ;  and  hard  labour  is  now  the  lot  of  man 
before  he  can  speak  in  a  language  different  from 
his  own.  With  the  prospect  of  residing  here  for 
but  a  few  days,  or  at  the  very  utmost  of  hibernat- 
ing during  the  months  of  winter,  it  would  have 
beep  an  unprofitable  waste  of  time  to  set  about 
learning  the  language,  previously  to  holding  any 
intercourse  with  the  people  ;  for  before  we  could 
have  acquired  it,  the  opportunity  of  using  it  would 
have  been  superseded  by  our  departure,  and  we 
should  have  known  a  little  of  Arabic,  but  nothing 


64  CAIRO. 

of  the  Arabians,  or  inhabitants  of  Cairo.    It  was 
requisite,  however,  to  know  something  of  the  lan- 
guage, seeing  it  was  impossible,  without  both  a 
gfeat  deal  of  expense  and  formality,  to  have  an  in- 
terpreter always  at  hand.     And,  therefore,  I  set 
myself,  as  soon  as  possible,  to  acquire  a  store  of 
vocables,  which  might  enable  me  to  name  the  object 
which  I  wished  to  obtain,  or  about  which  I  wished 
to  be  informed;  in  order  to  accomplish  this,  I 
wrote  down  the  Arabic  word  for  every  object  as  it 
Cfune  in  my  way,  or  occurred  to  my  recollection, 
and  committed  them  to  memory,  as  a  task  which  I 
often  repeated  in  the  course  of  the  day,  and  always 
at  night  when  I  laid  my  head  upon  my  pillow,  and 
in  the  morning  before  I  arose.    It  is  inconceivable 
how  words  accumulated,  and  how  much  in  a  very 
little  time  I  cpuld  understand  of  their  conversation. 
Seeing  my  anxiety  to  learn,  the  Arabs,  from  the 
highest  to  the  lowest,  were  equally  willing  to  teach, 
and  having  once  acquired  as  much  Arabic  as  en* 
abled  me  to  ask  the  name  of  this,  that,  or  the  other 
object,  I  in  a  little  time  became  pretty  iridepfen* 
dent,  and  could  go  on  with  a  native,  and  add  to 
my  store  of  words,  though  no  interpreter  was  prer 
sent.    Besides  the  advantage  of  being  able  to  hold 
an  intercourse  with  the  natives,  this  was  a  source 
of  never-failing  amusement,  the  mind  was  cop; 
stantly  on  the  whet,  and  I  never  felt  languid  in  the 
presence  of  an  Arab.  Without  being  able  to  utter 


CAIRO.  5& 

st  few  words  in  the  vernacular  tongue,  a  man  may 
adopt  their  dress,  shoulder  his  pipe,  cultivate  his 
beard  with  all  the  paraphernalia  of  the  eastern 
costume ;  yet  still  he  smells  as  an  exotic,  and  is 
but  an  unwelcome  guest  in  their  most  ordinary 
coteries ;  being  viewed  not  only  as  a  stranger,  but 
as  a  man  that  wishes  to  continue  so.  But  "  fate 
me  videre  il  Cairo,'9  we  must  return  to  our  sub- 
ject: this  is  not  the  place  for  a  dissertation  out 
language. 

New  Cairo,  which  is  now  the  capital  of  Egypt, 
is  generally  called  Massr  by  the  inhabitants  of 
the  country,  which  is  understood  to  be  an  abbre- 
viation for  Massr  al  Kahir*.  The  term  Massr  is 
also  employed  to  denote  the  whole  country ;  and 
it  appears  to  have  been  an  ancient  practice  among 
the  Egyptians,  to  give  the  same  name  to  the  coun- 
try, and  the  capital  city  of  the  country.  Both  Old 
and  New  Cairo  are  of  Saracenic  origin,  and  were 
founded  without .  any  view  whatever  to  European 
commerce.  The  former  having  been  built  on  the 
site  of  Egyptian-Babylon,  nearly  opposite  to  Mem- 
phis, on  the  east  or  Arabian  side  of  the  river,  as 
that  was. on  the  west,  or  Lybian  side.  Old  Cairo 
is  the  famed  city  of  wonder  and  enchantment,  of 
which  we  read  so  much  in  eastern  story ;  but  it 
having  been  burnt  down  in  the  eleventh  century, 
New  .Cairo,  which,  according  to  some  accounts, 
had  formerly  been  »  suburb  projecting  from  it,  in 


66  CAIRO. 

consequence  of  the  growing  population,  it  beiAg 
the  most  convenient  situatioo  for  the  commerce  oS 
Mecca,  India,  and  the  Red  Sea,  became  disjoined 
in  the  rebuilding,  and  has  ever  since  formed  a  dis- 
tinct city,  and  continued  the  capital  of  the  coun- 
try; while  Old  Cairo  has  gradually  degenerated 
into  an  inconsiderable  village*  The  change  was 
far  from  being  advantageous  for  the  citizens,  and 
furnishes  one,  among  many  instances,  that  the  dis- 
position to  accommodate  the  Great  man,  even  in 
his  greatest  foibles,  often  makes  people  surrender 
their  better  judgement,  their  interest,  and  even  their 
convenience*  For  nothing  short  of  that  absurd 
complaisance  could  ever  have  induced  the  citizens 
to  remove  their  residence  from  the  banks  of  their 
favorite  river,  to  the  midst  of  a  sandy  plain  at  the 
foot  of  a  rugged  and  barren  mountain,  where  they 
were  obliged  to  dig  a  canal  to  bring  them  water  \ 
which,  however,  it  can  only  do  for  three  months  in 
the  year :  during  all  the  rest  of  the  season,  the 
water,  for  the  whole  of  this  great  city,  is  brought 
from  the  Nile,  on  the  backs  of  camels  or  of  human 
beings.  But  Yousouff  Saladin,  the  mighty  con- 
queror, had  built  him  a  castle  on  a  projecting  emi- 
nence of  the  Mount  Mokkatam ;  and  this  had 
sufficient  attraction  to  neutralize  all  the  advan* 
tages  of  a  contiguous  situation  on  the  banks  of 
the  riven  New  Cairo  was  accordingly  built  on 
the  edge  of  the  plain  at  its  base,  which,  for  want 


cxmo*  SJ 


of  irrigation,  is  now  surrounded  with  dust  and 
sand.    It  is  about  six  mikes  in  circumference,  sur- 
rounded by  an  indifferent  stone  wall,  which  is 
entered  by  no  fewer  than  twelve  gates;  some  of 
which  axe  large  and  magnificent;  others  but  very 
inconsiderable.     It  is  traversed  by  a  canal,  which 
comes  off  from  the  Nile  a  little  below  Old  Cairo, 
and,  having  passed  through  immense  and  innume- 
rable heaps  of  rubbish,  enters  the  New  Cairo  on 
the  south,  goes  out  on  the  north,  and  winding 
round  by  the  northern  wall,  it  enters  again  on  the 
west,  and  ends  in  the  Bitfcet,  or  Lake  Esbeckeer, 
which  we  passed  on  entering  the  city.    The  out* 
line  of  the  city  is  nearly  that  of  a  quadrant.     It  is 
square  towards  the  north  and  east,  and  circular  by 
the  south  and  west    It  contains  nearly  900,000 
inhabitants,  who  are  divided  into,  different  classes, 
or  rather  nations;  and  it  is  remarkable,  that  all  of 
them  but  one  or  two,  have  at  one  period  or  other, 
been  masters  of  the  country. 
.    To  begin  with  the  Copts,  who  are  considered  as 
the  remains  of  the  ancient  Egyptians.    There  are 
no  Persians  known  to  be  such.    Next  the  Greeks; 
then  the  Roman  Catholics,  or,  in  a  more  extended 
application,  the  Franks;  the  Arabs;  and  last  of 
all,  the  Turks,  the  present  masters  and  rulers  of 
the  country.    Over  and  above  these,  there  is  a 
considerable    number  of  Armenians    and  Jews. 
Each  of  these  different  tribes  or  nations  has  differ- 


58  CAIRO, 

fcnt  parts  of  the  town  assigned  to  it,  and  in  which 
they  generally  reside,  and  which  is  enclosed  by  a 
wall,  and  capable  of  considerable  defence.  This  is 
a  great  convenience ;  for  in  Cairo  the  streets  are  not 
named,  nor  the  houses  numbered,  as  in  European 
towns.  But  a  house  is  described  as  being  in  such 
a  quarter ;  in  the  Franks9  quarter;  the  Turks9  quar- 
ter; the  Copts' quarter;  the  Jews'  quarter;  or  in 
the  vicinity  of  such  a  mosque,  or  such  a  lake ;  or 
the  residence  of  such  a  bey,  or  great  man ;  or  of 
the  Calits,  or  canal ;  or  of  any  place  of  general 
notoriety ;  and  on  enquiring  there,  the  object  sought 
for  is  usually  found  without  much  difficulty.  The 
lower  part  of  the  houses  is  generally  built  of  stone, 
the  upper  part  frequently  of  brick,  and  sometimes 
of  wood,  projecting  a  considerable  way  over  the 
Stone  foundation.  But  the  principal  buildings  and 
houses  are  of  stone;  usually  with  few  windows,  and 
a  dead  wall  to  the  street,  which  is  entered  by  a 
moderately  sized  door  opening  into  a  court,  which 
communicates  with  the  house  by  two  entrances, 
one  for  the.  men,  and  another  for  the  women,  if 
the  house  belong  to  a  Mussulman;  but  if  to  a 
Christian,  one  entrance  suffices  for  both.  By  these 
'means  every  man's  house  may  emphatically  be 
called  his  own,  being  removed  from  the  din  ajid 
bustle  of  the  streets. 

%    On  the  morning  after  my  arrival,  I  paid  a  visit 
to  the  convent  <?f  the  Terra  Sancta,  which  is  situ* 


CAIRO*  59 

ated  in  the  Frank  quarters,  and  where  I  met  with 
a  welcome  reception  from  the  Father  Superior, 
who  was  at  that  time  the  only  ecclesiastic  in  the 
Convent,  Two  more  of  the  order,  i.  e.  Franciscan, 
were  expected  from  Jerusalem ;  and  they  arrived 
in  about  a  fortnight  thereafter.  A  constant  inter* 
course  and  change  of  residents  and  visitors,  are  kept 
up  throughout  every  part  of  the  east ;  and,  indeed, 
throughout  all  the  Catholic  world,  there  being 
such  legions  pf  wandering  priests,  that  run  to  and 
fro  with  an  incessant  communication  of  plans  and 
suggestions.  The  convent  is  a  capacious  and 
substantial  edifice,  with  much  accommodation  for 
travellers,  who,  in  the  present  exhausted  state  of 
the  funds  of  the  establishment  are  very  properly 
permitted  to  pay  both  for  their  apartments  and 
maintenance.  This  ought  always  to  have  been 
the  case.  It  is  but  right  that  a  man  should  pay 
for  what  he  uses $  and  it  is  more  agreeable  to  the 
feelings  of  a  gentleman  to  do  so :  and  after  he  has 
done  all  that,  he  still  remains  under  many  obliga- 
tions to  that  arrangement  which  afforded  him  a 
comfortable  lodging  and  security  for  his  property, 
and  where  he  found  the  society  of  a  Christian, 
who,  from  his  residence,  was  almost  a  native,  to 
direct  him  in  his  pursuits,  with  the  advantage  of 
his  long  experience.  There  is  a  small  library  at- 
tached to  the  convent,  which  consists  chiefly  of 
books  of  theology,  and  lexicons  in  different  Ian* 


60  CA110* 

guages,  for  the  use  of  readers  when  they  shall  ar- 
rive.   Also  an  excellent  chapel,  in  which  divine 
service  is  regularly  performed  every  day.     After 
which  the  clergyman  employs  himself  in  making 
wafers,  and  in  visiting  the  sick.     There  are  about 
1500  Catholics  in  Cairo,  and  with  such  a  charge 
the  clerical  incumbency  is  no  sinecure. 
,  At  a  small  distance  from  the  convent  of  the 
Holy  Land  is  that  of  the  propaganda  fide,  which 
is  also  possessed  of  a  small  library,  consisting 
chiefly  of  polyglot  bibles  and  lexicons,  with  some 
books  of  travels.    Their  best  books  are  said  to 
have*  been  taken  away  by  the  French  during  the 
time  that  they  had  possession  of  Cairo.    This  so- 
ciety has  not  made  much  progress  of  late  in  pro- 
pagating the  faith  of  the  Church  of  Rome.    Mus- 
sulmans dare  not  become  Christians  if  they  were 
inclined,  for  in  so  doing  they  forfeit  both  their 
lives  and  their  property,  and  WQuld  be  immediately 
deprived  of  both  >  the  Mussulmans  here  having  the 
supreme  authority,  and  being  quite  as  intolerant  aa 
the  Church  of  Rome  itself.    They  admit  of  differ- 
ent sects  among  themselves  i  but  no  man  having 
once  been  a  Mussulman,  am  become  a  Christian, 
and  live  in  the  country.    The  case  is  different  in 
India,  where  England  has  the  supreme  authority, 
and  can  afford  protection  to  Christian  converts. 
But  in  these  countries  no  missionary  can  thin  the 
ranks  of  islamism j  he  xn»y  take  from  one  class  of 


CAIRO.  61 

and  add  to  another,  or,  swbat  our  praise* 
worthy  countrymen  are  attempting  to  do,  he  may- 
endeavour  to  stir  up  a  spirit  of  religion  among 
them  all ;  but  all  his  efforts  cannot  add  one  to  the 
number  of  nominal  Christians,  And  the  earnest  en- 
deavours of  the  propagandists  of  all  descriptions 
ought  to  be  directed  to  obtain. from  the  supreme 
power  of  the  Mahomedan  religion,  a  permission  for 
the  followers  of  the  prophet  to  renounce  their  creed 
with  impunity,  if  they  should  Bee  good  cause.  When 
this  is  done  they  may  expect  to  make  progress,  in 
proselytiaing  Mussulmans,  and  not  till  then. 

In  the  convent  of  the  propaganda  I  was  gratified 
with  the  sight  of  a  school,  in  which  children,  prin- 
cipally of  Coptic  parents  who  had  embraced  the 
ftubth  of  the  Church  of  Jieme,  were  receiving  die 
elements  <£  a  Christian  education,  under  the  so* 
perintendence  of  Btother  Donieli  of  Procida.  The 
yoang.  afadea ts  were  pale*  wd  of  3  delicate  com* 
pleiion  $  but  at  such  a  season  of  the  fewt,  and  in 
such  a  .sultry  spot  as  Cairo,  drinking  unaltered  and 
impurifad  water*  -eatis^j  melons,  tad  other  fruk  in 
a  .state  of  fefti&isaeBrtation,  the  goddess  of  health 
herself  could  scarcely  hwe  befen  otherwise* 

Having  made  this  survey  of  the  Crihchtc  con- 
verts*  I  xetipued  to  my  apartment  to  nfcpose  dining 
the  amihifefiig  beat  of  *bt  day*  and  ia  the  after* 
noon  rode  wsith  Captain  3fby  sad  Captain  Maagfea 
to  eftetfce  bidet  elKalura,  which  is  the  «Uy  iafce 


62  CAIRO* 

in  Cairo  that  produces  the  Lotus,  so  highly  prized 
by  the  ancient  Egyptians.  We  saw  it  growing  in 
heaps  in  the  middle  of  the  lake ;  but  all  its  bloom 
was  shed,  and  we  were  about  a  fortnight  too  late 
for  seeing  the  flower.  There  are  eight  of  these 
lakes  in  and  about  Cairo,  which,  however,  have 
more  the  appearance  of  horse-ponds  dug  in  the 
sand,  and  full  of  dirty  water,  than  any  thing  that 
we  are  accustomed  to  call  lakes  in  this  country. 
Three  of  them  are  within  the  city,  the  birket  el 
Fil,  or  lake  of  the  elephants,  the  birket  el  Karoon, 
or  lake  of  the  horns,  are  on  the  east  of  the  canal 
that  traverses  the  city j  the  birket  Esbeckeer  is  on 
the  west,  as  has  been  already  mentioned.  The 
other  five  are  without  the  walls  of  the  city ;  one  is 
called  birket  el  Nassr,  or  lake  of  victory ;  another 
birket  el  Kahira,  or  lake  of  Cairo ;  another  birket 
el  Omar,  or  lake  of  the  Sheik  Omar ;  the  fourth 
birket  el  Guni,  or  lake  of  Guni ;  the  fifth  birket  el 
Rotola,  or  lake  of  the  pound j  their  names,  like 
those  of  the  gates,  being  generally  derived  from 
some  person  or  circumstance  connected  with  their 
formation.  They  ate  all  supplied  with  water  from 
the  canal,  and  though  poor  substitutes  for  the  river 
are  prodigious  conveniences  for  the  inhabitants,  by 
furnishing  them,  while  the  inundation  continues, 
with  an  abundant  supply  of  water  for  all  the  pur- 
poses of  life,  a  place  for  sailing  their  pleasure  boats, 
where  they  can  sit  and  smoke  under  the  artificial 


CAIRO.  63 

shade  of  an  awning,  and  an  agreeable  prospect  for 
the  adjoining  houses,  of  the  lively  and  interesting 
groups  that  crowd  thither  for  their  diversions.  On 
the  borders  of  these,  especially^  within  the  town, 
may  be  seen  in  an  evening,  fire-works  pouring  their 
light  into  the  air,  dancing  dogs,  dancing  monkies, 
dancing  girls,  and  all  the  people  making  merry,  and 
rejoicing  as  in  the  days  of  old,  when  the  Nile  had 
reached  its  due  elevation,  and  promised  to  bless 
Jtheir  fields  with  an  abundant  increase.  This, 
however,  continues  but  for  a  short  time,  for  with 
the  subsiding  of  the  waters  of  the  river  comes  also 
the  sinking  of  the  waters  of  the  lakes,  and  for 
seven  or  eight  months  a  year  they  are  nearly. dry, 
and  covered  with  dust  and .  sand. 

My  next  visit  was  to  the  church  of  St  Catherine, 
which  belongs  to  the  Greek  persuasion.  The  head 
of  this  church  in  Egypt  is  the  patriarch  of  Alexan- 
dria, a  dignified  and  venerable  character,  to  whom 
I  paid  my  respects  several  times  at  his  residence 
in  old  Cairo.  It  was  Sunday  morning,  and  the 
church  was  lighted  up,  and  the  congregation  as* 
sembled  at  an  early  hour.  Divine  service  was  per- 
formed, both  in  Greek  and  Arabic,  to  a  numerous 
audience,  whose  becoming  and  devout  behaviour 
during  the  whole  of  the  service  cannot  be  too 
highly  commended.  Charity  was  collected  several 
times  in  the  course  of  the  service  by  individuals 
going  through  the  congregation  for  that  purpose  j 


6*  CAIRO. 

after  which  each  person  got  a  small  taper,  which 
he  held  in  his  hand,  and  lighted  at  a  particular 
time  of  the  service.  The  host  was  consecrated  at 
an  altar  in  an  inner  apartment,  during  which  the 
priest  came  several  times  to  the  door  of  the  sane* 
tuary,  and  read  aloud  to  the  congregation.  The 
host  to  afterwards  carried  round  the  church, 
while  all  the  people  kneeled  and  prayed  most  fer- 
vently, and  crossed  themselves  from  right  to  left. 
There  was  no  sermon,  and  only  one  meeting  in  the 
day;  the  pews  were  narrow  and  uncomfortable, 
and  better  calculated  for  standing  than  for  sitting 
in.  The  women  sat  in  the  gallery  apart  from  the 
men,  and  the  place  in  which  they  sat  was  fronted 
with  a  kind  of  wooden  grating,  in  order  that  they 
might  hear  and  join  in  the  service,  without  being 
seen  by  the  other  sex.  No  graven  images  are 
allowed  in  the  Greek  church ;  but  the  most  hideous 
juad  blasphemous  paintings  representative  of  God 
the  Father,  God  the  Son,  the  Virgin  Mary,  and 
some  favourite  saints,  as  Nicholas,  Basil,  or  Spiri- 
dkra  are  always  exhibited  upon  the  walls. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  service  two  baskets  of 
sweetmeats  were  brought  from  the  sanctuary,  and 
laid  down  in  the  middle  of  the  church*  And  after 
the  blessing  was.  pronounced  they  were  taken  up 
afrd  held  at  the  door,  and  evtery  person  as  he  went 
out  took  a  little  of  their  contents.  They  were 
called  sweetmeats ;  but  boifed  wheat  was  the  prin*- 


o 


CAIRO.  65 

cipal  ingredient  in  the  basket.  This  Custom  is  ob- 
served by  the  Greeks  on  the  death  of  any  respect- 
able member  of  the  congregation,  and  it  is  done 
at  the  expense  of  the  relations  of  the  deceased* 
There  are  150  Greek  families  in  Cairo  who  are 
natives,  and'  the  number  of  settlers  has  consider- 
ably increased  of  late,  on  account  of  the  great  se- 
curity of  life  and  property  which  they  enjoy  under 
the  government  of  the  present  Pasha. 

Early  on  Monday  morning  I  took  a  ride  to  the 
castle,  which  lies  on  the  east  of  the  town  on  a  pro- 
jecting point  of  the  mount  Mokkataxn.  It  com- 
pletely commands  the  city}  but  is  itself  com- 
manded by  a  higher  ridge  of  the  mountain  behind 
it  The  road  thither  is  cut  out  of  the  rock,  and 
winds  up  the  steep  with  a  moderate  ascent ;  in 
some  places  it  is  formed  into  steps,  but  such  as  our 

4 

asses  could  easily  surmount  The  gates  present  an 
imposing  and  martial  appearance.  The  interior  is 
large,  with  many  inhabitants,  and  houses  in  ruins. 
The  palace  of  the  Pasha  is  worthy  of  attention,  as 
being  the  residence  of  the  ruler  of  Egypt  in  his 
capital.  It  is  a  small  house,  plain,  and  without  any 
exterior  decoration,  excepting  that  it  has  more  glass 
windows  in  front  than  Turkish  houses  generally 
have.  And  on  seeing  the  horses  parading  round 
it,  the  whole  had  mdre  the  appearance  of  an  offi- 
cer's residence  in  ordinary  barracks,  than  the 
palace  of  a  sovereign  in  the  chief  city  of  his  domi- 

VOL.  i.  f 


66  CAIRO. 

nions.     His  highness  was  from  home,  and  there  was 
no  admittance  to  view  the  interior.     The  well  of 
Joseph  in  the  middle  of  the  fortress,  calls  us  back  to 
the  twelfth  century,  the  era  of  the  renowned  Saladin, 
by  whom  it  was  formed,  and  whose  name,  Yousouff, 
it  still  retains.     It  is  about  45  feet  in  circumference 
at  the  orifice,  and  is  perforated  through  the  soft 
calcareous  rock  to  the  depth  of  about  270  feet, 
where  it  opens  a  spring  of  brackish  water  on  a  level 
With  the  Nile,  from  which  it  is  derived,  and  has  ac- 
quired the  saline  impregnation  from  the  ground  it 
has  filtered  through.  The  water  is  raised  in  buckets 
by  two  wheels,  which  are  drawn  by  as  many  oxen. 
One  of  the  wheels  is  at  the  top  of  the  well,  the 
other  at  the  depth  of  150  feet.     The  shaft  is  de* 
Scertded  by  a  broad  winding  stair,  with  a  low  para- 
pet wall,  both  cut  out  of  the  rock.     The  steps  are 
feasy ;  but  dirty  and  slippery.  Arrived  at  the  wheel 
we  found  a  large  ample  space  around  it.     The 
driver  sat  upon  the  frame,  smoked  his  pipe,  and 
drove  round  his  buffalo  in  tolerable  comfort  and 
security.     From  this  the  descent  is  not  quite  so 
commodious.      Entering  by  a  narrow  opening  it 
proceeds  down  a  narrow  stair  without  any  parapet 
to  the  depth  of  120  feet,  the  descent  is  extremely 
disagreeable,  and  not  worth  the  trouble  merely  to 
see  a  pool  of  brackish  water.    Such  as  it  is,  however, 
When  raised  to  the  surface,  it  is  conducted  in  pipes 
till  over  the  garrison,'  to  irrigate  the  gardens,  and 


CAIRO,  67 

keep  alive  the  little  verdant  sod  that  lies  within  it* 
walls ;  and  were  the  fortress  ever  subjected  to  a  siege, 
this  would  be  the  only  water  that  the  inhabitants 
could  use  for  every  purpose  of  domestic  economy. 

Leaving  this  horrible  sink,  I  was  next  conducted 
to  Joseph's  Hall,  which  formed  part  of  the  palace 
of  that  illustrious  personage,  and  which  is  now  in 
a  very  dilapidated  state.  The  columns  are  part  of 
the.  spoil  of  ancient  Memphis.  They  are  monoli- 
thic, of  large  grained  red  granite,  massy  and  tall, 
with  Corinthian  capitals j  and  in  the  days  of  Sarar 
cenic  magnificence  this  must  have  been  a  truly 
splendid  edifice,  meriting,  in  some  degree,  the 
praises  bestowed  upon  the  kingly  residences  of  that 
lively  and  ingenious  people ;  but  it  is  now  the  ha- 
bitation of  desolation,  part  of  it  is  converted  into  9 
magazine,  part  into  a  granary,  and  the  whole  has 
such  a  waste  and  mournful  appearance,  that  a  com- 
plete ruin  is  more  interesting  than  it 

The  great  charm  of  this  citadel,  however,  still 
remains  to  be  mentioned,  and  is  less  liable  to  be 
affected  by  the  ravages  of  war,  or  lime,  than  the 
works  of  art,  I  mean  the  delightful  prospect  which 
it  affords  of  the  town,  and  the  surrounding  courttry, 
so  full  of  the  memorials  of  great  events,  attd  the 
relics  of  ages  long  since  elapsed.  To  the  north  lie 
the  ruins  of  Metarea,  the  ancient  Heliopolis,  the 
.city  of  On  stretching  towards  the  fields  of  Goshen; 
and  the  river  where  it  divides. into  two  branches  to 

f2 


68  CAIRO. 

enclose  the  Delta,  the  garden  of  fertile  Egypt,  and 
of  the  world.  At  the  foot  of  the  rock  lies  Cairo 
itself,  with  domes  and  minarets,  intermix!  with  trees, 
and  gardens  imperceptible  from  a  lower  though 
contiguous  elevation.  A  little  removed  to  the  west 
lies  Bulac,  fraught  with  the  shipping  and  trade  of 
Cairo  :  to  the  south  of  which  lies  the  picturesque 
island  of  Rhonda,  planted  and  laid  out  like  the 
seat  of  an  English  squire,  in  the  midst  of  the  ma- 
jestic Nile.  Adjoining  to  Rhouda,  on  the  eastern 
bank,  are  the  remains  of  Old  Cairo,  the  successor 
of  Babylon,  receiving  the  trade  of  this  commercial 
city  from  Upper  Egypt  and  Nubia.  On  the  west 
bank  of  the  river  the  whitened  walls  of  Gheesa  re- 
flect the  beams  of  the  morning  sun,  and  point  to 
the  uncertain  site  of  Memphis  covered  with  the 
fruitful  palm  on  to  the  mountains  of  the  Lybian 
Desert,  which,,  with  the  colossal  pyramids  at  their 
base,  complete  the  prospect.  Perhaps  there  is  not 
a  spot  on  earth  where  such  an  assemblage  of  inter- 
esting objects  of  ancient,  modern,  and  middle  age 
can  be-  viewed  together  in  so  small  a  compass. 
Well  may  the  ruler  of  the  land  exult  when  he  thinks 
of  the  ancient  glory  of  his  kingdom,  and  well  may 
his  spirit  sink  within  him,  when  he  compares  its 
present  condition  with  its  past! 

Leaving  this  enchanting  terrace,  we  descended 
by  the  gate  of  the  Janizaries,  having  paused  for  a 
few  minutes  by  the  way  to  visit  a  couple  of  ele- 


CAIRO.  69 

ph&nts  that  had  lately  been  presented  to  the  Pasha, 
from  which  we  passed  through  the  sword  market, 
Soug  el  Salah,  which  even  at  the  early  hour  of 
eight  o'clock  we  found  crowded  to  such  a  degree, 
that  the  Consul's  Janizary  and  myself  could  hardly 
force  our  way  through  the  multitude  of  buyers  and 
sellers  of  swords,  pistols,  blunderbusses,  spears, 
knives,  daggers,  muskets,  and  all  sorts  of  weapons, 
offensive  and  defensive,  for  nearly  half  their  value. 
An  excellent  Damascus  blade  could  be  purchased 
for  seventy  piastres,  or  five  and  thirty  shillings,  the 
piastre  of  Cairo  being  then  equal  to  sixpence  of 
English  money.  Having  cleared  the  pressing  throng, 
we  held  our  way  through  many  narrow  and  crook- 
ed streets,  and  after  many  turnings  and  windings, 
and  many  interruptions  from  the  lengthened  files 
of  slowly-moving  camels,  bearing  water  for  the  city, 
or  starting  on  a  distant  journey,  we  arrived  at  head- 
quarters, and  after  a  comfortable  breakfast,  reposed 
during  the  heat  of  the  day. 

In  the  afternoon,  according  to  appointment,  I 
repeated  my  visit  to  the  venerable  convent  of  the 
Terra  Sancta,  from  which  one  of  the  lay  brothers 
had.  agreed  to  accompany,  me  to  Old  Cairo.  His 
bourica  or  ass  was  ready  saddled,  and  I  procured 
one  at  the  first  stand,  and  we  set  out  immediately. 
We  passed  through  the  Mugrabeen  quarters,  or  that 
part  of  tie  town  in  which  the  caravans  and  people 
from  Morocco  put  up,  and  in  a  short  time  were 


70  cAige. 

without  the  wall?  of  the  city,  After  which  the 
track,  for  it  cannot  be  called  a  road  in  the  European 
acceptation  of  the  word,  is  continued  among  heaps 
of  rubbish,  consisting  of  the  cleanings  of  the  city, 
broken  pottery,  and  the  ruins  of  former  buildings 
that  wall  the  traveller 'on  each  hand,  to  the  walls  of 
Massr  Fostat  or  Old  Cairo,  with  the  small  inter- 
vention of  a  grave-yard,  where  the  Mahomedan  fe- 
males go  to  weep,  and  howl  over  the  tombs  of  their 
departed  relations,  and  a  piece  of  drill  ground  in 
whiqh  the  Pasha  exercises  his  troops  every  Tues- 
day and  Thursday,  in  firing  at  the  target,  or  throw* 
ing  the  djericL  Before  reaching  the  town  we  passed 
by  an  aquaeduct  with  many  arches,  which  conveys 
the  water  of  the  Nile  to  the  castle,  and  the  bridge 
of  the  Calitz  which  performs  the  same  good  office 
for  New  Cairo.  Opposite  to  this  ancient  city  is  the 
island  of  Rhouda,  which  we  learn  from  Strabo  was 
joined  to  Babylon  by  a  bridge  of  boats,  when  Mem- 
phis, in  her  metropolitan  pride,  occupied  the  oppo* 
site  bank.  At  the  gate  on  our  left  there  is  a  manu- 
facture of  saltpetre,  which  to  those  who  have  seen 
the  elegant  and  scientific  operations  carried  on  at 
Hurlet,  and  in  Yorkshire,  present  nothing  worthy 
of  attention.    The  raw  material  is  too  abundant  in 

Egypt  to  produce  much  ingenuity  in  the  manufac* 
turer. 

Having  entered  the  town,  we  proceeded  along  a 

straight  street  till  we  came  to  the  place  where  tbs 


pwsago*boats  land  from  Gheesa ;  where,  turning  to 
the  left,  we  filed  up  a  narrow  lane,  and  having  put 
Up  our  asses  at  another  convent  of  the  Terra  Sancta, 
we  proceeded  to  the  Coptic  church,  to  see  the 
grotto  of  Saint  Sergius,  in  which  Joseph  and  Mary 
dwelt  with  the  infant  Jesus,  when  they  were,  forced 
to  fly  frojn  their  native  colintry,  by  the  scandalous 
persecution  of  Herod  the  Great.  This  holy  place 
is  now  formed  into  a  small  chapel,  and  is  entered 
from  the  sanctuary  of  the  church,  by  a  descent  of 
ten  steps.  It  is  divided  into  three  compartments 
by  two  rows  of  columns,  after  the  manner  of  Ca* 
tholic  churches,  or  gothic  cathedrals  in  this  country, 
Going  down  from  the  left  hand  side  of  the  church, 
for  there  are  two  entrances,  there  is  an  altar  at  the 
end  of  the  first  compartment,  at  which,  though  the 
whole  chapel  belongs  to  the  Copts,  and  must  be  en- 
tered through  their  church,  yet,  every  christian,  of 
whatever  sect  or  denomination,  is  allowed  to  per- 
form his  devotions  according  to  the  rites  of  the 
church  to  which  he  belongs.  At  the  end  of  the 
second,  or  middle  compartment,  is  the  cave  which 
was  hallowed  by  the  presence  of  the  Saviour  of 
mankind.  It  is  covered  in  the  form  of  a  small 
arcade,  with  smooth  stones,  or  tile,  cemented  with 
lime,  and  upon  the  whole  very  touch  resembles  a 
baker's  oven.  *  According  to  the  statement  of  the 
hierophant,  it  was  fitted  up  in  this  manner  by  Saint 
Helena,  the  pious  mother  of  Constantinethe  Great* 


72  CAIRO. 

and  has  remained  untouched  from  that  time  \o  the 
present  day.  It  is  so  small  that  a  person  can  merely 
creep  in,  and  sit  down  in  it*  At  the  end  of  the  right 
lateral  compartment,  there  is  a  large  baptismal  font 
belonging  to  the  Copts,  who  perform  that  cere- 
mony by  immersing  the  body  of  the  child  com- 
pletely under  water.  There  is  nothing  in  this 
highly-honoured  spot  that  calls  for  particular  notice, 
saving  that  the  whole  of  it  is  built  round,  and 
it  has  very  little  appearance  of  being  a  natural 
grotto;  and. the  report  of  its  ever  having  received 
the  Saviour  of  mankind,  is  probably  one  of  the 
pious  frauds  of  St.  Sergius,  or  some  of  his  equally 
crafty  successors. 

From  this  holy  cave  we  proceeded  to  the  adjoin- 
ing castle  of  Babylon,  to  pay  our  respects  to  the 
Greek  patriarch  of  Alexandria,  who  resides  in  the 
highest  pinnacle  of  this  lofty  edifice.  The  ascent 
is  difficult;  but  the  summit  once  attained  the 
charms  of  the  prospect  compensate  for  the  labour 
of  reaching  it,  and  the  kind  reception  of  the  worthy 
patriarch,  would  induce  the  traveller  to  go  much 
farther,  to  have  an  interview  with  a  man  who  wel- 
comes him  with  so  much  affection,  treats  him  like 
a  friend  and  a  brother,  and  dismisses  him  with  his 
blessing.  Seated  on  the  highest  part  of  the  couch 
in  the  corner  of  the  room,  we  were  immediately 
presented  with  sweetmeats  to  relish  a  glassful  of 
water,  and  an  excellent  pipe  of  tobacco  to  relish  a 


CAIRO.  ?S 

cup  of  coffee.    Such  is  the  custom  of  the  Greeks 
all  the  world  oven     In  turning  the  conversation 
upon  the  antiquities  of  Egypt,  he  said  that  there 
was  no  doubt  that  the  castle  in  which  he  then  re- 
sided was  built  by  the  Persians,  although  I  believe 
most  European  travellers  are  not  inclined  to  assign 
it  any  higher  origin  than  the  Romans.     In  regard 
to  the  pyramids,  of  which  his  situation  commanded 
a  delightful  view,  he  said  it  was  impossible  to  tell 
when  they  were  built;  and  as  to  temples,  tombs, 
or  hieroglyphics,  all  was  vain  and  idle  conjecture. 
It  is  as  unnecessary  to  argue  with  a  man  who  sits 
in  the  patriarchal  chair,  and  utters  his  decisions 
without  having  examined  the  authorities  on  which 
they  are  founded,  as  it  would  be  to  argue  with  a 
man  upon  the  light  of  the  meridian  sun,  who  shuts 
his  eyes  in  obstinacy,  and  denies  its  existence,  be- 
cause he  does  not  see  it.    So  he  was  allowed  to 
enjoy  his  opinion  without  dispute,  and  the  conver- 
sation was  turned  to  a  subject  on  which  he  was 
likely  to  be  better  informed.     In  the  latter  period 
of  the  Government  of  the  Mamelukes,  he  said  the 
Greeks  were  almost  entirely  banished  from  Egypt; 
but  since  the  present  chief  had  guided  the  affairs 
of  the  country,  there  had  been  great  additions  to 
their  numbers,  although  he  would  not  say  that  he 
considered  religion  at  all  in  a  flourishing  condition; 
and,  without  absolutely  expressing  it  as  his  convic- 
tion, seemed  to  hint  that  it  had  but  little  influence 


74  tfAincn 

upon  the  donduct  of  bis  countrymen.  On  rising  to  gt> 
away,  he  pressed  me  to  prolong  my  visit,  and  seeing 
that  the  approach  of  night  rendered  it  impossible 
for  me  to  comply  with  his  request,  he  sprinkled  me 
with  rose-water,  and  perfumed  me  with  incense, 
and  accompanied  me  down  stairs  to  show  me  the 
church  of  Saint  George,  which  contained  nothing 
remarkable,  excepting  a  magical  ring,  which  pos* 
eessed  the  extraordinary  virtue  of  bringing  fools  to 
their  senses,  and  had  frequently  evinced  its  powers 
both  on  Greeks  and  Turks.  On  taking  leave  of 
the  venerable  patriarch,  he  manifested  all  that  over- 
whelming affection  and  identification  of  interest, 
with  which  he  received  me  on  my  arrival;  and 
every  time  that  I  repeated  my  visits,  I  uniformly 
experienced  the  same  cordial  and  hearty  welcome* 
Having  returned  to  the  convent  of  the  Terra 
Sancta,  which  at  that  time  did  not  possess  a  single 
ecclesiastic,  we  remounted  our  bouricas,  and  three 
quarters  of  an  hour  brought  us  within  the  walls  of 
New  Cairo,  by  the  same  gate  by  which  we  had  gone 
out. 

The  next  two  days  were  employed  in  visiting 
the  Bazars,  riding  through  the  streets  and  observr 
iqg  the  people ;  in  all  of  these  respects  Cairo  is 
sufficiently  entertaining  to  the  European  traveller. 
'•The  sombre  appearance  of  the  houses,  from  the 
want  of  windows  to  the  streets,  has  been  already 
mentioned ;  and  the  few  that  are,  being  covered  with 


CAIRO,  75 

a  species  of  cage-work  to  keep  out  the  sun,  and  the 
eyes  of  the  curious,  impress  the  mind  of  the  tra- 
veller with  the  moBt  uncomfortable  and  mournful 
'  sensations*     It  has  been  said  that  an  Englishman's 
house  is  his  castle ;  but  with  equal  emphasis  and 
truth,  it  may  be  said  that  an  Egyptian's  house  is 
his  dungeon,  or  bis  prison.     To  the  unfortunate 
fair  sex  it  is  peculiarly  so.     The  crowd  that  pours 
along  the  streets  always  appears  great,  because  they 
are  excessively  narrow,  and  there  being  no  side 
paths  for  foot  passengers  interruptions  are  very 
frequent,  from  the  number  of  camels,  horses,  and 
asses,  with  men,  women,  and  children,  that  are 
constantly  pressing  forward  and  jostling  you  aside. 
In  regard  to  the  costumes  that  constantly  meet 
the  eye ;  the  male  population  wear  beards,  or  mus- 
tachios.    Among  the  old,  the  former  prevail;  and 
among  the  young,  the  latter.     An  aged  Turk  is 
particularly  proud  of  a  long  flowing  white  beard, 
a  well  shaved  cheek  and  head,  and  a  clean  turban. 
It  is  a  common  thing  to  see  such  characters,  far 
past  the  bloom  of  life,  mounted  on  stone  seats  co- 
vered with  a  bit  of  Persian  carpet,  at  the  corner  of 
the  streets,  or  in  front  of  their  bazars,  combing 
their  beards,  smoking  their  pipes,  or  drinking  their 
coffee,  with  a  pitcher  of  water  standing  beside 
them;  or  saying  their  prayers,  or  reading  the  Ko- 
rin.    All  of  them  are  more  or  less  armed,  invari- 
ably with  a  sekeen  or  dagger  stuck  in  the  right 


76  CAIRO* 

side  of  the  sash  that  is  tied  round  the  waist.  This 
even  the  common  shopkeepers  or  lowest  scaven- 
gers wear,  although  many  of  them  confess  that 
they  never  had  killed  so  much  as  a  fly  with  it. 
Many  of  them  have  also  a  brace  of  loaded  pistols 
on  the  left  side,  though  these  are  generally  of  the 
military  profession ;  and  then  they  wear  a  leather 
belt  above  the  sash,  made  on  purpose  to  receive 
their  fire-arms,  and  a  sword  slung  round  their  right 
shoulder ;  this  it  is  common  for  the  shopman  also 
to  wear;  laying  it  aside  when  he  comes  to  his  bazar, 
and  slinging  it  on  when  he  goes  to  the  mosque,  or 
any  where  about  the  town.  To  counterbalance  the 
sword,  a  small  leather  case  named  kotab,  about 
the  size  of  a  large  pocket-bible,  is  slung  over  the 
left  shoulder,  professedly  for  the  purpose  of  holding 
a  copy  of  the  Koran,  but  generally  furnished  with 
several  ball-cartridges,  a  flint  and  steel,  with  a  piece 
of  lescaor  amadou,  which  is  a  kind  of  tinder  or  touch- 
wood,  for  catching  fire  to  light  their  pipes ;  then 
with  a  bag  full  of  tobacco  crammed  into  the  breast 
of  his  waistcoat  or  antari,  or  attached  to  his  sash, 
and  hanging  behind  his  back,  and  a  pipe  live  feet 
long,  with  a  fine  large  mouth-piece  of  opake  am- 
ber, he  is  fully  caparisoned  after  the  fashion  of  his 
country,  and  as  such,  is  entitled  to  receive  the  re- 
spect of  his  fellow  citizens ;  and,  where  others  are 
not  equally  provided  with  himself,  we  should  say, 
to  command  it.    Any  man  who  has  ever  travelled 


CAIRO.  77 

in  the  east,  can  tell  with  what  alacrity  and  respect 
he  is  served,  even  if  asking  a  drink  of  water  from 
a  peasant  at  a  well,  when  decked  out  in  such  im- 
posing accoutrements,  compared  with  the  half- 
refusing  and  indifferent  air  with  which  his  calls  are 
answered  when  without  th6m.     And  in  the  eyes  of 
the  world  it  cannot  be  disputed,  that  man  appears 
a  much  more  commanding  and  dignified  being,  ar- 
rayed in  the  flowing  and  gorgeous  drapery  of  the 
East,  than  he  does  when  wrapt  up  in  the  close  fitting 
and  peaceful  costume  of  modern  Europe.     Indeed, 
so  indispensable,  in  their  estimation,  are  these  ac- 
coutrements for  the  consequence  of  a  man,  that 
they  boldly  aver,   no  person  would  go  without 
them  who  can  afford  to  purchase  them.    Family  is 
of  no  consideration  in  a  country  where  the  greatest 
man  in  it  has  risen  from  the  rabble,  to  which,  at 
his  death,  his  family  may  return.     The  other  parts 
of  the  dress  correspond  with  these  gaudy  equip- 
ments.    The  white  muslin,  or  variegated  Indian 
shawl  turban,  gracefully  folded  round'  the  red  tur- 
bush,  gives  an  air  of  grandeur  and  finery  to  the 
head.     The  antari,  which  is  generally  striped,  of 
silk  and  cotton  of  bright  colors,  answers  to  our 
waistcoat,  is  attached  with  three  small  buttons  close 
round  the  neck,  the  rest  of  which  is  bare,  and  the 
the  robe  loosely  overlapping  the  body  with  long 
loose  sleeves  falling  over  the  fingers'  ends.     It  has 
a  pocket  in  the  breast  for  receiving  the  watch, 


78  CAIRO. 

which  is  suspended  from  the  neck  buttons  of  the 
antari,  the  purse,  tobacco  bag,  and  pocket-hand* 
kerchief.     It  is  worn  under  the  saltamark,  or  short 
jacket,  the  sleeves  of  which  terminate  above  the 
elbow,  is  edged  all  round,  and  sometimes  nearly 
covered  all  over  with  gold  lace,  according  to  the 
wealth  or  taste  of  the  wearer.     It  is  made  of  cloth; 
yellow,  red,  crimson,  or  butcher's  blue,  are  the 
most  approved  colours  among  the  Turks.     The 
limbs  are  accommodated  in  large  loose  shalwars, 
or  trowsers,  of  the  same,  which  are  tied  over  the 
antari  above  the  haunches,  and  may  be  said  to 
hang  upon  him ;  but  not  in  any  respect  to  fit  his 
shapes.     A  long  sash,  consisting  of  a  shawl,   or 
piece  of  white  muslin  rolled  three,  four,  or  five 
times  round  the  body,  is  tied  above  all*     He  then 
sticks  his  feet  into  a  pair  of  short,  wide,  yellow  or 
red  boots  ;  and  having  thrown  a  beniss,  an  abba, 
or  a  burnouss  round  his  shoulders,  his  garniture  is 
complete.     Thus  attired,  loaded  and  bandaged,  a 
person  would  naturally  imagine  that  the  animal 
could  hardly  move.     However,  a  Mameluke  or  a 
Turk  is  then  in  his  riding  costume;  and  .when 
mounted  on  horseback,   appears  to  be  as  little 
shackled  in  his  movements,  and  equally  capable  of 
managing  both  his  steed  and  his  arms  with  the 
most  lightly-equipped  cavalier  in  Europe ;  and,  as 
an  individual  combatant,  is  in  no  respect  less  for- 
midable.   In  all  martial  exercises  the  upper  robe 


CAIRO.  70 

is  thrown  off,  and  is  at  best  to  be  considered  as  a 
robe  of  ceremony,  without  which,  a  person  is  not 
fully  dressed,  and  cannot,  with  propriety,  pay  visits, 
or  wait  upon  his  superiors. 

The  walking  costume  is  a  little  different  from 
the  above ;  and  consists  of  a  caftan,  or  long  robe* 
descending  from  the  neck  to  the  ankle,  with  large 
sleeves  like  the  antari ;  indeed  it  is  exactly  the 
antari  extended  to  these  dimensions,  and  is  made 
of  the  same  kind  of  stuff,  with  a  pocket  in  the 
breast,  and  one  on  each  haunch.     Under  the  caf- 
tan is  worn  the  shachsheers,  or  red  drawers,  of  a 
lighter  material  resembling  our  serge,  but  of  the 
same  -shape  and  size,  and  fastened  round  the  waist 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  voluminous  shalwars 
above  described.     A  kind  of  yellow  leather  hose, 
called  misti,  for  the  reception  of  the  feet  and  ankles, 
are  sewed  to  the  lower  part  of  the  shachsheers,  so 
that  the  inferior  extremities  are  completely  covered. 
'  Over  the  misti  are  worn  the  papoush,  or  slippers, 
which  are  always  put  off  when  the  person  sits  down, 
or  goes  into  the  house  or  into  the  mosque.     Over 
the  caftan  is  worn  the  juppa,  or  a  large  open  robe, 
of  equal  length  with  the  caftan.     It  is  made  of 
light  cloth,  with  wide  sleeves  descending  about  half 
way  down  the  fore-arm,  like  the  saltamark.     Over 
the  juppa,  as  a  robe  of  ceremony,  is  worn  the  be- 
niss,  which  is  a  large  robe  of  the  finest  cloth,  flow- 


80  CAIRO. 

ing  down  to  the  heel,  with  large  sleeves  falling 
loosely  down  to  about  half  a  foot  over  the  fingers9 
ends.  It  is  generally  lined  with  silk  or  satin,  and 
trimmed  with  gold  lace  round  the  edges.  A  per- 
son of  respectability,  who  has  adopted  the  eastern 
costume,  cannot  wait  upon  the  Pasha  properly 
clothed,  or  pay  a  visit  of  ceremony  to  his  superiors 
or  equals,  without  the  beniss ;  it  being  considered 
as  very  uncourtly,  at  least  at  first  sitting  down,  to 
show  either  hands  or  feet.  The  Turks  are  pecu- 
liarly partial  to  bright  colors,  as  scarlet,  crimson, 
yellow,  or  green,  if  a  descendant  of  the  prophet ; 
sometimes  an  olive  or  fawn  color,  but  seldom  dark 
blue,  and  never  black,  except  in  the  abba,  which 
is  a  large  upper  garment  made  of  the  finest  wool, 
with  a  sleeve  of  gold  or  silver  tissue,  and  often 
lined  with  silk  or  satin.  The  abba  is  generally  of 
the  manufacture  of  Mecca,  or  Horns,  or  Bagdad ; 
and  seems  to  have  been  the  dress  of  ceremony  of 
the  Saracens  and  Syrians,  as  the  beniss  is  that  of 
the  Turks.  The  burnouss  is  a  large  flowing  white 
mantle,  with  a  hood,  but  without  sleeves  ;  it  is  of 
the  finest  wool,  and  is  the  manufacture  of  Tunis; 
and  worn  both  by  the  Mugrabeens  and  Egyptians. 
It  is  worn  as  an  upper  garment,  but  is  not  a  robe 
of  ceremony.  From  the  description  of  the  dress 
of  a  Turk  or  an  Arab,  it  will  appear  that  an  Euro- 
pean lady,  in  adopting  it  for  the  sake  of  conveni- 


caiio.  81 

etice,  wh6n  travelling  in  these  countries,  is  not 
guilty  of  arty  impropriety,  or  any  indelicacy  un- 
worthy of  her  sex. 

If  tiie  figure  of  the  man  be  concealed  by  the  loose 
and  flowing  robes  of  the  Eastern  costume,  that  of 
the  woman  is  much  more  so.   Notwithstanding  the 
strictness  of  Eastern  manners,  die  number  of  these 
is  by  no  means  wanting  in  the  streets  of  Cairo ; 
though  they  ore  mostly  of  the  lowest  order,  and 
past  the  meridian  of  life.     Their  dress  consists  of 
the  blue  or  brown  beteen,  and  envelopes  them  com- 
pletely, so  that  neither  face  nor  hands  can  be  per- 
ceived, unless  when  they  are  asking  charity,  and 
then  they  studiously  conceal  the  former  and  stretch 
out  the  latter,  and  beg  with  great  importunity.    If 
the  stranger  should  inadvertently  give  a  mite  to  any 
of  these  wretched  creatures,  he  is  immediately  as- 
sailed by  a  horde  of  than  that  issue  like  bees  from 
their  disturbed  nests,  and  pursue  and  persecute 
him  from  street  to  street.     Even  the  object  on 
whom  be  bestowed  his  charity,  thinks  she  has  a 
further  claim  upon  his  liberality,  and  absolutely 
annoys  and  pesters  him  with  her  solicitations.   The 
beggara  are  chiefly  Arabs ;  it  is  a  rare  thing  to  see 
a  Turk  of  either  sex  soliciting  charity. 

When  the  more  respectable  females  go  abroad, 
they  are  completely  covered  from  head  to  foot  with 
a  robe  of  black  silk  called  gattia,  and  a  black  crape 
veil  (shoobia),  which  descends  to  the  feet,  and  is 

VOL.  I.  G 


82  cairo; 

double  in  that  part  which  is  opposite  to  the  face ;  it 
ascends  up  to  the  eyes,  and  is  fixed  by  a  string 
which  passes  up  between  them  to  the  top  of  the 
head.  This  string  passes  up  through  a  gold  or 
silver  tube  that  rests  upon  the  forehead,  and  root  of 
the  nose,  and  is  generally  set  with  precious  stones. 
The  veils  of  the  Bedoween  Arabs  are  of  a  dirty 
white  colour.  Thus  muffled  up,  if  the  lady  bap- 
pens  to  be  a  little  en  bon  point,  she  appears  like  a 
shapeless  mass,  or  a  walking  pyramid,  and  when 
transported  to  the  back  of  a  camel,  or  an  ass,  which 
is  her  usual  mode  of  travelling,  one  trembles  for 
her  safety,  and  that  of  the  animal,  which  supports 
her.  If  a  coffin  were  mounted  erect  on  the  back 
of  a  camel,  or  an  ass,  and  covered  with  a  mort 
cloth,  it  would  not  exhibit  a  more  funereal,  or  dis- 
mal appearance,  than  the  procession  of  a  female 
through  the  streets  of  Cairo.  The  mind  revolts  at 
the  comparison,  and  the  feelings  of  abhorrence  and 
indignation  are  roused,  at  the  savage  jealousy  of 
those  monsters  of  Eastern  despotism,  who  thus 
condemn  nature's  fairest  form  to  travel  about  in 
darkness  and  disguise,  and  almost  make  it  criminal 
for  her  to  behold  the  light  of  day,  or  to  see  the 
human  face  divine.  All  this  is  done  under  the  ab- 
surd impression  of  keeping  the  female  chaste  and 
pure,  as  if  to  trammel  up  her  mouth  like  that  of  a 
pig  in  a  trough,  or  a  coach-horse  in  a  bag,  -  were 
sufficient  to  enchain  the  sentiments  of  the  heart, 


CAIRO,  83 

where  alone  purity  can  be  assailed,  and  where  alone 
she  can  make  an  effectual  resistance  to  the  tempta- 
tions of  the  world.  Wisdom's  ways  are  ways  of 
pleasantness.  Let  the  feelings  of  the  heart  be 
chastened  in  education,  and  there  will  be  more 
pleasure  in  the  paths  of  virtue,  than  in  all  the 
devious  wanderings  of  vice. 

But  the  sight  of  a  few  chosen  dames  buckled  up 
in  this. defensive  armour,  serves  only  to  mark  with 
the  stronger  contrast  their  masters'  total  disregard 
of  the  sex  in  general,  where  self  is  not  concerned. 
Otherwise  we  should  not  meet  with  bands  of  fe- 
male slaves,  in  the  bloom  of  life,  driven  like  cattle 
through  the  streets,  with  merely  a  rag  tied  round 
their  waists,  the  rest  of  the  body  being  naked  and 
exposed ;  while  the  boys  in  the  street  are  pulling 
at,  and  calling  to  them  as  they  pass,  with  impunity. 
The  people  who  permit  such  outrages  upon  public 
decency,  must  have  little  regard  for  their  species, 
and  bound  their  prospects  to  the  animal  creation. 
They  have  never  advanced  beyond  the  boundaries 
of  half  civilization,  however  extended  their  do- . 
minion ;  and  religion  and  morality  have  made  no 
impression  on  their  hearts,  however  numerous  their 
prayers,  or  however  brilliant  their  sentiments. 

In  my  different  walks  through  the  streets,  I  was 
astonished  at  the  rare  occurrence  of  jugglers,  and 
dancing  girls ;  I .  did  not .  meet  with  the  former 
above  two  or  three  times  during  the  whole  of  our 

g  9, 


84  CAIRO. 

residence  in  Cairo.  The  latter  dressed  up  in  all 
their  coins  and  rattling  finery*  used  to  come  to  the 
Consulate  on  Sunday  afternoons,  on  our  first  ar- 
rival in  Cairo ;  but  finding  that  they  obtained  few 
admirers  apd  no  money,  soon  discontinued  their 
visits.  I  understood  that  they  chiefly  exhibit  in 
the  evenings  during  the  season  of  the  Ramadan, 
which  was  then  in-  the  month  of  August ;  or  during 
th$  prevalence  of  the  ehamsin  winds,  which  is  in 
the  month  of  April,  in  neither  of  which  seasons 
were  we  in  Cairo. 

One  of  our  party  mentioned  to  me  that  he  saw 
an  officer  of  justice  walk  into  two  shops,  and  take 
out  two  men,  and  tuck  them  up  by  the  necks  each 
over  his  own  door,  and  let  them  hang  there  till 
they  were  dead,  and  till  the  sun  went  down*  The 
pflfence  he  did  not  learn ;  but  the  summary  pro- 
ceeding  struck  him  with  horror.  I  was  afterwards 
inarmed  that  this  is  the  manner  in  which  the  laws 
of  Egypt  punish  extortion,  tight  weight,  or  selling 
goods  at  an  exhorbitant '  profit.  The  officer  of 
justice  is  named  Awali  el  Cadi,  or  first  officer  of 
the  Cadi.  The  punishment  for  light  bread  is  to 
put  the  baker  into  his  own  oven,  which  is  per- 
formed by  the  same  friend  of  the  public  above 
mentioned — a  punishment  which  humanity  would 
forbid  us  to  record,  did  not  the  evidence  of  ere* 
cbiahle  witnesses  compel  us  to  receive  it  as  truth. 

There  are  no  coaches,  chariots,  or  gigs,  in  Cairo, 


CAIRO.  85 

and  hardly  any  wheel  carriages  whatever.     AH 
the  Hme  that  J  was  in  Cairo,  I  only  saw  one  cart 
which  was  drawn  by  buffaloes,  and  that  carried  a 
dead  man  who  had  been  shot  in  a  scuffle  a  few 
minutes  before.    There  are  indeed  no  roads  in  the 
country  for  carriages,  and  the  streets  are  too  nar* 
row  to  admit  them.     Stones,  lime,  timber,  water, 
merchandize,  and  all  portable  articles  are  carried 
by  camels,  asses,  mules,  or  men.     To  the  latter  is 
usually  assigned  the  task  of  carrying  water  in  skins 
through  the  bazars,   which  they  sell  for  half  a 
para,    or  little  more  than  half  a  farthing  a  glass* 
This  is  a  prodigious  luxury.  Fatigued  and  exhausted 
with  riding,  or  walking  through  the  streets  in  th£ 
sultry  heat  of  the  day,  I  have  frequently,  in  com-* 
pany  With  my  friend  Osman,  sat  down  to  repose  on 
the  edge  of  a  bazar.     The  water-carrier  soon  came 
by,  from  whom  each  of  us  took  a  glass  of  water; 
After  the  water-carrier  came  a  boy  with  a  basket 
of  bread,  from  whom  each  of  us  bought  a  roll. 
After  him  came  another  boy  with  a  mixture  of  salt 
and  carraway  seeds,  of  which  we  procured  a  little  to 
relish  our  fare,  the  bread  in  Cairo  being  usually 
baked  without  salt  t  thus  with  our  simple  fare  of 
bread  and  water,  and  salt,  which  we  ate  on  thg 
street,  and  which  cost  us  about  a  half-penny  a 
piece,  We  were  perfectly  refreshed  and  comforted, 
and  With  the  luxury  of  a  pipe  of  tobacco,  which,  if 
we  had  not  our  own  along  with  us,  the  merchant 


86  caiho. 

on  whose  bazar  we  sat  down,  never  failed  tare- 
quest  our  acceptance  of  his,  we  were  as  completely 
refitted  for  resuming  our  peregrinations  as  if  we 
had  baited  at  an  English  inn.  No  person  stared  or 
wondered  at  us,  for  every  one  did  the  same  as 
often  as  he  had  occasion* 

The  bazars  in  Cairo  are  neither  so  large  nor  so 
commodious  as  those  in  Constantinople  or  Damas- 
cus, and  are  altogether  on  a  different  construction 
from  pur  shops.  They  are  a  series  of  arcades,  or 
recesses  in  the  wall  opening  upon  both  sides  of  a 
narrow  street  or  lane,  and  succeeding  each  other 
through  the  whole  length  of  it  Each  man's  por- 
tion is  about  six  or  seven  feet  in  front,  with  a  seat 
of  the  same  length  before  it,  on  which  he  sits  with 
his  legs  folded  under  him,  smokes  his  pipe,  and 
talks  with  his  neighbour,  reads  the  koran,  and  says 
his  prayers  as  the  stated  hours  come  round.  •  ■  His 
goods  are  arranged  in  shelves  on  the  back,  or  dis- 
played all  round  the  niche.  During  the  day  if  the 
master  has  occasion  to  leave  his  bazar,  he  covers 
it  over  with  a  piece  of  net ;  and  about  five  o'clock 
p.  m.  generally  locks  it  up  for  the  night,  by  a  move- 
able door,  which,  in  the  day  time,  formed  the  only 
partition  between  his  seat  and  his  neighbour's. 

The  bazars  are  covered  above  to' shelter  them 
from  the  rays  of  the  sun,  and  lighted  by  apertures 
In  the  side  of  the  roof,  and  from  each'  end.  There 
is  no  thoroughfare  permitted  except  for  foot  passenw 


CAIRO.  87 

gers,  so  that  the  lounger  is  but  little  interrupted  in 
his  walks.  Each  species  of  goods  has  its  own  class 
t>f  bazars.  Such  as  the  bazars  for  silk,  cloth, 
ready  made  clothes,  shoes,  leather,  jewels  tobacco, 
tobacco-pipes, .  amber  mouth-pieces :  each;  of  them 
generally  occupying  a  distinct  lane  or  alley  by  it- 
self, and  abundantly  supplied  with  the  article  pro- 
fessed to  be  sold. .  Books,  by  which  I  mean  Arabic 
books  or  manuscripts,  are  very  rare,  and  seldom  an 
article  of  exhibition ;  if  you  have  a  friend  acquaint- 
ed in  the  town,  he  :can  find  them  for  you,  probably 
from  some  of  .the  Sheiks  who  cart  read,  and  may 
perhaps  have  delivered  a  discourse  in  the  mosque  ; 
but  you  will  not  be  able  to  find  them  for  yourself. 
The  bazar  for  cloth  and  ready  made  clothes  is  th^e 
finest,  aiiji  the  most  frequented.  The  merchants 
in  these  different,  bazars  are  Turks,  Arabs,  Greeks, 
Copts,  Jews,  and  Armenians,  of  whom  the  first  and 
'  the  last  are  generally  the  most  upright  and  agree- 
able to  deal  with. 

The  Turks,  being  masters  of  the  country,  are  su- 
perior to  all,  both  in  wealth  and  dignity,  yet  the 
Arabs  constitute  by  far  the  greatest  part  of  th,e  po- 
pulation, both  in  Cairo,  and  throughout  the  whole 
of  Egypt  and  Syria,  kand  their  language  is  the  ver- 
nacular tongue  in  both  countries.  Notwithstand- 
ing .which,  and  their  being  of  the  same  religion  with 
the  Turks;  they  enjoy  no  offices  of  emolument,  and 
fire  kept  nearly  in  $a  much  subjection  as  the  Copts 


88  CAIRO. 

or  Greeks,  though  they  are  at  least  in  the  proportion 
of  twenty  to  one,  or  more.  The  Armenian*  are 
numerous,  and  entirely  engaged  in  trade,  and  bear 
the  character  of  a  respectable  industrious  people* 
I  entered  one  of  their  churches  on  a  week  day  $  it 
was  well  attended ;  their  behaviour  was  devout,  and 
becoming  a  house  of  prayer.  They  are  dissentients 
from  the  Greek  church ;  they  keep  lent  rigidly, 
but  eat  flesh  on  Fridays.  They  deny  purgatory, 
and  the  procession  of  the  Holy  Ghost  from  tho 
Son :  they  pray  for  the  dead,  and  rebaptize  con- 
verts from  the  church  of  Rome.  The  secular  clergy 
must  all  be  married  before  they  are  admitted  to 
holy  orders,  but  are  not  allowed  to  marry  a  second 
time. 

The  Armenians  are  favourably  situated  in  Egypt 
at  present,  on  account  of  one  of  their  countrymen 
being  the  interpreter,  and  one  of  the  confidential 
advisers  of  the  Pasha.  This  gentleman  once  had 
the  misfortune  to  fall  under  the  displeasure  of  his 
master,  by  refusing  to  lend  him  money,  and  was 
consigned  to  the  executioner,  to  put  him  into  ? 
sack,  and  drown  him  in  the  Nile.  He  was  met  on 
his  way  to  die  place  of  execution,  and  saved  by  the 
intervention  of  two  intrepid  friends,  who  remon- 
strated with  the  Pasha  upon  the  injustice  of  the 
sentence,  and  had  it  revoked.  The  worthy  gentle* 
man  was  pardoned,  and  reinstated  in  his  former 
office,  and  loves  and  serves  with  fidelity  the  man 


CAIRO*  89 

who  bad  unjustly  ordered  him  to  be  put  tp 
death. 

The  number  of  Jews  in  Cairo  was  differently 
stated  at  three,  four,  five,  or  six  thousand*  But  I 
am  disposed  to  think  that  the  highest  number  is  con-* 
siderably  under,  the  truth*  Th£y  are  an  industrious 
people,  and  are  chiefly  engaged  in  small  traffic,  as 
in  this  country ;  but  many  of  them  being  able  to 
read,  write,  and  cipher,  are  employed  in  the  dif- 
ferent offices  of  government  They  have  seven 
synagogues  in  Cairo ;  five  of  which  I  visited  in  com- 
pany with  Elias,  who  had  been  himself  in  the  em* 
ploy  of  the  Pasha  till  the  failure  of  his  eye-sight  com- 
pelled him  to  relinquish  it  In  witnessing  a  circum- 
cision, which  is  performed  by  the  priest  on  the 
eighth  day,  as  prescribed  in  the  Law  of  Moses,  I 
was  astonished  to  find  that  the  mother  carries  the 
child  in  her  arms,  and  lays  him  down  on  the  table 
or  altar  for  the  operation.  In  conversing  with  them 
on  the  danger  and  impropriety  of  requiring  such  a 
service  of  the  mother,  they  assured  me,  that  it 
never  was  attended  with  any  inconvenience,  and 
that  it  was  a  practise  that  mothers  would  on  no  ac- 
count give  up*  The  latter  part  of  the  statement  I  as 
readily  believe,  as  I  doubt  and  disbelieve  the  former* 

The  Copts  are  generally  considered  as  the  legi- 
timate remains  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  as  retain- 
ing-in  their  features,  and  even  in  their  name,  proofs 
of  their  descent  from  that  great  and  wonderful  peo* 


00  dAlfcd* 

pie.  Though  I  must  be  permitted  to  say,  that 
neither  in  their  features  nor  in  their  complexion 
have  they  the  smallest  resemblance  to  the  figures 
of  the  ancient  Egyptians  that  are  represented  in 
the  tombs  at  Thebes,  or  any  other  part  of  Egypt 
that  I  ever  visited.  There  are  about  8000  of  them 
in  Cairo j  and  throughout  the  whole  of  Egypt  in- 
clusive, about  25000.  Prior  to  the  Persian  con- 
quest, Egypt  possessed  a  population  of  7,000,000 : 
all  of  them,  it  is  presumed,  Egyptians.  That  three 
and  twenty  hundred  years  of  bondage  and  persecu- 
tion should  have  reduced  them  to  their  present  num- 
ber, is  not  so  surprising  as  that  they  should,  not- 
withstanding all  their  changes  of  masters,  have  re- 
mained a  distinct  people.  Latterly  the .  Christian 
religion,  the  strongest  cement  of  society,  has  knit 
them  together  in  one  bond  of  union,  and  placed  an 
insurmountable  barrier  between  tljem  and  their  pre- 
sent masters.  The  same  distinction  obtained,  in  a 
Certain ,  degree,  between  them  and  their  Persian 
conquerors.  But  this  was  not  the  case  under  the 
Greeks,  who  were  themselves  a  colony  from  Egypt. 
The  Ptolemies  repaired  their  temples,  presented 
their  offerings  -on  the  same. altars,  and  worshipped 
the  same  deities  with  them.  The  Egyptians  adopt- 
ed, their  alphabet,  and /probably  much  of  their  1  lan- 
guage: their  own  is  now  completely  lost.  They 
never  appear  to  have  amalgamated  so  well  with  the 
Roqians^  under  whose  government  they:  made  se- 


CAIRO.  Ql 

veral  efforts  to  recover  their  independence.  After 
their  conversion  to  Christianity  they  appear  to  have 
formed  one  sect  with  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  and 
the  national  distinction  must  have  been  then  greatly 
sunk,  and  the  present  Copts  are  probably  a  mix- 
ture of  the  ancient  Egyptians  with  those  inhabit- 
ants of  the  country,  who  embraced  that  religion  at 
the  same  time  with  themselves. 

The  head  of  the  Coptic  church  is  the  Patriarch 
of  Alexandria,  who,  they  pretend,  sits  in  the  chair 
of  St  Mark  the  EvangeKst,  to  whom  they  ascribe 
their  conversion  to  Christianity,  and  whose  relics 
they  were  accustomed  to  exhibit  in  the  ninth  cen- 
tury. .  This  dignitary  may  be  also  regarded  as  the 
bead  of  the  Abyssinian  Church,  for  he  always  ap- 
points the  A  buna,  who  is  the  highest  ecclesiastical 
dignitary  iij  that  country.  His  avowed  place  of  resi- 
dence is  in  Cairo j  but  at  the  time  when  we  were 
there,  in  consequence  of  some  pecuniary  embarass- 
ments,  he  had  withdrawn  to  St.  Macarius,  where 
the  Copts  have  their  principal  convent,  leaving  the 
the  vice  Patriarch  in  the  capital  to  officiate  in  his 
stead.    . 

.  Having  procured  his  address,  I  proceeded  along 
with  an  interpreter  to  pay  my  respects  to  this  worthy 
gentleman*  ,  I  found  him  with  his  legs  folded  un- 
der hipi,  sitting  on  a  stone  seat  in  a  small  recess  on 
the  shady  side  of  ,a  smpll  court,  smoking  his  pipe, 
and   drinking  coffee  in  company  with  a  dervis* 


V 


93  CAIRO. 

Several  of  his  priests,  dirty,  ill-dressed,  illiterate 
looking  men,  with  long  beards,  and  altogether  such 
as  one  would  take  for  journeymen  shoemakers,  were 
sitting  near  him.  He  received  me  politely,  with  a 
gentle  inclination  of  the  head,  and  laying  his  hand 
on  his  breast,  begged  me  to  sit  down  opposite  to 
him  on  the  other  side  of  the  recess,  and  continued 
his  conversation  with  the  dervis,  who  seemed  ex- 
tremely condescending,  and  pressed  his  suit  with 
prodigious  earnestness.  The  object  of  the  Maho- 
medan's  visit  was  to  prevail  on  the  vice  Patriarch 
to  use  his  influence  with  one  of  his  people,  to  ab- 
stain from  accusing  a  Turk  publicly  before  the 
Pasha,  for  having  carried  off  his  wife.  The  discus- 
sion lasted  about  half  an  hour,  and  terminated  ac- 
cording to  the  wishes  of  the  dervis ;  during  which 
time  I  smoked  a  pipe,  drank  a  cup  of  coffee,  and 
visited  the  church.  On  my  return  I  found  the 
dervis  taking  leave  with  all  the  significance  of  a 
triumphant  look,  and  the  vice  Patriarch  patting  the 
bit  of  carpet  with  his  hand,  invited  me  to  occupy 
the  seat  of  the  holy  mussulman. 

The  reverend  father  is  a  thin,  meagre,  sickly 
looking  man,  from  55  to  60  years  of  age,  of  a  hum- 
ble and  insinuating  address.  He  began  his  dis- 
course with  welcoming  me  to  Cairo ;  and  the  warmth 
and  affection  with  which  he  spoke,  lighted  up  his 
countenance,  and  manifested  an  unusual  regard  for 
the  happiness  of  his  fellow-creatures.    It  was  the 


CAIRO.  98 

first  time  that  I  had  seen  such  a  Christian  aspect 
since  I  had  been  in  Egypt.  On  my  expressing  my 
approbation  of  their  place  of  worship  in  general 
terms,  he  said,  by  way  of  apologizing  for  its  want 
of  magnificence,  that  the  Christians  in  these  lands 
are  very  poor,  and  he  had  reason  to  be  thankful 
that  appearances  were  not  worse.  He  said  the  con- 
gregation were  neither  provided  with  bibles,  nor 
prayer  books,  either  to  use  in  the  church*  tir  to 
study  at  home ;  but  that  they  knew  the  responses 
by  memory,  having  been  taught  them  in  their  in>- 
fancy,  which  was  quite  sufficient  for  all  the  duty 
they  had  to  perform.  This  is  a  sentiment  that  I 
found  universally  prevailing  throughout  the  Le- 
vant, both  among  Christians  and  Mussulmans,  that 
die  stated  form  of  prayer  comprises  the  sum  total  of 
duty  to  the  Author  of  bur  being,  and  the  delight- 
ful employment  of  cultivating  the  heart,  and  chast- 
ening the  feelings  with  private  reading,  meditation^ 
or  conversation  with  others,  or  with  themselves^ 
forms  no  part  of  their  plans  of  felicity,  or  domestic 
enjoyment  Mankind  must  not  only  be  fold  of 
their  duty ;  but  to  perform  it  effectually  >  it  mast 
be  embodied  in  the  feelings  of  their  heart*  so  that 
the  performance  of  it  shall  constitute  the  chief 
pleasure  of  their  lives.  He  only  has  a  rational  and 
welt  regulated  mind,  whose  greatest  pleasure  is  in 
the  discharge  of  his  duty :  he  only  is  the  truly 
wise  man,  and  he  only  is  happy. 


94  CAIRO. 

On  taking  leave,  the  reverend  Father  invited  m<* 
to  attend  their  church  on  Sunday*  and  see  how  they 
proceeded  ;  an  invitation  which  I  willingly  accept- 
ed. He  informed  me  that  they  assembled  at  an 
early  hour,  and  I  went  thither  at  sun-rise.  In  about 
half  an  hour  the  door  of  the  church  was  opened, 
and  we  were  admitted.  It  is  not  provided  with 
seats  in  any  part ;  but  the  floor  is  covered  with 
mats  made  of  the  split  shoots  of  the  young  palm- 
tree,  on  which  the  people  sit,  with  their  legs  folded 
under  them ;  but  their  service  requires  much  stand- 
ing, and  in  order  to  support  themselves  with  ease, 
they  have  long  staves  with  cross  heads,  resembling 
the  handle  of  a  shovel  in  this  country,  on  which  they 
lean,  and  which  they  lend  to  one  another  as  they 
happen  to  be  unprovided  or  disposed.  The  church 
is  divided  into  four  compartments ;  in  the  inner- 
most of  which  is  a  table,  on  which  the  Patriarch, 
or  officiating  priest,  consecrates  the  host ;  the  next 
compartment  is  occupied  by  the  priest,  who  reads 
the  service,  the  singers,  and  several  additional  sit- 
ters ;  it  is  small,  and  is  generally  crowded  with  poor 
people  covered  with  rags  and  vermin ;  the  third 
division,  which  is  by  far  the  largest,  is  occupied  by 
the  great  body  of  the  congregation ;  and  the  fourth 
is  a  sort  of  cage-work  erected  near  the  door,  for  the 
accommodation  of  the  women,  who  dare  not  show 
their  faces  in  a  Christian  assembly,  or  sit  promiscu- 
ously with  the  other  sex. 


CAtRC  95 

Divine  service  was  performed  both  in  the  Coptic 
and  Arabic  languages ;  part  of  it  was  chanted  by 
the  singers,  who  used  the  cymbals  and  the  Ribobet, 
an  instrument  resembling  a  violin ;  the  congregation* 
also  joined  in  the  sacred  song,  and  the  whole  ser- 
vice   was   extremely   devotional  and.  impressive., 
The  host  was  consecrated  by  the  vice  Patriarch  in 
the  sanctuary,  or  innermost  apartment,  and  carried 
through  the  church,  while  the  whole  congregation 
bowed  and  prayed  most  fervently.     There  was  no 
sermon ;  but  the  time  occupied  in  the  service  was 
between  three  and  four  hours ;  at  the  conclusion  of 
the  whole,  after  the  blessing  was  pronounced,  the 
vice  Patriarch  stood  in  the  door,  of  the  sanctuary 
with  a  roll  of  bread  in  his  hand,  the  congregation 
all  passed  by  him  one  by  one,  and  to  each  person 
as  he  passed  he  gave  a  piece  of  the  roll ;  one  roll 
serving  about  a  dozen  of  people.  This  is  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  Copts  administer  the  sacrament; 
the  women  do  not  descend  to  partake  of  it  in  pre- 
sence of  the  men  ;  but  wait  till  they  are  gone, 
and  then  come  and  receive  it.  There  is  no  meeting 
in  the  afternoon,  and  the  rest  of  the  day  is  gene- 
rally spent  in  sauntering  idly  about,  the  streets  or  in 
lolling  in  one  another's  houses.     They  keep  four 
lents  in  the  year,  which  they  rigidly  observe,  often 
to  the  prejudice  of  their  health,  and  have  meagre 
days  on  Wednesdays  and  Fridays,  every  week  ;  and 
on  the  occasion  of  certain  religious  festivals,  they 


96  CAIRO. 

sometimes  spend  whole  nights  in  the  church ;  thus 
taxing  the  human  frame  with  a  duty  which  it  can- 
not perform,  and  exacting  from  the  clay-clad  spirit 
of  man  the  unceasing  functions  of  the  angels  in 
heaven.  The  Copts  reject  extreme  unction,  and 
prayers  for  the  dead,  and  consider  the  church  of 
Rome  heretical.  They  hold  that  the  two  natures 
of  Christ  are  one  by  coadunitioo. 

In  the  church  there  were  pictures  of  the  Virgin 
Mary,  to  which,  after  receiving  the  piece  of  bread, 
each  went  and  made  a  bow,  and  retired*  of  our 
Saviour  on  the  cross,  and  of  Saint  Mark ;  but  no 
sculptured  images  whatever.     When  the  service 
was  over  I  retired  with  one  of  the  priests  into  the 
court  above  mentioned,  and  having  drank  a  cup  of 
coffee,  and  made  an  appointment  with  the  vice 
Patriarch  to  accompany  him  on  the  Thursday  fol- 
lowing to  visit  some  of  the  Coptic  convents  in  the 
neighbourhood,  immediately  took  leave.    This  ap- 
pointment, however,  I  was  prevented  from  keeping, 
owing  to  a  melancholy  occurrence  which  shall  be 
mentioned  in  its  proper  place*     I  afterwards  visited 
a  convent  of  this  persuasion  in  Old  Cairo,  where 
men  and  women,  and  children,  resided  altogether  j 
it  was  the  dirtiest  and  most  uncomfortable  place  I 
ever  visited  in  the  whole  course  of  my  life,  and  the 
least  like  a  religious  establishment.  And  speaking  o# 
the  Copts-  in  general,   though  they  understand 
figures  and  writing  better  than  any  other  class  of 


CAIRO.  97 

people  in  Egypt,  and  are  much  employed  by  the 
Pasha  in  matters  of  accounts,  yet  they  certainly 
are  an  uncouth  and  grovelling  race,  and  farther  re- 
moved from  civilization,  and  the  softened  habits  of 
society,  thab  any  of  their  fellow  citizens :  they  have 
a  sulky  and  designing  look,  with  much  of  that  low 
cunning*  that  renders  a  man  unpleasant  and  sus- 
pected :  they  have  an  unusual  command  of  feature ; 
but  not  of  eye,  which  announces,  with  all  its  diver- 
sity of  expression,  the  craft  and  intrigue  of  their 
disposition ;  and  I  never  saw  one  of  them  either  in 
their  bazars,  demanding  twice  the  sum  that  he 
would  take  for  bis  goods,  or  brushing  away  on  the 
back  of  bis  excellent  bourika,  that  he  did  not  ex- 
hibit a  sallow,  smoothed  up  face,  with  a  soft  and 
fair  speech,  like  an  arrant  rogue  that  having  com- 
posed his  features  and  wiped  his  mouth,  wished  to 
pass  for  an  honest  man :  I  speak  of  those  in  Cairo, 
for  I  have  seen  many  in  the  country  of  whom  I 
would  willingly  believe  and  say  better  things.  They 
have  been  often  conquered  and  long  in  slavery,  and 
are  not  yet  reconciled  to  their  situation. 

By  this  time  the  noble  traveller  was  considerably 
recovered  from  the  attack  of  gout  with  which  be 
had  been  seized  at  Delos,  and  which  had  greatly 
checked  his  persevering  zeal  in  antiquarian  pur- 
suits since  his  arrival  in  Egypt ;  and  the  interpreter 
having-  called  to  pay  his  respects,  arrangements 
were  made  for  visiting  hid  Highness  Mahomet  Ah, 

VOL.  i.  h 


98  CAIRO. 

the  Pasha.  The  place  fixed  for  the  interview,  was 
a  small  kiosk  or  summer-house  on  the  banks  of  the 
Nile,  a  little  above  Old  Cairo,  where  he  then  re- 
sided. Early  next  morning,  in  company  with  Mr. 
Salt,  and  his  usual  attendants  of  Janizaries  and 
grooms,  we  set  out  to  pay  our  respects  to  this 

* 

worthy  successor  of  the  Pharaohs.     Hitherto  the 
Countess  of  Belmore  had  not  assumed  the  oriental 
costume,  which  deprived  us  of  the  pleasure  of  her 
ladyship's  company  in  this  morning's  ride.     We 
passed  out  by  the  same  gate,  and  along  the  same 
road  which  I  have  already  mentioned  in  my  first 
visit  to  Old  Cairo.  Having  passed  the  representative 
of  this  ancient  city,  we  proceeded  along  a  low 
dusty  path,  lined  with  a  row  of  palm  and  sycamore 
trees,  and  having  travelled  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
further  up  the  river,  arrived  at  this  summer  resi- 
dence of  the  Pasha.    A  number  of  beautiful  Arabic 
and   Dongala  horses,    amply   caparisoned,   were 
standing  all  round,  tied  by  the  feet,  in  the  shade  j 
their  well-greaved  riders  smoking  and  talking,  lay 
near  them  on  the  grass.     On  our  arrival  being  an- 
nounced, we  were  immediately  ushered  into  his 
presence,  and  found  him  sitting  on  the  corner  of 
the  divan,  surrounded  by  his  officers  and  men,  who 
were  standing  at  a  respectful  distance.  He  received 
Us  sitting,  but  in  the  most  gracious  manner,  and 
placed  the  Earl  of  Belmore  and  Mr.  Salt  upon  his 
left  hand,  and  his  lordship's  two  sons  and  myself 


CAIRO.  99 

at  the  top  of  the  room  upon  his  right.    The  inter- 
preter stood,  as  well  as  the  officers  and  soldiers, 
who  remained  in  the  room  during  the  whole  time 
of  the  visit.     He  began  the  conversation  by  wel- 
coming us  to  Cairo,  and  prayed  that  God  might 
preserve  us  and  grant  us  prosperity.     He  then  en- 
quired of  the  noble  traveller  how  long  he  had  been 
from  England,  and  what  was  the  object  of  his 
journey  to  Egypt  ?  to  all  of  which  he  received 
satisfactory  answers.     His  Highness  next  adverted 
to  the  prospect  before  him,  the  Nile,  the  grain- 
covered  fields,  and  the  pyramids  of  Gheesa,  the 
bright  sun,  the  cloudless  sky,  and  remarked  with  a 
certain  triumphant  humor  on  his  lip,  that  England 
offered  no  such  prospect  to  the  eye  of  the  spectator. 
It  was  admitted  that  England  had  no  pyramids, 
palm-trees,  or  dhourra ;  but  that  her  scenery  was  of 
the  richest  and  choicest  description.     "  O,"  he  said, 
"  he  meant  as  to  the  verdure,  that  England  did  not 
possess  any  thing  equal  to  that.**   "  O  yes,  yes/'  was 
instantly  called  out,  and  repeated  by  every  English- 
man in  the  room ;  and  much  finer  might  have  been 
added  with  equal  truth.     "  How  can  that  be,"  he 
shortly  rejoined,  "  seeing  you  are  steeped  in  fog  and 
rain  for  three  quarters  of  the  year?"     This  he  was 
given  to  understand  was  favorable  for  the  produc- 
tion of  verdure,  and  that  our  climate  was  not  quite 
so  foggy  and  wet  as  he  had  imagined.  "  Well,"  pur- 
sued his  Highness,   "  admitting  that  you  may  have 

h  2 


100  CAIRO* 

some.greensward  in  England,  it  con  only  last  for 
a  few  months  in  the  year ;  for,  during  all  the  rest 
of  it,  you  are  covered  with  snow/9  scarcely  finding 
a  word  to  express  it,  "  which  necessarily  destroys 
all  verdure/9  Then,  without  waiting  for  a  reply, 
he  gave  a  voluntary  shiver,  wrapt  himself  up  in  his 
beniss,  and  added,  with  a  hearty  laugh,  that  he 
thought  the  climate  of  Egypt  better  than  that  of 
England  still :  thus,  to  the  no  small  entertain- 
ment of  his  audience,  making  a  tolerable  retreat 
from  the  dilemma  in  which  he  had  got  involved. 
It  might  have  been  expected  that  a  native  of  Wal- 
iachia  would  have  spoken  more  sensibly  on  the 
subject  of  snow  and  verdure ;  but  we  found  it  a 
prevailing  opinion,  throughout  the  Levant,  that 
Englishmen  go  to  visit  these  places  because  they 
have  nothing  so  beautiful  at  home  to  look  at  The 
minds  of  the  uncultivated  inhabitants  can  form  no 
idea  of  the  pleasure  that  is  derived  from  contem- 
plating an  ancient  ruin,  or  traversing  a  field  that 
has  been  the  scene  of  memorable  events. 

His  Highness  next  turned  the  conversation  to 
Mr.  Leslie's  elegant  experiment  of  freezing  water 
'  in  the  vacuum  of  an  air-pump,  which  he  had  never 
seen,  but  which  he  admired  prodigiously  in  de- 
scription, and  seemed  to  anticipate,  with  great  sa- 
tisfaction, a  glais  of  lemonade  and  iced  water  for 
himself  and  friends,  as  the  happiest  remit  of  the 
i  a  luxwy  which  I  dare  say  he  has  already 


CAIRO.  101 

enjoyed,  as  the  necessary  apparatus  had  been  or- 
dered for  him  from  London  a  considerable  time 
before*  He  next  talked  of  his  Lordship's  intended 
voyage  up  the  Nile ;  for  which  he  politely  offered 
to  render  every  possible  facility ;  cautioning  him 
at  the  same  time  to  keep  a  sharp  look  out  among 
the  Arabs,  who,  he  believed,  would  not  take  any 
thing  from  him  or  any  of  the  party,  by  violence, 
but  that  they  would  certainly  steal  if  they  found 
an  opportunity  of  doing  it  without  the  risk  of  detec- 
tion. He  then  related  a  number  of  anecdotes  of 
the  petty  larcenies  of  that  most  thievish  race ;  some 
of  which  were  by  no  means  without  contrivance  or 
dexterity.  But  the.  one  which  seemed  to  amuse 
both  himself  and  his  friends  the  most,  was  that  of 
a  traveller,  who,  when  eating  his  dinner,  laid  down 
his  spoon  to  reach  lor  a  piece  of  bread,  and  by  the 
time  that  he  brought  back  his  hand,  the  spoon  was 
away ;  the  knife  and  fork  soon  shared  the  same 
fate,  and  the  unfortunate  traveller  was  at  last  re- 
duced to  the  sad  necessity  of  tearing  his  meat,  and 
lifting  it  with  his  fingers  and  thumb  like  the  Arabs 
themselves.  Many  people  were  near,  but  no  one 
saw  the  theft  committed ;  and  all  search  for  the  re- 
covery of  the  property  was  in  vain.  In  order  to 
prove  to  his  Highness  that  the  natives  of  Europe 
had  some  idea  of  pilfering,  as  well  as  the  Arab*  of 
Egypt,  the  interpreter  was  requested  to  relate  to 
the  story  of  the  comical  squire,  who  had  his 


102  CAIRO* 

dapple  stolen  from  between  his  legs,  while  he  slept 
on  its  back,  the  robber  having  gently  undone  the 
fastenings,  and  propped  up  the  saddle  with  sticks, 
that  the  slumbering  rider  might  continue  to  enjoy  his 
seat  and  his  nap,  while  the  watchful  thief  mounted 
and  made  off  with  his  pony.  Thus,  in  his  merci- 
ful compassion,  judging  it  a  double  sin  to  deprive 
him  of  his  horse  and  his  sleep  at  the  same  time. 
The  substitution  of  a  wooden  horse  for  a  living 
pony  would  not  have  been  so  bad  in  modern  times. 
This  anecdote  was  quite  new,  and  quite  to  the 
taste  of  the  Pasha;  and  the  interpreter  throwing 
considerable  humor  into  the  narration,  it  produced 
its  full  effect  both  upon  his  risible  faculties,  and 
those  of  the  audience.  We  now  took  leave  of  the 
Viceroy,  leaving  him  in  the  greatest  good  humor ; 
he  said  we  might  go  every  where,  and  see  every 
thing  we  wished,  and  that  he  hoped  to  have  the 
pleasure  of  seeing  us  again. 

This  fortunate  adventurer  is  about  forty-eight 
years  of  age,  of  a  slender  make,  sallow  complexion, 
and  rather  under  the  middle  size.  He  is  a  native 
of  Romania,  and  entered  the  Turkish  service  as  a 
soldier  of  fortune.  His  spirited  and  gallant  con- 
duct soon  attracted  the  notice  of  his  superiors,  and 
procured  him  promotion.  He  joined  the  army  of 
the  Grand  Seignor  that  was  destined  to  act  against 
the  Mamelukes  in  Egypt,  who  affected  to  govern 
that  country  independently  of  the  Porte.      The 


CAIRO.  103 

result  is  well  known;  the  Beys  were  expelled  from 
Egypt  and  Nubia,  into  the  kingdom  of  Dongala, 
where  they  at  present  reside,  with  but  very  slen- 
der hopes  of  ever  recovering  their  former  pos- 
sessions. Mahomed  Ali  came  to  be  commander 
and  chief  of  the  army,  and  finally  was  confirmed  in 
his  present  elevated  situation. 

The  first  object  of  the  new  Viceroy  was  to  esta- 
blish the  internal  tranquillity  of  the  country,  and  to 
reduce  the  power  of  the  soldiers,  who  had  become 
licentious  in  the  extreme  ;  both  of  which  he  has 
completely  effected.  The  traveller  may  now  visit 
every  corner  of  Egypt  unmolested;  he  may  go 
with  his  money  in  his  hand,  from  one  end  of  it  to 
the  other;  no  person  will  take  it  from  him  by  vio- 
lence, and  murder  is  almost  unknown.  These  are 
new  facts  in  the  history  of  Egypt.  Against  the 
soldiery,  what  was  his  single  arm?  One  to  many 
thousands :  but  his  address  was  as  superior  to  them 
all,  as  mind  is  superior  to  matter.  In  the  time  of 
the  Mamelukes  the  soldier  was  omnipotent:  no 
man's  property  was  secure,  but  when  it  did  not 
awaken  his  desire  to  possess  it :  when  it  did,  the 
custom  was,  to  demand  the  price  of  the  article  that 
tempted  his  cupidity.  This  he  always  found  to  be 
exorbitant,  and  generally  answered  by  offering 
a  half,  a  third,  or  a  fourth,  of  what  had  been  re- 
quired. If  the  offer  was  accepted,  the  bargain 
was  amicably  adjusted.     If  not,  the  son  of  Mars 


104  CAi*o. 

laid  his  hand  on  his  pistol,  and  either  brought  the 
merchant  to  his  terms,  or  took  away  both  his  pro- 
perty and  his  life.  The  contagion  of  bad  example 
spreads  like  a  gangrene,  infecting  all  with  whom  it 
comes  into  contact*  The  troops  of  the  Pasha  were 
speedily  inoculated  with  the  same  vicious  and 
abandoned  habits :  such  a  state  of  society  is  not 
to  be  endured,  and  never  can  be  lasting  in  any 
country.  The  Pasha  contemplated  the  evil,  and 
met  it  with  the  wisdom  and  promptitude  of  a  great 
man ;  he  despatched  the  most  unruly  of  his  troops 
to  the  holy  war  against  the  Wahabites,  under  the 
command  of  his  wife's  son,  Ibrahim  Bey  $  and  the 
sest  he  gradually  subjected,  by  attaching  the  best 
of  them  to  his  person,  and  by  inflicting  the  most 
signal  punishment  on  every  notorious  offender. 
The  last  outrage  of  the  soldiery  that  he  had  occa- 
sion to  punish,  was  for  the  murder  of  a  fine  young 
woman,  the  daughter  of  the  Swedish  consul ,  in 
Cairo.  This  young  lady  was  returning  from  the 
bath  in  the  afternoon,  in  company  with  her  mother. 
Her  elegant  appearance,  fully  displayed  in  the 
European  costume,  attracted  the  regards  of  a  sol- 
dier, who  made  up  to  her,  and  addressed  her  in 
language  which  it  was  not  convenient  for  her  to 
hear,  and  to  which,  accordingly,  she  made  no  re* 
ply,  but  continued  her  walk.  The  soldier  repeated 
his  words,  which  met  with  a  similar  disregard- 
Provoked  at  her  indifference,  and  determined  to  be 


CAIRO.  105 

heard,  he  pulled  out  his  pistol,  and  instantly  shot 
her  through  the  heart*  The  unfortunate  young 
woman  sunk  down  in  immediate  death,  and  the 
assassin  turned  round  in  a  hellish  exultation  to 
enjoy  the  applause  of  his  inftmous  associates ;  .but 
his  triumph  was  of  short  duration,  being  almost 
immediately  arrested  by  the  janizary  of  the  English 
Consul-general,  a  Chaldean  by  birth,  from  whom 
he  escaped  by  knocking  him  down  with  his  pistol, 
but  was  afterwards  apprehended  by  the  guards  in 
the  Franks'  quarters,  and  being  carried  before  the 
Pasha,  was  beheaded  next  morning,  with  the  most 
marked  abhorrence  of  the  crime  which  he  had 
committed.  The  Pasha  was  universally  and  de- 
servedly applauded.  Such  an  outrage  might  have 
occurred  in  any  country ;  the  history  of  every  na- 
tion sufficiently  evinces  that  no  law  can  restrain 
the  hand  of  a  ruffian  from  firing  a  pistol,  or  using 
a  dagger,  which  it  permits  him  to  carry ;  but  in 
everf  country  vengeance  would  not  so  swiftly  and 
decidedly  have  been  repaid  upon  the  head  of  the 
guilty  offender.  Under  other  rulers,  the  culprit 
would  probably  have  been  permitted  to  escape  into 
Upper  Egypt,  to  the  borders  of  the  Red  Sea,  or 
perhaps  into  Syria,  and  after  the  lapse  of  a  few 
months,  or  at  the  most  a  year  or  two,  to  return  and 
make  up  his  peace ;  but  here  they  found  a  master 
that  was  not  to  be  trifled  with ;  and  the  soldier  now, 
with  all  his  paraphernalia  and  military  accoutre* 


106  CAIRO. 

ments,  is  as  little  dreaded  in  the  streets  as  another 
man,  and  the  merchant  bargains  with  him  on  equal 
terms* 

This  intelligent  Viceroy,  at  the  age  of  forty, 
could  neither  read  nor  write ;  since  which  he  has 
learned  to  do  both,  though,  as  might  well  have 
been  expected,  is  no  great  proficient  in  either. 
This  would  be  an  indelible  disgrace  in  modern 
Europe ;  but  the  whole  history  of  the  Turkish  em- 
pire sufficiently  evinces  that  a  knowledge  of  letters 
is  not  necessary  to  govern  men.  A  certain  dex- 
terity in  managing  the  horse  and  arms  of  a  soldier, 
in  firing  with  precision  at  a  mark,  throwing  the 
djerid,  playing  skilfully  with  the  sword,  joined  to 
address  and  shrewdness  in  conversation,  with  a 
prompt  decisive  character  in  action,  are  qualifi- 
cations which  in  these  countries  open  a  road  to 
certain,  promotion ;  and  with  all  these  his  Highness 
of  Egypt  is  amply  endowed,  and  upon  these  he 
lives,  the  boast  and  terror  of  his  people.  He^acted 
the  part  of  an  able  general  in  restoring  the  disci- 
pline of  the  army,  in  suppressing  banditti,  and  in 
establishing  the  tranquillity  of  the  country ;  but 
his  internal  regulations  evince  him  to  be  an  unwise 
and  illiberal  governor,  and  but  ill  calculated  to  pro- 
mote the  happiness  of  his  people,  or  the  prosperity 
of  Egypt.  He  proceeds  upon  the  absurd  principle, 
that  men  are  made  for  kings  and  rulers ;  that  all 
the  men,  women  and  children,  all  the  land,  and 


CAIRO.  107 

every  thing  that  it  produces,  are  his  property ;  that 
his  subjects  have  no  rights  that  they  can  call  their 
own }  they  are  the  menials  of  his  family,  bound  to 
serve  him — all  their  labour,  and  all  the  produce  of 
the  soil  are  his,  for  a  scanty  allowance  of  food  and 
clothing,  which  he  graciously  concedes  to  them  ; 
the  ground  is  all  his ;  and  he  seems  determined  to 
reduce  the  sheiks,  or  master  tenants,  and  fellahs, 
all  to  one  level,  that  they  may  all  work  to  him  for 
hire,  and  have  no  ground  or  property  which  they 
can  call  their  own.  There  is  a  capitation  tax,  and 
a  tax  upon  the  water-wheels,  and  upon  sheep,  goats, 
and  black  cattle,  of  which  by  and  by  he  will  be 
the  sole  possessor.  He  is  the  sole  merchant  in  the 
country ;  all  the  trade  of  it  is  in  his  hands.  He 
furnishes  the  shoemaker  with  leather,  who  cuts  it 
and  makes  it  into  shoes,  and  when  they  are  made, 
carries  them  to  the  agent  of  the  Pasha,  who  pays 
him  so  much  a  day  for  his  labour ;  the  shoes  are 
then  deposited  in  a  general  store,  out  of  which  they 
are  sold  to  the  public,  and  the  Pasha  pockets  the 
money  that  should  revert  to  the  industrious  trades- 
man, to  feed  and  clothe  his  family,  and  to  lighten 
his  labor.  The  same  thing  is  done  in  regard  to 
the  cloth  manufactories.  He, provides  the  weaver 
with  the  yarn,  who,  when  he  has  finished  his  web, 

• 

takes  it  to  the  agent  of  the  Pasha,  who  pays  him  at 
the  rate  of  so  much  a  day  for  his  labor,  generally 
half  a  piastre,  which  is  three-pence  of  our  money ; 


108  CAIRO. 

the  cloth  is  then  put  into  a  general  store,  and  sold 
out  for  the  benefit  of  the  Pasha  ;  it  is  all  regularly 
stamped,  and  no  person  can  or  dare  sell  it  but  his 
agents.  Such  are  the  regulations  which  he  wishes 
to  establish  universally,  and  which  forcibly  evince 
that  one  science  only  will  one  genius  fit.  Mahomed 
Ali  may  be  a  good  soldier,  but  he  is  a  wretched 
governor ;  a  perfect  infant  in  political  economy': 
his  regulations  may  do  on  a  small  scale  between 
master  and  slave,  or  under  the  patriarchal  ages, 
but  they  can  never  make  a  great  or  a  happy  people ; 
for  they  are  founded  on  the  avaricious  and  con- 
tracted views  of  an  individual  whom  they  are  in- 
tended to  enrich,  by  impoverishing  and  degrading 
to  the  rank  of  beasts  those  whom  it  is  his  duty  to 
cherish,  and  to  lift  up  to  the  stature  of  humanity. 
He  may  hold  the  only  purse  in  the  country,  and 
be  accounted  the  one-eyed  monarch  of  the  blind  ; 
but  he  can  never  reign  in  the  hearts  of  his  subjects, 
nor  bless  the  land  with  joyful  abundance.     * 

But  it  must  be  observed,  that  as  all  happiness  is 
relative,  so  is  all  misery,  and  the  land  qf  Egypt 
enjoys  more  advantages  under  its  present  master, 
than  it  has  experienced  for  many  years  under  arty 
of  his  predecessors.  The  canals  are  deepened, 
yielding  facilities  for  commerce,  and  an  abundant 
supply  of  water  for  man  and  beast,  and  all  the  im- 
portant purposes  of  agriculture.  The  roving  Be- 
doueens  are  compelled  to  pay  tribute,  to  live  in 


CAIRO*  109 

their  tents,  and  to  pasture  their  flocks  quietly  along 
the  edge  of  the  desert,  without  pilfering  from  or 
molesting  their  peaceful  neighbours  in  the  villages* 
He  has  established  manufactures  of  sugar,  gun- 
powder, saltpetre,  indigo,  cotton,  &c.  which  are 
under  the  direction  of  properly  qualified  Europeans; 
of  these  he  is  almost  exclusively  the  sole  proprietor, 

* 

and  no  person  is  permitted  to  found  any  rival  esta- 
blishment. Having  met  with  considerable  difficulty 
in  procuring  properly  qualified  persons  to  super- 
intend his  manufactories,  he  has  sent  a  number  of 
his  own  subjects  to  Europe  to  study  at  Genoa, 
Leghorn,  and  Milan,  the  different  branches  that 
he  wishes  to  cultivate ;  some  of  these  have  visited 
England :  after  a  certain  period  of  years,  they  are 
to  return  to  Egypt,  superintend  the  operations  of 
the  Pasha,  and  teach  their  countrymen  what  they 
have  learned  themselves.  Some  of  them  are  spe- 
cially devoted  to  the  study  of  mineralogy,  as  an 
examination  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  the  finding 
of  gold  and  emerald  mines,  is  an  object  that  the 
ruler  of  Egypt  has  much  at  heart ;  all  his  views 
centre  in  himself,  and  in  the  accumulation  of  Wealth* 
Hut  the  education  of  the  youjth  is  a  plan  that  will 
likely  extend  itself,  and  in  the  end  benefit  the 
country  i  and  science  and  civilisation  may  yet  revisit 
their  ancient  seat  Though  Mussulmans  and  Chris- 
tians cannot  attend  the  same  places  of  worship,  there 
is  nothing  to  prevent  them  from  entering  the  same 


110  CAIRO. 

scientific  institutions,  and  hearing  lectures  on  na- 
tural philosophy  and  chemistry  in  the  same  apart- 
ment. Some  such  intermede  as  this  is  required  to 
unite  Christians,  Jews  and  Mahomedans  in  one  body, 
to  bring  them  into  contact  under  such  circumstances 
that  the  divellent  affinities  of  discordant  creeds  shall 
have  no  effect  in  tearing  them  asunder.  Mussul- 
mans hold  many  kingly  sceptres,  and  constitute  a 
large  portion  of  the  population  of  the  globe ;  but 
in  the  journals  of  science  they  are  a  perfect  blank ; 
they  are  all  for  the  animal,  and  nothing  for  the  in- 
tellectual man :  yet  a  Mussulman  is  not  necessarily 
ignorant  as  a  consequence  of  his  religion ;  letters 
flourished  among  the  Saracens  at  Bagdat,  and  one 
of  the  first  arcs  of  the  meridian  that  science  ever 
spanned,  was  measured  in  the  plain  of  Mesopotamia, 
under  the  auspices  of  a  Khalif.  There  is  nothing 
in  the  religion  of  a  Mussulman  that  ties  him  down 
from  the  exercise  of  his  intellectual  faculties,  and 
when  once  he  finds  that  it  is  for  his  interest  to 
study,  he  will  give  his  days  and  nights  to  the  cul- 
tivation of  science  as  indefatigably  as  the  enlight- 
ened inhabitants  of  Europe;  his  prejudices  and 
superstitions  will  fall  away,  as  they  have  done  in 
other  countries,  before  the  light  of  truth  and  know- 
ledge, and  the  savage  and  untractable  Mussulman 
become  a  civilized  and  rational  being.  When  we 
look  at  their  habits  of  life,  and  their  scanty  or  their 
no  education,  in  which  the  highest  have  no  more 


*   CAIRO.  Ill 

advantages  than  the  lowest ;  what  can  we  expect  ? 
ft  would  be  impossible  to  form  in  this  country,  by 
the  most  careful  selection  from  among  the  most 
grovelling  of  our  fellow-subjects,  a  society  so  little 
elevated  above  the  brute  creation,  as  is  the  first 
society  throughout  the  Turkish  dominions*  For 
here,  though  many  have  never  availed  themselves 
of  those  opportunities  of  learning  which  our  schools 
afford  ;  yet  they  have  daily  and  hourly  intercourse 
with  those  who  have,  and  many  of  the  refined  and 
heavenly  influences  of  cultivation  fall  insensibly,  and 
produce  their  salutary  effects  upon  the  poorest  and 
most  unfortunate  of  our  brethren,  who,  moreover, 
from  their  birth,  have  lived  under  the  mild  and 
controlling  influence  of  our  laws  and  our  religion. 
There  are  no  books  in  Cairo,  no  journals,  no  news- 
papers, no  printing-press,  no  universities,  no  houses 
of  parliament,  no  lectures  on  law,  physic,  or 
theology,  no  courses  of  mathematics,  chemistry,  or 
botany,  no  learned  men,  or  learned  professions,  no 
theatres,  no  balls,  no  meeting  of  the  sexes  in  polite 
conversation,  no  Royal  societies,  Royal  academies, 
museums,  collections,  or  galleries  of  paintings* 
The  whole  society  is  a  congregation  of  ignorant 
rustics,  who,  if  each  has  food  to  eat  and  raiment 
to  wear,  a  pipe  to  smoke,  and  a  female  to  enjoy, 
and  a  sword  to  kill  his  enemy,  or  if  in  a  passion, 
his  friend,  he  is  possessed  of  the  utmost  bounds  of 
his  desires.    What  a  vast  and  Alpine  steep  have 


1 12  CAIRO. 

these  animals  to  climb,  before  they  attain  the  cul- 
tivated regions  of  Bacon,  Milton,  Locke,  Newton, 
or  Laplace ;  of  Mrs.  Hannah  More,  Miss  Edge- 
worth,  or  Madame  de  Stael.  They  have  an  im- 
mense chasm  to  pass,  of  which  they  know  not  the 
extent,  and  their  rulers  cannot  inform  them.  Their 
king  is  but  the  sovereign  of  savages  and  slaves,  not 
meriting  the  appellation  of  king  of  men. 

The  princes,  or  great  men  of  Egypt,  are  the 
two  sons,  and  son-in-law  of  the  Pasha ;  the  Kia* 
hstia  Bey  who  governs  in  Cairo,  in  the  absence 
of  his  master  Mahomed  Ali  Pasha $  and  a  number 
of  other  Beys*  all  of  whom  attend  in  the  coun- 
cils of  the  Pasha,  when  he  holds  a  divan.  Of 
these  two  titles,  Pasha  and  Bey,  the  first  is  de- 
rived, according  to  some  etymologists;,  from  the 
Turkish  word  Basch,  which  signifies  head}  or  from 
Bassa,  which  is  the  very  word,  and  means  Praefect, 
or  Viceroy.  It  is  written  with  a  P  in  English,  be* 
cause  the  letter  B  is  pronounced  with  that  sound 
by  the  Arabs  and  Turks ;  there  is  no  P  in  either  of 
their  languages.  The  word  Bey  and  Beg,  are  the 
same,  and  answer  to  the  European  titles  prince  or 
lord.  There  may  be  several  Pashas  in  a  country, 
ahhough  one  is  superior  to  them  alL  Thus  the  sob. 
of  the  wife  of  the  Pasha  of  Egypt;  is  Ibrahim 
Pasha,  and  is  the  Paaha  of  Upper  Egypt,  and  re- 
sides at'  Osyout.  His  other  son  AsAil,  is  also 
a  Fflsksu    They  are  of  ones  two,  or  three  tails* 


CAIRO.  113 

according  to  their  dignity  ;  the  last  I  believe  always 
wears  a  beard,  with  the  others  it  is  optional.  The 
son-in-law  of  the  Pasha  is  a  Bey,  and  being  the 
treasurer,  or  rather  auditor  of  accounts,  is  called 
the  Defterdar  Bey  ;  the  others  are  called  by  their 
own  name,  or  by  that  of  the  place  of  their  govern- 
ment, or  residence*  The  Mufti  is  the  high  priest, 
the  same  with  the  Lord  Chancellor,  and  the  inter- 
preter of  the  law.  The  Cadi  is  the  judge,  and  in 
all  cases  of  doubt  applies  to  the  Mufti  for  assistance. 
The  Cadi  has  his  Kihaja,  or  vice  Cadi.  All  of 
them  deliver  discourses  in  the  mosque,  and  have 
seats  assigned  to  them  in  it.  But  the  Mufti  is  more 
particularly  regarded  in  a  religious  point  of  view, 
and  is  required  to  know  the  Koran  almost  by  me- 
mory, and,  on  being  called  upon  by  the  Cadi,  is  ex- 
pected to  be  able  to  tell  him  immediately  what  the 
divine  law  is  on  any  point  that  may  be  proposed 
for  his  consideration.  , 

There  are  many  mosques  in  Grand  Cairo,  and 
some  of  them  of  the  most  splendid  description, 
being  ornamented  with  many  beautiful  granite 
columns,  the  plunder  of  On,  and  Memphis.  It  is 
here,  and  at  Alexandria,  Rome,  and  Constantinople, 
that  we  are  to  look  for  the  ruins  of  the  ancient 
capitals  of  Egypt,  which,  in  its  day,  was  not  only 
the  finest  country  in  the  world  for  the  arts  and 
sciences,  but  after-ages  have  borrowed  the  ancient 
productions  of  its  chisel,  to  adorn  the  greatest 

VOL.  I.  i 


114  CAIRO. 

capitals  and  museums  of  the  most  conquering  peo» 
pie  that  ever  appeared.  These  mosques  are  in  the 
form  of  a  long  square,  the  entrance  is  floored  with 
marble,  and  adorned  with  many  columns.  Some  of 
them  are  said  to  have  five  hundred,  and  some  a 
thousand  columns,  as  the  ruined  mosque  that  stands 
between  Old  and  New  Cairo.  The  largest  mosque 
in  Cairo,  is  the  mosque  of  Azhar :  it  stands  in 
the  middle  of  the  town,  and  is  much  frequented 
by  the  poor  blind,  many  of  whom  are  maintained 
out  of  the  funds  of  the  mosque.  The  mosque  of 
Sultan  Hassen,  is  another  large  mosque  near  the 
gate  of  the  city,  that  leads  to  the  castle ;  but  in 
point  of  size,  is  much  inferior  to  the  one  already 
mentioned.  The  mosques  are  adorned  with  domes 
and  minarets,  are  kept  remarkably  clean,  and  are 
well  frequented.  Friday  is  the  day  that  the  Mus* 
sulmans  observe  for  Sunday,  and  on  that  day  they 
generally  receive  a  discourse  from  the  Cadi,  the 
Mufti,  or  some  of  the  learned  Sheiks,  illustrating 
the  doctrines  of  the  Koran,  and  cautioning  them  to 
beware  of  the  contagion  of  infidels,  among  whom 
they  dwell.  On  week  days,  discourses  on  other 
subjects  are  likewise  delivered,  as  on  the  copious* 
ness  «d  beauty  of  the  Arabic  language,  or  on  a 
point  of  law,  or  on  the  differences  between  the 
different  sects  of  ifllamism,  &c  &c. 

We  paid  a  visit  to  a  convent  of  dervises,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Old  Cairo,  in  company  with  our 


CAIRO.  115 

friend  Mr,  Walroas.  Only  three  of  the  Mahomedan 
fathers  were  at  home,  and  these  were  old,  and 
seemed  to  have  retired  from  service  to  lead  a  quiet 
find  inoffensive  life,  in  an  iijdiflerent  habitation. 
They  received  us  in  a  very  complaisant  manner, 
presented  us  with  pipes  and  coffee,  took  us  into 
their  mosque  where  they  said  their  prayers,  and 
into  their  garden  where  they  gave  u*  some  excel- 
lent %s ;  but  they  were  far  too  ancient  to  show  us 
Any  of  their  wonderful  exhibitions,  The  order  of 
demaes,  however,  plays  an  important  part  in  the 
drama  of  islamiam,  particularly  in  Egypt.  There 
is  a  college  of  them  in  Grand  Cairo,  where  they 
we  initiated  in  all  the  craft  and  mysteries  of  their 
cnW&g*  From  this  they  go  forth  to  pervade  the 
country  in  every  direction,  in  order  to  keep  alive 
quackery  and  imposture  in  the  minds  of  the  peo- 
ple. I  have  frequently  seen  them  mounted  on 
asses,  with  tall  round  caps  on  their  heads,  with 
drums  beating,  and  flags  streaming  in  the  air,  going 
from  one  village  to  another  with  crowds  of  children 
in  their  train.  They  make  long  prayers,  are  con- 
sidered under  the  peculiar  protection  of  Heaven, 
and  to  possess  the  enviable  talent  of  charming  away 
disease.  I'  have  seen  two  of  them  sit  down  op* 
posite  to  each  other,  and  begin  throwing  their  heads 
from  side  to  side,  pronouncing  the  name  of  Allah, 
or  God,  at  each  motion  of  the  head,  and  continue 
to  do  so  for  an  hour  or  more  together,  without 

i2 


116  CAIRO. 

adding  another  syllable,  or  missing  a  single  repeti- 
tion. They  seemed  prodigiously  excited,  their 
faces  flushed,  their  eyes  turgid,  and  their  mouths 
foaming ;  yet  they  pretend  that  they  are  neither 
fatigued,  nor  exhausted,  experience  no  head-ache, 
or  any  unpleasant  sensation,  and  allege  this  as  a 
proof  of  their  possessing  the  Divine  favor ;  for 
if  any  other  person  were  to  do  so,  he  would,  pro- 
bably, be  seriously  affected.  It  is  no  uncommon 
thing  for  such  people  to  be  regarded  in  one  light 
by  their  countrymen,  and  in  another  by  impartial 
observers,  and  from  every  thing  that  I  have 
either  beard  or  seen  of  the  individuals  above-men- 
tioned, they  would  be  more  truly  characterized  by 
the  epithet  of  wandering  swindlers,  than  that  of 
maraboot,  or  wandering  saints,  by  which  they  are 
usually  known  in  the  country. 


[  117  ] 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE   PYRAMIDS    OF    DJIZA,    OR    GHEEZA. 

When  the  river  is  low,  and  the  intersecting  canals 
dry  and  practicable,  the  journey  from  Grand  Cairo 
to  the  pyramids  of  Gheeza  is  a  ride  of  only  one 
hour.  The  traveller  mounts  his  ass  in  the  streets 
of  New  Cairo,  rides  to  Old  Cairo,  where  he  crosses 
the  river  to  the  village  called  Gheeza;  having 
passed  it,  he  holds  his  way  through  a  beaten  track 
in  the  fields,  and  in  one  hour  from  the  time  he 
started,  he  lights  at  the  foot  of  these  ancient  piles. 
In  this  season  of  the  year,  however,  when  the  inun- 
dation is  high,  the  pyramids  cannot  be  reached  by 
land,  unless  by  taking  a  very  circuitous  route;  and 
the  usual  way  is,  to  procure  a  boat,  and  sail  to 
them  along  one  of  the  canals.  l 

On  the  10th  of  October,  having  made  the  ne- 
cessary preparations,  we  set  out,  in  company  with 
Mr.  Salty  to  take  a  view  of  these  interesting  vouch- 
ers of  the  ancient  grandeur  of  Egypt.  At  a  little 
before  nine  o'clock  we  arrived  at  the  Madiah,  or 
ferry,  at  Old  Cairo,  and  having  got  on  board  the 
cangia,  or  common  pleasure-boat,  we  were  no 
sooner  seated,  than  at  the  yalla,  or  command  of 
the  consul's  janizary,  the  sail  was  given  to  the. 


118  CANAL   OP  OftEEZA. 

wind,  and  we  proceeded  across  the  river.     Having 
passed  the  top  of  the  island  of  Rhouda,  which  by 
interpretation,  means  the  island  of  the  Orchard, 
we  dropt  down  to  the  canal  of  Gheeza,  which  is  a 
little  below  the  village  of  that  name,  and  proceeded 
along  it  to  the  end  of  our  journey.     After  we  en- 
tered the  canal,  the  wind  soon  died  away,  and  the 
six  rowers  were  obliged  to  mount  their  oars,  with 
which  they  pulled  us  along  the  watery  way j  keep- 
ing time  to  certain  favorite  airs  which  they  sung 
to  extemporaneous  words  composed  by   one  or 
other  of  the  crew,  each  in  his  turn  repeating  the 
words  of  his  own  strain,  the  test  all  joining  in  a 
common  chorus,  which  was  twice  as  long  as  the 
recitative  of  the  story,  and  to  those  who  under- 
stood nothing  of  Arabic,  ten  times  more  agreeable. 
Among  the  aire  we  were  rather  surprized  to  hear 
our  old  acquaintance  Malbrook,  and  die  jingling 
miron-ton-ton    mirontaine,   &c.    of   the    French 
songster  transformed  into  the  equally  unmeaning 
jingle  of  tummery-tummety*tainy ;  and  being  the 
air  of  the  latest  importation,  probably  not  older 
than  the  date  of  the  Ftench  invasion,  it  seemed  to 
be  the  greatest  favorite ;  and  we  had  it  several  times 
ia  the  course  of  the  voyage*    Thus  we  held  on 
our  Way  in  a  pleasant  manner ;  the  banks  of  the 
canal  were  covered  with  the  rich  and  luxuriant 
dhoura,  which,  with  the  variety  of  plowed  fields 
jufct  emerging  from  the  subsiding  waters,  and  vil» 


CANAL    OF   GHEEZA.  119 

lages  looking  from  groves  of  palm-trees,  presented 
such  a  prospect  as  Egypt  could  afford,  when  the 
land  which  we  inhabit  had  neither  a  house  nor  a 
human  being  on  its  surface.     Having  travelled 
about  two-thirds  of  the  way,  we  were  stopped  by 
a  bank  of  earth  that  had  been  built  across  the  canal 
for  the  facility  of  communication,  and  also  for  re* 
taining  the  water  for  the  purposes  of  further  irri- 
gation, and  the  use  of  the  villages.     Here  we  were 
under  the  necessity  of  disembarking  for  a  little 
time,  till  the  boat  was  hoisted  over  the  bank,  and 
then  we  immediately  got  on  board,  and  continued 
our  voyage.     The  branches  of  canals  that  commu- 
nicated with  the  line  of  our  route  were  now  so 
numerous,  that  it  required  more  knowledge  of  in- 
land navigation  to  steer  the  right  course  than  pur 
pilot  was  master  of.     Several  times  we  bore  off  our 
course,  misled  by  the  communicating  branches  ap- 
pearing to  lead  more  directly  to  our  object.     A 
good  deal  of  time  was  thus  spent  in  recovering  our 
leeway;  and  before  we  reached  our  destination  in 
the  main  canal,   we  had  to  contend  with  shoal 
water  from  the  subsidence  of  the  inundation.  How- 
ever, after  a  good  deal  of  poling,  dragging,  and 
sounding,  we  made  the  end  of  the  canal  about  one 
o'clock,  p.  m.  and  were  within  three  quarters  of  a 
mile  of  these  ancient  and  wonderful  monuments. 
We  had  viewed  them  from  several  points  of  obser- 
vation, on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  and  all 


120  THK    PYRAMIDS. 

along  the  whole  course  of  the  canal,  kept  constantly' 
looking  at  them ;  but  our  recollections  were  so  oc- 
cupied with  exaggerated  descriptions  of  their  enor- 
mous dimensions,  that  every  look  was  followed  by 
disappointment ;  the  eye  always  encountered  some- 
thing less  than  the  mind  expected  it  to  see}  and. 
now  that  we  were,  comparatively  speaking*  at 
their  base,  and  looking  up  from  the  low  sandy  bank 
to  the  pyramids  on  the  rocky  elevation  above,  our 
idea  of  their  magnitude  was  not  increased.  Even 
those  of  the  party  who  exercised  the  greatest  self- 
control,  and  scarcely  cast  a  look  oh  those  ancient 
piles  during  the  whole  time  of  our  approach,  felt 
disappointed  with  the  diminished  grandeur  of  their 
appearance.  "  Is  this  the  object  of  the  world's 
wonder?"  We  thought  of  Benlomond,  the  Alps, 
and  Bennevis ;  but  what  is  a  pyramid  to  a  moun- 
tain ?  the  work  of  man  to  that  of  his  Maker. 

The  fellahs,  or  peasants,  who  were  engaged  in 
cultivating  the  fields  in  the  neighbourhood,  observ- 
ed our  landing,  and  brought  down  their  miserable 
asses,  without  saddles  or  bridles,  to  help  us  through 
the  sand.  The  place  of  saddles  was  supplied  by 
their  thick  woollen  plaids,  which  were  folded  and  laid 
on  the  backs  of  the  animals ;  and  as  the  Egyptian 
ponies  require  more  driving  than  curbing,  they 
were  guided  by  the  same  instrument  by  which  they 
were  knocked  and  goaded  along  on  their  journey. 
The  rider  has  no  share  in  navigating  his  course ;  it 


THE    PYRAMIDS.  121 

is  sufficient  employment  for  him  to  keep  his  seat, 
which,  when  there  is  nothing  between  him  and  the 
naked  back  of  the  bourika,  is  no  trifling  sinecure 
Having  climbed  the  sandy  and  undulating  ascent, 
we  filed  along  the  contiguous  bases  of  the  two  largest 
pyramids ;  and  as  we  brushed  over  the  smooth  sand 
that  levelled  the  surface  with  their  foundation,  it 
was  then  that  we  first  perceived  their  gigantic  size. 
One  square  of  700  feet  a-side,  succeeded  by  another 
of  650  feet ;  each  of  them  raised  to  the  towering 
height  of  between  four  and  five  hundred  feet,  are 
enormous  piles  to  have  been  reared  by  the  little 
hand  of  man ;  and  measuring  their  sides  on  the 
hard  back  of  a  slow-paced  bourika,  the  patient  mind 
computes  every  inch  of  their  extent.  Having  passed 
the  lengthened  line  of  their  base,  a  few  steps 
brought  us  to  the  Shiek's  cave,  which  is  the  de- 
serted shell  of  an  ancient  mansion,  dug  in  the  slop- 
ing edge  of  the  rock.     Here  we  deposited  the 
materials  that  we  had  brought  along  with  us  for 
our  support  and  accommodation,  during  the  time 
that  it  might  be  necessary  to  remain  in  this  most 
interesting  field  of  ruins. 

Having  swallowed  a  hasty  repast,  to  repair  the 
fatigues  of  the  morning,  we  returned  to  the  pyra- 
mids, which  are  more  than  meat  and  drink  to  the 
mind  of  the  anxious  traveller.  The  eye  courses  over 
every  step  in  their  transcendant  height,  and  every 
stone  in  their  lengthened  base.     Every  broken 


122  THE  PYRAMIDS* 

stone  and  every  patch  of  sand  arrests  the  attention; 
as  marking  an  era  in  their  long  and  eventful  ex- 
istence.    For  thirty  ages  of  long-lived  men  have 
they  rested  upon  their  rocky  base.     When  every 
cotemporary  structure  is  forgotten,   or  looks  to 
heaven  in  scattered  fragments  from  the  field  of  its 
former  existence,  the  pyramids  remain  in  awful 
grandeur — the  unrivalled  boast  of  architects,  and 
of  kings.    Every  stone  may  have  cost  its  hundreds, 
but  the  length  of  its  duration  has  amply  repaid  the 
expense  of  its  erection.     When  wealth  and  power 
call  upon  genius  for  a  particular  achievement,  they 
have  never  called  in  vain ;  the  result  has  always 
delighted  and  astonished  the  world.     The  aged 
piles  which  we  now  contemplate,  the  walls  and 
gardens  of  Babylon,  the  temple  of  Minerva,  the 
pharos  of  Alexandria,  and  the  operations  of  Archi- 
medes,  are  still  preeminent  among  the  boldest 
emprises  of  man,  and  arose  from  the  spirit,  the 
wealth  and  power  of  the  sovereign,  animating,  di- 
recting and  assisting,  the  genius  of  the  subject. 

In  such  a  scene  as  this,  crowded  with  so  many 
daring  efforts  of  man  to  gain  immortality  from  the 
labor  of  his  hands,  every  faculty  of  the  mind  is 
absorbed  in  contemplation,  and  hours  pass  over  his 
head  before  the  spectator  can  recover  from  the  be- 
wilderment it  occasions,  toexamine  coolly  the  objects 
that  lie  before  him.  Hie  largest  pyramid  stands  on 
a  free  and  slight  elevation  all  round,  on  which  ac- 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  125 

count  there  is  but  little  accumulation  of  sand  in  con- 
tact with  its  base ;  but  as  it  has  suffered  much  from 
human  violence,  immense  heaps  of  broken  stones 
have  fallen  down  on  each  side,  and  form  a  high 
mound  towards  the  middle  of  the  base.  The  angles 
are  pretty  clear,  where  the  foundation  is  readily 
discovered,  particularly  at  the  north-west  corner ; 
but  it  is  impossible  to  see  straight  along  the  line  of 
the  base,  on  account  of  these  heaps  of  rubbish. 
Hence  the  difficulty  of  making  an  exact  measure- 
ment, and  the  frequent  disagreement  of  the  re- 
sults }  it  being  impossible,  without  clearing  away 
the  heap  of  rubbish,  to  run  a  straight  line  all  the 
way  in  contact  with  its  base,  and  on  the  outside  of 
the  rubbish  the  sand  is  blown  into  heaps,  so  that  a 
level  surface  cannot  be  obtained.  We  paced  one 
side  on  the  north  of  the  rubbish,  and  found  it  24£ 
paces;  and  probably  the  extent  of  700  feet,  usually 
assigned  it,  is  not  far  from  correct. 

The  entrance  into  the  pyramid  is  on  the  north 
side,  and  is  nearly  in  the  centre,  about  an  equal  di- 
stance from  each  angle ;  it  is  elevated  about  thirty 
feet  above  the  base,  in  the  side  of  the  wall,  probably 
that  it  might  be  more  difficult  for  a  conqueror  to 
discover  it,  and  less  liable  to  be  covered  over  with 
sand.  The  ascent  to  it  is  over  a  heap  of  stones  and 
rubbish  that  have  fallen  down  from  the  pyramid, 
or  that  have  been  forced  out  and  thrown  down  in 
the  efforts  made  to  find  the  passage  to  the  interior* 


124  THE    PYRAMIDS. 

This  heap  rises  considerably  above  the  entrance, 
which  is  a  small  narrow  passage,  of  about  three 
feet  and  a  half  square ;  it  is  lined  above  and  below, 
and  on  each  side,  with  broad  flat  blocks  of  large- 
grained  red  granite,  smooth  and  highly  polished. 
The  flags  in  the  bottom  of  the  passage  are  formed 
with  alternate  depressions  and  elevations,  in  order 
to  afford  a  firm  footing  to  the  person  descending  j 
but  this  appears  to  have  been  a  modern  operation, 
and  the  depressions  are  not  smooth,  nor  polished 
like  the  rest.  The  passage  descends  at  an  angle 
of  about  twenty-seven  degrees,  and  the  explorer, 
in  descending,  generally  places  his  hands  against 
the  sides,  and  proceeds  with  the  greatest  caution. 
Some  take  off  their  shoes,  that  they  may  apply 
their  feet  better  to  the  floor,  and  be  less  in  danger 
of  sliding.  This  is  a  very  bad  plan,  as  it  is  likely 
to  induce  affections  in  the  bowels,  or  to  awaken  an 
attack  of  latent  gout,  and  other  diseases  to  which 
there  may  be  a  predisposition.  The  best  covering 
for  the  feet  in  such  expeditions  is  a  pair  of  half- 
worn  Turkish  shoes,  the  soles  of  which  are  rough 
and  pliant,  and  there  is  never  any  risk  of  encounter- 
ing damp  ;  they  are  also  the  best  for  walking  over 
the  sands,  and  for  general  use  in  every  part  of  the 
country.  Thus  provided,  and  armed  with  a  lighted 
candle,  the  janizary  entered  the  passage,  followed 
by  Mr.  Salt,  the  Earl  and  Countess  of  Belmore,  and 
the  rest  of  the  party  in  succession,  with  a  couple* 


THE    PYRAMIDS.  125 

of  sure-footed  Arabs,  whose  services  we  did  not  re- 
quire.    Each  of  us  was  provided  with  a  candle, 
which  we  had  no  occasion  to  light  till  we  came 
to  the  entrance  of  the  passage  which  ascends  to 
the  principal   chambers,  which  is  about  92  feet 
from  the  external  orifice.     This  passage  turns  off 
abruptly  to  the   right;   it  is  a  forced  passage, 
and  winds  upward  for  a  considerable  way,  till  it 
comes  to  a  steep  of  eight  or  nine  feet,  and  which 
we  had  some  difficulty  in  ascending.     This  once 
surmounted,  we  were  again  in  the  natural  passage, 
which  is  about  five  feet  high,  and  about  100  feet 
long,  and  mounts  by  a  considerable  ascent.     At 
the  end  of  this  we  came  into  a  sort  of  landing-place, 
and,  proceeding  forward,  passed  by  the  mouth  of 
what  is  called  the  well,  which  is  on  the  right  hand, 
in  a  small  recess  of  the  landing-place,  and  is  about 
three  feet  wide.     Proceeding  straight  on  for  about 
100  feet,  along  a  low  narrow  passage  like  that  of 
the  entrance,  we  came  into  a  chamber,  which,  with- 
out any  authority,  has  been  called  the  queen's 
chamber.     It  is  17  feet  long,  14  feet  wide,  and 
about  12  feet  high  to  where  the  stones  begin  to 
slope  up  on  each  side  to  form  the  ceiling,  which  is 
done  by  the  meeting-  of  broad  flat  stones  at  an  acute 
angle,  and  resembles  a  pointed  arch.     There  is  a 
small  recess  in  the  north-east  corner,  which  those  who 
named  this  the  queen's  chamber  might  have  called 
her  closet  or  dressing-room.  Neither  the  closet  nor 


12f>  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

the  chamber  are  lined  with  granite ;  both  are  quite 
empty,  and  the  use  for  which  they  were  intended 
is  not  known. 

Having  visited  the  queen's  chamber,  we  returned 
to  the  landing-place,  and  ascended  to  the  king's 
chamber,  which  is  immediately  above  j  but  the  way 
thither  is  different,  and  more  difficult  than  any  of 
the  former  passages.    The  middle  of  the  floor  does 
not  rise  any  higher,  but  on  each  side  of  it  there  is 
an  abutment  of  a  triangular  shape  with  its  broad 
base  buttressing  against  the  breast-wall  in  front, 
and  falling  down  to  the  floor  in  the  form  of  an  in* 
clined  plane.     In  the  inner  and  opposing  sides  of 
these  abutments  small  holes  are  cut  for  the  recep- 
tion of  the  feet,  rising  in  a  gradual  ascent,  at  the 
distance  of  about  three  feet  from  each  other.   Thus, 
with  the  hands  upon  each  side  resting  on  the  abut* 
meats,  and  moving  the  feet  from  hole  to  hole  alter* 
nately,  the  ascent  is  easy,  and  without  danger ;  be- 
striding  the  intervening  space,  and  looking  upward, 
there  is  no  risk  of  becoming  giddy  from  the  ppace 
deepening  below,    The  edge  of  the  inclined  plans 
is  about  14  inches  broad ;  yet  some  people  prefer 
ascending  along  it,  with  the  assistance  of  an  Arab 
to  steady  them,  in  preference  to  bestriding  the  pas- 
sage,  and  ascending  by  the  steps  or  holes  in  the  sides 
of  the  abutment    The  height  to  be  ascended  is 
about  86  feet,  and  the  length  of  the  inclined  plans 
is  about  120  feet.  Proceeding  forward  from  the  top 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  127 

of  this  ascent,  a  passage,  about  24  feet  long,  brought 
us  into  the  king's  chamber.  This  chamber  is  37 
feet  three  inches  long,  17  feet  two  inches  wide,  and 
about  20  feet  high.  It  is  lined  all  round  with  broad 
flat  stones  of  large  red-grained  granite,  smooth  and 
highly  polished;  each  stone  ascending  from  the 
floor  to  the  ceiling,  which  is  formed  of  nine  large 
flat  stones  of  the  same  material,  stretching  from 
wall  to  wall.  In  the  middle  of  the  room,  towards 
the  west  end  of  it,  stands  the  sarcophagus,  which  is 
also  of  large-grained  red  granite ;  it  is  sunk  in  the 
floor,  which  has  been  torn  up  in  order  to  examine 
a  small  apartment  below.  The  length  of  the  sar- 
cophagus is  seven  feet  six  inches,  the  depth  three 
feet  three  inches  and  a  half,  the  breadth  three  feet 
three  inches;  it  is  highly  polished,  but  without  any 
hieroglyphics,  or  any  sculpture  or  ornament  what- 
soever. A  small  fragment  has  been  broken  off  one 
of  the  corners.  There  is  no  lid,  and  nothing  but 
dust  and  some  broken  masses  of  granite  lying  in 
the  sarcophagus.  There  are  no  hieroglyphics  or 
ornaments  of  any  kind  in  the  chamber,  or  on  any 
part  of  the  walk.  There  is  a  small  tunnel  in  the 
south-west  corner  of  the  chamber,  sloping  upwards, 
as  if  to  communicate  with  the  external  air ;  and 
round  the  sides  of  the  chamber,  at  the  bottom  of 
the  granite  flags  with  which  the  walls  are  lined* 
there  is  a  amall  rut  of  about  10  inches  wide,  appa- 
rently left  for  their  admission,  and  neglected  to 


128  THE  PYRAMIDS, 

be  filled  up.     As   this   chamber  does  not  reach 
beyond  the  centre  of  the  pyramid,  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  there  are  passages  leading  to  other 
chambers  off  it ;  the  entrance  to  which  would  pro- 
bably be  found  by  removing  some  of  the  large 
stones  above  mentioned :  as  the  forming  an  uni- 
form surface  over  the  whole  of  the  adjoining  space, 
was  one  of  the  devices  by  which  the  architect  con- 
cealed from  the  eye  of  common  observers  the 
entrance  of  the  passage    leading  to  the  secret 
chambers,  reserving  to  himself,  and  his  employer, 
the  knowledge  of  that  stone  that  covered  the  door 
of  access,  and  the  secret  of  removing  it     The 
length  of  the  sarcophagus,  in  the  inside,  is  about 
six  feet,  and  the  depth  and  width  not  much  above 
two  feet,  which  tend  to  show  that  it  was  probably 
made  for  the  individual  by  whom  the  pyramid  was 
constructed,  and  that  the  average  size  of  mankind 
did  not  then  exceed  what  we  find  it  to  be  in  the 
present  day. 

I  must  likewise  observe,  that  the  sarcophagus 
could  not  have  been  conveyed  to  the  place  which 
it  now  occupies,  by  any  of  the  known  passages  in 
their  present  state,  and  must  either  have  been  de- 
posited there  in  the  course  of  the  building  of  the 
colossal  structure  itself,  or  admitted  before  the  pas- 
sage was  finished  off,  and  narrowed  by  its  present 
polished  and  beautiful  casing.  Indeed,  I  do  not 
think  it  would  be  possible  to  transmit  an  inflexible 


?HE   PYRAMIDS.  129 

body  six  feet  long,  into  the  king's  or  queen's 
chamber  by  any  of  the  known  channels  of  access. 
It  could  easily  be  moved  forward  in  a  direct  line, 
but  could  not  be  turned  from  the  one  passage  into 
the  other.  It  is  obvious,  however,  to  the  most 
casual  observer,  that  part  of  the  present  passage  is 
not  the  natural,  but  a  forced  passage.  There  is 
nothing  further  in  the  king's  chamber  worthy  of 
observation ;  nor  do  I  know  that  any  thing  has 
ever  been  found  in  it,  except  the  sarcophagus, 
which  is  exactly  the  size  of  the  entrance  passage 
of  the  pyramid. 

On  returning  from  the  king's  chamber  to  the 
top  of  the  inclined  plane,  we  looked  up  to  the 
entrance,  into  what  has  been  called  Davison's 
chamber,  from  the  discoverer,  to  which  however 
we  did  not  ascend ;  there  is  no  Way  of  reaching 
it  but  by  a  scaling  ladder,  with  which  we  were  not 
provided*  This  chamber  is  directly  over  the  king's 
chamber,  and,  from  the  account  of  the  discoverer, 
who  was  the  British  Consul-general  at  Cairo,  at  the 
time,  it  contained  nothing  but  dust,  and  is  sup- 
posed to  have  been  formed  to  take  off  the  pressure 
from  the  ceiling  of  the  king's  chamber ;  -but  as  it 
is  provided  with  a  door  of  entrance,  it  was  probably 
intended  to  answer  some  other  purpose  besides. 
Here  we  had  examined  every  thing  that  was.  for- 
merly to  be  seen  in  the  interior  of  this  pyramid, 
and  from  this  we  retraced  our  steps,  and  reached 

VOL,.   I.  K 


ISO  THE   PYRAMIDS, 

the  orifice  that  led  us  from  the  entrance  passage ; 
here  we  turned  to  the  right,  and  kept  descending 
by  the  same  smooth  passage  to  survey  the  interest- 
ing discoveries  of  Captain  Caviglia,  in  which  he  was 
liberally  assisted,  in  pecuniary  matters,  by  Mr.  Salt 
and  Mr.  Briggs.  Having  descended  about  200 
feet,  we  came  to  the  bottom  of  the  well,  which 
terminates  on  a  level  with  the  bottom  of  the  pass- 
age, and  seems  merely  a  niche  in  its  side :  having 
descended  for  about  23  feet  further,  we  came  to  the 
end  of  the  inclined  passage ;  from  this  point  we 
could  see  distinctly  up  into  the  open  air :  it  looks 
directly  to  the  north,  and  at  night  the  polar  star  is 
distinctly  seen.  The  passage,  proceeding  onward 
from  this,  is  cut  out  in  the  rock,  and  is  quite  hori- 
zontal for  28  feet,  where  it  ends  in  a  large  chamber 
66  feet  long  and  27  feet  wide,  and  between  12  and 
14  feet  high,  and  which  is  supposed  to  be  exactly 
under  the  centre  of  the  pyramid.  It  is  entirely  cut 
out  of  the  rock,  and  is  considerably  lower  than  the 
base  of  the  pyramid.  The  chamber  does  not  appear 
to  have  been  completely  finished ;  there  is  a  bench 
of  the  solid  rock  still  remaining  at  the  west  end  of 
it,  high  on  each  side,  and  low  in  the  middle,  and 
which  is  of  such  a  rough  unfinished  appearance,  as 
entirely  to  preclude  the  supposition  that  it  was  left 
so  intentionally,  unless  it  should  have  been  for 
placing  a  sarcophagus,  or  some  object  of  worship 
upon  it    There  is  a  subterraneous  passage  that 


THE  PYRAMIDS.  131 

goes  off  from  the  chamber  in  a  southerly  direction, 
and  which  has  been  traced  to  its  termination,  by 
the  same  indefatigable  gentlemen,  a  distance  of 
55  feet  in  the  solid  rock,  and  another  in  the  east 
end,  which  enters  under  a  species  of  arch,  and 
which  has  also  been  traced  to  its  termination,  a 
distance  of  40  feet,  into  the  body  of  the  pyramid. 
I  did  not  enter  these  passages;  and  what  I  state  is 
from  the  report  of  others,  who,  I  believe,  were 
never  there  either :  but  without  the  most  positive 
and  undoubted  authority,  I  would  not  allow  that 
these  passages  proceed  so  far,  and  end  in  a  cul  de 
sac  I  should  rather  feel  inclined  to  believe  that 
they  continued  on,  and  ultimately  communicated 
with  the  open  air,  and  that  they  were  secret  pass- 
ages by  which  to  enter  or  escape  from  the  pyra- 
mid*. This  chamber,  though  but  recently  laid 
open  to  public  inspection,  appears  to  have  been 
frequently  visited  in  former  times ;  it  is  much  co- 
vered with  smoke,  and  seems  as  if  fires  had  been 
burnt  in  it,  and  visiters  have  employed  the  smoke 
of  the  candle  to  inscribe  their  names  upon  the 
ceiling,  as  they  are  but  too  fond  of  doing  in  the 
present  day. 

It  is  impossible  to  state  the  actual  or  intended 
use  of  this  chamber.  Antiquity  has  not  even  re* 
corded  its  existence,  and  the  voice  of  conjecture  has 
almost  been  silent  as  to  the  purpose  for  which  it 
was  excavated.  Nothing  was  found  in  it  when  lately 

k  2 


132  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

entered  by  Captain  Caviglia,  and  if  any  thing 
valuable  were  consigned  to  it,  in  any  period  of  its 
history,  we  are  not  correctly  informed.  Herodotus 
makes  mention  of  various  subterraneous  chambers, 
but  the  description  of  none  of  them  applies  to  this. 
The  one  on  which  he  particularly  condescends*  had 
a  channel  by  which  the  waters  of  the  Nile  were 
admitted,  and  flowed  round  the  chamber,  inclosing 
an  island  on  which  the  body  of  Cheops,  the  builder 
of  the  pyramid,  rested  in  the  tomb.  There  is  not 
the  smallest  vestige  of  any  such  a  thing  having 
ever  been  in  this  chamber,  and  the  access  for  the 
waters  of  the  Nile  into  any  part  of  the  pyramid, 
still  remains  to  be  discovered :  but  the  importance 
attached  to  this  chamber,  or  to  some  other  adjoin- 
ing chamber,  is  evident,  from  its  vast  dimension^ 
and  from  the  great  care  and  labor  that  have  been 
employed  to  construct  the  passage  by  which  it  is 
entered.  The  size  alone  is  especially  indicative  of 
the  importance  of  this  individual  chamber.  This 
passage,  as  has  been  already  mentioned,  is  lined  on 
all  the  four  sides  by  finely  polished  slabs  of  large- 
grained  red  granite  of  Assouan,  commonly  called 
sienite;  this  must  have  been  done  at  a  great 
expense,  the  distance  being  between  five  and  six 
hundred  miles.  The  stones  are  remarkably  well 
cut  and  well  fitted  to  each  other,  and  probably 
cover  the  orifices  of  other  passages  into  other  cham- 
bers in  the  pyramid.    Those  at  present  known,  are 


THE  PYRAMIDS*  133 

ail  on  the  west  of  this  general  passage,  that  is  in 
the  north-west  quarter  of  the  pyramid,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  one  lately  discovered  in  the  centre 
of  its  base;  and  till  examination  proves  the  con- 
trary, we  may  be  allowed  to  conclude  that  the  re- 
maining three  compartments  have  their  chambers 
also.  It  would  be  presumption  to  mention  any 
place  in  which  such  a  passage  is  likely  to  be  found; 
he  that  has  time,  ability  and  inclination  must  choose 
his  own  place  of  research.  But  it  is  not  less  sur- 
prising that  no  attempts  have  been  made  to  probe 
this  passage  into  the  centre  of  the  pyramid,  than 
that  no  attempts  have  been  made  to  discover  a 
passage  entering  from  the  south,  east,  or  west 
sides,  on  the  same  or  on  a  different  level  with  that 
on  the  north.  Even  the  termination  of  the  small 
tunnel  passing  off  from  the  king's  chamber  is  not 
known ;  it  may  communicate  with  another  cham- 
ber, or  it  may  lead  out  to  the  open  air,  where  the 
orifice  of  it  is  probably  blocked  up  with  a  loose 
atone,  on  the  south  side  of  the  pyramid,  which  a 
little  careful  examination  would  soon  discover. 

The  supposition  that  this  passage  was  intended 
as  an  astronomical  instrument  fox  measuring  side* 
real  time,  is  scarcely  tenable.  Pyramids  are  prodi- 
giously expensive  and  unmanageable  machines j  and 
the  passage  being  so  carefully  sealed  at  the  entrance, 
precluded  all  possibility  of  using  it  as  such :  at  all 
eyents,  the  abettor  of  such  an  opinion  could  have 


134  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

no  objections  to  examine  the  south,  east,  and  west 
sides,  as  there  are  objects  in  these  quarters  of  the 
heavens  not  unworthy  of  observation,  as  well  as  in 
the  north.  Besides  there  being  so  many  pyramids, 
all  of  them  with  passages  looking  to  the  north,  and 
descending  nearly  with  the  same  angle  of  inclina- 
tion, they  were  probably  intended  to  answer  some 
other  purpose  than  that  of  looking  at  the  polar 
star. 

Having  finished  our  survey  of  the  interior  of  the 
pyramid,  we  ascended  the  shaft,  stopping  a  little  at 
the  bottom  of  what  has  been  called  the  well,  which 
is  now  found  to  be  a  secret  passage  of  150  feet 
long,  and  about  three  feet  wide,  furnished  with 
niches  on  three  sides  for  the  hands  and  feet,  by 
which  to  ascend  to  the  upper  chambers  in  the  py- 
ramid. 

Having  regained  the  open  air,  we  rested  for  a 
little  time,  to  recover  from  the  fatigue  and  exhaus- 
tion which  we  experienced  in  exploring  the  pyra- 
mid, and  from  the  dust  and  warm  atmosphere 
within,  and  then  proceeded  to  climb  its  mountain- 
ous height.  Pausing  occasionally  as  we  advanced, 
and  looking  up  or  down,  or  along  its  enormous 
sides,  we  became  more  sensible  than  ever  of  its  vast 
dimensions,  and  could  hardly  convince  ourselves  that 
the  enormous  mound  which  supported  us  was  really 
the  work  of  human  hands.  Lady  Belmore  ascended 
it  with  the  most  perfect  ease,  and  none  of  the  party 


THX  PYRAMIp*.  135 

experienced  the  smallest  difficulty  or  vertigo*  In- 
deed, every  step  recedes  so  much  from  the  one 
below  it,  and  affords  such  excellent  footing,  that 
the  mind  has  the  most  perfect  conviction  of  secu* 
rity ;  and  I  am  disposed  to  think  that  giddiness  hat 
but  rarely  occurred  to  those  who  have  attempted 
to  climb  this  lofty  pile*  Each  step  is  from  a  foot  to 
a  foot  and  a  half  broad,  and  about  the  same  depth  j 
they  are  narrower  towards  the  top  than  at  the  bot- 
tom. We  began  to  ascend  immediately  from  the 
door  of  the  passage,  and  gradually  passed  round  to- 
wards the  north-east  angle,  because  the  steps  are 
so  much  broken  towards  the  middle  as  to  afford  an 
unsecure  and  difficult  surface  to  climb ;  whereas, 
at  the  angles,  they  are  pretty  entire.  One  part,  in 
the  eastern  aspect,  we  found  quite  perpendicular* 
and  seemed  as  if  it  had  been  formed  for  a  door :  it 
was  not  above  four  feet  wide,  and  six  feet  high. 
Any  part  in  the  whole  of  the  ascent  formed  a  con- 
venient resting-place,  whenever  the  traveller  was 
inclined  to  repose ;  but  the  slope  is  so  gradual,  and 
proceeding  leisurely,  we  had  little  occasion  for 
stopping  to  rest  our  limbs,  or  recover  our  breath. 
Arrived  at  the  summit,  we  found  it  ample  and 
spacious ;  a  square,  from  25  to  30  feet  aside,  con* 
sisting  of  large  square  blocks  of  stone,  with  the 
upper  surface  coarse  and  uneven,  as  are  the  usual 
surfaces  of  stones  in  the  courses  of  a  building.  We 
perceived  a  thin  cement  of  lime  between  the  dif- 


136  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

ferent  courses  of  stone,  but  there  was  no  appear- 
ance of  any  cement  having  been  placed  upon  the 
upper  surface  of  the  highest  course ;  so  that  if  it 
had  ever  been  built  upon,  all  that  must  have  been 
washed  away.    The  surface  of  the  stone,  however, 
seemed  remarkably  fresh,  as  if  it  had  but  recently 
been  taken  from  the  quarry j  indeed  much  fresher 
than  the  surface  of  the  steps  over  which  we  as- 
cended on  the  sides  of  the  pyramid.     The  only 
injury  that  the  top  exhibited,  was  from  the  knives 
and  chisels  of  visitors,  who,  anxious  to  perpetuate 
their  arrival  on  this  lofty  station,  had  left  their 
names  behind  them  on  the  stones.     The  prospect 
from  the  summit  is  not  extensive,  being  bounded 
on  the  east  and  west,  and  partly  on  the  south,  by 
the  mountains  on  both  sides  of  the  river.     But 
when  I  mention  Old  and  New  Cairo,  Heliopolis, 
Troy,  Babylon,  Memphis,  Gheeza,  the  Delta,  the 
Nile,  the  fertile  plain,  the  numerous  villages,  the 
spreading  palms,  the  aged  pyramids  themselves,  the 
sepulchral  caverns  around;  and  that  from  the  sum- 
mit of  this,  the  mo^t  ancient  and  colossal  building 
upon  earth>  that  the  eye  probably  passes  over  the 
land  of  Goshen,  I  name  a  prospect  that  is  almost 
without  a  parallel  in  the  history  of  human  recollec- 
tions. But  the  setting  sun  had  now  closed  the  day, 
and  without  waiting  till  the  shades  of  night  had 
darkened  the  land,  we  quitted  our  lofty  station,  and 
regained  the  bottom  of  the  pyramid  without  having 


THE  PYRAMIDS.  1S7 

experienced  the  slightest  accident,  or  having  any 
reason  to  apprehend  that  any  accident  would  occur. 
We  now  returned  to  the  Sheik's  cave,  and  after  a 
cup  of  tea,  spread  our  cots  and  hammocks,  and  con* 
signed  ourselves  to  repose. 

Here  I  beg  leave  to  remark,  that  neither  in  as* 
cending  or  descending  the  pyramid  did  we  discover 
any  remains  of  the  coating  with  which  it  is  said  to 
have  been  covered.     Yet  Herodotus  states  that  it 
was  cased  and  finished  in  the  highest  style ;  that 
the  stones  of  the  casing  were  skilfully  cemented, 
and  that  none  of  them  were  less  than  SO  feet ;  that 
the  summit  of  the  pyramid  was  first  completed, 
and  descending  thence,  the  workmen  finished  the 
whole.     This  is  a  description  which  cannot  in  any 
respect  apply  to  this  pyramid  in  its  present  state ; 
for    the  summit  of  it  is  demolished;  it  has  no 
casing ;  and  there  is  not  a  stone  in  the  whole  build- 
ing whose  dimensions  are  the  half  of  30  feet.    The 
largest  stone  that  I  saw  was  near  the  entrance  of 
the  passage,  and  its  dimensions  were  under  1 1  feet. 
The  largest  of  all  the  stones,  are  those  granite  slabs 
that  line  the  king's  chamber,  and  they  are  not  above 
20  feet.     It  is  impossible  to  apply  the  account  of 
Herodotus  to  any  other  pyramid,  if  we  are  to  un- 
derstand him  as  speaking  of  the  pyramids  of  Gheeza; 
because  he  expressly  states,  that  the  pyramid  of 
Cheops  was  the  largest,  which  this  one  certainly  is. 
further  says,  that  he  measured  them  both,  and 


138  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

that  the  pyramid  of  Chephren  was  not  so  high  by 
40  feet.  The  third  pyramid  here,  which  is  gene- 
rally assigned  to  Mycerinus,  answers  nearly  in  size, 
and  the  material  of  its  construction,  but  not  so  well 
in  position,  to  the  description  of  Herodotus ;  and 
for  my  own  part,  I  should  be  extremely  happy  to 
see  his  account  of  the  pyramids  applied,  by  a  care- 
ful examinator,  to  the  three  large  pyramids  at 
Abousir,  which  I  had  not  an  opportunity  of  doing. 
They  are  all  coated ;  and  one  of  them  may  certainly 
be  called  the  middlemost ;  which,  if  the  description 
be  referred  to  the  position  of  the  pyramids  of 
Gheeza,  if  any  of  them  can  be  said  to  be  in  the 
middle,  it  must  be  that  of  Chephren,  which  does 
not  correspond  with  the  account  of  Herodotus. 
But  more  of  this  afterwards.  The  statement  of 
Herodotus,  of  Pliny,  of  Abdallatif,  Masoudi,  Ma* 
krisi,  &c.  I  should  think  quite  sufficient  to  prove 
that  this  pyramid  was  originally  coated ;  and,  al- 
though in  ascending  the  side  of  it,  or  in  walking 
round  the  base,  I  did  not  perceive  any  vestiges  of 
it  remaining,  I  do  not  consider  myself  warranted 
to  say  that  there  is  none ;  and  my  own  conviction 
is,  that  the  pyramid  was  coated,  as  stated  by  these 
authorities,  and  must  accordingly  have  been  finished. 
It  is  recorded  by  Abdallatif,  that  when  Melio 
alaziz  Othman  ben-Yousouf  succeeded  his  father, 
he  allowed  himself  to  be  persuaded  by  some  sense- 
less courtiers  to  demolish  the  pyramids,  and  that  he 


THE  PYRAMIDS.  139 

sent  thither  miners!  sappers,  and  quarriers,  under 
the  direction  of  some  of  the  principal  officers  and 
princes  of  his  court,  with  orders  to  overturn  it — 
the  red  pyramid ;  namely,  that  of  Mycerinus.    To 
execute  the  orders  with  which  they  were  charged, 
they  went   and  encampt  near  the  pyramid,  and 
collected  a  number  of  laborers,  whom  they  main- 
tained at  an  enormous  expense.     Here  they  re- 
mained for  eight  whole  months,  laboring  hard  to 
execute  their  commission ;  but  their  utmost  efforts, 
with  people  raising  with  picks  and  levers  above,  and 
pulling  with  ropes  and  cables  below,  could  not  re- 
move above  one  or  two  stones  a-day :  and  after  the 
stone  was  down  at  the  foot  of  the  pyramid,  they 
were  obliged  to  break  it  in  pieces,  in  order  to  carry 
it  out  of  the  way ;  and  one  of  the  engineers  is  re- 
ported to  have  said,  that  although  he  were  to  get 
several  thousand  pieces  of  gold,  he  could  not  re- 
adjust one  of  these  stones  in  its  former  place.    In 
fine,  they  abandoned  the  attempt,  without  demo* 
lishing  the  pyramid j  and,  in  the  opinion  of  AbdaU 
latif,  without  much  reducing  its  dimensions.     This 
foolish  attempt  is  stated  to  have  been  made  in  the 
year  of  the  Hegyra,  593  ;  of  Christ,  1 196.     Several 
Other  Kalifs  are  also  mentioned  by  Makrisi  and 
Abdallatif,  as  having  exerted  themselves  in  the 
demolition  of  the  pyramids.     As  Saladin,  who 
charged  his  Emir,  the  eunuch  Karakoush  Asadi, 
to  build  the  citadel  and  the  walls  of  Cairo,  and  who. 


140  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

seemed  to  consider  Memphis,  and  the  pyramids  of 
Gheeza,  as  the  readiest  quarry  from  which  he 
could  obtain  the  materials  to  answer  his  purpose. 
Hence  the  coating  of  the  large  pyramid  of  Cheops, 
two  thirds  of  that  of  Chephren,  and  the  greater 
part  of  many  of  the  smaller  pyramids  have  all  been 
carried  away,  and  may  now  be  sought  for  in  the 
immense  causeway,  and  the  innumerable  arches 
which  he  constructed  between  Gheeza  and  the 
pyramids,  and  in  the  citadel,  the  mosques,  and  the 
walls  of  Cairo.  The  remains  of  this  causeway  are 
still  to  be  seen  j  the  greater  part  of  it  that  was 
upon  the  lower  ground,  was  swept  away  by  die 
overflowing  of  the  Nile.  Some  authors  have  sup- 
posed  that  it  is  the  remains  of  the  causeway  men* 
tioned  by  Herodotus  ;  but  the  manner  of  its  con- 
struction, as  well  as  the  materials,  prove  that  it  is 
not :  and  Abdallatif,  a  cptemporary  historian,  states 
that  it  was  made  by  Karaboush,  one  of  the  Emirs 
of  Salah-eddin  Yousouf,  the  son  of  Job,  commonly' 
called  Saladin  the  Great. 

The  opening  of  the  passage  into  this  pyramid  is 
by  many  oriental  writers  ascribed  to  the  Kalif  Abd 
Allah  Mainour,  the  son  of  Haroun  Al  Raschid,  and 
they  state  that  he  employed  for  that  purpose  fire, 
vinegar,  &c. ;  others  ascribe  it  to  the  Kalif  Mohdi, 
whose  name  was  Mahommed.  This  latter,  I  think, 
is  probably  the  person  whose  name  we  find  in  the 
inscription  copied  by  Mr.  Belzoni,  from  the  in* 


MlE  PYRAMIDS.  141 

terior  of  the  second  pyramid,  under  the  title  of 
king  Ali  Mohammed ;  and  it  being  stated  in  the 
plural  number,  that  he  attended  the  opening  of 
them,  I  think  it  very  probable  that  he  was  the  per- 
son who  first  penetrated  into  the  interior  of  both 
these  pyramids,  and  probably  had  also  a  large  share 
in  uncovering  them  both* 

The  removal  of  the  coating,  will  account  for  the 
great  damage  sustained  by  the  steps  all  round,  while 
the  rolling  down  of  the  immense  stones  from  the 
top,  will  account  for  those  towards  the  middle  being 
more  injured  than  those  at  the  angles  of  the  pyramid. 
The  inscription  in  the  Egyptian  character,  men- 
tioned by  Herodotus,  stating  that  one  thousand  six 
hundred  talents  were  expended  in  procuring  ra- 
dishes, onions,  and  garlic,  for  the  builders  of  the  py- 
ramid, during  the  progress  of  the  work,  has  of  course 
disappeared  with  the  casing  on  which  it  was  en- 
graved. Unless,  as  Mr.  Belzoni  found  part  of  the 
coating  of  the  smallest  of  the  three  pyramids,  under 
the  rubbish  accumulated  about  the  entrance,  some 
such  accident  may  have  spared  that  part  of  the 
casing  beneath  the  door,  which,  however,  cannot 
be  ascertained,  but  by  clearing  away  the  rubbish, 
which  consists  of  the  broken  fragments  of  stone 
and  sand.  Though,  as  no  coating  remains  on  any 
part  of  the  base  all  round,  I  am  disposed  to  think 
that  the  plunderers  of  the  pyramid  began  at  the 
base,  and  regularly  ascended  in  their  dilapidations. 


142  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

as  appears  to  have  been  the  case  in  divesting  the 
second  pyramid. 

There  is  a  broad  deep  trench  cut  in  the  rock  at  the 
middle  of  the  east  front  of  the  large  pyramid,  and 
running  parallel  with  it.  It  is  rather  broader  than  a 
carriage  road ;  it  descends  towards  the  middle  from 
each  end,  and  resembles  a  carriage  entrance  to  and 
from  a  pond.  It  is  half  full  of  sand,  and  is  entered 
on  the  east  side  by  a  channel  like  a  canal,  for  the 
conveyance  of  water.  It  is  rather  surprising  that 
among  all  the  excavations  made  about  the  pyramids, 
this  trench  should  never  have  been  examined ;  for 
it  appears  tome  to  be  connected  with  the  most  im- 
portant object  in  the  pyramid;  namely,  that  for 
which  it  was  erected,  the  tomb  of  Cheops.  It  is 
stated  that  many  subterraneous  chambers  were 
made  in  the  rock  under  the  pyramid,  and  that  the 
water  of  the  Nile  was  introduced  and  encompassed 
them,  forming  an  island  on  which  the  body  of 
Cheops  was  deposited.  The  water  of  the  Nile 
must  have  been  raised  to  this  level  by  artificial 
means,  such  as  are  now  employed  to  raise  it  to 
irrigate  the  land  after  the  inundation  has  subsided, 
and  even  in  many  places  when  it  is  at  its  height. 
These  chambers,  or  subterraneous  vaults,  are,  at 
present  unknown,  and  I  am  disposed  to  consider 
this  as  the  channel  by  which  the  water  of  the  Nile 
entered  the  pyramid :  and  if  excavation  should 
prove  it  to  be  so,  the  whole  of  them  would  then  be 


TH6  PYRAMIDS.  14S 

-discovered,  and  the  explorer  would  be  well  rewarded 
for  his  trouble,  and  probably  for  his  expense.  There 
is  no  such  trench  connected  with  the  second  pyra- 
mid, and  we  are  informed  by  Herodotus,  that  the 
water  of  the  Nile  was  not  admitted  into  it ;  that  it 
had  no  subterraneous  structures,  and  no  island 
within  it* 

The  removal  of  the  rubbish  from  the  base 
of  the  pyramid,  all  round,  would  be  a  most  her- 
culean task;  but  it  would  probably  be  rewarded 
with  the  discovery  of  some  parts  of  the  ancient 
coating,  and  some  of  the  large  stones  which  were 
rolled  down  from  the  top,  and  would  set  this  ques- 
tion at  rest,  and  also  show  whether  the  exterior  of 
the  pyramid  was  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  or 
not.  Herodotus  does  not  affirm  that  they  were 
covered  with  hieroglyphics,  and  the  statement  of 
Abdallatif,  that  if  copied,  they  would  fill  10,000 
volumes,  may  be  understood  as  referring  to  the  in- 
scriptions about  the  pyramids,  which  if  transcribed, 
I  have  no  doubt  would  be  as  voluminous  as  he  men- 
tions. As  the  evidence  of  hieroglyphics  being  on 
the  pyramids  does  not  descend  to  us  from  the  most 
ancient  authority,  and  as  none  of  those  whose  co- 
verings remain  have  any,  we  may  be  permitted  to 
express  our  doubts  of  the  existence  of  this  sacred 
character,  on  those  which  are  uncovered ;  and  I  do 
so  with  the  greater  confidence,  because  I  have 
never  seen  in  any  part  of  the  country,  from  the  one 


144  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

end  of  Egypt  to  the  other,  any  building,  or  any 
tomb,  or  excavation,  that  was  ornamented  with  hiero- 
glyphics on  the  exterior,  that  was  not  also  covered 
with  them  in  the  interior.  On  any  the  pyramids  I 
have  not  seen,  I  believe  there  does  not  exist  any 
hieroglyphic  on  the  outside,  or  on  the  inside,  or  on 
any  thing  connected  with  them.  The  small  part  of 
the  coating  which  remains  on  the  second  pyramid, 
has  no  hieroglyphics :  the  larger  pyramids  at  Abousir, 
Sakareh,  and  Dahschour,  are  all  coated,  but  have 
no  hieroglyphics,  and  I  am  humbly  of  opinion,  that 
the  pyramid  of  Cheops,  or  that  of  Mycerinus,  had 
none  either. 

In  the  innermost,  or  rather  undermost,  apartment 
of  the  tomb  in  which  we  took  up  our  abode,  there 
lay  a  handsome  sarcophagus  of  the  same  shape,  and 
of  the  same  species  of  granite,  with  the  one  in  the 
pyramid,  and  wrought  after  the  same  manner, 
highly  polished,  and  without  hieroglyphics j  but 
generally  speaking,  every  temple,  every  tomb,  and 
every  sarcophagus  in  Egypt,  whether  of  granite, 
alabaster,  the  soft  calcareous  stone  of  the  country, 
or  even  the  ordinary  mummey  case  of  wood,  are  all 
covered  with  hieroglyphics,  and  representations  of 
men  and  women,  gods  and  goddesses,  bulls,  cows, 
serpents,  eyes,  &c.  Even  the  causeway  that  was 
made  for  the  conveyance  of  the  materials  to  the 
pyramids,  we  are  informed,  was  of  polished  stone, 
sculptured  over  with  the  figures  of  animals.     The 


THE   PYRAMIDS*  145 

inscription  on  the  pyramid  alluded  to  above,  was  in 
the  Egyptian  character,  by  which  is  probably  meant 
the  hieroglyphic.  There  was  also  an  inscription  on 
the  marble  slab  that  was  introduced  into  the  brick 
pyramid*  It  is  not  coated  with  stone,  and  had 
no  hieroglyphics  on  the  outside}  the  interior  has  not 
been  examined. 

It  is  also  curious  to  observe,  that  the  sphinx  has 
no  hieroglyphics,  except  such  as  are,  comparatively 
speaking,  of  a  modern  date ;  that  is,  in  the  time  of 
the  Romans.  But  this  monstrous  production  is  not 
mentioned  by  Herodotus,  nor  by  any  writer  that  I 
am  acquainted  with,  before  Pliny :  so  that  though 
it  is  stated  to  be  the  tomb  of  Amasis,  I  shall  not 
lay  great  stress  upon  its  being  so.  But  it  is  worthy 
of  remark,  that  these  pyramids  being  the  tombs  of 
the  kings  of  Memphis,  should  not  be  adorned,  like 
the  tombs  of  the  kings  in  Thebes,  with  the  sacred 
character  of  the  country.  And  it  is  also  remark- 
able, that  at  the  other  burying-places  of  the  kings  of 
Egypt,  namely,  at  Thebes,  and  at  Sais  in  the  Delta, 
there  should  be  no  pyramids  at  all.  One  reason 
can  be  assigned  from  Herodotus  for  those  of  Cheops 
and  Chephren  being  destitute  of  hieroglyphics ; 
namely,  the  thorough  contempt  which  their  build- 
ers entertained  for  the  religion  of  the  country  ;  so 
much  so,  that  they  shut  up  the  temples,  and  pro- 
hibited the  ordinary  sacrifices,  and  even  engraved 
the  gods  of  the  country  upon  the  stones  of  the 

VOL.  i.  L 


146  the  pyramids; 

road,  that  they  might  be  trodden  under  foot  of  man 
and  of  beast  Hence  it  is  not  likely  that  such  men 
would  call  upon  the  priests  of  the  country,  who 
alone  knew  to  write  in  the  sacred  character,  to 
adorn  their  sepulchres  with  the  emblems  and  doc- 
trines of  a  religion  which  they  affected  to  despise, 
and  endeavoured  to  abolish.  A  third  pyramid,  we 
are  informed,  was  erected  by  a  strumpet  who  was 
as  little  likely,  during  a  wicked  reign,  to  call  for 
the  exhibition  of  her  creed,  or  that  of  her  religion, 
or  the  transactions  of  her  infamous  life  to  be  repre- 
sented by  sensible  signs,  or  detailed  in  hieroglyphics 
upon  her  tomb.  A  fourth,  we  are  informed,  was 
built  out  of  a  silly  whim  of  king  Asychis,  who  wish- 
ed to  make  people  believe  that  brick  made  of 
mud,  drawn  by  the  point  of  a  stick  from  the  bot- 
tom of  a  lake,  was  more  valuable  than  stone.  The 
builders  of  the  others  at*  Memphis,  are  not  men- 
tioned by  the  father  of  history,  and  a  great  number 
of  the  Egyptian  kings  are  reported  to  have  been 
buried  at  Sais ;  but  the  remaining  pyramids,  like 
those  already  mentioned,  were  probably  built  by 
other  kings,  or  opulent  reprobates,  who  neither 
feared  God,  nor  regarded  man.  So  that  if  the  tem- 
ples and  tombs  are  to  be  considered  as  monuments 
of  Egyptian  idolatry,  the  pyramids  may  be  regarded 
as  monuments  of  Egyptian  infidelity.  The  same 
reason  will  account  for  several  tombs  being  without 
hieroglyphics,  whose  constructors  from  the  severe 


THE   PYRAMIDS,  147 

scrutiny  that  the  character  of  the  deceased  under- 
went, before  the  rites  of  inhumation  were  allowed 
him  in  Egypt,  very  probably  were  not  buried  in 
them,  and  such  tombs  would  ever  after  be  con- 
sidered as  unhallowed  ground.  Let  the  place  be 
accursed  for  their  sakes,  is  the  language  of  ancient 
times.  It  is  difficult  to  account  for  such  an  anti- 
pathy in  Cheops  against  the  religion  of  his  subjects, 
but  by  the  circumstance  of  his  being  a  stranger, 
a  conqueror,  and  not  a  native  of  Egypt ;  we  are 
not  authorised  by  history,  however,  to  make  such 
a  supposition.  Herodotus  merely  states  that  Cheops 
succeeded  Rhampsinitus,  without  mentioning  his 
relationship  to  his  predecessor ;  but  it  is  rather  re- 
markable that  in  the  whole  four  preceding  dynasties 
of  Egyptian  kings,  and  till  his  time,  there  should 
only  occur  ope  name  that  bears  the  slightest  analogy 
to  his  j  then  follow  Chephren  his  brother,  and  Che- 
rinus,  or  Mycerinus  his  son,  both  of  which  names 
are  allied  to  Cheops ;  then  follows  a  chasm  in  the 
Egyptian  chronology  of  151  years*     During  this 

♦ 

period,  I  am  disposed  to  consider  that  the  greater 
part  of  the  pyramids  were  built,  for  it  does  not  ap- 
pear that  they  were  all  erected  by  kings.  Cheops  is 
stated  to  have  flourished  1032  years  before  Christ, 
and  Asychis,  the  first  king  of  the  sixth  dynasty,  815 
years  before  Christ ;  with  whom  the  names*  upon 
the  former  analogy,  commence  again,  and  continue 
doym  to  the  Persian  conquest;  then  follow  the 

l2 


148  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

Persian  names  for  112  years,  or  419  years  before 
Christ,  when  the  Egyptians  recovered  their  coun- 
try ;  and  then  again  the  Egyptian  names  occur, 
and  continue  till  Ochus  reduced  Egypt,  which  was 
350  years  before  Christ ;  from  this  time  the  Persians 
kept  possession  of  it  for  eighteen  years,  when  they 
were  conquered  by  Alexander  the  Great,  332  years 
before  Christ.  The  coincidence  of  names,  the 
chasm  in  the  history,  and  the  outrages  committed 
against  the  religion  of  the  country,  argue  strongly 
in  favour  of  the  above  supposition,  which  if  ad- 
mitted, will,  I  think,  satisfactorily  account  for  the 
absence  of  hieroglyphics  on  the  pyramids,  and  for 
their  not  being  mentioned  by  Homer,  or  in  the  Bible. 
The  wretched  policy  of  insulting  the  religion  of  the 
vanquished,  was  a  general  custom  of  foreign  con- 
querors before  the  time  of  the  Romans.  Cherinus 
became  sensible  of  this,  and  accordingly  opened 
the  temples,  and  restored  the  religious  rites  of  the 
Egyptians,  and  thereby  merited  the  gratitude  and 
affection  of  his  subjects $  but  probably  after  his 
reign  followed  a  period  of  disaster,  during  which, 
as  in  modern  times,  the  successful  chieftain  en- 
deavoured to  efface  all  recollection  of  his  prede- 
cessor ;  and  the  native  princes  at  last  succeeding,  a 
veil  was  drawn  over  the  period  of  their  exile  or 
subjection,  and  the  records  destroyed.  Hence 
the  long  chasm  in  the  history  of  this  period. 
There  is  another  circumstance  that  merits  atten- 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  149 

tion,  namely,  the  superior  style  in  which  the  mate- 
rials of  the  pyramids  are  put  together.     Nothing 
could  be  better  calculated  than  their  form  to  resist 
the  erosions  of  time ;  and  they  were  defended  by 
such  a  smooth  and  polished  covering,  that  not  a 
drop  of  water  could  lie  on  their  surface*    The  body 
of  the  pyramid  throughout,  as  far  as  we  are  allowed 
to  see  it,  is  also  of  the  most  substantial  description. 
Large  blocks  of  stone,  four,  five,  six,  and  eight  feet 
square,  roughly  cut,  and  connected  by  a  thin  layer 
of  cement,  with  the  break-joint  regularly  preserved, 
and  each  successive  layer  receding  from  a  foot. and 
a  half  to  two  feet  from  the  exterior,  and  advancing 
as  far  upon  the  interior  layer  beneath  it.     Not  a 
stone  has  slipped  from  its  place j  it  stands,  with  the 
security  of  a  mountain,  the  most  indestructible  pile 
that  human  ingenuity  ever  reared.     The  joinings 
and  polish  of  the  granite  casings  in  the  interior 
equally  manifest  the  eminent  skill  of  the  artist,  and 
the  great  perfection  that  the  art  had  attained  at  the 
early  age  in  which  they  were  erected.    No  art  ever 
sprung  to  perfection  at  once ;  but  of  both  poetry 
and  architecture  it  may  be  said  that  they  reached 
a  degree  of  perfection  in  the  outset,  which,  in  many 
respects,  has  not  since  been  surpassed.     If  many 
a  poem  must  have  been  composed  before  the  tuneful 
art  attained  the  perfection  that  it  exhibits  in  the 
Iliad  of  Homer,  many  a  structure  must  have  been 
erected  before  an  architect  was  capable  of  con- 


150  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

structing  the  pyramids  of  Egypt.    The  manner  in 
which  the  materials  is  put  together  is  as  different 
from  the  temples,  or  any  other  ancient  building  in 
Egypt,  as  a  Roman  wall  is  from  a  Greek,  or  a  French 
wall  from  an  English.    The  sarcophagi  connected 
with  them  are  also  different  in  size,  form,  cutting,  and 
workmanship*    The  stone  is  a  compact  lime-stone, 
containing  many  shells  and  small  hard  substances 
like  acini,  of  a  more  compact  texture  than  the  stone 
itself.   These  small  concretions  are  particularly  nu- 
merous in  the  rock  around  the  base  of  the  pyramid; 
and  Herodotus  says,  that  he  was  informed  that 
they  were  the  petrified  stones  of  the  dates  that  the 
workmen  ate  when  they  were  building  the  pyra- 
mids.    The  remark  needs  no  criticism ;   if  the 
Egyptian  priests  had  told  the  venerable  historian 
that  they  were  the  teeth  of  the  laborers,  both  he 
and  they  would  have  been  equally  near  the  truth, 
and  equally  believed  by  posterity.     The  circum- 
stance, however,  proves  that  at  least  part  of  the 
stones  of  which  the  structure  is  built,  were  taken 
from  the  rock  around  its  base ;  for  I  did  not  ob- 
serve any  of  these  small  concretions  in  any  of  the 
quarries  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river.   Towards 
the  upper  part  of  the  pyramid,  I  did  not  observe 
any  of  these  concretions  in  the  stones,  which  are 
of  a  whiter  and  more  chalky  appearance,  and  re- 
semble more  the  rock  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
river,  from  which  they  were  probably  taken. 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  151: 

.  A  few  steps  to  the  south  and  west,  and  rather 
upon  a  higher  elevation  of  the  rock  than  the  pyra- 
mid of  Cheops,  stands  the  second  pyramid,  or  that 
of  Chephren,  which  is  no  contemptible  rival  of  the 
fame  and  grandeur  of  the  first     It  is  built  of  the 
same  species  of  stone,  and  joined  by  the  same  kind 
of  cement.     The  coating  remains  upon  the  top  for 
about  a  fourth  of  the  way  down  ;  the  rest  is  quite 
uncovered,  and  the  steps  splintered  and  broken,  as 
in  the  other  pyramid,  probably  from  the  same  cause. 
Herodotus  states,  that  it  is  40  feet  lower  than  the 
pyramid  of  Cheops,  which  is  now  about  480  feet 
high ;  and  according  to  Mr.  Belzoni's  measurement, 
this  one  is  456  feet  in  perpendicular  height ;  so  that 
if  we  allow  16  feet  for  what  has  been  thrown  down 
by  the  plundering  Saracens,  it  will  exactly  coin- 
cide with  the  measurement  of  Herodotus.  It  would 
require  about  so  much,  or  perhaps  rather  more,  to 
finish  it  at  the  top  as  the  others  are  finished.    The 
base  of  the  second  pyramid  is  684  feet ;  and  allow- 
ing the  same  proportion  for  the  first  or  largefpyra- 
mid,   the  base  would  be  about  743  feet,  which 
nearly  coincides  with  Grobert's  statement,  7*5  f, 
and  which  is  probably  not  far  from  the  truth.    The 
mountain  has  been  cut  clown  on  the  west,  and 
partly  on  the  north  and  south,  to  procure  an  uni- 
form base  for  the  pyramid,  and  a  free  sloping  space 
all  round  it.     This  pyramid  is  of  easy  ascent,  even 
qver  the  coating :  an  Arab,  for  a  sixpence,  climbed, 


152  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

or  rather  ran  up,  and  stood  upon  the  top  of  it. 
The  appearance  convinced  the  spectators  below  that 
a  colossal  statue  of  the  Sovereign  on  itp  summit 
would  have  been  an  excellent  finish  for  this  vast 
pedestal  of  pride  and  ostentation.     But  more  of 
this  pyramid  hereafter.     Many  masses  of  granite 
are  lying  round,  but  not  by  any  means  in  such 
quantities  as  for  a  moment  to  countenance  the  idea 
that  it  was  coated  with  it ;  the  part  of  the  coating 
that  remains  is  of  lime-stone,  admitting  a  fine  polish 
like  marble.     The  smallest,  and  which  is  also  the 
southernmost,  of  the  three  pyramids,  consists  mostly 
of  granite ;  it  is  much  injured  from  the  attempts 
of  the  Saracens  above  mentioned,  and  innumerable 
blocks  of  granite  are  lying  round  its  base.     Hero- 
dotus says  that  it  is  20  feet  lower  than  the  great 
pyramid ;  but  in  this  he  is  certainly  mistaken,  for 
without  having  measured  it,  the  eye  can  tell  that 
it  is  at  least  150  feet  lower.     If  standing  by  itself, 
it  would  seem  a  respectable  pyramid,  but  beside 
the  other  two  it  has  a  very  diminutive  appearance 
indeed.     All  over  the  surface  of  this  field  are  seen 
the  skeletons  of  other  pyramids  standing  up  in  their 
ruins,  and  foundations  marked  out,  as  if  some  had 
been  entirely  demolished  and  carried  off.  The  Arabs 
call  the  pyramids  djibl  Fharaoun,  or  mountains 
of  the  Kings,  and  also  el  Harm,  or  the  Ancient. 
After  a  comfortable  night's  repose  in  the  sheik's 
cave,  which  had  obviously  been  a  dwelling-house, 


THE  PYRAMIDS.  155 

and  had  two  windows  cut  in  front,  and  two  cham- 
bers in  the  interior,  besides  a  third,  which  contained 
the  sarcophagus,  we  proceeded  next  morning  to 
take  a  view  of  the  sphinx.  Sphinxes,  according  to 
Diodorus  Siculus,  were  bred  near  the  Troglodyte 
in  Ethiopia,  and  those  called  cynocephali  resem- 
bled ugly-faced  men,  and  were  continually  snarl- 
ing and  grumbling.  Whatever  may  be  said  of 
these,  the  hybrid  under  consideration  is  admitted 
to  be  entirely  fabulous.  It  stands  a  little  to  the 
east  of  the  two  last-mentioned  pyramids,  and  on  a 
much  lower  level.  The  lower  part  of  this  vener- 
able piece  of  antiquity,  which  bad  for  ages  lain 
buried  under  a  load  of  sand,  had  been  a  few  months 
before  uncovered  by  the  exertions  of  Captain 
Caviglia,  with  the  assistance  of  the  two  gentlemen 
before  mentioned ;  at  the  time,  however,  that  we 
visited  it,  the  Arabs  and  the  wind  had  replaced  the 
greater  part  of  the  covering,  and  the  lower  extre- 
mities of  the  sphinx  were  equally  invisible  as  before 
his  operations.  The  breast,  shoulders,  neck  and 
head,  which  are  those  of  a  human  being,  remain 
uncovered,  as  also  the  back,  which  is  that  of  a  lion ; 
the  neck  is  very  much  eroded,  and,  to  a  person 
near,  the  head  seems  as  if  it  were  too  heavy  for  its 
support.  The  head-dress  has  the  appearance  of  an 
old-fashioned  wig,  or  periwig,  projecting  out  about 
the  ears,  like  the  hair  of  the  Berberi  Arabs :  the  ears 
project  considerably,  the  nose  is  broken,  the  whole 


151  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

face  has  been  painted  red,  which  is  the  color  as* 
signed  to  the  ancient  inhabitants  of  Egypt,  and  to 
all  the  deities  of  the  country,  except  Osiris.  The 
features  are  Nubian,  or  what,  from  ancient  repre- 
sentations, may  be  called  ancient  Egyptian,  which 
is  quite  different  from  the  negro  feature  >  the  ex* 
pression  is  particularly  placid  and  benign,  so  much 
80,  that  the  worshipper  of  the  sphinx  might  hold 
up  his  god  as  superior  to  all  the  other  gods  of  wood 
and  stone  which  the  blinded  nations  worships 
The  whole  of  it  is  cut  out  of  the  rock,  which  is 
calcareous,  easily  sectile,  and  abounding  in  small 
bivalve  shells j  and  probably  the  large  excavations 
in  front,  and  on  each  side  of  it,  furnished  part  of 
the  stones  for  the  building  of  the  pyramids.  There 
was  no  opening  found  in  the  body  of  the  sphinx, 
whereby  to  ascertain  whether  it  is  hollow  or  not 
The  back  is  about  120  feet  long ;  the  elevation  of 
the  head  from  30  to  35  feet  above  the  sand ;  the 
paws  were  said  to  stretch  out  on  the  platform  in 
front  of  it  to  the  distance  of  50  feet*  Between  the 
paws  were  found  the  remains  of  a  trilithic  temple, 
adorned  with  hieroglyphics.  In  front  of  the  temple 
was  a  granite  altar  with  four  horns,  one  of  which 
remained,  and  the  marks  of  fire,  from  the  burning 
of  incense,  were  visible  upon  it  Several  Greek 
inscriptions  were  found  on  the  paws  of  the  sphinx, 
but  none  of  them  older  than  the  second  century : 
one  of  them  is  signed  Arrianus,  and  is  merely  an 


v 


THE   PYRAMIDS*  155 

address  of  the  poet  of  that  name  to  the  sphinx  as 
the  guardian  genius  of  the  king  of  Egypt ;  another 
states  a  grateful  resolution  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
village  of  Busiris,  living  near  the  pyramids,  and  of 
the  town  and  country  scribes  among  them,  to  ergct  a 
stone  column  to  commemorate  the  heavenly  virtues 
of  the  emperor,  Nero  Claudius  Caesar  Augustus 
Germanicus,  which  were  to  be  inscribed  in  hiero- 
glyphics, on  account  of  the  prosperity  with  which 
they  had  been  blessed  under  his  government,  of 
an  abundant  inundation  of  the  Nile,  and,  finally, 
of  his  having  been  present  at  their  lawful  rites, 
having  worshipt  the  sun,  the  overseer  and  savior 
of  the  world,  and  having  been  much  delighted 
The  large  granite  slab  mentioned  in  the  Quarterly 
Review,  from  which  the  account  of  the  inscriptions 
is  taken,  was  probably  part  of  the  stone  column 
here  mentioned,  and  the  tablet  of  well-cut  hiero- 
glyphics  upon  its  side  probably  recorded  the  virtues 
of  Claudius,  in  conformity  with  the  above  decree. 
The  Arabs  call  the  sphinx  abou  el  hoi,  the  father 
of  terrors,  or  abou  el  haoun,  the  father  of  the  co- 
lumn, which  last  seems  to  favor  the  above  suppo. 
sition.     Both  on  the  temples  and  on  the  tombs, 
the  sphinx  is  frequently  represented  with  a  pyramid 
or  an  obelisk  between  its  paws.     The  uncovering 
of  the  sphinx  proves  another  important  point,  that 
writing  in  the  hieroglyphic,  or  sacred  character  of 
the  Egyptians,  was  used  in  the  second  century* 


156  THE  PYRAMIDS. 

• 

The  third  inscription  merely  sets  forth  that  the 
walls  which  inclose  the  area  in  front  of  the  sphinx 
were  repaired  by  the  emperors  Antoninus  and 
Verus,  on  account  of  good  fortune ;  most  probably 
as  discharging  a  vow  that  they  had  made  to  do  so, 
if  certain  events  turned  out  prosperously. 

Herodotus  makes  no  mention  of  this  enigmatical 
figure,  yet  it  is  completely  Egyptian,  and  from 
the  great  disintegration  that  it  has  suffered,  we  can 
hardly  suppose  that  it  did  not  exist  in  his  time. 
Pliny,  who  is  the  first  author  that  mentions  it, 
merely  states  its  position  in  front  of  the  pyramids, 
and  that  the  inhabitants  said  it  was  the  tomb  of 
king  Amasis,  and  was  brought  there,  which  he 
contradicts,  by  asserting  it  to  be  cut  out  of  the 
rock ;  but  offers  no  conjecture  of  his  own  as  to  its 
use  or  formation.  The  sphinx,  in  the  Greek  mytho- 
logy, is  generally  represented  with  the  countenance 
of  a  beautiful  female,  and  the  body  of  a  lion,  or  an 
inferior  animal;  intimating  thereby  the  alluring 
aspect  with  which  vice  at  first  assails  the  unwary, 
and  the  besotted  monsters  which  she  makes  them 
when  caught  in  her  toils.  The  countenance  of  this 
sphinx,  however,  was  that  of  a  man.  The  red 
color  does  not  sufficiently  characterize  the  sex, 
but  the  beard,  which  was  found  between  its  paws, 
leaves  little  doubt  on  that  subject  The  expression 
of  almost  all  the  Egyptian  figures  is  so  particularly 
mild  and  interesting,  that  without  the  accession  of 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  157 

the  beard,  they  might  all  pass  for  female*  This 
figure  was  entire  in  the  time  of  Abdallatif,  who 
describes  its  graceful  appearance  and  the  admirable 
proportion  in  the  different  features  of  its  counte- 
nance, of  which,  he  particularly  mentions  the  nose, 
the  eyes,  and  the  ears,  and  says  that  they  excited 
his  astonishment  above  every  thing  that  he  had 
seen  in  Egypt }  and  Makrisi  states,  that  it  was  mu- 
tilated by  Sheik  Mohammed,  called  the  faster, 
of  his  time ;  the  same  ravenous  animal  who  muti- 
lated the  lions  that  adorned  the  bridge  at  Cairo, 
and  who  deserved  to  be  a  relation  of  his  savage 
namesake,  who  attempted  to  demolish  the  pyramids, 
if  he  were  not  the  identical  animal  himself. 

Leaving  the  sphinx,  we  proceeded  to  examine 
the  adjoining  excavations,  many  of  which  are 
extremely  interesting.  Some  of  them  are  very  ca- 
pacious, and  have  evidently  been  dwelling-houses, 
as  those  in  the  face  of  the  rock  looking  to  the  east, 
and  fronted  by  a  large  open  gallery.  The  rock  is 
hollowed  out  beneath,  and  supported  above,  for  the 
roof,  by  columns  left  at  regular  distances,  forming 
a  comfortable  shade,  like  many  similar  structures 
in  Thebes ;  in  general,  however,  they  are  small, 
but  highly  finished.  The  interior  of  the  wall  is 
lined  with  stones,  and  covered  with  painted  figures, 
hieroglyphics,  and  many  curious  devices ;  as  pro- 
cessions of  people  carrying  boats  with  human 
figures  in  them,  surmounted  by  the  heads  of  dif- 


158  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

ferent  animals,  most  frequently  that  of  a  ram,  by 
which  it  is  supposed  they  meant  to  represent  Jupiter 
Amnion j  he  is  enclosed  in  a  frame,  as  marking  the 
line  of  separation  between  this  world  and  the  next, 
which  is  incircled  by  a  serpent,  indicating  the 
eternity  of  his  existence.  There  are,  also,  many 
interesting  representations  of  people  engaged  in 
the  various  pursuits  of  husbandry,  as  plowing,  hoe* 
ing,  taking  home  the  grain,  and  rejoicing  as  at 
harvest-home,  with  music  and  dancing.  We  par- 
ticularly observed  a  boat  scene,  in  which  a  quarrel 
among  the  boatmen  was  executed  with  great  spirit ; 
and  another,  in  which  there  was  a  boat  with  a  square 
sail,  quite  different  from  any  that  are  used  on  the 
Nile  at  present.  This  tomb  is  on  the  west  of  the 
largest  pyramid. 

The  whole  of  this  memorable  spot,  the  site  of  the 
pyramids  and  sphinx,  is  filled  with  excavations, 
structures  and  mausoleums,  of  the  most  interesting 
and  instructive  nature,  so  that  many  ages  of  man 
would  not  be  sufficient  to  examine  and  describe 
them :  and  the  traveller,  who  could  bound  his 
curiosity  to  explore  their  contents  with  accuracy, 
would  perform  a  more  instructive  service  to  his 
fellow- creatures,  and  more  gratifying  to  an  inquisi- 
tive mind,  than  if  he  gallopped  over  thousands  of 
tniles,  and  only  detailed  the  general  aspect  of  the 
countiy  that  he  passed  over.  It  has  been  stated 
that  the  pyramids  were  on  an  island,  surrounded 


*he  pyramids;  159 

by  the  Nile.  I  do  not  find  this  in  ancient  authors ; 
they  state  that  there  was  an  island  in  the  pyramid 
of  Cheops,  but  not  that  it,  or  that  any  of  the  pyra- 
mids  were  on  an  island.  As  to  the  heighth  of  the 
rock  on  which  they  stand  being  a  hundred  feet,  that 
alludes  to  its  elevation  being  so  much  above  the 
level  of  the  cultivated  field.  Here  it  may  not  be 
improper  to  mention,  that  at  the  base  of  the  low 
mountain  range,  which  encloses  Egypt  on  the  west, 
there  is  a  rocky  flat,  varying  from  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  to  half  a  mile  in  breadth ;  it  is  generally  co- 
vered with  loose  flitting  sand,  more  or  less  thick, 
and  extends  all  along  the  whole  length  of  Egypt, 
between  the  low  mountain  range  and  the  cultivated 
fields,  above  which  it  is  elevated  more  or  less,  and 
in  this  place,  at  the  pyramids  of  Gheeza,  it  may  be 
about  a  hundred  feet.  All  the  pyramids  of  Gheeza, 
Abousir,  Sakareh  and  Dahschour,  stand  on  this  rocky 
flat ;  as  also  many  of  the  ruined  temples  and  villages 
in  other  parts  of  Egypt.  This  is  the  grand  con- 
servatory of  Egyptian  antiquities;  here  the  mummy- 
pits  were  excavated,  as  general  receptacles  for  the 
dead,  human  or  divine,  with  many  private  tombs 
partly  built  and  partly  hollowed  out  of  the  rock ; 
and  many  habitations  for  the  living.  It  is  hardly 
possible,  now,  to  meet  with  one  that  is  not  open, 
and  tenantless,  half  blown  up  with  sand,  and  inha- 
bited by  bats  j  the  whole  is  a  dreary  waste  of  up 


1 60  THE   PYRAMIDS. 

and  down,  as  the  drifting  winds  permit  the  sand  to 
nettle.  It  is  impossible  to  tread  this  caverned  ground, 
where  at  every  step  an  open  grave  stares  you  in  the 
face,  and,  to  look,  on  the  one  hand,  at  verdant 
fields,  smiling  villages,  and  spreading  palms,  and 
on  the  other,  to  pass  the  eye  along  the  unvarying 
and  endless  chain  of  an  unproductive  mountain, 
with  a  mighty  river  rolling  through  the  plain,  of 
which  we  see  neither  beginning  nor  end,  but 
merely  the  speck  that  lies  before  us,  without  feel- 
ing that  all  that  ought  to  interest  the  heart  of  man, 
life  and  death,  time  and  eternity,  are  here  most 
emphatically  contrasted. 

We  must  now  leave  this  interesting  scene,  as  we 
had  arranged  to  remain  in  it  only  one  night ;  so 
having  concluded  the  hasty  survey,  which  I  have 
attempted  to  describe,  we  got  on  board  the  cangia, 
and  set  sail.  The  oars  again  kept  time  to  the  song 
of  the  boatmen,  and  having  passed  rapidly  along, 
we  reached  Gheeza  a  little  before  sun-set  The 
whitened  houses  upon  the  bank  looked  beautiful 
in  the  evening  sun,  and  the  numerous  boats  full 
of  people  crossing  the  river,  after  the  fatigues  of 
the  day,  and  playing  along  the  side  of  the  island 
of  Rhouda,  formed  an  animating  and  delightful 
prospect.  Arrived  at  Old  Cairo,  the  boatmen  put 
up  their  oars,  and  the  merriest  of  our  songsters 
concluded  his  warblings  by  showing  us  how  well 


THE   PYRAMIDS.  l6l 

he  could  imitate  the  braying  of  an  ass ;  his  per- 
formance was  such  as  to  show  that  he  had  studied 
from  an  original  master,  and  his  appearance  might 
well  entitle  him  to  rank  with  the  herd.  Bourikas 
were  immediately  procured,  and  in  less  than  an 
hour  we  found  ourselves  again  comfortably  situ- 
ated in  the  house  of  the  consul-general  in  Cairo. 
Here  I  found  several  notes  from  my  worthy  and 
intelligent  friend  Mr.  Burckhardt,  whose  malady 
had  greatly  increased  during  my  absence ;  it  was 
impossible  for  me  to  visit  him  that  night,  because 
all  the  quarters  of  Cairo  are  separately  walled  in, 
and  entered  by  gates  which  are  regularly  shut  at 
eight  o'clock  at  night,  and  he  lived  at  a  great  dis- 
tance in  the  Turkish  quarter.  Early  next  morn- 
ing, however,  I  accompanied  his  servant  to  see  him, 
for  the  first  time,  in  his  own  house,  and  from  that 
time  till  his  death,  continued  to  render  him  every 
professional  assistance  in  my  power,  which,  I  regret 
to  say,  was  all  ineffectual.  The  disease  rapidly 
bore  down  a  constitution  already  weakened  by  pre- 
vious attacks  of  dysentery.  He  fell  in  the  prime 
of  life,  just  as  he  had  completed  his  arrangements 
for  setting  out  with  the  first  caravan,  on  his  grand 
expedition  to  the  interior  of  Africa,  for  which  he 
had  been  about  nine  years  in  making  preparation. 
Never  was  there  a  man  better  qualified  for  entering 
upon  the  arduous  undertaking:   to  an  intimate 

VOL.  i.  m    • 


162  THE  PYRAMIDS* 


acquaihtahcfe  with  the  Arabic  language,  he  added 
a  profound  knowledge  of  the  human  heart,  and 
possessed  such  an  affable  manner  of  conversing  with 
the  world,  as  gained  him  many  friends.  But  while 
I  am  writing  this,  his  own  travels  are  on  the  eve 
of  publication,  and  will  speak  for  him  a  prouder 
eulogy  than  any  friendly  pen  can  inscribe* 


C  163] 


CHAPTER  VL 

VOYAGE  TO  UPPER  EGYPT — ARRIVAL  AT  ANTINO- 
POLIS,  ALRAIRAMOUN,  AND  OS  YOU  T. 

The  noble  traveller  having  now  resolved  to  extend 
his  researches  into  Upper  Egypt,  many  articles  ne- 
cessary for  our  accommodation  were  brought  from 
the  Ospray,  which  was  sent  to  winter  at  Malta,  the 
harbor  of  Alexandria  not  being  sufficiently  to  be 
depended  upon,  on  account  of  its  exposure  to  the 
western  winds j  and  from  the  early  appearance  of 
the  plague  in  the  sea-port  towns  of  Egypt  in  the 
spring  of  the  year,  the  unavoidable  intercourse  with 
the  natiyes  might  have  been  attended  with  the 
most  serious  consequences.  On  the  27th  of  Oc- 
tober our  arrangements  were  completed,  and  we 
left  Cairo  in  the  evening,  and  got  on  board  the  twQ 
maashes  that  were  lying  for  us  at  Boulak.  We 
remained  there  all  that  night  and  all  next  day,  oc- 
sionally  witnessing  the  absurd  amusement  of  on$ 
of  the  Arab  sailors,  who  called  himself  a  m?n  of 
pleasure,  and  who  danced,  or  rather  attitudinized 
alone,  to  the  sound  of  the  tambour,  accompanied 
occasionally  with  the  ribobeh,  a  sort  of  violin. 
The  dance  was  performed  by  a  single  person  in  the 
bottom  of  the  vessel  in  the  sailors9  department, 
which  is  at  the  prow ;  the  rest  all  standing  or  sit- 

m  2 


164  U^PfiR  EGVPT. 

ting  round,  and  looking  on.  It  consisted  solely  in 
libidinous  looks,  attitudes,  and  gesticulations ;  and 
till  then  I  never  had  the  least  idea  what  a  lasci- 
vious looking,  goatish  animal  an  abandoned  man, 
or  rather  boy,  could  make  himself;  and  was  per- 
fectly shocked  to  see  how  the  natives  could  sit  and 
look  on,  and  not  only  tolerate,  but  enjoy  and  ap- 
plaud the  exhibition.  They  were  perfect  gluttons, 
and  at  every  lascivious  look,  or  indecent  gesture 
that  was  happily  executed,  it  is  inconceivable  how 
they  hung  and  gloated  upon  it.  Yet  this  young 
Mendes  that  so  animalized  or  brutified  himself,  was 
a  remarkably  handsome  youth,  with  a  mild  and 
pleasing  aspect,  and  a  graceful  and  easy  demeanor, 
from  which  the  most  finished  European  beau  might 
have  taken  a  lesson  in  the  management  of  his  hands 
and  feet.  It  was  horrible  to  see  a  man  so  degraded. 
I  never  witnessed  the  exhibition  in  Syria,  Greece, 
or  Asia  Minor ;  and  I  believe  it  is  only  tolerated 
in  Egypt,  as  a  counterpart  to  the  exhibitions  of  the 
Almai.  As  soon  as  the  Reis  was  informed  that 
such  an  exhibition  was  disagreeable,  we  saw  no 
more  of  it;  although  they  occasionally  regaled 
themselves  with  it  on  board  the  one  vessel,  while 
we  were  dining  on  board  the  other.  The  Egyp- 
tians are  still  a  gross  and  licentious  people,  as  they 
were  of  yore. 

At  five  o'clock,  p.  m.  on  the  28th,  Mr.  Salt  came 
on  board  his  maash  ;  and  every  thing  being  ready, 


UPPER   EGYPT.  165 

we  unloosed  from  the  bank,  and  proceeded  on  our 
voyage.  The  Nile  was  still  high,  and  the  wind 
favorable,  and  there  being  no  risk  of  running 
aground  or  foul  of  any  other  vessel,  we  had  deter- 
mined, as  we  had  been  late  in  setting  out,  to  con- 
tinue sailing  for  the  greater  part  of  the  night  We 
soon  passed  the  venerable  isle  of  Roudha,  Old 
Cairo,  and  Gheeza,  and  every  thing  went  on  most 
prosperously  till  about  nine  o'clock,  when  it  had 
become  dark,  and  the  wind,  instead  of  lowering  as 
usual,  became  high,  and  the  motion  of  the  vessel 
quite  as  unpleasant  as  in  a  rolling  sea.  However, 
we  held  on  our  way,  till  the  feluca,  or  jolly-boat, 
whether  from  accident  or  design,  broke  away  from 

the  vessel  on  which  I  was  aboard.     This  produced 

•  •  •  .* .    >». 

.  a  dreadful  uproar.  The  reis  abused  the  sailors, 
and  the  sailors  retaliated  upon  the  reis,  and  the 
greatest  disorder  prevailed.  The  old  reis,  for  we 
had  two  of  them  on  board,  the  father  and  son, 
pranced  about  the  maash  like  one  demented,  call- 
ing out,  el  feluca!  el  feluca!  If  he  had  lost  the 
dearest  object  upon  earth,  he  could  not  have  uttered 
more  horrifying  shrieks  of  despair.  We  got  off  our 
course,  run  aground,  stove  in  our  prow,  and  by 
ten  o'clock  were  obliged  to  make  fast  to  the  bank 
for  the  night,  at  a  small  village  on  the  east  side  of 
the  river.  This  was  rather  discouraging  at  the 
outset.  However,  we  recovered  our  feluca  that 
night,  and  by  eight  o'clock  next  morning  had  re- 


166  ANTIN0POU3. 

paired  the  injury  done  to  the  prow,  and  proceeded 
in  pursuit  of  the  other  two  maashes,  which  had 
'  got  considerably  a-head.  We  came  up  with  them 
'  about  ten,  opposite  to  the  pyramids  of  Sakareh, 
and  all  in  company  proceeded  joyfully  on  our 
voyage. 

On  the  31st,  about  three  o'clock,  p.  m.  we  ar- 
rived at  Antinopolis.  This  town  was  built  by  the 
Emperor  Hadrian,  in  memory  of  his  beloved  Anti- 
nous,  who  was  drowned  in  the  Nile.  The  situation 
is  fine,  and  there  are  many  ruins.  It  has  been 
walled  round,  and  there  are  remains  of  two  prin- 
cipal streets  that  cross  each  other  at  right  angles  in 
the  centre,  and  terminate  in  four  gates,  of  which 
there  are  still  considerable  remains  on  each  side  of 
the  town.  The  streets  have  been  broad  and  spa- 
cious, with  a  row  of  columns  on  each  side  for  ba- 
zars, or  a  shady  lounge.  At  the  north  end  -are  two 
monumental  columns  of  coarse  shell  lime-stone, 
bearing  the  same  inscription,  which  sets  forth,  that 
they  were  erected  on  account  of  some  fortunate 
event  by  Septimius  Severus,  when  Epimevius  Ho- 
norius  was  governor  of  Egypt.  From  west  to  east 
the  rows  of  columns  are  still  standing  on  each  side 
of  the  street ;  some  of  them  are  of  shell  lime-stone, 
and  others  of  granite.  On  the  west,  or  end  nearest 
the  river,  they  begin  at  a  handsome  triumphal  arch 
of  the  corinthian  order,  which  the  inhabitants  were 
putting  down  by  the  order  of  the  governor,  and 


ALRAIBAMOtfH-  \Qj 

on  the  east  in  the  remains  of  an  ele* 
g*nt  gateway :  without  which  is  the  modem  bu- 
rying-ground,  and  across  a  deep  sandy  valley  are 
the  tombs,  ?nd  probably  the  houses  of  the  ancient 
inhabitants,  cut  in  the  face  of  the  rock.  Many 
granite  and  other  columns  lie  scattered  over  this 
field  of  ruins,  and  many  walls  standing,  the  remains 
q£  stately  buildings ;  but  every  thing  in  the  <frys 
of  Hadrian  is  modern  in  Egypt,  and  has  little  to 
recommend  it,  or  tp  interest  tfre  mind  of  the  qpec-t 
tator.  The  present  village  is  called  4nsin6»  aq4 
consists  of  a  few  hute  of  unbiyrnt  brick,  huddled  up 
together  on  a  mound  pf  earth,  behind  p  grove  of 
palm-trees  on  the  verge  of  the  pv<er«  The  inha- 
bitants brought  us  many  old  copper  coinp  of  /u?t 
tinian,  which  being  neither  elqgwt  nor  rare*  are 
held  in  little  estimation  #nd  few  of  then?  iqere 
purchased. 

Havkg  finished  this  hasty  survey,  we  immedi- 
ately got  on  board,  and  sailed  for  Akairatpoqu, 
which  is  a  considerable  village  on  the  wait  bajik  of 
the  river,  in  the  province  of  Oschmouneuu  Here 
the  Pasha  has  established  a  sugar  manufactory, 
under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  Brine,  an  Eng- 
lishman. The  sugar  is  remarkably  good  $  but  the 
manufacturer  has  not  yet  been  able  to  communis 
cate  to  the  rum  that  exquisite  flavor  yrhich  charac- 
terizes that  liquor  from  our  West  India  settlements. 
We  had  resolved  to  visit  Osehmounein,  the  Grecian 


168  MANFELOUT. 

Hermopoiis,  and  the  Catcbief  had  politely  offered 
to  entertain  us  with  a  review  of  his  cavalry,  and  to 
turn  out  the  village  to  assist  us  in  opening  tombs, 
and  searching  for  antiquities ;  but  after  having  at- 
tempted it,  we  found  that  the  state  of  the  inunda- 
tion  was  such,  that  we  could  neither  sail  to  it  nor 
ride  to  it. 

On  the  3d  of  November  we  sailed  from  Alraira- 
moun,  with  Mr.  Brine  accompanying  us.     The  east 

bank  of  the  Nile  still  continues  narrow,  and  after 

■  «  » 

advancing  a  little,  the  rock  came  quite  close  to  the 
edge  of  the  river.  All  along  it  is  perforated  with 
tombs  and  caves ;  and  the  whole  of  that  side  from 
Alrairamoun  to  Manfelout,  merits  a  patient  and 
regular  examination.  Here  we  saw  great  abun- 
dance of  the  acacia  vera. 

We  remained  all  night  at  Manfelout,  and  set  sail 
again  next  morning.   The  cultivated  fields  on  both 

*  »  * 

sides  of  the  river  widen ;  the  summit  of  the  moun- 

»  » 

tain  chain  is  higher,  more  varied  and  picturesque, 
and  the  prospect  is  fine.  The  wind,  however,  be- 
came  exceedingly  high,  and  the  sand  and  dust 
were  blown  into  the  air  in  such  profusion,  that  our 
view  of  the  scenery  was  much  obscured.  The 
weather  was  cold;  we  run  aground,  and  were  a 
long  time  in  getting  off;  and  did  hot  arrive  at 
Osyout  till  two  o'clock,  p.  m.  This  is  the  Grecian 
Lycopolis,  the  present  capital  of  Upper  Egypt,  and 
the  residence  of  Ibrahim  Pasha,  the  son  of  the  wife 


ostour.  169 

of  Mahomet  Ali,  the  Pasha  of  Egypt,  by  a  former 
marriage ;  but  his  second-rate  Highness  was  then 
in  the  Hedjaz  commanding  the  host  of  the  Egyp- 
tians against  the  Wachabites ;  and  the  son-in-law 
of  the  Pasha  Mahomet  Bey,  commonly  called  the 
Defterdar  Bey,  governed  in  his  stead.  Mr.  Salt 
and  Mr.  Brine  waited  upon  his  Highness  immedi- 
ately after  their  arrival,  and  brought  an  invitation 
for  the  Earl  of  Belmore  and  suite  to  visit  him  next 
morning  at  ten  o'clock.  At  half  past  nine  a 
numerous  assortment  of  horses  and  asses  for  our 
accommodation  arrived  from  the  Bey,  and  we  pro- 
ceeded all  in  company  to  pay  our  respects. to  bis 
Highness  of  Osyout  Mr.  Salt  introduced  us,  and 
Mr.  Brine's  dragoman  acted  as  interpreter.  We 
were  most  kindly  received  in  a  low  cool  room, 
which  was  laid  with  mats  and  cushions  for  us  to 
sit  upon,  but  which,  in  other  respects,  from  the 
causewayed  floor,  hollow  in  the  middle,  was  more 
like  a  stable  than  a  gentleman's  apartment  The 
Defterdar  Bey  is  a  strong,  good-looking  man,  of 
about  forty-eight  or  fifty  years  of  age ;  and,  in  a 
country  where  nobody  knows  any  thing,  passes  for 
a  learned  man,  and  is  proud  of  the  distinction.  In 
a  conversation  on  some  of  the  principal  buildings 
in  Constantinople,  he  had  occasion  to  mention  the 
kiosk,  or  summer  residence  of  the  Grand  Seignor, 
the  situation  of  which  not  being  exactly  recollected, 
he  enquired  of  his  noble  visitor  if  he  understood 


170  OSYOUT. 

geography,  and  being  answered  in  the  affirmative, 
he  called  for  a  large  Arabic  folio,  with  moat  miser- 
able maps,  in  order  to  point  out  its  situation.  Im- 
portant, however,  as  is  the  residence  of  the  Sultan 
in  the  Turkish  capital,  it  found  no  place  in  the 
chart;  but  the  Bey  having  been  there  himself, 
knew  the  topography,  and  laid  his  finger  on  the 
spot  and  turn  of  the  canal  where  it  ought  to  have 
been,  and  hugged  himself  with  much  compla- 
cency, in  being  able,  as  he  thought,  to  instruct  m 
Englishman.  On  another  occasion  he  rode  up  to 
one  of  the  best  European  artists  at  present  in  Egypt, 
who  was  amusing  himself  in  drawing  the  columns 
of  a  ruined  temple,  and,  having  observed  for  some 
time  how  he  went  on,  very  gravely  remarked  that 
he  was  not  doing  right,  and  begged  to  be  favored 
with  the  paper  and  pencil,  in  order  that  he  might 
show  him  a  better  method  of  proceeding.  The 
gentleman  immediately  complied  with  the  request, 
and  the  Bey,  having  obtained  the  materials,  set  to 
work,  and  drew  the  columns,  certainly  in  a  very 
different  style  from  what  the  gentleman  would  have 
done  them,  but  greatly  superior  to  what  any  man 
would  have  expected  from  the  unpractised  hand  of 
a  Turk.  His  Highness  is  undoubtedly  a  man  of 
superior  natural  endowments,  and  beam  the  cha- 
racter of  bang  a  most  inflexible  diapenserof justice. 
In  the  course  of  conversation,  be  congratulated  his 
noble  visitor  on  the  friendship  that  existed  between 


OSYOUT.  171 

Great  Britain  and  the  Porte,  and  hoped  that  k 
would  be  perpetual.  He  could  not,  however,  dis- 
semble his  apprehension  of  Russia ;  but,  without 
*aying  any  thing  directly  on  the  subject,  was  anxious 
to  have  it  acknowledged  that  an  equal  number  of 
Russian  troops  were  more  than  an  overmatch  for 
the  same  number  of  any  other  European  soldiers— 
a  concession  that  he  was  not  likely  to  obtain  from 
an  English  nobleman. 

Having  smoked  our  pipes  and  drank  our  coffee, 
we  took  leave   of  this  worthy  gentleman,   and 
were  immediately  conducted  to  the  garden  of  Ibra- 
him Pasha,  which  lies  contiguous  in  the  skirts  of 
the  town  :  and  here,  as  a  great  curiosity,  we  were 
shown  a  few  potatoe  plants,  which  the  gardener 
was  endeavoring  to  cultivate  j  but  the  climate  of 
Egypt  is  not  suited  to  the  cultivation  of  this  most 
useful  vegetable,  which  in  cold  climates  produces 
a  salutary  and  nutritious  fruit,  but  in  warm  climates 
rapidly  degenerates  into  the  poisonous  nature  of 
the  class  to  which  it  belongs;  in  the  garden  at 
Osyout  it  looked  a  most  unwholesome  and  sickly 
plant,  and  neither  seemed  to  agree  with  the  soil, 
the  climate,  nor  the  mode  of  cultivation. 

Having  returned  to  the  vessel,  we  received  a 
present  of  sheep  and  salt  butter  from  the  Defterdar 
Bey,  in  return  for  a  handsome  brace  of  English 
pistols  with  which  he  had  been  presented  by  the 
Earl  of  JBelmore;  the  present  was  accompanied 


172  OSYOUT. 

with  a  message  from  his  Highpess,  intimating,  that 
if  we  did  not  sail  to-morrow  morning,  he  would  be 
happy  to  see  us  at  a  review  of  his  cavalry,  who  were 
to  fire  at  the  target.     This  was  not  to  be  resisted. 
The  troops  were  to  muster  at  10  o'clock  on  the 
rocky  flat  above  the  town,  which  is  here  covered 
with  sand.    At  half-past  nine  we  set  out  to  join  the 
spectators ;  having  passed  the  town,  we  turned  to 
the  right,  and  proceeded  along  the  base  of  the 
mountain,  which  is  here  perforated  by  innumerable 
excavations,  that  appear  to  have  answered  the  mul- 
tifarious objects  of  temples,  dwelling-houses,  and 
tombs  of  the  ancient  possessors.     The  burial-place 
of  the  present  inhabitants  is  close  upon  the  road- 
side, and  just  as  we  came  up  to  it,  the  ceremony 
of  interment  was  going  on :   the  procession  .was 
wholly  composed  of  females,  who  were  completely 
muffled  up  in  their  large  mantles,  and  howling  most 
piteously,  and  throwing  dust  over  their  heads. 
Having  passed  the  burial-ground, .  we  soon  arrived 
on  the  field  of  the  review,  where  we  found  the  Bey 
seated  on  a  small  piece  of  carpet,  in  the  midst  of  his 
officers  and  men.  He  received  us  sitting,  (it  is  a  rare 
thing  for  a  Mussulman  to  rise  from  his  seat  to  rtv 
ceive  a  Christian  of  whatever  rank  or  distinction,) 
and  invited  us  to  sit  down  on  the  carpet  beside 
him.     His  men  immediately  mounted  their  horses, 
and  began  to  parade  along  the  height  at  a  little 
distance.    His  Highness,  on  being  complimented 


OSYOUT.  17S 

on  their  appearance  and'  dexterity,  smiled  with 
complaisance,  and  said  that  he  would  join  them 
himself,  and  make  them  exhibit  something  more 
worth  looking  at.  Accordingly;  he  mounted,  his 
horse,  and  having  joined  the  cavalcade,  it  was  di- 
vided into  two  divisions,  of  which  he  himself  com- 
manded one,  and  his  binbasha,  or  lieutenant,  the 
other.  The  parties  met,  and  passed,  and  rallied, 
and  fired,  and  exhibited  all. the  maneuvering  of  a 
sham  fight,  in  which  the  Bey,  as  might  have  been 
anticipated,  was  the  conqueror,  and  as  such,  pur- 
sued his  antagonist,  the  binbasha,  a  very  devil 
both  in  look  and  limb,  at  full  speed  from  the  field 
of  battle  close  to  the  place  where  we  were  sitting j 
where,  having  come  up  with  him,  they  engaged 
with  the"  spear,  their  horses  wheeling  round  in  con- 
stant gyration,  and  they  parrying  and  thrusting  at 
each  other  with  all  the  skill  and  address  of  masters 
of  the  art.  They  continued  the  conflict  for  about 
ten  minutes,  and  every  spectator  was  mute  in  ad- 
miration; at  length,  the  Defterdar  touched  his 
opponent  on  the  thigh,  and  there  was  an  end  to 
the1  contest ;  they  then  alighted  from  their  horses 
to  repose  on  the  sand,  it  being  near  twelve  o'clock, 
the  hour  of  prayer.  The  Defterdar  came  to  oc- 
cupy his  former  seat,  and  to  refresh  himself  with  a 
cup  of  coffee  and  a  pipe  of  tobacco  ;  his  men  re- 
mained at  a  respectable  distance,  but  very  few  of 
them  went  to  prayers. 


17*  osyout. 

Meanwhile  Captain  Corry,  in  order  to  afford  his 
Highness  a  little  entertainment  in  his  way,  mounted 
the  sextant,  and  prepared  to  take  a  meridian  ob- 
servation.  This  amused  him  exceedingly,  and 
awakened  all  his  curiosity,  which  was  fully  grati- 
fied by  the  polite  explanations  of  the  intelligent 
observer ;  he  received,  with  great  satisfaction,  the 
latitude  of  the  place  on  which  he  had  so  agreeably 
amused  his  visitors.  When  this  was  over,  the  Bey 
commenced  another  act  of  the  drama — firing  at  the 
target.  It  is  proper  to  mention,  that  in  Egypt  the 
target  is  a  small  earthen  pitcher,  containing  about 
two  quarts ;  it  is  placed  on  an  eminence,  and  fired 
at  by  the  officers  and  soldiers,  the  horse  going  at 
full  speed.  Here  the  pitcher  was  placed  on  a  small 
rocky  eminence,  and  fired  at  from  the  sandy  level 
below.  The  horsemen  took  their  station  at  three 
or  four  hundred  yards  distance,  and  one  at  a  time 
started  from  the  post  at  full  gallop,  with  his  musket 
slung  over  his  shoulder ;  this  he  brought  over  his 
head  with  both  his  hands,  manifesting  no  concern 
about  his  horse  or  his  seat,  took  his  aim  as  the 
horse  gallopped  along,  and  by  the  time  that  he 
turned  the  course  and  came  opposite  to  the  target, 
he  discharged  his  piece  at  it,  andxocje  round  to  the 
rear ;  another  instantly  started,  and  performed  the 
same  course ;  and  thus  they  kept  up  the  game  in 
constant  succession — a  game  that  leaves  no  room 
for  trick  or  partiality,  or  even  the  suspicion  of  it : 


OSYOUT.  Vf5 


every  man's  character  hangs  upon  his  own  prowess; 
and  in  this  game  his  Highness,  the  Defterdar  Bey, 
was  as  much  calculated  to  shine  as  any  of  his  men: 
he  was  one  of  the  few  who  twice  shivered  the  pitcher 
to  atoms ;  but  to  all  appearance  he  had  decidedly 
the  steadiest  arm,  and  was  the  best  horseman  of  his 
troop,  which  is  no  mean  compliment,  whim  all  were 
so  good  that  the  rider  and  his  horse  seemed  to  be 
but  one  animal.  Many  of  the  candidates  did  not 
strike  the  target  at  all.  Two  young  men,  about 
seventeen  years  of  age,  who  had  much  the  appear* 
ance  of  boys,  struck  it  three  times,  and  were  of 
course  greatly  applauded  by  their  master,  not  only 
for  what  they  did  on  that  day,  but  for  having  re* 
peatedly,  on  former  occasions,  proved  themselves 
the  best  marksmen  in  the  corps.  The  Fasha  of 
Egypt  gives  a  sum  of  money  to  every  one  who  hits 
the  target,  but  his  son-in-law  can  only  afford  to  do 
that  occasionally.  Having  continued  the  exercise 
for  a  considerable  time,  the  Bey  gave  op,  and  re- 
turned again  to  refresh  himself  with  ooflee  and 
tobacco :  his  men  maintained  the  diversion  for  a 
little  longer ;  but  at  last  all  got  tired  of  it,  and  we 
remounted  our  horses  and  returned  to  town.  All 
along  the  road  some  one  or  other  of  the  troop  was 
constantly  breaking  away  from  the  rest,  and  gal- 
lopping  out  to  throw  the  djerid  with  his  fellow  i 
•and  the  baffled  binbasha,  who  in  appearance  was 
the  lion  of  the  corps,  the  test  jointed,  best  knit 


176  OSYOtJT. 

.man,  of  his  size,  was  constantly  challenging  some 
,one  to  engage  hint  with  the  spear,  or  springing 
away  from  the  rest,  in  feats  of  agility.  Thus  the 
time  passed  agreeably  away,  till  we  reached  the 
town,  and  each  man,  without  the  ceremony  of  a 
formal  dismissal,  betook  himself  to  his  home.  We 
accompanied  the  Defterdar  Bey  to  his  residence, 
where  we  bade  him  adieu,  and  returned  on  board 
our  vessels,  extremely  gratified  with  the  entertain- 
ment that  he  had  afforded,  us. 

Respecting  the  cavalry  that  we  have  just  re- 
viewed, the  want  of  order  and  regularity  in  their 
movements  was  conspicuous.  There  was  nothing 
remarkable  in  their  firing,  for  but  a  very  few  of  them 
hit  the  target ;  but  it  is  proper  to  take  into  consider- 
ation that  all  fired  from  the  back  of  a  gallopping 
•horse.  What  each  individual  most  excelled  in,  was 
the  firmness  and  perfect  security  with  which  he  ^at 
his  horse :  it  seemed  as  impossible  for  the  horse  to 
throw  his  rider  as  it  would  be  for  him  to  throw  his 
skin -from  his  back;  both  man  and  horse  appeared 
.  like,  one .  animal. .  Whether  this  arises  from  long 
and  early  practice,  (for  every  Turk  is  a  horseman 
-from  his  earliest  years,  as  all  his  fathers  were  from 
the  earliest  periods  of  their  history),  from  the  pe- 
culiar construction  of  the  saddle,  or  from  the  broad 
and  solid' footing  afforded  them  in  the  stirrup-irons, 
which  are  broader  and  longer  than  the  foot,  and 
shaped  like  the  mouth  of  a  fire-shovel,  I  do  not 


OSYOUT.  177 

pretend  to  say;  but  I  have  no  hesitation  in  vouch- 
ing for  the  fact,  which  contributes  to  render  them 
extremely  formidable  as  individual  combatants. 
The  aword  exercise  we  did  Hot  see,  in  which  they 
are  also  stated  to  be  particularly  expert. 

Osyout  is  a  large  town,  built  of  sun-dried  bricks. 
It  contains  about  20,000  inhabitants.  Many  of  the 
houses  are  two  stories  high;  but  the  apartments  are 
small,  and  ill  lighted.  The  accommodation  for  the 
poor  consists  in  a  mud-wall,  which  incloses  a  circular 
space  about  10  feet  in  diameter ;  sometimes  it  is 
covered  with  the  straw  of  the  dhourra,  but  fre- 
quently without  any  covering  at  all.  The  streets 
are  narrow  and  irregular,  and  deeply  covered  with 
sand  and  dust.  The  town  is  finely  situated  on  the 
west  side  of  the  Nile,  from  which  it  is  distant  about  a 
mile.  The  honse  of  Ibrahim  Pasha,  which  is  large 
and  whitened,  and  backed  by  a  grove  of  palm-trees, 
has  a  fine  effect ;  and  the  others  being  small,  and 
of  a  dull  earthy  color,  serve,  like  a  foil  in  the  back- 
ground, to  set  it  off. 

Here  we  left  Mr.  Brine,  and  having  obtained 
our  letters  and  provisions  on  the  morning  of  the 
7th,  proceeded  on  our  voyage.  Immediately  above 
Osyout  the  country  widens  considerably ;  but  soon 
narrows  again,  first  on  the  east,  and  then  on  the 
west  of  the  river.  The  same  scenery  continues 
without  any  variation  worth  mentioning.  The  fel- 
lahs were  employed  in  bucketing  up  the  water  from 

vol.  1.  n  * 


178  KAU    ALKHARAB. 

the  Nile,  to  irrigate  the  land  as  formerly  described* 
Many  of  them  appeared  to  day  on  the  bank  of  the 
river.     Those  who  were  working  were  perfectly 
naked,  and  those  who  were  unemployed  were  ill 
clothed  and  ill-favored.     Throughout  the  whole 
of  this  country,  as  miserable  in  a  political  point  of 
view,  as  it  is  happy  in  a  physical  one,  nobody  en- 
joys comfort,  if  comfort  it  can  be  called,  but  the 
man  in  authority.     Early  on  the  8th,  we  arrived  at 
Kau  Alkharab,  or  ruined  Kau :   it  is  also  called 
Kau,  or  Gau  el  Kubir,  or  Great  Kau,  in  contradis- 
tinction to  another  Kau  on  the  west,  or  opposite 
bank  of  the  river,  which  is  called  the  small  Kau. 
It  is  the  Antaeopolis  of  the  Greeks.  Here  we  stopped 
to  view  the  only  column  of  a  once  magnificent 
temple,  which  the  Nile  has  undermined.     Many 
overturned  stones  and  columns  are  lying  upon  the 
brink  of  the  river,  or  fallen  down  into  its  bed,  and 
the  present  column  totters  on  its  base,  and,  ere  this 
time,  has  probably  shared  a  similar  fate.  The  shaft 
of  the  column  consists  of  twelve  stones  of  the 
coarse-shell  lime-stone  already  mentioned.     It  is 
wrought  into  pannels,  four  of  which  occupy  the 
periphery,  and  three  the  height  of  the  column.  It  is 
between  forty  and  fifty  feet  high,  with  large  upright 
leaves,  encompassing  the  top  of  it,  like  the  calyx 
of  a  flower.     The  space  between  each  of  the  com- 
partments, is  occupied  by  rows  of  hieroglyphics, 
and  the  compartments  themselves  are  filled  with  re- 


ANT^OPOLIS.  179 

presentations  of  Osiris,  Isis,  and  Anubis,  receiving 
offerings,  under  different  forms,  in  each.  A  column 
which  seemed  to  have  recently  fallen  down  ju9t 
beside  it,  consisted  of  the  same  number  of  stones, 
and  was  sculptured  after  the  same  manner.  Lying 
at  a  small  distance,  in  another  part  of  the  ruins,  is 
a  large  stone  of  about  six  feet  broad  and  ten  feet 
long.  It  is  hollowed  out  on  one  side,  as  if  for  the 
reception  of  a  statue,  and  is  covered  round  the 
orifice,  and  on  the  inside  of  the  niche,  with  hiero- 
glyphics, which  are  much  effaced.  In  the  rock, 
about  one  hour's  ride  distant,  there  is  a  number  of 
quarries  and  catacombs,  remarkably  well  cut ;  many 
of  the  latter  have  never  been  opened.  Mr.  Salt 
opened  one  of  them,  which  contained  two  mummies 
-  exceedingly  well  preserved ;  one  of  them  was  lying 
on  its  back,  the  other  on  its  side.  .  The  nails  and 
skin  seemed  quite  fresh ;  he  brought  me  a  large 
mass  of  bitumen  from  the  skull  of  another.  Lord 
Belmore  and  Mr.  Salt  were  the  only  members  ot 
the  party  who  visited  these  excavations.  We  were 
surprised  at  not  perceiving  among  the  ruins  any 
representation  of  the  god  Mendes,  to  whom  this 
town  was  particularly  devoted.  The  latitude  of 
Antaeopolis  taken  on  the  site  of  the  temple,  is 
26.53.16. 

About  three  o'clock  p.  m.  on    the   following 

day,  we  set   sail  from  Antaeopolis.     The   coun- 

*  try  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river  widens  consider- 

n  2 


180  SHEIKH   EREDY. 

ably,  and  the  Nile,  taking  a  long  sweep  in  a 
westerly  direction,  afforded  us  a  most  enchanting 
view  of  the  rich  and  highly  cultivated  plain.  A 
little  before  sun-set  we  stopped  at  Sheikh  Eredy 
for  the  night*  Here  we  saw  the  first  Thebaic  palm- 
tree,  which  was  loaded  with  fruit  The  remains  of 
the  old  town  at  the  bottom  of  the  rock,  and  the 
cave  of  the  venerable  Sheikh,  the  former  abode  of 
the  thaumaturgic  serpent ;  immense  heaps  of  burnt 
brick  thrown  down  the  hill,  and  a  few  distinct 
foundations  of  houses,  are  all  that  remain  of  this 
once  celebrated  spot.  At  the  foot  of  the  mountain, 
near  a  large  mass  of  detached  rock,  are  the  remains 
of  a  mutilated  statue  in  a  sitting  posture,  and  about 
ten  feet  high.  On  a  level  with  the  statue  in  the 
front  of  the  rock,  are  many  sepulchral  grottoes  now 
despoiled  of  their  ancient  possessors,  and  so  large 
that  they  would  form  more  comfortable  habitations 
than  any  of  the  twelve  feet  square  huts  at  present 
used  in  the  country. 

Next  morning  the  10th,  we  started  from  Sheikh 
Eredy,  about  seven  o'clock,  a.  m.  and  got  on  ex- 
tremely well  till  about  twelve,  when  Lord  BelmoreV 
maash  ran  aground,  a  little  below  Ikhmim,  and  so 
firmly  was  it  wedged  in  the  mud,  that  it  was  three 
o'clock,  p.  m.  before  all  the  efforts  of  the  sailors 
could  disengage  it.  On  our  arrival  at  Ikhmim.  we 
were  welcomed  by  the  only  member  of  the  Fra- 
ciscan  convent,  a  venerable  looking  middle  aged 


IKHM1M.  181 

man,  dressed  in  the  costume  of  the  country.  H$ 
had  been  so  unfortunate  as  lately  to  have  had  a 
shock  of  palsy ;  but  was  then  so  far  recovered  as 
to  wish  extremely  for  a  double-barrelled  gun,  to 
enable  him  to  pursue  the  sports  of  the  field.  Ikh- 
mim  is  the  ancient  Chemmis ;  it  is  pleasantly  si- 
tuated on  the  east  side  of  the  river,  from  which  it  is 
distant  about  a  mile  and  a  half.  It  contains  about 
10,000  inhabitants,  of  whom  300  are  Catholics,  and 
1200  Coptic  Christians ;  the  rest  are  Mussulmans ; 
but  "we  found  them  all  extremely  civil.  The  dhourra 
crops  prevail ;  but  the  country  is  still  a  good  deal 
inundated,  and  has  an  unhealthy  and  uncultivated 
appearance.  This  day  was  cold  and  cloudy ;  the 
nights  and  mornings,  especially  the  latter,  have  for 
this  sometime  past  felt  cold  in  bed,  and  we  require 
nearly  as  much  warm  covering  a*  in  England.  Un- 
fortunately all  our  thermometers  were  broken,  and 
on  that  account  we  could  not  ascertain  the  exact 
degree  of  heat.  But  the  weather  felt  quite  au- 
tumnal, with  winter  and  summer  by  turns  in  the 
breeze.  Several  of  the  party  complain  of  colds  and 
sore  throats,  and  in  the  morning  it  is  as  delightful 
to  the  sailors  as  the  passengers,  to  sit  and  bask  in 
the  sunny  side  of  the  vessel.  The  sailors  all  sleep 
in  the  open  air  on  the  hard  boards,  and  in  the  clothes 
which  they  wear  during  the  day,  with  an  additional 
coat  wrapt  round  them ;  they  feel  the  cold  exces- 
sively towards  morning,  and  as  they  sleep  on  the 


162  GIRGEH. 

deck  immediately  above  us,  we  hear  them  shivering 
and  tossing  about  uncomfortably.  It  is  their  usual 
custom  to  rise  with  the  dawn  or  before  it,  and  to 
light  a  fire,  and  sit  down  all  round  it  to  gather  the 
vermin  off  their  clothes,  that  they  may  be  able  to 
toy  their  prayers  at  day-break,  or  as  soon  after  it  as 
possible.  A  Mussulman  must  not  pray  unless  he  is 
loused  and  washed  j  the  purest  of  them  may  pray 
with  three  bosom  companions  on  their  body,  and 
the  dirtiest  must  not  have  above  nine,  otherwise 
their  prayers  will  never  reach  to  heaven.  Having 
finished  this  operation  they  then  prepare  the  coffee, 
and  each  person  drinks  about  half  an  ounce  of  the 
bitter  infusion,  without  either  milk  or  sugar,  and 
smokes' half  a  pipe  of  tobacco,  if  he  can  afford  it ; 
he  then  waits  till  breakfast,  which  consists  of  bread 
and  water  with  a  little  salt,  soked  together  in  a 
bason,  from  which  they  all  eat  with  their  fingers. 

Next  morning  we  sailed  from  Ikhmim  at  an  early 
hour,  and  at  eleven  o'clock,  a.  m.  arrived  at  Girgeh, 
where  we  stopped  an  hour  to  procure  some  char- 
coal and  firewood.  The  people  were  busily  engaged 
in  ploughing  up  a  grass  field  with  a  most  miserable 
plough,  which  had  neither  colter  nor  rest-board, 
and  so  light  that  the  ploughman  lifted  it  about  with 
one  hand,  while  he  held  a  goad  in  the  other,  with 
which  he  pricked  on  the  two  oxen  before  him.  The 
narrow  sock  of  the  plough  merely  scratched  a  rut 
like  a  drill  plough,  turning  up  a  little  earth  on  each 


ABOUSABAT,  183 

side,  and  left  a  far  greater  portion  solid  and  un- 
touched, with  the  grass  growing  on  it.  A  number 
of  people  stood  by  with  hoes,  to  hoe  up  that  part 
at  the  end  of  the  field,  which  the  plough  could  not 
reach.  We  were  surprised  to  see  how  much  the 
present  hoe  resembles  that  which  is  represented  in 
the  ancient  statues  and  paintings.  This  town,  like 
all  other  Egyptian  towns,  seemed  to  be  very  poor. 
It  contains  a  Roman  catholic  convent;  but  the 
worthy  fathers  were  at  dinner  and  could  not  be 
seen. 

After  leaving  Girgeh,  the  sky  again  became 
cloudy,  the  wind  high  and  cold,  we  proceeded  about 
ten  miles,  and  stopped  for  the  night  under  the 
shelter  of  a  high  bank  on  the  west  side  of  the  river. 
The  people  here  were  less  curious  and  sociable,  and 
did  not  come  down  to  visit  us  as  at  the  other  vil- 
lages ;  and  one  of  the  English  sailors  who  went  up 
to  the  village,  was  admonished  to  retire  ;  in  short, 
they  seemed  afraid  of  us,  and  looked  as  if  we  had 
come  to  sack  and  plunder  their  habitations.  Next 
morning  we  started  at  our  usual  hour,  between 
seven  and  eight  o'clock,  and  at  ten  o'clock  we  saw 
five  crocodiles  at  Abousabat,  lying  basking  on  the 
sandy  bank,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Nile.  This 
was  the  first  time  that  we  had  seen  any  of  these 
animals,  and  they  seemed  little  alarmed  at  our  ap- 
proach. A  little  further  on  we  entered  a  canal, 
and  thereby  cut  off  a  considerable  circuit  of  the 


184  BAND  AftA. 

river,  and  there  being  little  wind  we  wertf  dratfrt ; 
along  by  the  sailors.    The  earl  of  Belmore  and 
several  of  the  party  went  ashore  and  started  seve- 
ral crocodiles  among  the  sand.     The  crocodile 
seems  to  be  a  timid  animal,  more  disposed  to  fly. 
than  to  fight     The  average  size  of  them  is  from 
five  to  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  in  length,  according  to 
their  age.     They  are  generally  accompanied  by  a 
small  bird  that  takes  ah*rm  oq  the  slightest  noise, 
and  flying  past  the  crocodile  awakens  him  from  hi* 
slumbers,  in  time  to  retreat  from  a  person  advanc- 
ing to  examine,  or  to  fire  at  him.    The  rock  ap- 
proaches near  the  river  on  the  east  bank,  and  is 
every  where  perforated  with  excavations.    It  is 
much  disintegrated,  and  immense  mounds  of  the 
detritus  are  lying  $t  its  base.     Here  we  saw,  for  the 
first  time,  the  natives  carrying  spears  as  if  they  had 
been  common  walking  staves.   We  stopped  for  the 
night  within  about  ten  miles  of  Dandara,  which  is 
the  name  of  a  considerable  district  thpt  we  entered, 
next  morning.    All  round  on  both  sides  of  the 
river,  is  an  extensive  beautiful  rich  plain,  well  cul- 
tivated,  and  shaded  with  a  great  profusion  of 
Thebaic  and  other  palm-trees ;  the  mountains  retire 
in  the  middle  and  approach  the  river  on  each  end, 
so  as  to  give  the  whole  the  appearance  of  a  beauti- 
ful circular  bason.     About  three  o'clock,  p.  m.  we 
came  opposite  to  the  deservedly  celebrated  temple 
of  Dendera,  or  as  it  is  sometimes,  nay  generally 


BANDARA,   OR  TENTYRA.  185 

in  the  Roman  authors,  written  Tentyra  ;  the  natives 
universally  pronounced  the  word  Dandara.  It  is 
half  an  hour's  ride  from  the  river,  and  we  pro- 
ceeded to  pay  it  a  visit  immediately  after  dinner. 
The  road,  or  rather  track,  lay  through  an  unculti- 
vated flat,  intersected  by  several  canals  from  the 
Nile. 

The  scene  of  ruins  is  nearly  a  mile  square,  and 
consists  of  houses  of  unburnt  brick,  that  have  been 
repeatedly  overturned,  and  at  every  restoration 
the  new  houses  have  been  built  on  the  top  of  the 
rubbish  of  the  old;  a  very  uncertain  foundation,  if 
the  structure  were  of  large  dimensions,  and  reared 
of  heavy  materials  j  but  where  the  huts  are  small, 
and  low,  and  composed  of  sun-dried  brick  made  of 
cut  straw  and  clay,  the  solidity  of  the  foundation 
was  not  so  much  an  object  with  the  builder  as  the 
facility  with  which  he  could  construct  a  fabric  for 
his  habitation.     Hence  came  many  of  the  large 
mounds  which  are  found  around  most  of  the  an- 
cient temples,  and  the  site  of  ancient  towns ;  they 
are  the  result  of  much  havoc  and  disaster  that  befel 
the  inhabitants  of  the  land. 

The  ruined  town  of  Dandara  has  been  partly 
built  of  burnt,  and  partly  of  unburnt  brick,  and  the 
remains  of  many  small  huts  crowd  the  summit  of 
the  temple  itself,  which  are,  of  course,  very  modern 
productions*  The  first  thing  that  attracts  the  eye 
of  the  traveller,  on  the  edge  of  this  black  field  of 


186  DANDARA,  OR  TENTYRA. 

ruins,  is  a  small  square  stone  building  with  four 
columns ;  it  has  an  unfinished  appearance,  and  is 
without  hieroglyphics.  It  is  difficult  to  say  for 
what  purpose  this  edifice  was  intended ;  it  looks 
like  a  porter's  lodge,  or  habitation  for  the  guardian 
of  the  precincts  of  the  temple :  and  I  should  not 
have  mentioned  it  at  all,  had  it  riot  been  constructed 
of  the  same  species  of  sand-stone  with  the  temple 
itself;  and  as  these  must  have  been  brought  thither 
from  a  great  distance,  and  at  a  great  expense,  it  is 
probable  that  this  insignificant  fabric  was  connected 
with  it  for  religious  purposes.  Advancing  from 
this,  for  several  hundred  yards  among  the  brick 
ruins,  we  came  to  an  elegant  gateway,  or  propylon, 
which  is  also  of  sand-stone,  well  hewn,  and  com- 
pletely covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics, 
remarkably  well  cut.  Immediately  over  the  centre 
of  the  doorway  is  the  beautiful  Egyptian  ornament 
usually  called  the  globe,  with  serpent  and  wings, 
emblematic  of  the  glorious  sun  poised  in  the  airy 
firmament  of  heaven,  supported  and  directed  in  his 
course  by  the  eternal  wisdom  of  the  Deity.  The 
sublime  phrazeology  of  scripture,  "  the  Sun  of 
righteousness  shall  arise  with  healing  in  his 
wings,"  could  not  be  more  accurately  or  more 
emphatically  represented  to  the  human  eye,  than 
by  this  elegant  device.  To  this,  succeed  repre- 
sentations of  Osiris,  Isis,  and  their  son  Horus,  with 
processions  of  priests  and  people  advancing  to  pay 


« 


DANDARA,  OR  TENTYRA.  187 

their  homage,  and  present  their  offerings  on  their 
knees.  Passing  under  the  gateway,  we  find  the 
principal  devices  on  each  side  of  the  passage  to  be 
the  sceptre  of  Osiris,  alternating  with  a  figure  re- 
presenting the  letter  T  suspended  by  a  handle,  or 
to  speak  more  correctly,  with  a  handle  attached 
to  it  £  j  it  has  been  called  the  handled  cross,  the 
key  of  the  Nile,  and  honored  with  other  designa- 
tions. I  am  disposed  to  consider  it  as  the  signa 
thau  mentioned  in  the  Vulgate  in  the  ninth  chapter 
of  Ezekiel,  and  intimated  there  as  being  the  sign 
of  life  and  salvation  to  those  who  received  it,  and 
both  symbols  may  be  accurately  enough  considered 
as  representing  power  and  preservation. 

Some  of  the  female  figures  are  so  extremely  well 
executed  that  they  do  all  but  speak,  and  have  a 
mildness  of  feature  and  expression  that  never  was 
surpassed.  Advancing  about  a  hundred  paces 
over  the  ruined  brick  huts,  we  arrived  at  the  cele- 
brated and  beautiful  temple  of  Dendera.  This 
intervening  space  is  called  the  dromos  or  course, 
(vide  plate  I.)  In  some  of  the  other  temples,  it  is 
enclosed  by  a  high  wall  on  each  side,  joining  the 
propylon  to  the  temple,  and  lined  with  rows  of 
columns  covered  in  above,  forming  a  delightful 
piazza  for  reposing  in  the  shade :  in  this  space  was 
usually  exhibited  the  most  entertaining  juggles  of 
pagan  idolatry.  Even  bull-fighting,  as  we  learn 
from  Strabo,  was  among  the  number ;  there  is  no- 


188  DANPARA,   OR   TSNTYRA* 

■ 

thing  new  under  the  sun.  Herb  the  divine  ahrf 
holy  bull,  attended  by  his  grooming  priests,  was 
turned  out  to  take  his  sacred  walks,  and  shake  his 
godly  sides  before  the  gaping  spectators.  The 
dromes,  or  area,  in  this  temple  does  not  appear 
to  have  been  completely  enclosed*  The  propy- 
lon  stands  disjoined  from  the  temple,  ragged  and 
unfinished  at  each  end,  as  if  sudden  death  or  dis- 
aster had  broken  off  the  work,  which  future  ages 
never  resumed. 

The  fe?  ade  of  the  temple  is  rich  and  imposing, 
and  carved  with  a  vast  profusion  of  sculptured 
ornaments ;  the  door  is  lofty,  the  sides  of  which 
are  perpendicular.  On  each  side  of  it  are  three 
massy  columns,  capitalled  with  the  head  of  Isis 
quadrifrons;  they  are  partly  received  into  the  wall, 
the  base  is  concealed  by  rubbish,  the  shaft  consists 
of  several  stones,  and  the  top  is  surmounted  by  the 
head  of  a  fentale,  coifed  in  a  Romanized  Egyptian 
head-dress,  which  passes  over  the  forehead  like  a  tur- 
ban ;  it  is  loosely  tied  at  the  middle  and  over  each 
eye,  tightly  bound  at  the  temple,  and  then  falls 
softly  down  on  each  breast,  like  a  curtain  from  the 
tying ;  the  face  is  neither  Greek,  Roman,  nor 
Egyptian,  but  an  abominable  mixture  of  the  first 
and  last  The  top  of  the  column  spreads  out  info 
a  moulding  above  it,  and  the  space  above  the  co- 
lumn that  in  Greek  buildings  would  be  occupied 
by  the  triglyph  over  the  top  of  the  column,  is.here 


DANDARA,  OR  TENTYRAv  189 

i 

occupied  by  the  front  of  an  Egyptian  temple,  with 
perpendicular  or  Grecian  walls,  containing  repre- 
sentations of  people,  some  of  them  in  masque,  and 
others  not,  performing  rites  of  devotion  in  honor 
of  the  goddess  Isis,  in  the  character  of  Diana. 
Among  the  ornaments  on  the  frieze,  are  harps, 
altars  and  Grecian  temples,  and  people  clapping 
their  hands ;  and  the  whole  of  the  subject  has  much 
the  appearance  of  the  festival  held  in  honor  of 
Diana  at  Bubastis,  in  which  Herodotus  says,  the 
women  struck  their  tabors  and  harps,  the  men 
played  on  the  flutes,  and  both  clapt  their  hands, 
and  joined  in  chorus.  The  head  enclosed  in  the 
niche,  with  the  moon  and  crescent  over  head,  the 
hawks'  and  ibis1  heads  among  the  votaries,  all  re- 
fer it  to  Diana,  the  queen  of  heaven,  and  not  to 
any  festival  of  Isis,  in  which  the  attendants  used 
to  flagellate  themselves  round  a  burning  victim, 
and  afterwards  sit  down  to  feast  on  the  part  of  the 
sacrifice  that  had  been  saved  from  the  fire.  Down 
the  sides,  the  frieze  is  filled  with  representations 
of  Isis  and  Osiris,  seated  on  thrones  with  their 
sceptres  in  their  hands,  the  one  alternately  taking 
precedence  of  the  other,  and  presented  with  offer- 
ings accordingly.  Over  the  front  of  the  columns, 
and  on  the  intercolumniary  space  upon  the  walls,  the 
whole  is  covered  with  similar  representations,  with 
serpents,  and  globes,  and  hieroglyphics. 
On  the  cornice  is  a  ^presentation  of  the  son 


190  DANDARA,    OR   TENTTRA. 

under  the  appearance  of  a  globe  surmounted  with 
serpents  and  wings,  from  which  issue  streams  of 
light  on  the  objects  beneath,  and  frequent  repeti- 
tions of  the  hawk,  the  emblem  under  which  that 
glorious  luminary  was  worshipped.  Above  the 
cornice  is  an  inscription  in  the  Greek  character, 
setting  forth  that  the  pronaos  was  consecrated  to 
the  goddess  Aphrodita  and  the  cotemplar  deities, 
in  the  reign  of  Tiberius  Caesar.  The  inscription 
occupies  a  place  that  does  not  in  any  way  appear 
to  have  been  intended  for  it,  and  the  engraving  of 
the  inscription  appears  to  be  a  more  recent  work 
than  the  sculpture  or  hieroglyphics  on  the  front  of 
the  temple  :  and  if,  after  a  minute  inspection  of  it, 
I  may  be  permitted  to  express  my  opinion,  it  is 
that  this  temple  was  built  in  the  time  of  the  Greek 
sovereigns  of  Egypt,  and  repaired  in  the  time  of 
the  Romans. 

Passing  within  the  pronaos,  the  ornament  of  the 
globe  with  wings  and  serpents,  is  continued  along 
the  middle  of  the  ceiling,  and  alternates  with  the 
sacred  vulture  with  outspread  wings,  and  a  broad 
feathered  sceptre  held  by  a  ring  in  each  foot }  the 
vulture  was  queen  of  the  air,  sacred  to  Isis  or 
Juno.  There  are  twenty-one  figures  along  the 
ceiling ;  they  begin  and  end  with  this  magnificent 
representation  of  the  vulture,  the  guardian  genius 
of  the  kings  and  heroes  of  Egypt.  On  each  hand 
are  three  rows  of  columns,  with  three  columns  in 


DANDARA,  OR  TENTYRA.  191 

each  row,  making  in  all  eighteen  columns,  which 
occupy  the  body  of  the  pronaos.     The  columns 
are  of  the  same  description  with  those  in  the  front 
of  the  temple,  each  of  them  being  surmounted  with 
a  head  of  Isis  quadrifrons,  and  covered  with  hiero- 
glyphics and  large  sculptured  figures  of  the  gods 
and  goddesses  receiving  offerings  from  the  priests, 
as  on  the  outside  of  the  temple.     The  interior  of 
the  wall  is  ornamented  with  the  same  subjects ;  so 
that  in  whatever  direction  the  eye  of  the  spectator 
is  turned,  it  is  constantly  met  by  the  representation 
of  objects  connected  with  the  mythology  and  his- 
tory of  the  country.   The  most  interesting  devices, 
however,  are  those  pourtrayed  upon  the  ceiling, 
which  is  divided  into  seven  compartments  by  the 
six  rows  of  columns  already  mentioned.     The 
middle  compartment  has  been  described  above  as 
containing  the  representation  of  two  of  the  most 
beautiful  and  interesting  objects  of  Egyptian  wor- 
ship ;  the  winged  globe  and  the  sacred  vulture. 
The  other  compartments  are  equally  filled  with  ob- 
jects of  their  idolatrous  devotion;  so  that  the  whole 
ceiling  may  be  regarded  as  a  pantheon,  in  which  all 
the  cotemplar  deities  and  their  attendants  are  pour- 
trayed, and  which  would  form  a  most  impressive 
and  magnificent  object  of  contemplation,  were  the 
continuity  of  the  whole  not  broken  into  compart- 
ments by  the  rows  of  columns  that  are  necessary 
for  the  support  of  the  roof,  so  that  the  eye  cannot 


6 


192  DANDARA,    OR   TENTYRA. 

view  the  whole  assemblage  at  once,  but  must  past 
over  it  in  detail. 

To  begin  with  the  border,  which  on  each  side 
right  and  left  on  entering  the  pronaos,  is  of  a  re- 
markable description,  and  such  as  I  had  not  seen 
any  thing  like  before.  The  body  of  it  is  broad, 
and  is  composed  of  wavy  lines  and  stars ;  these, 
however,  are  not  Egyptian  stars,  for  they  consist 
sometimes  of  six  and  sometimes  of  eight  rays, 
whereas  the  usual  Egyptian  star  consists  of  only 
five  rays.  This  border  extends  all  along  the  edge 
of  the  ceiling,  and  in  one  corner  it  is  terminated 
by  a  human  head,  having  the  eyes  shut,  and  of  a 
peculiarly  solemn  expression.  The  shoulder  is  co- 
vered with  a  tippet  ornamented  with  stars,  and  the 
winged  globe ;  the  head  is  coifed  with  a  close  fit- 
ting wig  with  lappets  falling  down  upon  the  breast 
and  back.  Opposite  to  the  mouth  is  a  globe  with 
one  wing,  the  other  being  concealed  by  the  figure, 
and  the  hands  are  extended  out  at  right  angles 
with  the  head  and  body,  and  form  a  border  to  one 
end  of  the  room.  At  the  opposite  end  of  the 
room,  the  broad  border  is  bent  round  in  an  obtuse 
angle,  and  terminates  in  a  pair  of  human  feet,  the 
legs  of  which  are  tied  above  the  ancles  in  a  starry 
bracelet,  which  is  not  Egyptian ;  so  that  the  whole 
figure  is  arrayed  in  what  is  intended  to  represent 
the  close-fitting  dress  of  an  ancient  Egyptian  female. 
This  curious  and  enigmatical  border  is  the  same  on 


DANDARA,  OR  TENTYRA.  198 

both  sides  of  the  ceiling  of  the  pronaos.  The  next 
is  a  small  space  inclosed  by  two  parallel  lines ;  it  is 
empty,  except  at  the  two  corners.  Opposite  to  the 
mouth  of  the  long  figure,  are  two  small,  globes  with 
wings,  one  on  each  side ;  at  the  other  two  corners, 
opposite  to  the  bend  of  the. knees,  there  is  a  large 
scarabaeus  in  the  one  corner,  and  a  luminous  globe 
in  the  other,  pouring  down  rays  of  light  upon  a 
'  female  head  resting  on  a  pedestal  .immediately  be- 
neath, close  to  which,  on  the  edge  of  the  border, 
is  a  small  scarabeeus.  .The  next  is  a  procession  of 
boats,  nineteen  and  a  half  on  each  side,  of  equal 
size,  and  a  small  one  close  to  the  luminous  globe, 
on  board  of  which  is  a  serpent  springing  from  the 
budding  lotus.  All  the  rest  have .  each  one  person 
on  board,  except  the  boat  nearest  the  luminous 
globe,  and  that  has  three.  Eleven  of  these  indi- 
viduals have  human  heads,  six  have  hawks'  heads ; 
one  a  lion's  head,  one  a  cynocephalus  or  dog's  head, 
one  a  ram's  head,  and  one  has  four  rams1  heads, 
two  looking  in  one  direction  and  two  in  another. 
There  are  two  figures  of  Harpocrates,  each  in  a 
boat  by  himself,  resting  upon  the  budding  lotus, 
with  his  finger  upon  his  mouth.  Another  figure  is 
seated  on  a  throne  with  his  hands  extended,  and 
a  mitre  on  his  head.  Two  of  the  figures  in  the 
first  boat  are  also  seated  upon  thrones.  All  of 
them  have  .the  close  fitting  head-dress  ;  in  some  it 
is  surmounted  by  a  cap  >  in  others,  with  the  moon, 
vol.  i.  o 


19*  DAMDA^A,    Oft   TENTYRA. 

encompassed  with  horns ;  in  others,  with  the  globe 
and  serpent ;  and  in  four  with  the  mitre.  All  the 
figures,  except  these,  are  accompanied  with  a  cer- 
tain number  of  stars ;  some  of  them  have  only  two, 
and  one  has  fifteen.  Fourteen  of  the  figures  cany 
in  their  right  hand  the  soeptre  of  Osiris,  twelve  ef 
whom  are  standing ;  two,  who  seem  to  be  females, 
one  of  them  with  a  lion's  head,  carry  the  lotus- 
headed  sceptre,  commonly  called  the  sceptre  of 
Isia;  five  have  no  sceptres,  one  of  whom  is  a 
female,  and  is  the  first  person  in  the  procession. 
Seventeen  of  them  have  small  tablets  of  hierogly- 
phics above  their  heads j  and  all  of  them  look  from 
the  head  of  the  tall  border-figure  to  the  luminous 
globe  at  its  feet.  The  boats  on  the  other  side  are 
similarly  freighted  with  persons  and  figures  with 
stars  and  sceptres,  and  tablets  of  hieroglyphics;  and 
all  of  them  look  from  the  head  of  the  tall  border- 
figure  to  the  large  scarabaeus  at  its  feet. 

The  next  division,  one  in  the  lateral  compart- 
ments on  each  side,  exhibits  another  very  inter- 
esting and  animated  assemblage  of  mythological 
beings,  accompanied  with  numerous  stars,  few  scep- 
tres, and  no  hieroglyphics.  On  the  side  of  the 
luminous  globe  are  thirty-nine  figures,  thiity.two 
of  whom  look  and  seem  to  move  from  the  feet  to 
the  head  of  the  border-figure,  whieh  is  directly  op- 
posite to  the  motion  of  the  figures  in  the  former 
row.    The  procession  begins  with  a  female,  and 


ftANDARA,  OR  TENTYRA.  IQ$ 


ends  with  three  boats.  There  are  twenty-nine  per- 
sons with  human  bodies,  twenty-one  of  whom  have 
human  heads;  three  have  hawks'  heads ;  one  a  lion's 
head,  one  a  Janus'  head,  a  hawk's  face  on  the  one 
side,  and  a  dog's  on  the  other  \  one  a  dog's  head* 
one  a  cow's  head,  and  one  no  head  at  all.  There 
are  two  fishes,  two  hawks,  one  monster,  a  kid,  and  a 
cynocephalns,  back  to  back;  one  serpent,  one  bull, 
one  ram,  one  pig  held  by  the  hind  feet,  one  kid 
held  by  the  ears,  and  one  goose. 

The  procession  in  the  line  of  the  scarabssus  con- 
sists of  thirty-one  figures,  all  of  whom  look  and 
seem  to  move  from  the  head  towards  the  feet  of  the 
border-figure,  having  the  same  direction  with  the 
side-figures  in  the  boats.  Eighteen  are  human 
figures,  sixteen  of  whom  have  human  heads ;  one 
has  a  Bon's  head,  with  a  Diana  crescent  over  it, 
and  one  a  hawk's  head ;  two  are  eynoeephali,  ot 
nondescript  figures ;  three  are  birds,  one  of  which 
has  a  lion's  head ;  one  is  a  kind  of  sphinx,  or  mon- 
ster, with  a  goat's  head  and  fore  legs,  a  fish's  body 
and  tail ;  another  is  a  cow,  of  which  the  two  fore 
legs,  the  belly,  and  one  e£  the  hind  legs,  are  cot 
oft  yet  she  seems  to  live  and  move ;  another  is  a 
centaur,  with  one  wing  and  two  tails,  one  of  which 
iathat  of  a  scorpion;  one  is  a  fox,  one  a  small  snake* 
one  a  twisted  serpent  indosed  in  a  case,  and  one 
m  lion  in  a  boat  or  serpent-headed  frame.  The 
eleventh  figure  counting  the  one  way;  and  the 


496  TENTYBA    ZODIAC.       # 

eighteenth  counting  the  other  way,  is  Horus,  en* 
closed  within  a  circle,  and  a  balance:  over  his  head. 
This  procession  both  begins  and  ends  with  a  human, 
being :  only  one  person  bears  the  sceptre  of  Osiris ; 
the  centaur  has  a  bow  and  arrow ;  and  the  man 
with  the  hawk's  head  threatens  to  dart  an  arrow 
at  the  legless  cow.  On  the  whole  of  this  division 
on  this  side  there  are  only  twenty-two  stars.  This 
is.  a  strange  jumble  of.  animate  and  inanimate,  ra- 
tional and  irrational  beings,  out  of  which  to  make 
a.  zodiac  that  is  to  overturn  the  chronology  of  scrip- 
ture. To  me  it  appears,  that  without  the  most 
unwarrantable  supplements,  and  the  greatest  dis- 
tortion of.  interpretation,  it  cannot  be  considered 
as  a  zodiac  at  all. 

.  First  of  all,  the  number  of  signs  is  incomplete. 
The  advocates  for  the  zodiacal  interpretation  ac- 
knowledge this, — there  is  no  crab.  "  Oh/'  but 
says  oifk,  "  here  is  a  bird  stuck  in  a  funnel;  we 
will  call  it  a  sceptre,  and  suppose  him  a  crab." 
"No,"  says  another,  "that  will  not  do.  ;  But  here 
are  two  .beetles  in  a  corner,  one  on  each  hand.;  let 
us  take  them,  and  suppose  that  they  are  the/old 
original  beetles  made  crabs  by  an  error  of  transcrip- 
tion.? This  is  a  new  method  of  ratiocination ;  and 
we  confess  it  is  somewhat  difficult  to  comprehend 
the  process .  by  which  the  ^  philosopher  concludes 
that  a  honnetted  bird  in  a  funnel,  or  two  beetles  in 
the  corners,  are  equal  to  one  crab.  -  Besides,  the 


»        sJ 


TXNTYRA   ZODIAC*  197 

beetles  are  not  iu  the  compartments  of  signs,  *  but 
iu  those  of  boats,  which  are  interpreted  to  contain 
thirty-six  decans,  or  .astrological  genii,  though  they 
have  on  board  forty-five  personages,  which,  neither, 
in  .  themselves  nor  in.  their  insignia,  are  .any  way 
different  from:  the  figures  that  we  meet  in:  the 
sculpture  both  throughout  this  and  the  other  tem- 
ples, ^Besides,  the  two  half-boats,-  and  the  whole 
boat  with  the  serpent  springing  from  the  budding 
lotus,  or  the  three  boats  in  the  second  row,  are  not 
mentioned .  by:  them  .at  all.  But  if  the  figures  in 
the  boats  be:  genii,  why  are  not  the  beetles,  being 
in  the*  same  line^  genii  too  ?  No,  that  will  not  do ; 
they  two  must  be  one  crab,  to  suit  the  system  of 
wise  philosophers.  The  next  line  on  the  side  of  the 
luminous' globe  contains  three  boats ;  are  they  also 
freighted  with  genii  ?  One  of  them  contains  a  cow; 
what  sort  of  a  genius  is  she  ? '  Philosophers  have 
not  deigned  to  inform .  us,  •  nor  what  mark'  in  the 
zodiac  she  is  intended  to  standi  for,  although  she 
is  surrounded  with  stars,  as  well  as  the  best  of  them. 
Next  comes  a  group  of  human  beings,  but  nothing 
different  from  other  groups  that  occur  in  religious 
processions.  •  Next  we  come  to.  the  bull,  wearing 
the  globe  and  crescent  stuck  upon  his  shoulders; 
and  the  artist  has  chosen  to  represent  'him  batting 
with  the  horn,  and  scattering  the  sand  wtitli  his 
feet,  as  if  he  were  in  one  of  Ins  holyigambols  in 
the  dromos  of  the  temple. .  He  also  is  an  Egyptian 


198,  TENTTRA   ZODIAC. 

god ;  the  living  image  of  Osiris,  conceived  by  a 
flash  of  light  from  the  moon  touching  an  imma- 
culate cow,  who  never  had  another  calf.  So  is  the 
ram,  the  living  image  of  Ammon,  and  Neith,  or 
Minerva.  Next  we  come  to  the  fishes,  who,  by  the 
by,  may  truly  be  said  to  be  out  of  the  water ;  but 
why  is  there  a  sheet  of  water  interposed  between 
them?  We  are  informed  that  the  Lycians  used 
fishes  in  divination,  and  that  the  Nile,  in  the  tub. 
siding  of  the  inundation,  left  the  fishes  deserted 
on  its  banks,  and  that  the  husbandmen  made  a 
harvest  in  catching  them :  the  former  would  fur* 
pash  a  reason  for  giving  them  a  place  in  religious 
ceremonies,  and  the  latter  for  interposing  the  water 
between  them,  but  can  be  no  reason  for  placing 
them  so  in  the  zodiac.  Then  comes  what  they  am 
pleased  to  call  aquarius ;  a  man  with  two  upright 
vases  in  his  hand,  not  in  the  attitude  of  pouring 
out,  but  of  holding  in  water.  Such  a  vase-carrier 
is  very  common  in  religious  processions)  some* 
tames  he  has  one  vase,  and  sometimes  he  has  two, 
imd  is  particularly  specified  as  preceding  that  in 
honor  of  Osiris.  But  there  is  another  person  with 
two  vase?  similarly  situated  in  his  hands,  in  thf 
first  boat  of  this  same  row.  Which  then  is  the  true 
Aquarius?  Or  must  there  be  two  aquariuses  to  be 
equal  to  one  Aquarius,  as  there  were  two  beetles 
to  be  equal  to  one  crab?  I  see  nothing  w  all  this, 
kut  pp  assemblage  of  mythological  beings,  such  as 


TSNTYRA   ZODIAC.  199 

are  exhibited  on  other  temples,  scattered  over  a 
larger  space. — Let  us  pass  over  to  the  other 
which  is  regarded  by  these  philosophers  as 
Other  half  of  the  zodiac.  The  first  figure  that  we 
meet  with  here  is  a  female,  with  one  star  over  her 
head ;  but  she  is  not  considered  as  one  of  the  sign* 
of  the  zodiac,  therefore  it  is  not  necessary  to  stop 
any  time  in  discoursing  about  her.  The  next  figure 
that  we  encounter  is  a  lion  ;  this  animal,  we  are 
informed,  was  the  image  of  Vulcan,  and  sacred  to 
the  sun.  He  is  here  standing  demurely  in  a  ser- 
pent-headed boat  or  frame,  such  as  is  frequently 
seen  in  sacred  processions;  there  is  not  a  star  about 
Irim  or  it,  but  a  person  behind  him,  with  a  scourge 
extended  in  his  hand,  which  apparently  he  ha*  ju*t 
brought  from  the  seat  of  honor ;  the  king  of  the 
beasts  seems  to  take  his  treatment  very  sulkily, 
and  hangs  his  tail  between  hie  legs.  What  reason 
is  there  for  supposing  him  a  sign  of  the  zodiac, 
or  even  a  god,  in  the  present  instance?  He  was 
probably,  like  the  frame  on  which  he  is  represented, 
made  of  wood,  for  the  purpose  of  being  carried 
about  in  procession  \  and  there  is  nothing  more 
absurd  in  flogging  a  wooden  lion,  than  there  is  in 
kissing  a  waxen  doll  or  a  wooden  saint.  We  canes 
next  to  a  blank,  cxacasioned  by  the  injuries  of  time 
or  man :  then*  pairing  by  a  ceiled  serpent  and  two 
females,  we  came  to  a  third,  who  has  what  has  ban 
called  a  palm-bsanch  in  htr  hand,  though  to  m*  it 


200  TENTYRA   ZODIAC/ 

-4 

seems  an  ear  of  bearded  grain  like  barley  or  spelt  $ 
she  is  followed  by  a  man  who  has  the  sceptre  of 
Osiris  in  one  hand,  and  a  butcher's  knife  in  the 
other.  Such  figures  frequently  occur;  none  of 
them  have  any  stars ;  and  what  authority  have  phi* 
losophers  to  consider  them  as  signs  of  the  zodiac  ? 
Passing  by  several  other  figures,  we  come  to  the 
balance,  with  Horus,  or  Harpocrates,  inclosed  in 
a  circle,  and  seated  between  the  scales.  This  rather 
appears  to  be  an  emblem  of  justice ;  the  scales  are 
equally  poised;  they  occur  frequently  in  other 
places  in  .the  same  situation  ;  there  is  not  a  single 
star  about  the  balance  here,  and  there  is  no  reason 
why  it  should  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  signs  of 
the  zodiac.' ~  Passing  by  several  other  .figures,' we 
come  to  the  scorpion,  preceded  by  a  dancing  cat 
caparisoned  with  a  dog's  head/  and  tutulus,  and  a 
scorpion's  tail. . :  The  •  scorpion,  we  are  informed, 
was  sacred  to  Isis,  on  account  of  its  partiality  for 
her  priestesses,  and  is  therefore  entitled  to  a  place 
in  her  temple ;  but  there  are  no  stars  about  it,  nor 
any  thing  to  entitle  philosophers  to  place  it  in  the 
zodiac,  any  more  than  its  frolicksome  precursor,  the 
dancing  cat;  but  both  are  equally  entitled  to  a  place 
in  an. Egyptian  temple.  Passing  by  a  number  of 
other  figures,  among  which  are  a  fox  and  a  serpent, 
we  come  to  a  centaur  armed  with  a  bow  and  arrow; 
and*  therefore  he  must  be  the  sign  Sagittarius. 
The  centaur  is  a  fabulous  animal,  a  species  of 


TENTYRA   ZODIAC.  SOI 

sphinx,  not  of  the  Egyptian  mythology,  but  of  the 
Greek :  and  as  the  Egyptians  were  too  proud  to 
borrow  from  those  whom  they  called  children  in 
philosophy,  the  existence  of  this  figure  here  would 
not  prove  the  zodiac  to  be  older  than  the  reign  of 
the  Greeks  in  Egypt,  which  is  of  no  very  great  an- 
tiquity.    His  fore  feet  are  in  a  boat,  his  back  is 
clothed  with  wings,  he  has  two  tails  at  his  rump, 
a  scorpion's  that  stands  up,  and  one  like  a  fox's 
that  hangs  down ;  there  is  not  a  star  about  him. 
How  he  came  here  perhaps  the  Greeks  or  Romans 
could  have  told ;  but  the  moderns  must  be  terribly 
at  a  loss  to  make  out  a  system,  who  find  it  neces- 
sary to  make  this  a  zodiac  on  his  account  Passing 
a  number  of  other  figures,  among  which  is  the  leg- 
less cow  which  a  cynocephalus  holds  chained  by  her 
only  foot,  so  that  she  looks  like  a  bull-frog  going 
to  leap :  why  don't  philosophers  find  a  situation  for 
this  distinguished  animal  ?  She  is  encompassed  with 
stars,  and  ought  to  have  a  place.     We  come  next 
to  an  animal  half  goat,  half  fish,  which  must  be 
called  capricornus.     Capricornus,  we  are  informed, 
was  admitted  among  the  number  of  gods  by  Jupiter, 
and  is  accordingly  entitled  to  a  place  here,  without 
supposing  or  allowing  him  any  more  than  the 
others  already  mentioned,  to  be  in  his  place,  as  a 
sign  of  the  zodiac  j  he  has  no  stars  about  him. 
From  the  above  account,  we  presume  there  is 
no  reason  for  calling  the  ceiling   at   Dendera  a 


202  DENDERA   CEILING. 

zodiac,  no  more  than  there  is  for  supposing  that  it 
was  constructed  4000  years  before  the  French 
s^avans  visited  Upper  Egypt,  in  the  year  1800, 
when  the  solstice  was  in  virgo,  libra,  leo,  or  even  in 
two  beetles  equal  to  one  crab.  In  short  that  the 
ceiling  at  Dendera  has  no  connection  with  as- 
tronomy whatever,  but  is  merely  a  congregation 
of  gods  and  goddesses,  mythological  beings,  and  re- 
ligious processions. 

The  two  compartments  of  the  ceiling,  between 
the  rows  of  columns  on  each  side,  that  remain  un- 
noticed, are  of  a  similar  description,  being  orna- 
-merited  with  boats  and  beetles,  sphinxes,  monkies, 
foxes,  hawks,  with  human  heads,  serpents  erect, 
and  walking  on  human  feet,  boats  with  canopies  in 
the  form  of  a  temple ;  one  row  has  twelve  boats, 
another  eight ;  one  temple  has  the  representation 
of  a  serpent  wriggling  along  the  top  of  it,  and 
looking  down  at  an  object  that  attracts  its  attention 
below ;  in  another  place,  two  serpents  are  raised  on 
a  pedestal,  with  the  globe  over  their  head,  sur- 
rounded with  a  numerous  train  similarly  attired. 
Men  with  hawks1  heads,  dogs1  heads,  rams*  heads, 
and  human  heads  carrying  the  sceptre  of  Osiris, 
and  illustrated  with  stars  as  in  the  former  compart- 
ments :  in  another  place  a  lotus-headed  boat  is  sup- 
ported by  four  female  figures,  a  scarabseus  with 
wings  outspread,  is  hovering  over  it,  guarded  wjth 
a  vuhure  on  each  side,  poised  on  their  wings*  The 


DENJOERA   CZILIKQ.  208 

procession  is  in  the  act  of  advancing,  but  its  pro- 
gress is  opposed  by  three  men  with  hawks'  heads ; 
in  the  same  compartment,  are  two  highly  interest- 
ing ceremonies  in  honor  of  two  Eyes ;  one  of  the 
Eyes  is  enclosed  in  a  circle,  and  placed  on  the  top 
of  the  budding  lotus,  which  rests  on  the  mouth  of 
a  vase  on  the  top  of  a  stair.  A  human  being  with 
an  ibis  head,  such  as  Thaut  the  secretary  of  Osiris 
is  generally  represented,  stands  behind  it,  and  a 
procession  of  fourteen  human  beings,  each  with 
the  sceptre  of  Osiris  in  his  hand,  ascends  the  stair 
in  front  to  do  homage  to  the  Eye.  The  Eye  was  the 
symbol  of  Osiris,  whose  name  we  are  informed  by 
Plutarch  means  many-eyed.  It  is  beyond  all  com- 
parison the  brightest  image  of  deity  that  ever  was 
conceived ;  the  sun  is  the  visible  eye  of  heaven. 
Upon  the  thirtieth  day  of  the  month,  Epithi,  which 
answers  to  the  24th  of  July,  the  Egyptians  held  a 
festival  called  the  birth-day  of  the  Eye  of  Osiris,  at 
what  time  the  sun  and  the  moon  are  in  one  direct 
line-,  as  esteeming  not  only  the  moon,  but  also  the 
sun  to  be  the  eye  and  light  of  Horus.  In  the  same  line 
with  the  Eye  above  mentioned,  there  is  another  Eye 
enclosed  in  a  circle,  and  placed  on  board  a  lotus-, 
headed  boat  *  seven  human  beiqgs,  enclosed  in  the 
same  circle,  are  seated  above  it,  and  aa  many  below* 

It  is  worshipped  by  four  human  beings  with  foxes' 

heads ;  but  is  considerably  inferior  in  point  of  splen- 
dor to  the  former  eye,    Both,  however,  I  under? 


804  EGYPTIAK   MYTHOLOGY. 

stand  to  represent  the  sun  and  moon ;  the  purest 
forms  under  which  the  Egyptians  worshipped  Osiris 
and  Isis.  I  should  never  have  done  were  I  to  enu- 
merate all  the  curious  devices  that  are  pourtrayed 
on  this  interesting  ceiling,  and  I  think  I  have  already 
said  enough  to  show  that  the  whole  is  a  mythologi- 
cal exhibition  of  the  most  interesting  objects  in  the 
Egyptian  theology,  without  having  any  reference 
to  astronomy  whatever. 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Salt,  I  had  here  an 
opportunity  of  comparing  part  of  the  large  French 
work  with  the  original.  It  is  extremely  elegatat,  and 
well  executed ;  but  is  perfectly  foppish,  and  not  the 
least  Egyptian  in  its  style  or  manner.  It  is  be- 
sides extremely  incorrect,  both  in  the  drawing  of 
the  figures  and  in  the  hieroglyphics,  as  well  as  in 
the  ntimber  of  stars  which  accompany  them,  which 
latter1  are  both  fewer  in  number,  and  differently  ar- 
ranged from  what  we  found  them  to  be  on  the  ceil- 
ing ;  in  point  of  feeling  it  is  equally  inaccurate ; 
the  different  authors  have  imparted  to  the  human 
figures  an  insipid  and  babyish  expression,  which  one 
would  not  have  expected  from  the  companions  of 
Napoleon ;  and  which  is  as  foreign  to  the  Egyptian 
character,  as  the  aspect  of  a  child,  or  an  insipid  cox- 
comb, is  to  that  of  the  Theseus,  the  Memnon,  or 
the  Apollo. 

Leaving  the  pronaos  we  entered  the  temple, 
which  we  found  very  much  choked  up  with  sand 


EGYPTIAN   MYTHOLOGY.  205 

and  stones.     The  first  apartment  has  three  columns 
on  each  hand,  all  covered  with  sculpture  and  hiero- 
glyphics, and  surmounted  at  the  top  like  those  al- 
ready mentioned  with  the  head  of  Isis  quadrifrons. 
The  walls  behind  the  columns  are  equally  enriched, 
so  that  not  a  spot  that  the  eye  can  rest  on,  but  ad- 
dresses to  the  mind  a  tale  of  interest  and  wonder : 
though  no  man  can  read  or  unfold  its  precise 
meaning,  yet  each  forms  to  himself  some  conjec- 
ture of  the  story,  and  is  pleased  with  the  constant 
exercise  of  his  mind.     Passing  on  we  entered  ano- 
ther apartment  which  has  no  columns ;   but  the 
walls  are  decorated  in  the  same  manner;  after 
which  we  moved'  into  a  third,  which  was  equally  so, 
and  from  which  passages  go  off  to  small  handsome 
side   chambers,  equally  ornamented  with  figures 
and  stars,  and  hieroglyphics,  and  a  sort  of  chain- 
work  along  the  ceiling,  which  is  blue ;  the  passage 
to  the  right  leads  to  an  easy  and  handsome  stair, 
by  which  to  ascend  to  the  top  of  the  building ;  we 
continued  our  way,  however,  straight  forward,  and 
entered  another' chamber  in  the  centre  of  which 
stands  the  sanctuary,  or  holiest  apartment,  all  of 
them  rich  in  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics.     Never 
did  I  see  a  greater  field  for  thought  and  reflection, 
and  never. did  I  regret  more  the  want  of  time  than 
in  visiting  the  superb  temple  of  Dendera. 
:   Having  finished  our  examination  of  the  chambers 
below,  we  crawled  through  a  passage  that  wa&much 


206  EGYPTIAN    MYTHOLOGY. 

obstructed  with  sand  and  rubbish,  and  arrived  at  the 
stair  formerly  mentioned  The  steps  are  thin  and 
broad,  and  the  ascent  is  remarkably  easy,  and  nearly 
of  the  same  angle  of  inclination  as  the  passages  in 
the  pyramid  already  mentioned.  On  each  side,  the 
staircase  is  adorned  with  large  sculptured  figures 
of  Osiris,  Isis,  priests,  and  sacred  boats,  arranged 
in  procession,  hieroglyphics  and  other  ornaments :  no 
part  is  without  its  decorations,  every  thing  seems  to 
speak  and  move  around  you,  and  is  so  different  from 
what  a  person  meets  with  in  any  part  of  Europe, 
that  the  mind  is  astonished,  and  feels  as  if  absolutely 
introduced  to  beings  of  olden  time,  to  converse 
with  them,  and  to  witness  the  ceremonies  by  which 
they  delighted  to  honor  their  God.  Wherever  yon 
look  there  is  food  for  the  mind  and  eye ;  even  the 
sill  of  the  narrow  window  is  covered  with  a  succe* 
ston  of  many  Unes  formed  into  a  number  of  small 
cones  united  into  a  large  one ;  each  lower  line  of 
cones  entering  within  the  one  above  it  by  its  apex, 
$ad  extending  beyond  it  at  its  base,  thus  forming  a 
large  cone,  the  apex  of  which  is  in  the  small  diink 
by  which  the  light  is  admitted  into  the  temple,  and 
the  base  is  spread  over  the  sill,  like  the  rays  of  light 
diverging  from  their  entrance  through  the  apart* 
Kent  into  which  they  are  admitted.  This  is  the 
manner  in  which  the  light  is:  generally  represented 
as  streaming  from  a  luminous  globe.  Nothing  can 
possibly  exceed  the  artist's  execution  of  the  desigs* 


EGYPTIAN   MYTHOLOGY.  207 

On  arriving  at  the  top  of  the  stair  which  led  out  to 
the  top  of  the  temple,  we  found  it  covered  with  a 
number  of  ruined  huts,  as  if  it  had  been  not  long 
ago  the  site  of  a  considerable  village ;  we  passed 
through  them  into  an  upper  chamber  of  the  tem- 
ple, in  which  there  is  pourtrayed  upon  the  ceiling 
an  assemblage  of  mythological  beings,  resembling 
those  in  the  pronaos  below ;  and  though  fewer  in 
number  and  differently  arranged,  this  exhibition 
has  also  been  called  a  zodiac,  and,  from  its  form, 
the  circular  zodiac.     The  ceiling  is  encompassed 
with  three  broad  circular  lines,  and  it  is  only  the 
central  space  that  is  occupied  with  this  mythologi- 
cal table*     It  is  represented  as  supported  by  the 
head  and  outspread  hands  of  four  females,  one  from 
each  corner  of  the  room.  The  intermediate  spaces, 
or  those  which  are  opposite  to  the  two  sides,  and 
two  ends  of  the  room,  are  occupied  with  two  hu- 
man figures  with   hawks'  heads,  they  are  turned 
face  to  face  and  half  kneeling,  and  with  their 
arms  and  hands  spread  out  above  their  heads,  sup- 
port the  tablet,  so  that  there  are  twelve  persona 
supporting  this  mythological  table* 

The  first  line  round  the  circumference  consists 
of  thirty-nine  figures,  all  arranged  in  regular  order, 
pnd  all  of  them  apparently  at  rest.  All  of  them 
are  looking  the  same  way;  and  it  is  impossible  to 
tell  where  they  begin  or  end.  All  of  them  are 
accompanied  with  sfipr*  and  the  greater  part  of 


208  EGYPTIAN   MYTHOLOGY. 

them  with  hieroglyphics.     Sixteen  persons  have 
human  heads,  thirteen  have  hawks9  heads,  and  one 
has  no .  head  at  all ;  but  a  pair  of  horns  spreading 
over  his  shoulders,  he  is'  seated,  with  four  rams' 
heads  joined  like  a  Janus  quadrifrons,  crowned 
with  the  moon,  and  resting  on  a  pedestal  before 
him.     There  is  a  ram  and  a  goose,  one  snake 
crowned  with  the  mitre,  and  coiled  up,  rests  upon 
one  altar ;  and  four  other  snakes,  crowned  with  the 
globe,  rest  upon  another  altar.     There  is  one  hip- 
popotamus, accompanied  with  fourteen  stars,  and 
preceded  by  a  person  on  his  knees.     There  is  ho 
appearance  of  devotion  in  any  of  the  figures,  and 
none  of  them  have  any  sceptres  in  their  hands. 
.There  are  thirty-nine  different  figures  in  the  whole 
of  this  outer  line.     The  figures  that  occupy  the 
centre  of  the  piece  are  nearly  the  same  with  those 
in  the  compartment  of  the  ceiling  below,  that 'has 
been  called  the  zodiac.     Here,   as  in  the  outer 
row,  the  figures  are  generally  directing  their  looks 
and  movements  from  left  to  right.  '  The  lion/  the 
bull,  and  the  vase-carrier  are  exactly  above ,  three 
of  the  female  figures  that  extend  from  three  of  the 
corners  of  the  room  to  support  the  tablet. '  Scorpio, 
for  the  siake  of  regularity,  should  have  been  above 
the  head  of  the  fourth  female  figure,  but  he  is  not; 
neither  is  libra.     Capricornus,  Sagittarius,  scorpio, 
and  libra,  are  all  crowded;  without  any  regularity, 
into  one  division  >  and  this  poor  female  is  deserted, 


TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA.  $09 

so  that  nothing  but  a  blank  white  space  passes 
from  her  head  through  the  whole  tablet,  which  phi- 
losophers might  have  done  worse  than  call  the 
milky  way*  The  lady  with  the  ear  of  bearded 
grain  in  her  hand  still  follows  the  lion ;  but  still 
nearer  to  him  is  another  female  engaged  in  the 
amusing  occupation  of  tickling  him  behind.  The 
king  of  the  beasts  is  still  in  his  serpent-headed 
frame,  or  boat,  which  here  a  bird  occupies  along 
with  him ;  and  the  little  man  with  the  scourge  is 
seated  on  a  throne  above  him.  Here  we  have  nei- 
ther crab  nor  beetle ;  but  a  broad-backed  spider 
spreads  out  his  feet  above  the  lion's  head,  and 
crawls  in  an  opposite  direction.  This  retrograde 
movement  would  suit  the  representative  of  the 
crab.  The  other  figures  in  this  tablet  form  a  most 
heterogeneous  mixture  for  a  zodiac.  Immediately 
below  the  lion  we  have  a  female  archer  with  her 
bow  bent,  firing  at  a  cow  in  a  boat.  A  little  be- 
hind her  we  have  a  female  seated  upon  a  stool,  and 
dandling  a  child  on  her  hand.  Behind  her  comes 
a  man  with  a  cow's  head,  carrying  a  hoe,  and  after 
him  a  dog  lying  with  his  fore  feet  in  water,  and 
grinning  back  at  a  dancing  cat,  with  a  human  head 
behind  him.  The  balance  is  rather  out  of  its  place, 
and  Horus,  instead  of  being  seated  between  the 
scales,  as  in  the  one  below,  is  here  inclosed  in  a 
circle,  and  seated  exactly  above  the  centre  of  mo- 
tion ;  and  a  fox  stands  demurely  on  the  top  of  the 

VOL.  i.  p 


210  TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA. 

circle,  by  which  he  is  inclosed.  The  space  above 
the  centre  of  the  balance  is  in  other  cases  generally 
occupied  by  a  monkey,  not  by  Horus.  The  cen- 
taur has  lost  his  own  tail,  but  still  retains  that  of 
the  scorpion,  and  ha9  his  fore  feet  in  a  boat.  Be- 
tween the  tail  of  the  ram,  and  the  back  of  the  fish, 
is  the  eye  (of  Osiris)  inclosed  in  a  circle ;  and  im- 
mediately over  the  vases  of  aquarius,  there  is  the 
headless  body  of  a  quadruped,  apparently  a  camelo- 
pard.  In  the  centre  of  the  whole  tablet  is  a  small 
fox,  standing  on  a  hoe.  Behind  him  is  a  hideous 
animal,  the  most  horrible  abortion  that  fancy  ever 
coined j  a  cynocephalus,  standing  upon  her  hind 
feet,  with  a  dagger  in  her  hand,  and  a  long  tail 
hanging  from  her  head  to  her  heels.  This  animal 
has  been  called  the  original  of  the  great  bear,  and 
well  she  may  bear  the  name :  the  fox  has  been 
called  the  original  of  the  little  bear;  and  for  the 
same  reason,  the  handle  of  the  hoe  may  be  called 
the  original  of  the  pole ;  and  the  cloven  foot  that 
lies  on  the  other  side,  may  be  called  the  original 
intention  of  philosophers  in  declaring  this  a  zodiac 
that  was  constructed  4000  years  before  the  French 
invasion  of  Egypt.  The  hawk  is  here  perched 
upon  the  funnel,  which  I  think  those  who  see  will 
not  call  a  sceptre.  Horus,  who,  in  the  ceiling 
below,  was  inclosed  in  a  circle,  and  seated  on  a 
throne,  with  his  finger  at  his  mouth,  between  the 
scales  of  the  balance,  is  here  seated  in  the  same 


TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA.  211 

way,  with  a  fox  above  the  inclosing  circle.     It  is 
surely  unnecessary  to  pursue  the  analysis  of  this 
table  any  further.     The  only  animal  that  it  con- 
tains  different  from  the  one  below,  is  the  dog, 
which,  we  are  informed,  was  worshipped  in  Egypt 
on  account  of  his  attention  to  Isis,  in  her  search 
for  Osiris,  and  had  the  honor  of  walking  first  in 
the  festivals  held  in  honor  of  that  goddess ;  and 
because,  when  the  rise  of  the  dog-star  coincided 
with  the  rise  of  the  Nile,  it  announced  a  year  of 
great  abundance  for  the  Egyptians.     The  whole 
of  the  ceiling,  like  the  one  below,  91  my  opinion, 
is  composed  of  a  collection  of  mythological  beings, 
without  any  reference  to  the  zodiac  whatever. 
The  walls  of  the  chamber  are  equally  ornamented 
with  hieroglyphics  and  mythological  devices.     A 
hole  in  the  floor  leads  into  an  apartment  below,  in 
which  a  member  of  the  French  commission  found 
the  body  of  a  dead  man,  that  had  been  but  lately 
assassinated.     Egypt  now  enjoys  brighter  days; 
murder  is  hardly  known.     If  the  philosopher's  de- 
finition of  beauty,  "  variously  uniform,"  is  to  be 
admitted,  the  chambers  that  we  have  passed  through 
are  beautiful  in  the  extreme.     Each  figure  differs 
from  another  in  style,  costume,  or  accompaniments ; 
yet  a  certain  uniformity  reigns  throughout  the 
whole,  showing  the  taste  and  power  of  the  artist, 
and  the  deformity  of  the  religion  that  gave  it  birth. 
The  whole  of  the  apartments  must  have  been  lighted 

p2 


212  TEMPLE    OF   DENDERA. 

artificially,  which,  along  with  the  swarms  of  bate 
with  which  they  are  now  infested,  is  undoubtedly 
the  reason  why  the  interior  of  the  temple  is  so  dark 
and  fuliginous,  compared  with  the  unsullied  fresh- 
ness that  prevails  on  the  exterior  of  the  walls. 

Having  examined  the  interior  of  the  building,  we 
descended  over  the  walls,  which  the  immense  accu- 
mulation of  rubbish  around  their  base  enabled  us 
to  do  without  any  difficulty,  and  proceeded  to  take  a 
view  of  the  exterior.  The  sculpture  here  is  equally 
elegant  and  interesting  as  within;  the  hierogly- 
phics are  equally  well  cut,  the  drapery  equally 
rich  and  profuse ;  the  figures,  however,  are  on  a 
larger  scale,  many  of  them  perfectly  unclothed,  and 
of  a  description  that  ought  not  to  be  named.  Isis 
here  is  attired  in  her  most  gorgeous  apparel,  with 
a  tippet  of  the  richest  and  most  curious  workman- 
ship, which  I  am  quite  unequal  to  describe  in 
words.  She  is  generally  accompanied  by  two  at- 
tendants, one  with  a  human  and  the  6ther  with  a 
hawk's  head,  and  both  of  them  with  the  sceptre  of 
Osiris  in  their  hands.  She  is  frequently  represented 
with  the  head  of  a  lion,  and  the  sceptre  of  Osiris  in 
her  hand,  receiving  offerings  and  adoration.  At 
other  timed  she  is  represented  as  affectionately 
nursing  Horus,  who  himself  in  other  compart- 
ments, is  exhibited  as  receiving  offerings  in  the  tame 
manner.  Among  the  offerers  to  Horus  we  ob- 
served that  monstrous  misshapen  figure,  which  I 


TEMPJLE    OF   DENDERA.  213 

am  at  a  loss  to  name,  but  which  authors  have  dig- 
nified  with  the  appellation  of  the  wife  of  Typhon, 
the  evil  genius.  She  is  assuredly  the  ugliest  and 
most  indescribable  mass  that  nature  ever  annual- 
ized, or  that  human  invention  ever  put  together  in 
all  the  varied  legends  of  monsters  or  anomalies. 
Her  appearance  is  that  of  a  quadruped  on  end, 
with  a  dog's  head,  human  arms  and  hands,  in  which 
she  generally  holds  a  small  staff  to  support  herself; 
she  has  a  protuberant  ahdomen,  and  stands  with 
difficulty  on  her  hind  feet,  which  seem  to  be  those 
of  a  goat  ;  she  has  a  long  tail  that  hangs  down  to 
her  heels,  from  what  appears  to  be  a  mask  that 
covers  her  head.  She  is  present  on  every  temple, 
*nd  generally  in  every  assembly  of  the  gods.  She 
generally  acts  an  inferior  character ;  but  sometimes 
she  appears  as  a  principal  divinity,  and  is  presented 
with  offerings  accordingly.  There  is  no  opinion  so 
absurd,  but  will  find,  and  has  found,  abettors  in 
philosophy;  and  there  is  no  object,  however  mon- 
strous,  but  has  been  made  the  object  of  adoration 
by  a  crafty  and  designing  priesthood.  When  man- 
kind once  ^llow  themselves  to  deviate  from  the  wor- 
ship  of  the  pure  and  spiritual  Being,  the  high  and 
lofty  One  who  inhabiteth  eternity,  and  endeavour 
to  bound  by  lines  Him  who  knows  no  limits  of  time 
or  space,  and  to  represent,  by  sensible  signs,  Him 
who  is  invisible,  and  who,  if  he. could  be  seen  by  the 
human,  eye,  or  comprehended  by  the  human  mind, 


214  TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA. 

would  neither  be  infinite  nor  eternal,  and  conse* 
quently  not  God,  no  human  calculation  can  pre* 
scribe  the  bounds  of  their  extravagance  and  folly. 
The  temple  at  Dendera  is  by  far  the  finest  in 
Egypt ;  the  devices  have  more  soul  in  them ;  and 
the  execution  is  of  the  choicest  description.  The 
tablets  supposed  to  indicate  the  name  of  the  person 
whose  story  is  told  in  the  hieroglyphics,  consist  of 
many  characters ;  among  which  is  the  lion  coach- 
ant,  which,  I  believe,  has  not  hitherto  been  found 
to  belong  to  any  of  the  rulers  of  Egypt  except  the 
Ptolemies.  They  are  inclosed  by  a  circular  line 
tied  to  a  cross-bar  at  the  lower  end ;  and  the  top 
of  the  one  with  the  lion  is  surmounted  by  the  globe, 
inclosed  between  two  feathers,  and  that  of  the  other 
by  the  cap  usually  worn  by  Horus.  As  often  as 
the  same  individual  occurs,  the  same  tablets  of 
hieroglyphics  always  occur  along  with  him,  like  bis 
insignia,  or  coat  of  arms.  They  generally  occur  in 
pairs,  with  the  goose  and  egg  over  her  back  be- 
tween them,  supposed  to  intimate  "the  son  of "; 

so  that  the  one  tablet  contains  the  name  of  the 
honored  individual,  and  the  other  that  of  his  father. 
The  objects  of  worship  are  never  accompanied  with 
tablets  of  hieroglyphics ;  there  was  no  such  neces- 
sity for  tracing  their  generation j  for  the  priests 
denied  that  they  ever  deified  or  worshipped  heroes, 
and  that  there  was  any  instance  or  possibility  o£  a 
human  being's  descent  from  a  god.     This  was  the 


TEMPLE   OF    DENDEUA.  215 

doctrine  that  they  held  in  the  days  of  Herodotus ; 
but  after-ages  have  affirmed  that  they  were  a  lying 
priesthood,  preaching  conveniency  instead  of  truth. 
The  numerous  tablets  of  hieroglyphics  that  occur 
in  different  parts  of  the  temple,  probably  contain 
a  narration  of  the  principal  events  in  the  life  of  the 
individual,  and  the  grateful  feelings  of  the  votary 
towards  the  object  of  his  adoration,  with  the  pre- 
vailing dogmas  of  the  priests  who  directed  the 
ceremonies  of  the  temple.     These  conjectures  are 
confirmed  into  probability,  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  tablet  containing  the  name  of  the  principal 
person  being  often  repeated  in  the  hieroglyphics 
with  which  he  is  surrounded,  and  the  names  of  the 
deities,  as  far  as  they  are  known,  being  likewise 
frequently  repeated  in  the  long  discourses  that  are 
addressed  to  them  by  their  worshippers ;  and  like- 
wise from  this  being  the  purport  of  the  principal 
Greek  and  Latin  inscriptions  that  are  still  found 
in  the  temples.     The  hieroglyphic  is  the  only  un- 
known alphabet  that  a  person  entirely  ignorant  of 
the  subject  it  is  employed  to  unfold,  can  contem- 
plate with  pleasure  and  advantage ;  for  its  elemen- 
tary parts  consist  of  such  an  assemblage  of  objects, 
both  animate  find  inanimate,  of  familiar  occurrence, 
grouped  together  in  such  a  way,  either  in  whole  or 
in  part,  that  it  is  almost  as  impossible  to  refrain 
from  casting  the  eye  over  a  page  of  hieroglyphics, 
as  it  is  from  perusing  an  inscription  in  any  known 


&16  TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA. 

language ;  and  it  is  impossible  not  to  attach  some 
meaning  to  many  of  the  various  groups  that,  in 
this  pictorial  language,  address  themselves  to  the 
eye.  So  the  mind  of  the  spectator  is  entertained 
with  the  writing,  although  the  real  meaning  of  it 
is  unknown.  After  walking  round  this  celebrated 
temple,  and  considering  its  peculiar  beauty  and 
ornament,  a  person  is  astonished  to  find  that  there 
is  no.  exact  transcript  or  model  of  it  in  England* 
And  after  he  has  been  at  the  trouble  and  expense 
of  going  to  Egypt  to  find  this  instructive  and 
venerable  relic  so  buried  in  sand  and  rubbish,  that 
not  above  one  half  of  it  can  be  seen*  France  has 
done  much  to  make  the  world  acquainted  with 
Egyptian  antiquities ;  and  had  the  agents  she  em- 
ployed performed  their  work  with  fidelity,  she 
would  have  been  entitled  to  our  warmest  grati- 
tude; but  the  rubbish  was  never  cleared  away  from 
the  walls,  or  from  the  interior  of  the  temple ;  and 
being  unable  to  give  the  whole  of  any  one  build* 
ing,  they  gave  it  in  patches,  and  those  so  incor- 
rectly, that  no  person  in  examining  them,  can  be 
sure  whether  he  is  studying  the  composition  of  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  or  of  the  modern  French;  so 
that  no  part  of  their  work  can  serve  as  an  unsus- 
pected guide  to  the  student  of  Egyptian  antiqui- 
ties. Fragments  can  never  be  satisfactory.  In 
order  to  know,  and  to  judge  with  impartiality,  the 
whole  must  be  faithfully  subjected  to  the  eye  of 


TEMPLE   OF   DENDERA.  217 

the  examinator.  Mr.  Belzoni  has  done  this  in  the 
most  complete  and  effectual  manner,  with  a  more 
ancient  piece  of  Egyptian  antiquity  than  the  temple 
of  Dendera.  But  only  part  of  what  he  has  brought 
to  England  is  exhibited  to  the  world.  They  ad- 
mire, and  deservedly  admire,  the  little  that  they 
seej  but  if  the  whole  were  exhibited,  and  they 
found  themselves  not'  looking  into  a  model,  or 
walking  through  two  small  apartments,  but  com- 
pletely inclosed  in  an  Egyptian  tomb  above,  below, 
and  on  every  side,  and  passed  through  a  series  of 
chambers  and  corridors  to  the  extent  of  309  feet, 
all  fresh  and  adorned  like  what,  or  more  brilliantly 
than  what,  they  now  behold ;  instead  of  one  short 
hour  being  deemed  sufficient,  days  and  weeks  would 
not  satisfy  the  most  incurious  with  beholding.  An 
accurate  plan,  casts  and  drawings  of  the  sculpture, 
hieroglyphics  and  ornaments  on  the  walls  of  the 
temple  of  Dendera,  done  in  the  same  manner  as 
Mr.  Belzoni  has  done  that  of  the  elegant  tomb 
which  he  discovered  in  the  valley  of  Biban  el  Me- 
louk,  would  be  a  rich  and  invaluable  present  to  the 
arts  in  Europe.  It  may  be  easily  obtained  now, 
because  the  building  is  extremely  perfect,  and  has 
only  to  be  cleared  of  the  rubbish  by  which  it  is  en- 
cumbered. But  a  few  years  hence  the  object  may 
be  impracticable,  and  Dendera,  like  Karnac,  may 
be  trodden  under  foot,  and  looked  at  in  scattered 
fragments,  sharing  the  fate  of  the  miserable  village 


818       SMALL  TEMPLE  OF  DENDERA. 

of  which  it  is  the  pride,  and  only  valuable  relic* 
In  England,  where  so  many  have  the  means,  it  is 
astonishing,  I  would  almost  say  disgraceful,  that 
none  should  have  the  inclination. 

There  is  a  small  temple,  or  chapel,  not  far  from 
the  north  end  of  the  magnificent  edifice  that  we 
have  just  been  describing,  that  seems  also  to  have 
been  devoted  to  the  worship  of  Isis  and  Osiris, 
with  the  human  body  and  hawk's  head.  The  walls 
and  ceiling  are  profusely  ornamented  with  repre- 
sentations of  these  deities  receiving  homage  and 
offerings  from  their  respective  votaries.  The  same 
long  figure  which  we  mentioned  as  framing  the 
ceiling  on  the  pronaos,  is  here  represented  on  the 
ceiling,  as  breathing  her  sacred  inspiration  over  the 
head  of  Osiris ;  a  practice  of  which  there  is  a  relic 
in  Egypt  at  this  very  day.  The  holy  dervis  hav- 
ing called  upon  the  name  of  God  in  deep  and  hol- 
low tones,  before  making  a  fresh  inspiration,  by 
which  to  recontaminate  his  lungs,  breathes  upon 
the  face  of  the  person  on  whom  he  would  confer 
his  blessing,  believing  that  the  breath  which  comes 
from  the  lungs,  immediately  after  pronouncing  the 
name  of  God,  is  fraught  with  the  most  gracious 
and  salutary  efficacy  to  him  who  receives  it* 

One  small  temple  still  remains  to  be  mentioned $ 
it  is  on  the  right  of  the  propylon  by  which  we 
entered  to  the  temple,  and  would  have  formed  part 
of  that  side  of  the  dromos,  if  such  an  enclosure  had 


fever  been  completed ;  it  is  called  by  ^Strabo  the 
typhoniuirt,  or  connected  with  Typhon.  It  is  so 
completely  gorged  with  sand,  that  we  could  not 
fully  examine  it.  The  head  of  this  typhon,  a 
horrible  looking  dwarf,  forms  the  capitals  of  the 
columns,  and  we  may  judge  that  this  was  not  done 
out  of  disrespect,  from  the  head  of  the  goddess  to 
whom  it  was  dedicated  forming  the  capitals  of  the 
columns  of  the  large  temple.  Besides  forming  the 
capitals  of  the  columns,  the  figure  of  this  god,  in 
all  its  length,  is  frequently  sculptured  on  the  walls. 
He  is  of  a  broad,  short,  squat  make,  having  a 
wrinkled  face  contracted  with  a  horrid  death-like 
grin,  and  blighted  beard,  looking  like  a  man  in  an 
infernal  mask,  as  if  the  soul  were  blown  out  of  him, 
more  fitly  representing  envy  withering  at  another's 
joy,  than  any  contrivance  of  human  ingenuity  I 
ever  saw.  Before  him  stands  the  only  person  fit  to 
be  his  wife,  the  hideous  cynocephalus,  or  quadruped 
on  end,  above  described  as  the  intended  original  of 
the  great  bear.  Between  them,  sits  the  puling 
Horus  or  Harpocrates,  seated  on  a  full  blown 
lotus,  with  his  fingers  on  his  mouth,  emblematic 
of  silence.  This  group  is  repeated  in  several  parts 
of  the  temple,  but  in  no  place  did  I  see  this  Typhon, 
or  his  companion,  offering  violence  to  Horus,  or 
themselves  receiving  offerings  as  objects  of  wor- 
ship j  on  the  contrary,  they  seemed  to  guard  and 
cherish  him,  and  he  seemed  as  happ^  in  their 


220  TYPHON1UM* 

society  as  any  where  else.  On  the  walls  of  an  inner 
apartment,  Harpocrates  is  seated  on  a  lion-shaped 
pouch,  which  is  supported  by  four  lions  and  twelve 
of  these  cynocephali,  or  erect  quadrupeds.  He  is 
nursed  by  Isis  leo,  and  Isis  vacca ;  on  each  side 
are  numerous  representations  of  women  with  chil- 
dren in  their  arms  and  on  their  knees,  and  Isis 
with  Horus  at  her  breast.  There  is  a  niche  at  the 
end  of  the  room  which  has  been  garnished  with  a 
statue,  but  which  is  now  so  much  battered  down, 
that  we  found  it  impossible  to  refer  it  to  any 
original.  He  would  render  a  great  service  to  the 
student  of  Egyptian  antiquities,  who  would  be  at 
the  expense  and  trouble  of  clearing  away  the  rub- 
bish from  this  temple,  and  taking  accurate  draw- 
ings or  casts  of  the  whole,  so  that  it  could  be  seen 
in  England  exactly  as  it  is  in  Egypt.  Wars  and 
revolutions  might  then  do  their  worst ;  the  records 
of  ancient  times  would  not  perish  with  the  uncer- 
tain existence  of  this  beautiful  temple. 


I  221  ] 


CHAPTER  VII. 

THE   DEITIES   OF   THE   EGYPTIANS.   . 

Egypt  has  been  called  the  granary  of  the  world, 
and  if  we  look  at  the  Pantheon  we  shall  find  that 
it  has  been  nearly  as  fertile  in  gods  as  in  grain. 
Every  little  district,  nay,  almost  every  little  town, 
had  its  temple  or  temples,  the  walls  of  which  were 
covered,  within  and  without,  with  representations 
of  their  gods  and  goddesses.     Every  element  of 
nature  was  laid  under  contribution ;   spirit,  fire, 
water,  earth,  and  air,  were  all  converted  into  gods ; 
and  every  living  thing,  about  which  a  cunning  priest 
could  invent  a  story  that  would  gain  him  a  shilling, 
was  dubbed  a  god,  elevated  to  the  Pantheon,  and 
maintained  while  alive  at  an  enormous  expense, 
and  buried  with  suitable  pomp  and  splendor  after 
its  death.     Men  and  women,  bulls  and  cows,  rams 
and  goats,  dogs  and  cats,  snakes  and  frogs,  hawks 
<and  other  birds,  fish  and  beetles,  all  were  war- 
shipped  either  universally  or  in  their  respective 
districts.     So  degraded,  in  fine,  were  their  notions 
•of  the  Supreme  Being,  and  so  absurd  their  legends 
'Concerning  him,  that  Eschylus  declared  if  the 
Egyptians  believed  such  things  of  the  blessed  and 
incorruptible  nature  of  the  Deity,  they  ought  to 
spit  and  wash  their  mouths  after  mentioning  their 


222  EGYPTIAN    DEITIES. 

names  by  which  they  had  been  defiled.  It  is  not 
my  intention  to  dwell  long  on  the  black  and  in- 
famous catalogue  of  Egyptian  abominations.  At 
what  time  they  began  to  form  it,  it  is  impossible 
to  ascertain.  Ham,  the  second  son  of  Noah,  is 
generally  allowed  to  have  been  the  father  of  the 
Egyptians,  who  originally  named  Egypt,  which  is 
one  of  the  blackest  soils  in  the  world,  as  they  do 
the  black  part  of  the  eye,  chemia,  a  name  which 
appears  to  have  an  affinity  with  that  of  their  great 
ancestor :  and  in  the  sacred  Scriptures,  Egypt  is 
indiscriminately  called  the  land  of  Ham,  or  the  land 
of  Mizraim,  after  the  name  of  his  son ;  or  the  land 
of  Pathros,  or  the  land  of  Caphtor,  after  the  names 
of  two  of  his  grandsons  Pathrusim  and  Caphtorim. 
Any  of  these,  the  early  progenitors  of  their  nation, 
might  also  have  been  the  first  god  of  their  idolatry, 
which  when  once  commenced,  spreads  like  an  in- 
curable gangrene,  infecting  and  destroying  every 
thing  with  which  it  comes  into  contact.  If  the 
spring  be  poisoned,  those  that  drink  of  it  must  die. 
The  first  mention  of  the  idolatry  of  the  Egyptians 
occurs  in  the  books  of  Moses:  Potipherah,  the 
father-in-law  of  the  patriarch  Joseph,  was  priest  of 
On,  a  city  in  which  they  worshipped  the  sun  under 
the  image  of  a  black  boll  called  Mnevis.  Hence, 
when  "  Pharaoh  called  for  Moses,  and  for  Aaron, 
"  and  said,  go  ye,  sacrifice  to  your  God  in  the 
"  land :"  Moses  said,  "  it  is  not  meet  so  to  do ;  for 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  223 

w  we  shall  sacrifice  the  abomination  (bull)  of  the 
c<  Egyptians  to  the  Lord  our  God :  lo  shall  we  sacri- 
w  fice  the  abomination  of  the  Egyptians  before  their 
"  eyes,  and  will  they  not  stone  us?" 

The  first  account  that  we  have  of  the  deities  of 
the  Egyptians,  is  from  Herodotus,  who  did  not 
flourish  till  more  than  1000  years  after  the  death 
of  Moses ;  and  we  learn  from  him,  that  in  his  time 
the  Egyptians  sacrificed  bulls  without  blemish  to 
their  goddess  Isis :  and  in  that  curious  and  valu- 
able relic  of  antiquity,  the  tomb  which  Mr.  Belzoni 
discovered  in  Egypt,  artd  which  is  now  exhibiting 
in  London,  we  see  a  spotted  bull,  like  Apis,  tied 
and  slaughtered,  and  some  of  his  legs  cut  off,  and 
the  sacrificer  is  busily  employed  in  taking  off  the 
others.  Thus  the  gods  that  were  worshipped  in 
one  time  and  place,  were  sacrificed  in  another ;  and 
a  learned  author  shrewdly  remarks,  that  the  gods 
of  the  ancienter  times  turned  to  be  the  devils  of 
the  latter. 

Herodotus  states  that  the  Egyptians  had  eight 
original  gods ;  and  Jacob  Bryant  supposes  that  this 
number  has  an  allusion  to  the  eight  persons  who 
were  saved  in  the  Ark.  Noah  and  his  wife,  and  his 
three  sons  and  their  wives  ;  which  is  not  likely  to 
be  true,  as  we  should  have  had  four  gods  and  four 
goddesses ;  which  is  not  the  case.  The'  venerable 
historian  does  not  regularly  enumerate  the  names 
of  the  eight  deities  whom  he  supposes  to  have 


2£4  EGYPTIAN   MYTHOLOGY. 

taken  precedency  of  the  others ;  he  says  Pan  was 
one  of  the  eight,  and  perhaps  the  oldest ;  Hercules 
was  one  of  the  twelve  gods  whom  the  eight  pro- 
duced ;  and  Bacchus  was  of  the  third  rank  among 
those  whom  the  twelve  produced ;  and  that  they 
esteemed  Bacchus  and  Ceres  the  great  deities 
in  the  realms  below.  Further,  that  excepting  the 
names  of  Neptune,  the  Dioscuri,  Juno,  Vesta,  the 
Graces,  and  the  Nereids,  which  are  confessedly 
Greek  or  Pelasgian,  the  names  of  all  the  other  gods 
are  of  Egyptian  origin. 

Six  grand  festivals  wel€  held  in  Egypt  in  honor 
of  the  gods ;  the  first  in  respect  of  dignity,  was 
the  festival  of  Diana,  at  Bubastis ;  the  second  was 
that  of  Isis,  in  Greek  Demeter,  or  Ceres,  at  Busiris, 
in  the  Delta;  the  third  at  Sais,  in  honor  of  Mi- 

4 

nerva,  when  all  Egypt  was  illuminated ;  the  fourth 
at  Heliopolis,  sacred  to  the  sun ;  the  fifth  at  Butoe, 
in  honor  of  Latona ;  the  sixth  at  Papremis,  in  honor 
of  Mars.  There  were  seven  grand  oracles,  namely, 
that  of  Hercules,  Apollo,  Minerva,  Diana,  Mars, 
and  Jupiter;  but  the  most  esteemed  was  that  of 
Latona,  at  Butos,  Thus,  in  the  time  of  Herodotus, 
which  was  about  120  years  after  the  Persian  con- 
quest, the  grand  theatre  of  Egyptian  devotion,  ap- 
pears to  have  been  in  the  Delta,  and  the  greater 
part  of  his  remarks  refers  to  their  worship  as  it  was 
performed  at  the  different  stations  therein  men- 
tioned, and  which,  though  a  hundred  years  before 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  32$ 

Alexander's  conquest,  Seems  to  have  been  nearly 
as  much  Greek  as  Egyptian.  He  mentions  Mem* 
phis,  and  the  worship  of  Apis,  and  the  temple  of 
Vulcan ;  but  aays  very  little  of  their  ceremonies, 
and  does  not  mention  the  Egyptian  name  of  Vul- 
can, and  hardly  any  of  the  ceremonies  that  were 
held  in  honor  of  him-  Of  Thebes  he  scarcely  says 
any  thing ;  so  that  all  the  temples  and  places  of 
Egyptian  worship*  which  Herodotus  particularly 
notices,  are  now  entirely  destroyed  The  I>ekaof 
late  years  is  seldom  visited  by  travellers,  yet  k  an- 
ciently  contained  mueh  of  the  grandeur  of  Egypt, 
and,  according  to  the  tradition  of  the  looians*  is 
the  ftnly  part  that  is,  strictly  speaking;  entitled  to 
he  culled  Egypt,  which  is  ,toerqglyphica%  r«epre* 
sented  by  the  figure  <of  a  heart*  no  inapt  similitude 
of  the  Delta.  The  rest  of  what  is  usually  potted 
Egypt,  belonged  to  Lybia,  or  Arabia.  In  the  Delta 
the  greatest  number  of  their  kings  (resided  $  here 
they  were  buried ;  here  were  their  most  celebrated 
institutions,  and  here  their  most  celebrated  oracles 
were  delivered,  and  here  their  most  splendid  festi- 
vals were  held  in  honor  pf  the  gods.  The  princi- 
pal places  mentioned  in  our  sacred  writings,  Zoan, 
Noph,  and  Tapha/nes,  are  ail  referable  *o  die  Delta, 
and,  as  well  as  the  places  that  are  mentioned  above 
by  Herodotus,  have  been  but  htt^e  noticed  by 
modern  travellers.  Probably  little  of  them  remains ; 
but  a  skilful  examination  of  thc&r  situation  would 

VOL.  i.  Q 


1 


226  EGYPTIAN  DEITIES. 

let  us  know,  at  least,  all  that  is ;  and  would  assist 
us  extremely  in  understanding  many  passages  in 
ancient  writers,  and  many  accounts  of  their  my- 
thology, which  being  copied  from  ancient  writers, 
who  described  places  of  worship  now  not  in  exist- 
ence, are  totally  inapplicable  to  those  which  we  at 
present  find  in  the  country ;  and  which  if  mentioned 
by  them  at  all,  are  only  noticed  as  places  of  in- 
ferior consideration.  Herodotus  mentions  parti- 
cularly Bubastis,  Buto,  Sais,  Papremis,  Busiris, 
Heliopolis,  and  Memphis,  which  are  all  in  or  near 
to  the  Delta,  and  of  which  we,  literally  speaking, 
know  nothing,  nor  even  are  we  accurately  informed 
that  nothing  is  to  be  known  of  them.  We  have 
Dendera,  Thebes,  Coptos,  Ombos,  Elephantina, 
and  Philce,  which  he  scarcely  mentions,  so  that  no- 
thing is  less  satisfactory,  than  a  comparison  of  the 
list  of  the  gods  and  goddesses  that  we  read  in 
Herodotus,  and  those  that  we  see  exhibited  in  the 
temples  that  now  remain  for  our  inspection. 
;  The  next  oldest  account  to  that  of  Herodotus 
which.  I  intend  noticing,  is  from  Diodorus  Sicuhis. 
He  lived  at  a  much  later  period,  and  as  he  informs 
us  himself  travelled  in  Egypt  in  the  180th  Olympiad, 
which  is  about  sixty  years  before  Christ.  Accord- 
ingly his  account  corresponds  better  with  what  we 
see  on  the  temples  at  present,  than  does  the  rela- 
tion of  Herodotus.  He  says  that  there  were 
originally  two  gods,  the  sun  and  the  moon,  and 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  227 

those  two  were  eternal ;  spirit,  fire,  water,  earth, 
kind  air,  were  also  deified,  and  these  were  all  their 
celestial  gods.  The  other  gods  were  begotten  of 
these,  and  were  all  mortal ;  but  obtained  immor- 
tality from  the  greatness  and  the  beneficence  of 
their  actions,  and  in  the  end,  appear  to  have  ex- 
pelled all  the  elementary  gods  from  the  pantheon. 
This  agrees  with  the  account  of  Manetho  the 
Mendestan,  who  says  that  all  the  gods  of  the 
'  Egyptians  were  mere  mortal  beings,  and  had  once 
lived  upon  earth  ;  and  also  with  the  account  of  Plu- 
tarch who,  under  the  names  of  Isis  and  Osiris  who 
from  being  king  and  queen  of  the  country,  became 
the  great  god  and  goddess  of  the  Egyptians,  and 
were  worshipped  under  different  forms,  takes  an 
opportunity  of  giving  an  account  of  the  whole  of 
their  fabulous  pantheon. 

Several  modern  authors  have  treated  at  large  of 
the  gods  of  the  Egyptians,  among  whom  I  beg 
leave  to  mention  Jablonski,  who  in  his  Pantheon 
wEgyptiorum,  enumerates  thirty-one  gods*  and  ex- 
patiates at  great  length  upon  their  names  and  at- 
tributes* The  author  of  the  article  Egypt,  in  the 
fourth  volume  of  the  supplement  to  the  Encyclo- 
pedia BriUnnica,  enumerates  forty-one  gods ;  some 
of  whom  were  not  worshipped  as  gods,  and  he  has 
omitted  others  that  were,  without  assigning  any 
reason  for  so  doing ;  for  example,  he  mentions  Ma- 
cedo  and  Thueris,  the  one  a  captain  of  Osiris,  and  the 

Q  2 


228  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES* 

other  a  strumpet  of  Typhon;  but  he  takes  no  notice 
of  the  wolf,  the  crocodile,  the  eye,  the  ape,  or  of 
many  other  inferior  animals  who  were  better  entitled 
to  a  place  in  the  pantheon  than  they.  There  is  a 
short  and  very  distinct  account  of  the  gods  of  the 
ancient  Egyptians,  in  the  introduction  to  the  octavo 
edition  of  Brace's  Travels,  edited  by  the  late  Re- 
verend  Doctor  Murray,  of  Edinburgh,  He  enu- 
merates twelve  principal  gods,  and  a  number  of 
inferior  ones,  and  appears  to  have  taken  the  idea  of 
such  an  enumeration  from  Herodotus:  and  had  I 
been  disposed  to  have  adopted  any,  I  should  cer- 
tainly have  taken  this  as  the  most  satisfactory  ar- 
rangement that  I  have  yet  seen  ;  but  many  of  the 
deities  enumerated  there,  are  not  to  be  found  in 
any  of  the  temples  or  tombs  that  fell  under  my  ex- 
amination, and  on  that  account  I  take  the  liberty  of 
submitting  to  the  reader,  such  an  enumeration  of 
the  deities  of  Egypt  as  I  collected  from  observa- 
tion, together  with  some  of  the  notices  that  ancient 
authors  have  preserved  concerning  tbeifti. 

The  sun  appears  to  have  been  the  first  grand  ob- 
ject of  the  idolatry  of  the  ancient  Egyptians  5  and 
its  emblem,  the  globe,  surmounted  with  serpents 
and  wings,  is  by  far  the  most  splendid  exhibition 
on  any  of  their  temples ;  it  generally  occupies  the 
cetitre  space  immediately  above  the  doors,  on  the 
gateways,  the  entrance  of  the  temple,  the  centre 
space  along  the  ceilings  in  the  pronaos,  and  the 


Typh. 


Nephthe. 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  229 

same  over  the  top  of  the  different  doors  in  the  in* 
terior  of  the  temple.  It  occurs  sometimes,  though 
very  rarely,  among  the  hieroglyphics;  sometimes 
it  is  represented  as  pouring  down  rays  of  light,  and 
individuals  standing  on  each  side  of  it,  holding  up 
their  hands  as  in  adoration ;  but  it  is  never  pre- 
sented with  offerings,  and  the  place  that  it  occupies 
in  the  interior  of  the  temples,  is  so  inconsiderable, 
that  under  this  form  the  sun  cannot  be  regarded  as 
an  object  of  worship  in  any  of  the  temples  or  tombs 
in  Egypt.  As  an  object  of  adoration,  it  appears 
to  have  been  differently  named,  at  different  times 
Rhre,  Phre,  On,  Osiris  -,  with  many  modifications, 
as  Amun,  Djom,  Horus,  Harpocrates,  Serapis,  &c. 

Latterly  Osiris  became  the  principal  male  divi- 
nity above  all  the  rest,  who  were,  comparatively 
speaking,  but  his  servants  or  attendants.  His  name, 
according  to  Plutarch,  is  a  compound  of  two 
Egyptian  words,  Os,  which  signifies  many,  and  Iris, 
which  signifies  eye ;  he  is  then  a  many-eyed  deity, 
supposed  to  allude  to  the  multitude  of  twinkling 
stars  that  gem  the  firmament  of  heaven.  Accord- 
ing to  others,  it  is  a  compound  of  ja,  jove,  or  lord, 
and  sihr,  black;  and  Homer's  epithet  of  black 
clouded  Jove,  is  supposed  to  be  merely  a  transla- 
tion of  his  name  ;  others  interpret  it  to  mean  active 
or  energetic  ;  others  the  maker  or  divider  of  time. 
He  was  begotten  in  adultery ;  his  father  was  Saturn 
or  Cronos,  and  his  mother  Rhea  the  wife  of  the  sun. 


230  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES* 

• 

He  was  born  on  the  first  intercalary  day,  and  a  voice 
accompanied  him  into  the  world,  proclaiming  that 
the  lord  of  all  things  is  now  born.  His  images  are 
dressed  in  the  splendor  of  light,  a  white  flame- 
colored  robe,  without  shade  or  variety  of  color,  in- 
timating the  pure  and  bloodless  nature  of  the  deity ; 
his  face  is  black  like  the  river  of  Egypt,  or  blue 
like  the  azure  sky  in  which  he  shines.  His  name  is 
sometimes  written  Hysiris,  which  means  the  wetter; 
he  is  the  president  of  humid  nature ;  all  moisture 
and  fertility  proceed  from  him  ;  the  Nile  is  the 
effluence  of  Osiris,  and  a  pitcher  of  water  is  always 
borne  first  in  the  processions  in  honor  of  him.  Hia 
soul  resides  in  the  sun,  which  originally  sprung  from 
moisture  itself,  and  feeds  upon  it  still ;  water  is  the 
first  principle  of  all  things,  and  Ocean  us  and  Osiris, 
are  the  same,  and,  like  Isis,  may  be  said  to  have 
come  from  themselves.     Hence  in  the  Egyptian 

mythology,  the  sun  does  not  ride  round  the  world 

• 

1n  a  chariot  drawn  by  winged  steeds,  reined  and 
driven  by  Apollo,  as  is  fabled  by  the  Greeks  and 
Romans,  but  sails  perpetually  round  it  in  boats. 
In  the  processions  the  gods  are  always  represented 
standing  in  boats  drawn  by  ropes,  or  carried  on  men's 
shoulders,  and  the  image  is  always  enclosed  in  a 
frame  or  dividing  line,  which  is  frequently  encircled 
by  a  serpent,  intimating  that  a  vast  line  of  partition 
divides  the  habitation  of  the  gods  from  that  of  men, 
They  are  in  the  other  world,  and  are  eternal.  Whea 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  231 

m 

Osiris  comes  to  converse  with  men,  he  is  then  a 
polymorphous  deity,  appearing  in  any  shape  that 
he  judges  best  calculated  to  answer  his  purpose* 
His  highest  character  seems  to  be  in  the  form  of  a 
man,  habited  in  the  costume  of  the  country,  with 
a  magnificent  cap.  resembling  a  mitre,  encompassed 
with  serpents  on  his  head ;  he  is  represented  as 
sitting  on  a  throne,  with  a  sceptre  in  his  right  hand, 
and  the  emblem  which  we  have  called  the  sacred 
Tau,  in  his  left.  The  sceptre  resembles .  a  small 
'  walking-staff.  It  is  cleft  at  the  lower  end  as  if  to 
span  and  embrace  the  world,  and  the  head  of  it  is 
like  the  head  of  the  hupoe,  and  is  furnished  with 
an  eye,  indicating  the  provident  and  all-pervading 
eye  of  the  deity  that  wears  it.  The  fig-leaf  is  sacred 
to.  Osiris,  and  represents  the  watering  and  spiriting 
of  the  universe,  and  its  crucial  form  is  probably  the 
original  of  the  handled  Tau,  which  he  carries  in 
his  left  hand,  and  which  has  not  injudiciously  been 
interpreted  the  symbol  of  life.  The  leaf  of  the  ivy 
is  of  a  similar  description,  and  is  also  sacred  to 
Osiris.  In  this  attitude  he  is  frequently  presented 
with  offerings,  and  sometimes  Isis,  and  sometimes 
another  female  is  standing  behind  him.  He  is  fre- 
quently represented  by  a  hawk,  because  this  bird, 
we  are  told,  exceeds  all  others  in  quickness  of  sight, 
and  velocity  of  flight ;  he  was  worshipped  at  Helio- 
polis  under  the  form  of  a  bull,  which  was  jet  black, 
.and  called  Mnevis,  and  at  Memphis  under  that  of 


432  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

a  spotted  bull,  called  Apis.  Mnevis  is  die  most 
genuine  representative  of  the  sun,  his  color  is  the 
same  with  the  countenance  of  Osiris,  and  he  is  sup- 
posed by  man  j  to  have  been  the  sire  of  Apis j  but 
that  is  a  mistake,  for  this  latter  bull  was  conceived 
by  a  prolific  light  from  the  moon,  striking  an  Im- 
maculate cow,  who,  after  she  had  given  him  birth, 
was  locked  up  and  fed,  and  watched  by  her  priests, 
and  never  allowed  to  have  any  communication  with 
her  species :  so  that  this  cow*  though  she  had  been 
a  mother,  might  really  be  considered  as  always  a 
heifer*  On  account  of  his  descent  from  the  moon, 
Apis  was  marked  with  white  spots,  many  of  which 
were  of  a  crescentic  form,  resembling  the  different 
phases  of  that  luminary,  and  moreover  it  is  mixed 
with  light  and  shady  colors :  be  is  therefore  a  sort 
of  amalgamation  or  representative  of  both.  The 
moon,  in  the  language  of  Egypt,  is  of  common  gen- 
den  The  representations  of  these  bulls,  however, 
are  very  seldom  met  with  on  the  present  temples 
in  Egypt,  and  even  when  they  do  occur,  they  are 
not  exhibited  as  the  principal  objects  of  worship. 
The  fields  of  their  fame  were  Heliopolis  and  Mem- 
phis, of  which  scarcely  a  fragment  remains,  and 
nothing  certainly  to  attest  the  veneration  in  which 
they  were  held.  Osiris  is  also  frequently  repre- 
sented with  a  hawk's  head  and  human  body,  seated 
on  a  throne,  armed  with  the  sceptre  and  handled 
Tau,  attended  by  Isis  or  Bute,  and  presented  with 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  333 

offerings  as  above  described.    Some  are  of  opinion 
that  this  is  a  different  deity  of  more  limited  powers 
calle4  Arueris,  which  is  interpreted  to  mean  watch* 
man,  or  seer*  Apollo,  Horus,  or  Harpocrates ;  he 
was  born  on  the  second  intercalary  day,  and  is  the 
brother  of  Osiris.     He  is  represented  with  a  ram's 
head,  and  is  then  called  Osiris  Ammon,  winch  lat- 
ter word  is  interpreted  to  mean  hidden  or  hiding : 
and  when  in  their  hymns  in  honor  of  Osiris,  the 
Egyptians  called  upon  him  that  was  hidden  to 
manifest  himself  to  them  they  cried  Amun.   He  is 
likewise  represented  with  a  wolf's  head  ;  but  very 
little  is  known  of  him  in  this  character,  saving  it  is 
stated  that  after  his  death  he  came  from  below  in 
the  disguise  of  a  wolf,  and  assisted  Iais  and  Horus 
in  defeating  Typhon*    He  is  also  represented  with 
a  dog's  head,  and  is  then  called  Anubis,  who  is  said 
to  be  his  son  by  Nephthy,  and  represents  that 
bounding  ray  between  light  and  darkness  which  is 
called  the  horizon.     He  is  exhibited  of  a  golden 
color,  which  is  typical  of  the  glow  of  the  morning 
and  evening  sky ;  two  cocks  were  sacrificed  to  him, 
one  white,  and  the  other  of  a  saffron  odor.    Osiris 
is  also  represented  with  the  heads  of  other  animals, 
attached  to  the  human  body :  and  various  animals 
besides  the  bull  have  been  worshipped  as  itis  re* 
preventatives  $  the  crocodile,  the  goat,  the  weasel, 
the  beetle,  &c.  all  of  which  are  still  seen  an  the 
temples  and  tombs  of  Egypt. 


234  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

The  reason  of  Osiris  being  worshipped  under 
the  form  of  different  animals,  is  thus  detailed  by 
Diodorus  Siculus,  in  the  second  chapter  of  his  first 
book  : — Isis  having  found  the  dead  body  of  Osiris, 
which  had  been  cut  into  fourteen  pieces,  and  scat- 
tered about  by  Typhon,  was  desirous  that  his  se- 
pulchre should  remain  unknown,  and  that  he  should 
be  held  in  honor  by  the  Egyptians.  To  effectuate 
her  purpose,  she  took  a  mixture  of  wax  and  aro- 
matics,  and  made  it  into  the  form  of  a  man  like 
unto  him :  she  then  called  the  priests  of  Egypt 
together,  and  gave  to  each  of  them  an  image  of 
Osiris,  declaring  that  to  them  alone  she  intrusted 
the  body  of  her  husband,  adjuring  them  to  preserve 
it  in  the  sanctuaries,  and  worship  it  as  God,  and 
not  to  discover  to  any  that  the  sepulchre  of  Osiris 
was  among  them ;  that  they  might  dedicate  to  him 
any  animal  they  chose,  which  they  should  worship 
while  alive,  and  honor  with  such  ceremonies  as 
they  would  the  funeral  of  Osiris  when  dead.  In 
order  to  secure  a  ready  compliance  with  her  wishes, 
she  gave  them  a  grant  of  the  third  part  of  the 
lands  to  maintain  the  worship  of  the  gods,  and  the 
pomp  and  splendor  of  the  sacred  rites. 

Osiris  is  frequently  represented  in  the  dress  of  a 
mummy,  with  his  face  bare,  and  his  chin  adorned  with 
a  long  plaited  black  beard.  His  hands  are  crossed 
over  his  breast,  and  in  the  one  he  holds  a  crook,  or 
sometimes  two  crooks,  in  the  other  a  flail,  or  scourge ; 


EGYPTIAN  DEITIES.  9S5 

at  other  times  his  sceptre  is  enclosed  in  a  graduated 
sheath,  and  the  sacred  Tau  attached  to  the  top  of  it. 
The  next  of  the  Egyptian  deities  is  Isis.  Had 
I  followed  the  example  of  Plutarch,  I  ought  to 
have  mentioned  her  first.  She  was  the  half-sister 
and  wife  of  Osiris,  and  may  truly  be  said  to  have 
been  the  better  half;  for  if  it  had  not  been  for  her 
exertions,  it  is  more  than  probable  that  Osiris 
would  not  have  been  deified  at  all ;  still,  however, 
in  all  the  tombs  and  temples  the  highest  honor 
seems  to  be  conferred  upon  Osiris.  She  was  the 
female  principle  of  nature,  the  universal  female 
deity  of  Egypt.  Like  her  husband,  Isis  was  also 
a  spurious  offspring,  being  the  daughter  of  Thoth, 
or  Hermes,  by  Rhea,  who  was  the  wife  of  the  sun ; 
she  was  born  on  the  fourth  intercalary  day.  Her 
name  by  some  authors  is  said  to  mean  ancient ;  by 
Plutarch  it  is  said  to  be  of  Greek  derivation,  and 
to  signify  knowledge,  science,  living  intelligence, 
or  motion.  Her  temple  was  called  Iseon,  as  inti- 
mating that  we  shall  know  the  First  Being,  if  with 
reason  and  devotion  we  approach  the  sacred  tem- 
ples of  this  goddess.  Another  etymologist  says 
that  the  word  Isis  signifies  nurse,  a  character  in 
which  she  frequently  appears  ;  she  was  also  called 
the  nurse,  and  the  universal  recipient,  by  Plato  $ 
and  by  many  the  myronymous,  or  goddess  with 
ten  thousand  names.  She  was  also  called  by  the 
Egyptians  Athena,  which  means  in  their  language, 


936  EGYPTIAN  DUTIES. 

I  proceed  from  myself.  In  abort,  whatever  di- 
vinityshtp  could  be  attributed  to  the  female  prin- 
ciple of  nature,  was  ascribed  to  Isis  by  the  Egyp- 
tians. Apuleius,  in  his  Metamorphoses,  makes  her 
describe  herself  in  the  following  terms  : — "  I  am 
Nature,  the  mother  of  all  things,  mistress  of  the 
elements,  the  beginning  of  time,  the  sovereign  of 
the  gods,  the  queen  of  the  shades,  the  first  of  the 
celestial  natures,  the  uniform  face  of  the  gods  and 
goddesses.  It  is  I  who  govern  the  bright  sublimity 
of  the  heavens,  the  salutary  breath  of  the  seas,  the 
lugubrious  silence  of  babes.  My  divinity  one,  but 
with  different  forms,  is  honored  with  different  rites, 
and  under  different  names.  The  Phrygians  call 
me  Pessinuntica,  mother  of  the  gods ;  the  Athe- 
nians, Cecropian  Minerva ;  those  of  Cyprus,  Venus 
of  Paphos ;  those  of  Crete,  Dictean  Diana ;  the 
three-tongued  Sicilians,  Stygian  Proserpine;  the 
Eleusiniaas,  the  ancient  goddess  Ceres;  others, 
Juno ;  others,  Bellona ;  some  Hecate ;  several  call 
me  Rhamnusia;  Muth,  or  mother;  Athyri,  or 
Hnrus's  mundane  house :  the  oriental  Ethiopians, 
those  who  are  skilled  in  ancient  lore,  I  mean  the 
Egyptians,  honor  me  with  the  ceremonies  which 
belong  to  me,  and  call  me  by  my  true  name, 
queen  Isis."  To  which  he  might  have  added, 
Latona,  Lucina,  Luna,  Meni,  Astarte,  or  any  other 
name  that  any  other  good  goddess  in  any  other 
country  ever  received.    Some  etymologists  say  that 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES*  £97 

Isis  is  the  same  name  with  Isdia,  which,  in  the 
Hebrew,  the  Greek,  and  Latin  Scriptures,  is  the 
name  given  to  Eve,  the  mother  of  mankind.  If 
they  mean  to  leave  her  any  thing  human  at  all,  they 
could  not  well  trace  her  to  a  higher  original. 
Diodorus  Siculus  mentions,  that  it  is  recorded  by 
certain  authors,  that  the  sepulchres  of  these  deities 
are  in  Nysa  of  Arabia,  where  there  is  a  column 
dedicated  to  each  of  them,  bearing  an  inscription 
in  the  sacred  character.  The  column  of  Isis  has  the 
following  inscription: — "  I  am  Isis,  queen  of  Egypt, 
the  disciple  of  Hermes,  What  I  have  ordained  by 
laws,  let  no  one  abrogate.  I  am  the  wife  of  Osiris  ; 
I  am  the  first  discoverer  of  corn  ;  I  am  the  mother 
of  king  Horus ;  I  am  the  refulgent  being  in  the 
dog-star.  The  city  Bubastis  was  built  for  me. 
Rejoice,  rejoice,  O  Egypt !  which  nourished  and 
brought  me  up." 

The  column  of  Osiris  has  these  words : — "  My 
father  was  Saturnus,  the  youngest  of  all  the  gods  ; 
and  I  am  Osiris  the  king,  who  have  traversed  the 
whole  world,  even  to  the  desert  confines  of  the 
Indies ;  I  have  also  gone  to  those  who  lie  under 
the  pole,  as  far  as  the  fountains  of  Hister;  and 
again,  I  have  gone  to  other  parts  ef  the  world,  at 
far  as  the  sea,  the  ocean.  I  am  the  elder  son  of 
Saturn,  a  shoot  sprang  from  a  generous  and 
noble  stem,  to  which  seed  gave  no  existence. 
Nor  is  there  any  place  in  the  world  to  which 


2S8  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES/ 

I  have  not  gone ;  teaching  all  men  those  things  of 
which  I  have  been  the  discoverer."  There  was 
much  more  writing  upon  the  columns ;  but  it  was 
effaced  and  illegible  by  the  erosions  of  time  :  and 
verily,  almost  all  maukind  are  of  one  opinion  re- 
specting the  contents  of  the  sepulchres. 

So  that  by  whatever  name  Isis  was  called,  she 
was  to  be  regarded  as  the  universal  female  deity, 
superior  to  all  others*  Plutarch  says,  all  mankind 
have  her,  and  are  well  acquainted  with  her,  and  the 
other  gods  about  her,  and  from  the  very  first  both 
knew  and  honored  the  powers  which  belong  to 
every  one  of  them,  although  they  had  not  anciently 
learned  to  call  some  of  them  by  their  Egyptian 
names.  Hence,  those  attributes  which,  at  earlier 
times,  in  Egypt  or  other  countries,  were  predicated 
of  other  female  deities,  came  in  the  end  after 
this  generalization  mentioned  by  Plutarch  to  be 
predicated  of  her.  The  celebrated  inscription  on  the 
temple  at  Sais,  which  was  originally  applied  to  Neith* 
Athena,  or  Minerva,  became  equally  applicable 
to  Isis,  when,  through  the  kindness  of  her  votaries, 
she  was  invested  With  all  her  attributes,  as  was  the 
case  in  the  latter  ages  of  Egyptian  idolatry  ;  "  I 
am  all  that  was,  and  is,  and  will  be j  and  my  veil 
no  mortal  hath  ever  removed,"  The  veil  or  robe 
of  Isis,  we  are  informed,  was  of  different  colors* 
for  her  power  is  about  matter  which  becomes  every 
thing,  and  receives  every  thing ;  as,  light,  darkness, 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES*  239 

day,  night,  fire,  water,  life,  death,  beginning  and 
ending.  She  is  nature,  whose  face  is  ever  chang- 
ing ;  and  none  but  eternal  wisdom  can  draw  aside  the 
veil  that  conceals  her  operations  from  mortal  eyes, 
and  see  clearly  the  whole  machinery  of  nature  coo* 
stantly  in  action,  and  never  failing  of  its  end, 
throughout  the  rolling  year,  in  producing  all  the 
appearances  which  her  various  face  assumes  in 
heaven  above,  or  earth  beneath — a  spectacle  far 
above  the  powers  of  created  beings,  and  compre- 
hensible by  none  but  nature's  God,  the  Creator 
and  Lord  of  all.  Thus,  from  a  good  and  sensible 
queen,  as  the  inscription  above  quoted  states  her 
to  have  been,  Isis  has  been  converted  into  an  ideal 
existence,  adorned  with  virtues  which  she  never 
knew,  and  which  the  mind  is  shocked  at  seeing 
ascribed  to  a  frail  mortal  that  has  long  since  paid 
the  debt  to  nature,  and  been  reduced  to  her  prim- 
eval dust. 

Isis,  however,  in  Egyptian  mythology,  is  the 
whole  of  the  visible  world.  Her  soul  resides  in 
Sothis,  the  dog-star,  indicative  of  her  prolific  na- 
ture. She  is  the  ruler  of  the  night,  and  her  head 
is  crowned  with  the  moon,  encircled  with  spreading 
horns.  She  is  also  the  ruler  of  the  waters :  the 
overflowing  of  the  Nile  is  the  embrace  of  Osiris. 
She  is  cold  and  moist,  warm  and  dry,  and  every 
thing  necessary  for  germination.  That  Mercury 
played  at  dice  with  the  moon  before  Isis  was  born, 


840  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES* 

would  only  show  that  there  was  a  deity  of  the 
moon  before  her,  as  there  was  a  god  of  the  sun  be- 
fore Osiris.  In  the  moon  she  is  married  with 
Osiris,  which  is  hence  called  the  mother  of  the 
world.  She  holds  a  rouncUteaded  staff,  or  lotus* 
headed  sceptre,  in  her  right  hand,  and  the  handled 
Tau,  or  cross,  in  her  left ;  the  sceptre  is  not  cleft 
at  the  lower  end,  like  that  of  Osiris.  Sometimes 
she  is  represented  with  a  handsome  cow's  head  and 
a  human  body,  in  which  case  she  is  generally  con- 
founded with  Io,  whose  metamorphosis  is  beauti* 
fully  told  by  Ovid j  but  her  most  general  appear- 
ance is  that  of  a  human  body,  with  a  human  head 
surmounted  with  the  moon  and  horns,  as  above 
described.  •  Occasionally  she  is  represented  with 
an  amulet  hung  loosely  round  her  neck,  and  felling 
down,  like  a  large  ripe  cucumber  bent  into  a  circle, 
ttpon  her  breast.  The  amulet  is  inteipreted  to  mean 
a  true  voice,  and  she  is  said  to  have  hung  it  round 
her  neck  when  she  found  herself  with  child  of 
Horus,  who  by  some  is  called  the  god  of  hus- 
bandry ;  and  it  is  painted  green  and  yellow,  indi- 
cative of  the  different  colors  of  die  growing  and 
ripened  grain.  Her  body  is  said  to  represent  the 
earth,  and  is  clothed  in  a  close-fitting  party-colored 
robe,  representing  the  varied  lines  with  which  its 
surface  is  enamelled.  She  is  frequently  attended 
by  another  female,  supposed  by  some  authors  to 
be  Bubo,  or  Latona,  who  was  the  nurse  of  her  son, 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  £41 

or  Nephthe,  the  female  principle  of  evil ;  but  this 
last  I  do  not  think  probable,  for  reasons  that  shall 
be  afterwards  mentioned.  Her  usual  attendants 
are  Osiris  and  Horus.  Sometimes  she  is  seated  on 
a  throne,  with  Osiris  seated  or  standing  behind  her, 
and  Horus,  priests  or  votaries  presenting  her  with 
offerings j  at  other  times  she  is  standing,  attended 
and  honored  in  the  same  manner.  She  is  usually 
sculptured  of  the  same  size  with  Osiris,  and  I  think 
is  more  frequently  represented  wearing  his  sceptre 
than  her  own.  I  never  saw  Osiris  with  the  lotus- 
headed  sceptre.  Other  females  are  frequently  seen 
with  her  sceptre  in  their  hands,  as  other  men  are 
with  that  of  Osiris  in  their's.  The  cow  is  sacred 
to  her  as  the  bull  was  to  Osiris ;  but  her  repre- 
sentation under  the  form  of  a  cow  rarely  occurs. 
Those  that  object  to  Isis  being  the  same  with  Io, 
and  wearing  the  horns  and  head  of  a  cow,  on  ac- 
count of  her  ancient  metamorphosis,  assign  the 
following  reason  for  her  being  exhibited  under  that 
disguise : — Horus,  having  vanquished  Typhon  in 
battle,  and  taken  him  prisoner,  gave  him  in  charge 
to  Isis ;  but  she,  good  lady,  having  formerly  ad- 
mitted the  embraces  of  the  god,  felt  compassion 
for  his  sufferings,  and  allowed  him  to  escape,  which 
as  soon  as  Horus  came  to  know,  he  flew  at  his 
mother  in  a  rage,  and  pulled  the  crown  off  her 
head j  but  Hermes  immediately  clapped  on,  in  its 
stead,  a  helmet  made  in  the  shape  of  a  cow's  head. 

VOL.  I.  R 


242  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

It  is  of  no  consequence  which  of  the  accounts  are 
received ;  the  truth  can  never  be  known  among  so 
much  fable  ;  and  fiction  knows  no  rules  of  chro- 
nology, or  even  probability. 

It  is  stated,  both  by  iElian  and  Plutarch,  that  the 
dog  walks  first  in  the  processions,  in  honor  of  Isis ; 
but  I  have  never  seen  this  exhibited  on  any  part 
of  the  tombs  or  temples.  I  have  frequently  seen 
the  sistrum  sculptured  on  the  temples  j  but  she  is 
seldom  represented  with  it  in  her  hand.  This  sis- 
trum was  carried  in  the  processions.  It  has  three 
cross  metallic  bars,  which  are  loose,  and  form  a 
kind  of  rattle,  that,  like  a  scarecrow,  the  priests 
constantly  shook,  in  order  that  they  might  frighten 
away  Typhon  by  the  noise.  On  the  upper  part  of 
the  convex  surface  of  the  sistrum,  above  the  move* 
able  bars,  is  engraved  the  image  of  a  cat  with  a 
human  face ;  below  the  moveable  bars,  on  the  one 
side,  is  engraved  the  face  of  Isis,  and  on  the  other 
that  of  Nephthe.  The  cat-sphinx  is  emblematic 
of  the  moon,  on  account  of  the  various  colors  of 
her  body,  her  nocturnation,  and  great  fecundity. 
She  is  designed  with  a  human  countenance,  to  de- 
note that  the  changes  of  the  moon  are  regulated  by 
understanding  and  wisdom.  The  face  of  Isis  de- 
notes the  fertility  of  the  animal  and  vegetable 
world j  that  of  Nephthe,  on  the  opposite  side,  re- 
presents the  destruction  and  decomposition  of  both, 
when  the  powers  of  nutrition  and  growth  have 


EGYPTIAN    DEITIES.  243 

ceased.     Both  are  occasioned  by  motion   among 
their  component  parts. 

Isis  is  sometimes  robed  in  black ;  which,  by  some 
authors,  is  said  to  denote  the  eclipses  of  the  moon. 
Others  give  the  following  account  of  it : — When 
she  was  informed  of  the  death  of  her  husband 
Osiris,  she  cut  off  her  hair,  and  put  on  mourning; 
and  thus  went  in  quest  of  his  body.  The  town  in 
which  she  heard  of  this  disaster  was  called  Koptos, 
which,  according  to  some,  denotes  mourning ;  ac- 
cording to  others,  privation  or  bereavement.  Hence 
the  priests  of  Isis  were  said  to  shave  their  heads 
in  token  of  mourning,  and  to  wear  linen  garments, 
because  it  is  furnished  them  by  Isis ;  flax  springs  up 
from  an  immortal  being — the  earth,  yields  an  escu- 
lent fruit,  and  sendeth  forth  an  azure  flower,  re- 
sembling the  cerulean  hue  of  heaven,  which  envi- 
rons the  world. 

As  Venus,  Isis  was  worshipped  at  Atarbechis 
under  the  name  of  Athor,  or  Athyr,  supposed  to 
be  indicative  of  darkness,  or  chaos ;  at  Bubastis, 
a*  Diana ;  at  Butos,  as  Buto,  or  Latona.  But  whe- 
ther she  was  represented  under  any  different  form 
or  dress  in  any  of  these  different  characters,  than 
that  which  I  have  mentioned  above,  I  have  not 
been  able  to  discover. 

Osiris  and  Isis,  after  all  their  labors  and  suffer- 
ings, as  human  beings,  were,  on  account  of  their 
great  and  signal  virtues,  translated  from  the  order 

r2 


244  EGYPTIAN    DEITIES* 

of  agathodemons,  or  good  genii,  to  that  of  godg, 
as  were  Hercules  and  Bacchus,  for  an  encourage- 
ment to  others  to  follow  their  example.  And  con- 
cerning  their  godhead,  Plutarch  adds,  that  if  we 
honor  and  reverence  all  that  is  orderly,  good,  and 
beneficial  in  nature,  and  consider  them  as  the  ope- 
rations of  Isis,  and  as  the  image,  likeness,  and  pro- 
duct of  Osiris,  we  shall  not  err. 

Horus  is  another  of  the  Egyptian  deities,  sup- 
posed by  some  to  be  the  god  of  husbandry ;  and  the 
same  with  Dagon.     He  was  the  son  of  Osiris  and 
Isis,  and  was  nursed  by  Latona,  or  Buto,  in  the 
marshes  at  Butos,  where  a  continual  verdure  clothed 
the  soil,  while  it  died  in  other  parts  for  lack  of 
moisture  in  the  winter  season.     Horus  is  the  sweet 
season,  the  darling  of  the  year,  the  legitimate  off- 
spring of  Osiris,  who  is  the  Nile,  and  Isis,  whose 
body  is  the  earth ;  he  came  into  the  world  after  the 
inundation ;  and  when  Isis  found  herself  with  child 
of  him,  she  hung  an  amulet  round  her  neck,  as 
^bove   described.      He   conquered   Typhon,  and 
reigned  king  in  Egypt,  the  last  of  the  immortals. 
His  countenance  was  white,  and  his  soul  was  trans- 
lated to  Orion.     He   is  understood  to  represent 
^  the  summer  sun ;  and  is  commonly  represented  as 
a  boy,  or  youth,  and  distinguished  by  a  lock  of 
hair  plaited,  and  falling  down  behind  his  ear  upon 
his  neck.     He  frequently  carries  the  sceptre  of 
Osiris,  is  often  in  company  with  Isis,  and  is  pre- 


Fforus. 


HarpocrateR. 


HHIXii 


Eyes  . 


Yt'vDX+l  lay  C   JVd-«nsnxde 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  245 

sented  with  offerings ;  and  in  the  accounts  of  Egyp- 
tian mythology,  is  frequently  confounded  with  the 
sun ;  and  was  the  son  of  Osiris,  as  Apollo  was  the 
son  of  Jupiter.  There  are  evidently  two  Horuses,  an 
elder  and  a  younger,  exhibited  on  the  temples.  Har- 
pocrates,  which  is  said  to  mean  the  lord  of  the  har- 
pies and  storms,  was  a  posthumous  child  of  Osiris, 
by  Isis ;  he  is  represented  as  lame  in  his  lower  ex- 
tremities,  and  sitting  on  the  top  of  a  budding  lotus, 
just  raised  above  the  ground,  as  if  it  waited  for  the 
genial  warmth  of  a  nearer  sun,  for  expansion.  He 
is  said  to  represent  the  sun  in  the  winter  solstice, 
when  all  nature  slumbers  in  repose.  He  is  the  god 
of  silence ;  and  is  represented  with  his  finger  upon 
his  mouth,  as  a  symbol  of  talking  little,  or  keeping 
silence.  The  gods  are  more  an  object  of  thought 
than  of  words.  On  the  month  Mesore,  which  be- 
gan on  the  25th  of  July,  the  Egyptians  presented 
him  with  an  offering  of  pulse,  saying,  the  tongue 
is  fortune,  the  tongue  is  God.  The  peach  tree  is 
sacred  to  him  above  all  the  plants  in  Egypt,  because 
its  fruit  resembles  the  heart,  and  its  leaf  the 
tongue ; — no  inappropriate  symbols  of  truth ;  and 
the  Egyptians  directed  those  who  went  to  consult 
the  oracle  in  the  temples,  to  have  pious  thoughts  in 
their  hearts,  and  good  words  in  their  mouths.  All 
of  these  were  agathodemons,  good  gods,  whose  de- 
light and  pleasure  it  was  to  benefit  mankind.  But, 
opposed  to  them,  in  the  Egyptian  mythology,  were 


246  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

two  evil,  or  wicked  demons,  whose  object  and  great 
delight  was  to  destroy  and  counteract  all  the  soli- 
tary and  beneficent  operations  of  the  good.  What 
a  horrid  pair! — they  were  well  matched,  husband 
and  wife ;  called  Typhon  and  Nephth6.  The  word 
Typhon,  according  to  Plutarch,  is  Greek.  In  the 
Egyptian  language  he  was  called  Seth,  meaning 
thereby,  a  domineering  and  compelling  power; 
Babyn  and  Smy,  restraining  or  hindering,  opposi- 
tion and  subversion.  He  is  the  son  of  Saturn,  by 
Rhea,  the  wife  of  the  sun,  and,  of  course,  the  bro- 
ther of  Osiris ;  a  misbegotten  wretch,  born  on  the 
third  intercalary  day,  when  he  burst  through  his 
mother's  side.  His  complexion  was  red  j  emble- 
matical of  the  scorching  heat  \  and  people  of  red 
complexions  were  often  treated  with  great  indig- 
nity, on  account  of  their  resemblance  to  him.  The 
ass  was  sacred  to  him,  on  account  of  his  color,  his 
stupidity,  and  sensuality.  Also  the  crocodile  and 
hippopotamus,  and  every  thing  wild  and  ferocious. 
Red  bullocks  alone  were  sacrificed  to  the  other 
gods,  being  supposed  the  most  acceptable*  from 
the  color  being  sacred  to  their  greatest  enemy. 
One  white  or  black  hair  would  have  been  sufficient 
to  save  the  animal,  and  spoil  the  sacrifice.  His 
soul  resided  in  the  bear.  He  is  said  to  be  the 
ocean  swallowing  up  Osiris,  or  the  Nile;  and 
though,  according  to  Herodotus,  the  Egyptians 
would  not  admit  that  Neptune  was  one  of  their 


EdYPTJAN   DEITIES.  247 

gods,  yet  i*t  is  moat  certainly  true,  that  the  figure 
of  Neptune  in  the  Mosaic  tablet,  in  the  British 
Museum,  is  an  ex^ct  representation  of  the  Egyp- 
tian Typhon,  with  the  addition  of  a  tripod.  Their 
figures  and  countenances  are  exactly  the  same} 
but  the  Egyptian  god  has  no  accompanying  badge 
whatever.  By  some  he  has  been  called  a  giant ; 
but  his  appearance  is  that  of  a  little,  squat,  thick 
dwarf;  as  I  have  already  described  him.  He  sel- 
dom occurs  in  the  temples  y  and  I  never  saw  him 
presented  with  offerings,  saving  on  the  rock  at 
Hadjr  Sil&il,  which  favors  the  supposition  of  his 
being  the  Egyptian  Neptune ;  for  here  the  quar- 
riers  embarked  their  property  on  the  Nile,  and  it 
was  of  great  consequence  to  them  to  conciliate  the 
river  god.  Dendera  and  Edfou  are  the  only  two 
places  where  there  are  any  remains  of  his  temples. 
The  passionate,  titanic,  irrational,  and  brutal  part 
of  the  soul,  is  Typhon ;  and  whatever  in  the  mate* 
rial  world  is  adventitious,  morbid  and  tumultuous, 
as  irregular  seasons,  inclemencies  of  the  air,  volca- 
noes, earthquakes,  storms,  eclipses  of  the  sun  and 
moon ;  whatever  in  spirit,  fire,  water,  earth  or  air, 
etifends  through  excess  or  defect,  are  all  incursions 
and  devastations  of  Typhon,  whose  empire  is  ma- 
Hgnant  vapor,  the  sea,  the  barren  land,  and  the 
desert,  and  whose  delight  is  in  destruction.  He  is 
constantly  making  war  upon  the  gods.  It  was  he 
who  compelled  them  to  shelter  themselves  under 


248  EGYPTIAN    DEITIES. 

4 

the  disguise  of  different  animals,  to  escape  from  his 
vengeance.  But  his  greatest  outrage  was  the  mur- 
der of  Osiris  in  the  unsuspecting  hour  of  convivial 
entertainment  This  he  had  been  plotting  during 
the  time  that  Osiris  was  absent  on  his  travels,  to 
civilize  the  rest  of  the  world,  after  having  civilized 
his  own  country.  During  his  absence,  the  vigilatat 
administration  of  Isis,  and  her  assistant  Thoth  or 
Hermes,  prevented  him  from  attempting  any  thing 
against  the  government.  After  the  return  of  Osiris, 
however,  having  induced  seventy-two  other  persons 
to  join  with  him  in  the  conspiracy,  together  with  a 
queen  of  Ethiopia,  named  Aso,  who  happened  to 
be  in  Egypt  at  the  time,  he  prepared  a  stratagem 
to  accomplish  his  base  design.  With  this  view, 
having  privily  taken  the  measure  of  the  body  of 
Osiris,  he  caused  a  chest  to  be  made  exactly  of  the 
same  dimensions,  and  beautified  and  adorned  with 
all  the  resources  of  art.  This  chest  he  brought 
into  the  banqueting-ropm,  where,  after  it  had  been 
much  admired  by  all  present,  Typhon,  as  it  were 
in  jest,  promised  to  give  it  to  any  one  of  them  whose 
body,  upon  trial,  it  might  be  found  to  fit ;  upon 
this,  the  whole  company,  one  after  another,  got 
into  it,  but  as  it  did  not  fit  any  of  them,  last  of  all 
Osiris  lay  down  in  it  himself,  upon  which  the  con- 
spirators immediately  ran  together,  clapt  the  cover 
upon  it,  and  then  fastened  it  down  on  the  outside 
with  nails,  and  poured  melted  lead  over  it     They 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  QAQ 

then  threw  it  into  the  river,  and  it  passed  to  the 
sea,  by  the  Tanaitic  mouth  of  the  Nile,  which  as 
long  as  paganism  continued,  was  held  in  abomina- 
tion by  the  Egyptians.  This  was  done  on  the 
17th  of  the  month  Athyr,  i.  e.  14th  of  November, 
O.  S. ;  when  the  sun  was  in  scorpio,  in  the  28th 
year  of  the  reign  of  Osiris,  or,  as  others  affirm,  in 
the  28th  year  of  his  age.  Isis  heard  of  the  disaster 
of  her  husband  at  Koptos,  and  having  cut  off  a 
lock  of  her  hair,  and  put  on  mourning,  she  set  out 
in  search  of  the  body.  The  children  of  the  place 
informed  her  by  what  branch  of  the  Nile  it  had 
passed  into  the  sea,  and  having  been  afterwards 
informed  by  the  demonial  breath  of  a  voice  that  it 
had  drifted  on  the  coast  of  Phenicia  at  Byblos,  now 
Gebail,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Libanon,  not  far 
from  Tripoli,  and  was  lodged  in  the  branches  of  a 
bush  of  Tamarisk,  she  repaired  thither ;  and  hav- 
ing found  the  chest,  set  sail  with  it  for  Egypt, 
where  on  her  arrival,  she  deposited  it  in  a  secret 
place,  and  went  to  pay  a  visit  to  her  son  Horus. 
During  her  absence  Typhon  found  the  body,  as  he 
was  hunting  one  night  by  the  light  of  the  moon, 
and  having  cut  it  into  fourteen  pieces,  scattered  it 
about;  these  Isis  afterwards  found,  and  having 
formed  them  into  as  many  images,  delivered  them 
to  the  priests  to  be  worshipped  and  honored  as 
above  described.  Every  year,  at  the  feast  of  Adonis, 
which  was  held  at  Byblos,  the  Egyptians  threw 


250  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

into  the  sea  a  boat  made  in  the  shape  of  the  head 
of  Osiris,  and  in  it  they  placed  a  letter  addressed 
to  the  people  of  Byblos.  This  boat  steered  itself, 
and  arrived  at  Byblos  in  seven  days.  After  this 
second  outrage  of  Typhon  a  war  ensued,  and  aft?* 
much  fighting,  Typhon  was  defeated  near  Bubastis, 
and  having  been  taken  prisoner  by  Horus  was  con- 
signed to  the  custody  of  Isis,  who  loosed  his  bonds 
and  set  him  at  liberty.  So  that  he  still  continues 
wandering  about  the  world  concealing  himself  from 
Horus  in  the  shape  of  one  nasty  animal  or  another; 
and  every  thing  that  is  of  an  evil  or  malignant  na- 
ture, every  being,  who  puffed-up  with  pride,  ignor- 
ance and  error,  tears  in  pieces  and  destroys  order 
and  arrangement,  either  in  the  animal,  the  vegeta, 
ble,  or  the  intellectual  world,  is  considered  as  the 
agent  of  Typhon,  as  part  of  him,  01*  inspired  by 
his  influence. 

As  there  was  in  the  Egyptian  Mythology  a  male 
and  female  principle  of  good,  so  there  was  also  a 
male  and  a  female  principle  of  evil,  and  Nephthe 
or  Nephthys,  was  the  wife  of  Typhon.  Naphtuhim 
or  Nephtuhim,  is  mentioned  in  Scripture  as  one  of 
the  children  of  Mizraim,  and  i&  supposed  to  have 
peopled  that  part  ef  Ethiopia  which  lies  between 
Syene  and  Mero6,  the  capital  of  which  was  called 
Napata j  but  whether  that  individual  had  any  rela- 
lation  by  blood  to  this  wicked  hag,  to  whom  he 
appears  to  have  a  relation  in  name,  I  shall  not  stop 


EGYPTIAN  DEITIES.  251 

to  examine ;  our  business  here  is  with  fabulous  and 
not  with  sacred  history.  Nephthe  was  the  aistei: 
of  Typhon  by  birth,  being  the  daughter  of  Saturn 
and  Rhea,  and  born  on  the  last  or  fifth  intercalary 
day,  and  is  sometimes  called  Venus,  Victory,  and 
the  End.  She  is  the  half-sister  of  Isis,  but  as  oppo- 
site to  her  as  death  and  life,  light  and  darkness, 
and  as  unlikely  to  be  her  companion  as  Typhon 
was  to  be  that  of  Osiris.  They  are  represented  as 
opposed  on  the  sistruin,  as  already  described,  and 
as  Isia  is  all  the  good  and  visible  part  of  the  world, 
Nephthe  is  all  the  bad  and  invisible  part  of  it.  She 
is  sometimes  named  Teleute,  the  extremity  or  end. 
The  barren  limits  of  Egypt,  on  account  of  the  ex* 
treme  infertility  of  the  soil.  She  is  darkness,  the 
end  of  light,  and  the  morning  dawn  is  Anubis,  her 
child  by  Osiris,  which  was  owned  by  Isia,  and 
nursed  by  her,  though  his  parents  abandoned  and 
exposed  him  to  die  of  want.  Her  appearance  has 
been  already  described  as  the  hideous  Cynocepha* 
lus,  or  quadruped  on  end,  the  supposed  original  of 
the  great  bear ;  she  certainly  has  no  claim  from 
her  figure  or  office  to  be  called  a  human  being. 
In  forming  the  male  principle  of  evil,  the  Egyptian* 
have  taken  the  most  distorted  possible  figure  of  a 
man ;  but  it  seems  they  could  not  find  any  thing 
sufficiently  disgusting  in  the  shape  of  the  human 
female,  to  answer  their  idea  of  the  female  principle 
of  evil,  and  some  demoniac  fancy  composed  this 


252  EGYPTIAN  DEITIES. 

unsightly  monster ;  but  in  justice  to  her,  it  must 
be  observed,  that  in  point  of  monstrosity  she  is  not 
further  removed  from  Isis  than  Typhon  is  from 
Osiris :  their  reputed  relationship  is  of  no  conse- 
quence, they  are  entirely  creatures  of  fable*  She 
has  occasionally  a  short  staff  in  her  hand,  and  is 
presented  with  offerings,  and  if  she  be  not  the  re* 
presentative  of  the  female  genius  of  evil,  it  is  not 
represented  any  where  in  the  tombs  or  temples 
that  I  have  seen.  In  her  character  of  ending  or 
finishing,  I  consider  that  she  is  the  quadruped,  or 
female  cerberus,  that  presents  herself  seated  on  a 
table  beside  the  last  offering  which  is  made  to 
Osiris,  in  behalf  of  the  deceased.  The  offering  is 
spread  out  before  Osiris,  who  stands  or  sits  in  a 
threatening  attitude  in  his  mummy-shaped  dress, 
with  his  scourge  raised  up  to  his  shoulder  in  an 
attitude  prepared  to  strike.  The  unfortunate 
spectre  stands  up,  extends  his  hands  over  his  offer- 
ing, and  prays  for  acceptance  and  forgiveness. 
Nephthe,  or  the  female  cerberus,  sits  on  a  table 
waiting  for  that  awful  decision,  from  which  there 
is  no  appeal,  as  if  prepared  to  glut  her  hungry 
maw,  should  that  be  unfavourable.  She  is  the 
same  with  Tithrambo  the  causer  of  death,  the 
female  Hecate,  the  malignity  of  matter. 

Neith,  synonymous  with  Minerva  the  goddess 
of  wisdom  and  prophecy,  was  worshipped  at  Sais 
in  the  Delta. 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES.  253 

Cneph.  Pjutarch  says  the  inhabitants  of  Thebes 
do  not  acknowledge  those  to  be  gods  who  were 
once  mortal ;  for  they  worship  their  god  Cneph 
only,  whom  they  look  upon  as  without  beginning, 
so  without  end,  and  are  for  this  reason,  alone  ex- 
empt from  that  tax  which  is  levied  upon  all  the 
rest  of  their  countrymen,  towards  the  maintenance 
of  their  sacred  animals ;  had  they  added  to  this, 
without  form,  we  should  have  joined  in  the  eulogies 
that  have  been  passed  upon  the  wisdom  of  Theban 
priesthood.  But  their  god  was  a  serpent,  which  is 
frequently  seen  painted  upon  the  walls  in  the  an- 
cient tombs;  sometimes  whole  chambers  are  covered 
with  painted  serpents,  sometimes  elevated  upon 
human  legs  and  feet,  with  one,  two,  three,  four  or 
five  heads.  The  obelisks  were  sacred  to  the  serpent, 
and  intended  to  represent  him  erect,  looking  at 
the  sun.  The  Theban  was  a  small  horned  ser- 
pent ;  they  were  nursed  with  unceasing  care,  and 
when  they  died  they  were  buried  in  the  temple  of 
Jupiter:  their  sepulchres  have  not  yet  been  dis- 
covered. •  The  serpent,  or  the  devil  in  the  form  of 
a  serpent,  as  we  learn  from  Scripture,  came  first 
into  competition  with  the  Almighty  Lord  of  all, 
disputed  his  commands,  and  offered  himself  as  an 
object  of  idolatry.  Eve  believed  the  word  of  the 
serpent  rather  than  the  word  of  God ;  this  was 
idolatry.  Wisdom  was  the  promise  of  the  deceiver* 
but  woes  unnumbered;  and  an  universal  contamina- 
tion of  the  species  has  been  the  harvest  that  man- 


254  EGYPTIAN    DEITIES. 

kind  have  reaped,  and  are  still  reaping,  from  her 
transgression.  If  the  serpent's  being  so  universally 
emblematic  of  wisdom  throughout  the  pagan  world, 
has  not  some  reference  to  this  sad  catastrophe,  in 
the  early  history  of  mankind,  I  confess  that  I  am 
unable  to  account  for  it ;  for  there  is  nothing  in  the 
habits  or  endowments  of  that  animal  that  can  entitle 
it  to  such  a  distinction  above  its  fellow-reptiles. 

Phthah,  Hephestus,  or  Vulcan,  the  element  of 
fire  in  a  good  sense.  Ether,  or  the  disposing  spirit 
that  spread  his  wings  over  the  globe,  was  worship- 
ped at  Memphis,  and  considered  as  one  of  the  most 
ancient  deities ;  but  we  know  not  under  what  form 
he  was  represented.  This  desideratum  might  be 
supplied  by  a  careful  examination  of  the  tombs,  or 
fragments  of  the  temples  about  Memphis,  where  he 
was  worshipped* 

Djom,  or  Hercules ;  another  name  for  Osiris,  or 
the  sun  in  the  vernal  season.    Form  unknown. 

Serapis,  or  Pluto ;  another  name  for  Osiris,  the 
hybernal  sun;  more  properly  considered  as  a 
Grecian  than  an  Egyptian  deity,  having  been  intro- 
duced by  Ptolemy  Soter. 

Mendes,  Mentes,  Antaeus,  or  Pan,  Shmoun.  Un- 
der the  figure  of  a  man  with  a  goat's  head  and  feet, 
a  licentious  deity,  worshipped  at.  Mendes ;  one  of 
the  characters  assigned  to  Osiris.  It  occurs  fre- 
quently on  the  temples,  less  so  on  the  tombs. 

The  Nile.  Worshipped  under  the  symbol  of  a 
bull,  or  of  a  man  with  his  peaks  and  cubits,  in  the 


EGYPTIAN   DEITIES*  2&> 

form  of  children,  playing  around  liim  ;  this  last  I 
have  never  seen,  and  am  disposed  to  regard  it  as  a 
Greek  or  a  Roman  invention. 

Thoth  or  Taout,  Hermes  or  Mercury,  the  god 
of  science  and  art,  typified  by  an  ibis,  and  generally 
represented  by  a  human  body  with  the  head  of  an 
ibis.  He  is  frequently  represented  with  a  scroll 
and  a  pen  or  reed  in  his  hand,  taking  notes  of  what 
is  going  on.  He  is  represented  as  the  secretary 
whom  Osiris  left  with  Isis,  to  assist  her  in  the  go* 
vernment  of  Egypt,  while  he  was  on  his  travels. 
He  is  also  represented  as  the  servant  of  Phthah  or 
Vulcan,  from  whom  he  learned  arithmetic,  geo- 
metry, astronomy,  letters,  music,  and  astrology* 
All  the  knowledge  of  the  Thebans  in  religion, 
history,  morals,  law,  and  natural  science,  were 
engraved  on  stone  columns,  over  which  Taout  pre- 
sided ;  and  from  these  the  scriptures  of  the  priest- 
hood were  compiled.  Every  year  a  festival  was 
held  in  honor  of  Hermes,  in  which  they  ate  honey 
and  figs,  and  called  out  "  truth  is  sweet.'' — It  is 
devoutly  to  be  wished,  that  it  were  always  agree* 
able  to  the  palate  of  philosophers. 

Tausertho  or  Esculapius,  the  god  of  physic,  re- 

■ 

lated  to  Horus  or  Apollo ;  very  little  is  known  of 
him ;  I  do  not  know  under  what  figure  he  was 
worshipped,  nor  if  his  staff  were  entwined  with  the 
serpent. 
Ares  or  Mars,  was  worshipped  at  Papremis,  but 


256  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES* 

• 

I  do  not  know  under  what  form.     The  crocodile 
was  worshipped  at  the  lake  Moeris ;  the  lion,  at  Leon- 
topolis;  the  pike,    at  Oxyrhimhus;  the  eel,    the 
lepidatus,  sacred  to  the  Nile ;  the  chenalopex,  or 
sheldrake,  the  phoenix,  sacred  to  Osiris  >  the  cat, 
sacred  to  Bubastes ;  the  hippopotamus,  sacred  to 
Mars ;  the  ichneumons,  and  dogs,  and  many  other 
animals,  which  it  is  unnecessary  to  name,  did  the 
Egyptians  worship ;  and  we  are  assured  by  Diodo- 
rus  Siculus,  that  they  would  rather  eat  a  piece  of  one 
another  than  a  piece  of  any  of  these  sacred  animals. 
From  what  a  farrago  of  blasphemous  absurdity, 
respecting  the  true  object  of  worship,  has  Christi- 
anity delivered  us!  Plutarch,  who  lived  at  the  time 
when  the  champions  of  the  cross  were  pulling  down 
the  strong  holds  of  Satan,  and  who  seems  to  have 
borrowed  many  of  his  ideas  from  its  professors, 
without  acknowledging  the  source  from  which  they 
came,  says,  that  the  most  acceptable  thing  to  the 
gods,  is  to  entertain  right  notions  concerning  them. 
We  have  seen  in  part  what  these  notions  were,  that 
even  the  most  enlightened  of  the  heathens  enter- 
tained concerning  their  gods j  and  if  these  were 
agreeable  to  them,  it  requires  very  little  Christi- 
anity to  know  how  grovelling  and  unworthy  their 
conceptions  were  of  the  great  first  cause,  and  how 
highly  offensive  to  the  God  of  heaven  and  earth, 
the  Creator,  Redeemer,  and  Governor  of  all,  must 
have  been    the   passions  and  actions  that  they 


EGYPTIAN    DEITIES.  257 

ascribed  to  him.  Plutarch  observes,  that  there  was 
nothing  ranked  among  their  sacred  or  religious  rites, 
that  savored  of  folly,  romance,  or  superstition,  but 
were,  some  of  them,  such  as  contained  some  signi- 
fication of  morality  and  utility;  and  others,  such  as 
were  not  without  a  fineness,  either  in  history  or  natu- 
ral philosophy.  Which  means  nothing  more,  than 
that  their  religion,  even  as  explained  by  Plutarch, 
was  full  of  absurdities  and  conceits.  And.  this  he 
himself  acknowledges,  in  the  following  remark: 
"That  people  who  have  not  learned  the  true  sense  of 
words,  will  mistake  also  in  things ;  as  we  see  among 
the  Greeks,  those  who  have  not  been  taught,  4r 
who  have  not  accustomed  themselves  to  call  the 
brass,  the  painting,  and  the  stone,  the  ornaments 
and  drapery  of  the  gods,  but  the  gods  themselves, 
at  last  became  so  bold  as  to  say,  that  Lachares 
stript  Minerva ;  that  Dionysius  shore  off  Apollo's 
golden  locks;  and  that  Jupiter  Capitolus  was  burnt 
and  destroyed  in  the  civil  wars.  Thus  their  notions 
are  imperceptibly  corrupted  by  the  names;  and,  in 
the  end,  they  fancy  the  thing  that  they  see  to  be 
the  being  it  is  intended  to  represent ;  and  what  they 
call  the  statue  of  Jupiter,  consider  to  be  Jupiter 
himself.  And  the  multitude  of  the  Egyptians  wor- 
shipping the  very  animals  themselves,  and  following 
after  them  as  gods,  have  filled  their  religious  rites, 
not  only  with  matter  of  scorn  and  derision,  for  that 
would  be  the  least  harm  of  their  blockish  ignorance, 

• 

VOL.  I.  S 


258  EGYPTIAN   DEITIES. 

but  a  misconception  thence  arises,  which  leads  the 
weak  and  simple-minded  into  the  most  extravagant 
superstition,  and  a  slavish  fear  of  the  deity ;  and 
plunges  the  daring  and  subtle  genius  into  atheism 
and  savage  wranglings."  The  field  of  true  devotion 
lies  between  atheism  and  superstition :  and  he  that 
has  been  taught  to  worship  God  as  God,  in  spirit 
and  in  truth,  will  equally  commiserate  the  infidel 
who  prays  not  at  all,  and  has  not  God  in  all  his 
ways,  nor  in  all  his  thoughts ;  and  the  ignorant  fa- 
natic, who  kneels  before  pictures  and  images  of 
wood  and  stone,  and  prays  to  them,  and  honors 
them  as  GocL  The  only  friend  and  stay  of  the 
human  heart  is  its  Maker ;  when  he  reigns  within, 
all  is  sunshine  and  joy :  but  when  a  ruling  passion 
usurps  his  thrpne,  the  being  is  an  idolater;  the 
beauty  and  harmony  of  life  is  destroyed ;  and  mi- 
sery, disappointment,  and  confusion  fill  up  the  out- 
line of  human  existence. 


C  259  ] 


CHAPTER  VIIL 

GHENEH. 

There  are  no  inhabitants  on  the  site  of  ancient 
Denderah.  The  modern  village  is  nearer  the  river, 
in  the  midst  of  a  grove  of  palm-trees.  It  consists 
of  an  assemblage  of  small  huts  built  of  sun-dried 
brick,  and  contains  about  a  thousand  inhabitants, 
not  one  of  whom  cares  a  farthing  for  the  mythology 
or  the  temple  that  I  have  been  so  long  occupied  in 
describing ;  and  they  neither  worship  Isis,  or  Osiris, 
Typhon,  the  cat,  or  the  crocodile. 

Having  concluded  our  survey  of  the  temple,  we 
immediately  repaired  to  our  vessels,  and  having  set 
sail,  three  quarters  of  an  hour  brought  us  to  Ghe- 
neh,  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  river.  The 
temple  of  Denderah  is  not  visible  from  the  river 
below  the  village  *,  but  we  had  a  beautiful  and  pic- 
turesque view  of  it  at  the  turn  of  the  river  between 
it  and  Gheneh.  This  is  a  town  of  general  resort, 
the  centre  of  commerce,  between  Upper  Egypt, 
the  Red  Sea,  and  the  interior  of  Africa.  Large 
caravans,  consiting  sometimes  of  six  or  eight  hun- 
dred camels,  go  from  Gheneh  to  Cosseir,  carrying 
wheat,  flour,  honey,  oil,  cloth,  sugar,  lentils,  and 
pottery  ware,  of  which  last  there  is  here  an  exten- 
sive manufactory,  and  bring  baqk  in  return  coffee 

s  2 


260  GHENEH. 

from  Mocca,  which  is  adulterated  almost  as  soon  as 
it  arrives,  and  probably  a  good  deal  of  it  before 
it  leaves  the  mother  country/^tuns,  India  shawls, 
muslins,  spices,  incense,  and  many  other  commodi- 
ties, which  anciently  were  brought  to  Thebes,  next 
to  Coptos,  and  now  to  Gheneh,  which  is  but  a  poor 
representative  of  either,  though  it  contains  between 
six  and  eight  thousand  inhabitants,  who  are  com- 
fortably lodged  for  Egyptians.  The  warehouses 
were  filled  with  grain,  but  the  bazars  were  indif- 
ferently provided,  except  with  coffee,  the  principal 
goods  having  been  sent  off  to  the  markets  of  Cairo 
and  Osyout.  This  is  the  only  place  in  Egypt 
where  we  saw  the  women  of  the  town  decked  out 
in  all  their  finery,  to  catch  the  passing  traveller. 
They  were  of  all  nations,  and  of  all  complexions, 
and  regularly  licensed,  as  in  many  parts  of  Europe, 
to  exercise  their  profession.  Some  of  them  were 
highly  painted,  and  gorgeously  attired  with  costly 
necklaces,  rings  in  their  noses  and  in  their  ears, 
and  bracelets  on  their  wrists  and  arms.  They  sat 
at  the  doors  of  their  houses,  and  called  on  the  pas- 
sengers as  they  went  by,  in  the  same  manner  as  we 
find  them  described  in  the  book  of  Proverbs.  No- 
thing could  be  more  hideous  and  disgusting  than 
such  an  array  of  strumpets :  even  they  themselves 
seemed  conscious  of  their  degradation. 

The  pottery  of  Gheneh  is  of  coarse  earthenware, 
which  is  turted  off  with  the  wheel  in  the  same  man- 


GHENEH.  2^  J 

ner  as  in  Europe.  They  are  slightly  burnt*  ^pd 
floated  up  pr  down  the  Nile  to  supply  the  najtive?. 
with  drinking  and  filtering  jars,  and  other  v^ssefe 
for  domestic  use.  The  only  piece  of  ingenuity 
which  we  saw  in.  the  whole  manufactory  was,  the 
scheme  which  the  man  who  had  both  hip  hancfe 
employed  in  forming  the  vase  upon  the  wheel,  tad 
contrived  to  hold  his  pipe,  so  that  he  might  smoke 
and  work  at  the  same  time.  This  was  managed  by 
letting  down  a  rope  from  a  cross  bar  of  wopd  above 
his  head ;  the  stalk  of  the  pipe  was  introduced  into, 
the  loop }  and  when  the  man  began  to  work,  be 
took  the  pipe  into  his  mouthy  ajid  as  the  wheel 
drove  on,  he  smoked  and  turned}  all  his  sense* 
were  absorbed;  a  perfect  gluttpa  in  cfoy  apd  smoke. 

Next  morning,  the  15th,  we  agaiq  set.  sail ;  butf 
the  wind  soon  died  away,  and  the  boats  were  tcacke4 
up  to  Benoud,  which  is  a  small  village  on  the  east 
side  of  the  river,  where  we  remained  only  about  an 
hour  ;  and  having  passed  over  to  the  other  side  a 
little  higher  up,  we  made  fast  for  the  night. 

Next  morning,  the  16th,  we  started  at  an  early 
hour.  The  weather  was  unpleasant  in  the  earlier 
part  of  the  day,  but  in  the  afternoon  the  wind  be- 
came more  favorable,  and  we  continued  to  sail  after 
night  set  in ;  and  at  half  past  seven  o'clock  in  the 
evening  we  arrived  at  Thebes,  and  made  fast  to 
the  bank  on  the  west  side  of  the  river,  near  a  fine 
spreading  sycamore-tree,  opposite  to  the  village  of 


i 


262  THEBES. 

Gornou.  As  we  approached  it  in  the  night,  we 
could  not  judge  of  the  awful  grandeur  of  the  first 
appearance  of  this  imposing  scene,  which,  according 
to  the  narrative  of  their  fellow  traveller,  rivetted, 
and,  more  remarkable  still,  held  in  speechless  asto- 
nishment the  whole  of  the  French  army.  But  next 
morning's  sun  convinced  us  that  the  ruins  could 
scarcely  be  seen  from  the  river ;  that  nowhere  does 
the  traveller  turn  the  corner  of  a  mountain  to  come 
in  sight  of  them ;  and  that  he  must  be  near  them, 
or  among  them,  before  he  can  discover  any  thing 
confounding  or  overwhelming  in  their  appearance. 
Our  only  regret  was,  that  the  glory  of  Thebes  had 
passed  away ;  that  the  field  of  vision  was  a  field  of 
ruins ;  and  no  hierophant  remained  to  guide  us  over 
the  ground,  or  expound  the  mysterious  fragments 
with  which  it  is  covered. 


[  263] 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  VALLEY  OF  BIBAN  EL  MELOOK — THE  TOMB 
LATELY  DISCOVERED  BY  MR,  BELZONI. 

While  we  were  engaged  in  this  interesting  con- 
templation from  our  station  at  the  sycamore-tree, 
and  eager  to  come  into  closer  contact  with  the  ok- 
jects  of  our  admiration,  Mr.  Beechy,  the  son  of 
the  celebrated  artist, .  and  Mr.  Belzoni,  of  whose 
fame  and  success  as  m  enterprising  traveller,  all  the 
world  has  heard,  came  down  from  their  residence 
at  the  tombs  of  the  kings  to  welcome  us  to  Thebes, 
and  to  conduct  us  to  see  the  ancient  tomb  which 
the  latter  had  lately  discovered,  and  with  which 
both  Turks  and  Arabs  were  extremely  delighted. 
Asses  were  immediately  procured,  and  the;  cachief, 
out  of  civility  to  the  noble  traveller,  requested  him 
to  accept  of  the  use  of  his  horse ;  but  asses  were 
preferred  by  all  thp  party,  being  better  suited  for 
the  road  that  we  had  to  travel.  Each  ass  is  at- 
tended by  its  driver j .  and  thus  appointed,  we  set 
forth  in  joyous  anticipation,  at  nine  o'clock,  a.  m. 
At  the  village  of  Gornou  we  filed  to  the  right  along 
the  road  above  mentioned,  and  held  our  way  along 
a  track  that  had  been  hollowed  out  in  the  rocky 
flat.     On  each  hand  were  small  and  numerous  ex- 


264  BIBAN  EL   MKLOOK. 

cavations  cut  in  the  rock,  the  doors  of  which  were 
half  blown  up  with  sandy  and  stony  fragments  of 
the  decomposing  mountain ;  but  not  a  blade  of  grass 
in  sight,  or  aught  of  vegetable  growth  to  cheer  the 
eye.  The  rocky  flat  is  too  elevated  to  receive  the 
water  of  the  Nile  at  its  greatest  flood ;  and  what* 
ever  part  the  Nile  does  not  inundate,  there  being 
no  rain  in  the  country,  has  no  vegetation.  All  is 
under  the  empire  of  wasteful  Typhom  and  his  fruit* 
less  dame.  Having  passed  over  the  rocky  flat,  we 
entered  the  defile  of  the  mountain,  and  seemed  as 
if  we  were  going  up  the  bed  of  a  fiumarro,  or  wintry 
torrent.  Rain  seldom  falls  in  Thebes j  once  per- 
haps  in  eight  or  ten  years,  it  descends  in  a  thunder- 
shower,  like  a  water-spout,  and  then  every  hollow 
And  ravine  has  its  torrent.  Hence  the  appearance 
above  described :  the  water  rolled  stones  and  gravel 
from  the  disintegration  of  the  mountain  in  small 
splintry  fragments.  The  road  was  rough  and  dis- 
agreeable ;  but  we  held  on  our  way,  and  in  about 
three  quarters  of  an  hour  after  we  left  the  vessel, 
reached  the  top  of  the  valley  of  the  tombs*  It  is 
a  most  dismal-looking  spot ;  a  valley  of  rubbish, 
without  a  drop  of  water  or  a  blade  of  grass.  The 
entrance  to  the  tombs  looks  out  from  the  rock  like 
the  entrance  to  so  many  mines ;  and  were  it  not 
for  the  recollections  with  which  it  is  peopled,  and 
the  beautiful  remains  of  ancient  art  which  lie  hid 
in  the  bosom  of  the  mountain,  would  hardly  ever 


BIBAN   EL   MELOOfc.  265 

be  visited  by  man  or  beast  The  heat  is  excessive, 
from  the  confined  dimensions  of  the  valley,  and  the . 
reflection  of  the  sun  from  the  rock  and  sand.  Hie 
whole  valley  is  filled  with  rubbish  that  has  been 
washed  down  from  the  rock,  or  carried  out  in  the 
making  of  the  tombs,  with  merely  a  narrow  road 
up  the  centre. 

Strabo  states  that  there  were  originally  about 
forty  of  these  shafts  or  tombs.    But  from  his  vague 
description,  that  the  tombs  of  the  kings  are  above 
the  Memnonium,  no  person  could  ever  imagine 
that  they  lie  on  the  other  side  of  the  mountain;  and 
that  in  order  to  reach  them,  it  is  necessary  to  climb 
over  its  summit,  or  to  wind  along  a  defile,  which 
must  be  entered  half  a  mile  nearer  to  the  river  than 
the  site  of  the  Memnonium.    The  same  excellent 
geographer  also  mentions,  that  near  the  tombs  obe- 
lisks were  erected,  bearing  inscriptions  commemo- 
rative of  the  wealth  and  power  of  the  kings,  and 
the  extent  of  their  dominions  reaching  to  Scythia, 
Bactria  and  India,  which  were  all  subdued.   These 
obelisks  have  either  been  broken  or  carried  away 
by  the  rapacious  invader,  the  conqueror  of  this 
country,  which  had  conquered  all  the  world  before 
itself  was  subdued,  or  are  now  lying  buried  under 
the  rubbish  at  the  base  of  the  rock,  for  not  one 
of  them  lifts  its  head  to  tell  the  tale  for  which  it 
was  erected.     There  is  not  an  obelisk  at  present 
to  be  seen  in  the  whole  of  the  western  Thebes. 


26(5  BfBAN   Eh   AIELOOK. 

Diodorus  Siculus  states,  on  the  authority  of  the 
Egyptian  priests,  that  forty-seven  of  these*  tombs 
were  entered  in  their  sacred  registers,  only  seven- 
teen of  which  remained  in  the  time  of  Ptolemy 
Lagus :  and  in  the  180th  Olympiad,  about  60  years 
before  Christ,  when  Diodorus  Siculus  was  in  Egypt, 
many  of  these  were  greatly  defaced.   . 

Before  Mr.  JJelzoni  began  his  operations  in 
Thebes,  only  eleven  of  these  tombs  were  known  to 
the  public.  From  the  great  success  that  crowned 
his  exertions,  the  number  of  them  is  nearly  double. 
The  general  appearance  of  these  tombs  is  that  of  a 
continued  shaft  or  corridor  cut  in  the  rock,  in 
some  places  spreading  out  into  large  chambers ;  in 
other  places,  small  chambers  pass  off  by  a  small 
door  from  the  shaft.  In  places  where  the  rock  is 
hard,  the  entrance  is  flush  with  the  general  surface 
of  the  rock,  and  is  rather  larger  than  the  entrance 
into  an  ordinary. mine,  being  about  six  feet  wide, 
and  eight  feet  high ;  in  other  places,  where  the 
rock  is  low  and  disintegrated,  a  broad  excavation 
is  formed  on  the  surface,  till  it  reaches  a  sufficient 
depth  of  solid  stone,  when  it  narrows,  and  enters 
by  a  door  of  about  six  or  eight  feet  wide,  and  about 
ten  feet  high.  The  passage  then  proceeds  with  a 
a  gradual  descent  for  about  100  feet,  widening  or 
narrowing  according  to  the  plan  or  object  of  the 
architect,  sometimes  with  side-chambers,  but  more 
frequently  not.     The  beautiful  ornament  of  the 


BJBAN   EL    MELOOK.  267 

globe,  with  the  serpent  in  its  wings,  is  sculptured 
over  the  entrance,  The  ceiling  is  black  with  silver 
stars,  and  the  vulture  with  outspread  wings  holding 
a  ring  and  a  broad-feathered  sceptre  by  each  of 
his  feet,  is  frequently  repeated  on  it,  with  numerous 
hieroglyphics,  which  are  white,. or  variously  colored* 
The  walls  on  each  side  are  covered  with  hierogly- 
phics, and  large  sculptured  figures  of  the  deities  of 
Egypt,  and  the  hero  for  whom  the  tomb  was  exca- 
vated. Sometimes  both  the  hieroglyphics  and  the 
figures  are  wrought  in  intaglio,  at  other  times  they 
are  in  relief ;  but  throughout  the  same  tomb  they 
are  generally  all  of  one  kind.  The  colors  are  green, 
blue,  red,  black,  and  yellow,  on  a  white  ground, 
and  in  many  instances  are  as  fresh  and  vivid  as  if 
they  had  not  been  laid  on  a  month.  Intermixed 
with  the  figures,  we  frequently  meet  with  curious 
devices,  representing  tribunals,  where  people  are 
upon  their  trials,  and  sometimes  undergoing  punish- 
ment; the  preparation  of  mummies,  and  people 
bearing  them  in  procession  on  their  shoulders,  ani- 
mals tied  for  sacrifice,  and  partly  cut  up ;  and  oc- 
casionally the  more  agreeable  pictures  of  entertain- 
ments,  with  music  and  dancing,  and  well  dressed 
people  listening  to  the  sound  of  the  harp  played 
by  a  priest  with  his  head'  shaved,  and  dressed  in  a 
loose  flowing  white  robe,  shot  with  red  stripes. 

These  shafts  are  of  different  lengths,  from  a  hun- 
dred to  between  three  and  four  hundred  feet,  or 


268  BIBAN  EL   MELOOK. 

more ;  at  the  end  of  them,  or  in  some  part  of  their 
lengthf  there  is  generally  one  large  chamber,  high 
in  the  ceiling  and  beautifully  ornamented ;  in  the 
middle  of  this  stands  the  sarcophagus,  generally 
of  granite,  and  in  the  shape  of  an  oblong  square, 
rounded  at  one  end,  and  covered  with  figures  of 
Osiris,  Isis,  skeletons,  and  curious  devices.  It  is 
generally  cracked  or  broken  into  several  pieces, 
though  still  adhering.  There  is  not  one  sarcophagus 
in  the  tombs  of  the  king*  that  is  entire  ;  only  one 
lid  has  been  found  unbroken,  and  that  by  Mr.  Bel- 
zoni.  It  is  the  lid  of  the  handsomest  sarcophagus 
in  the  Thebaid,  that  in  what  has  been  called  the 
harp  tomb ;  it  is  highly  polished,  and  quite  entire, 
saving  a  little  bit  that  is  broken  at  the  projecting 
feet.  Sometimes  there  are  no  more  chambers  than 
what  I  have  mentioned;  but  in  other  tombs  the 
shaft  continues  on  from  the  large  chamber  of  nearly 
its  former,  dimensions  ;  sometimes  with  small  side 
chambers  passing  off  it  on  either  haqd ;  in  others, 
instead  of  side  chambers,  thereare  small  excavations 
in  the  side  of  the  corridor,  about  breast  high,  of  the 
average  length  of  the  human  body,  and  such  as 
might  either  serve  for  a  grave  to  the  dead,  or  a  bed 
for  the  living;  they  are  in  the  form  of  common 
horse  troughs,  and  resemble  exceedingly  those  al- 
ready mentioned  in  the  catacombs  i»  Naples,  Sicily, 
Malta,  and  Alexandria. 

All  these  tombs  have  been  open  for  many  years 


BIBAN   EL   MELOOK.  269 

to  the  passing  intruder;  they  are  much  injured,  filled 
with  broken  fragments  of  what  formerly  constituted 
their  greatest  pride  and  ornament,  and  polluted  by 
swarms  of  bats,  which  occupy  them  in  such  legions 
•that  the  visiter  is  frequently  obliged  to  stand  with  his 
eyes  shut,  and  bear  their  stormy  flight  for  five  or  six 
minutes  at  a  time.   If  he  can  save  his  torch  the  at- 
tack is  sooner  over,  if  not,  as  often  as  he  lights  it 
with  his  flint  and  steel  it  is  again  renewed  ;  when 
the  storm  is  over,  he  may  continue  his  researches. 
But  the  walls  are  so  contaminated  with  the  filth  of 
these  abominable  vermin,  that  in  general  they  end 
in  disappointment :  and  with  all  his  impatience  to 
examine  the  walls,  he  must  not  forget  to  look  at  his 
feet,  lest,  as  we  found  in  one  of  them,  a  snake 
should  be  lurking,  which  he  may  find  it  his  interest 
to  avoid*    Of  all  those  at  present  known,  only  one 
is  exempt  from  the  melancholy  wreck  with  which 
the  course  of  time  invariably  covers  the  labor  of 
man,  and  that  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Belzoni  a  few 
weeks  before  our  arrival  in  Thebes :  and  Lord  and 
Lady  Belmore,  with  their  family  and  suite,  were  the 
first  Europeans  who  visited  it 

The  following  is  the  manner  in  which  this  suc- 
cessful explorer  of  antiquity,  was  led  to  this  most 
fortunate  discovery,  and  it  shows  how  eminently  he 
is  qualified  for  the  pursuit  in  which  he  is  engaged : 
In  walking  over  the  ground,  he  observed  that  the 
immense  mass  of  detritus,  or  small  stony  fragments 


$70  BIBAN    EL    MELOOK. 

which  bank  the  base  of  the  mountain,  and  fill  up 
the  valley  on  each  side,  had  a  particular  lie,  or  di- 
rection in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  open  tombs. 
This  was  occasioned  by  the  materials,  which  were 
carried  out  of  the  tomb  at  the  time  of  its  forma- 
tion, being  laid  along  there  on  each  side,  as  the  most 
convenient  place  for  disposing  of  them.     In  some 
cases,  when  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  tomb  was 
not  adapted  for  receiving  the  rubbish,  it  was  car- 
ried to  a  more  convenient  spot  on  the  other  side  of 
the  valley,  and  the  discovery  of  the  excavation  in 
that  case  became  more  difficult ;  for  the  orifice  of 
the  excavation  being  once  filled  up,  no  indication 
whatever  remained  of  its  existence.     The  orifice  of 
this  tomb  was  entirely  blocked  up,  occasioned,  as 
some  imagine,  by  a  mountain  torrent  passing  im- 
mediately over  it.     The  surface  was  perfectly  level, 
and  to  an  ordinary  observer,  presented  nothing  dif- 
ferent from  what  was  around  it.   But  the  practised 
eye  of  the  antiquary  looked  deeper  than  the  surface. 
Determined  to  prove  the  truth  or  fallacy  of  his  con- 
jecture, Mr.  Belzoni  set  a  number  of  Arabs  to  work, 
to  sink  a  passage  in  front  of  the  rock,  through  the 
accumulation  of  detritus,  down  to  the  solid  base. 
Appearances  at  first  by  no  means  flattered  his  ex- 
pectations, and  the  remarks  of  some  who  witnessed 
his  efforts,  tended  to  damp  and  discourage  the  un- 
dertaking.    After  some  days  of  unremitting  exer- 
tion, even  his  own  hopes  became  less  sanguine,  yet 


BIBAN    FX    MELOOtt.  271 

still  he  persevered,  and  at  last  the  hit  of  some  lucky 
shovel  uncovered  the  polished  front  of  the  rock. 
The  sight  redoubled  all  their  energies,  braced  all 
their  sinking  hopes,  for  every  man  shares  in  the 
success  of  the  man  who  is  deservedly  fortunate. 
After  a  few  more  efforts  the  door  of  entrance  was 
unsealed,  and  the  joy  of  Belzoni  may  be  more  easily 
conceived  than  expressed.      The  depth  through 
which  he  had  descended  in  the  rubbish,  was  about 
twenty  feet,  and  from  the  sides  constantly  falling  in 
had  occasioned  him  as  much  labor  as  would  other- 
wise  nearly  have  sunk  the  same  passage  to  twice 
the  depth.     Still  much  remained  to  be  done,  the 
passage  along  the  shaft  was  to  be  cleared,  it  having 
been  blocked  up  with  sand  for  a  considerable  way. 
But  he  had  now  seen  the  success  of  his  labors ;  and 
flushed  with  the  past,  what  remained  to  be  accom- 
plished presented  but  a  feeble  obstacle  to  the  en- 
terprising spirit  of  one  who  had  already  achieved 
so  much.  The  work  being  hotly  plied,  the  entrance 
was  soon  broken  up,  and  the  sand  basketed  out  so 
as  to  afford  an  access  to  the  intrepid  discoverer,  who, 
armed  with  a  lighted  torch,  as  soon  as  there  was 
room  to  admit  his  hand  and  his  head,  thrust  them 
in,  and  pushing  sand  and  rubbish  aside  with  his  giant 
shoulders,  crawled  along  on  his  breast  into  the  in- 
terior of  this  long  forgotten  tomb,  exulting  in  all 
the  raptures  of  success  which  he  must  have  truly 
felt,  as  he  had  truly  merited. 


27«  BIBAN   EL   MELOOK. 

The  entrance  into  the  tomb  is  six  feet  eleven 
inches  wide,  and  eight  feet  nine  inches  high.  The 
tomb  is  309  feet  long,  and  contains  fourteen  cham- 
bers of  different  sizes.  The  rock  in  which  it  is 
cut  is  a  species  of  limestone,  but  soft,  and  easily 
wrought.  The  highest  part  of  the  mountain  range 
in  the  Thebaic!,  is  not  more  than  400  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  Nile.  At  the  time  of  our  first  visit, 
the  entrance  to  the  tomb  was  still  much  obstructed, 
and  we  descended  to  the  door  as  if  we  had  been 
going  into  a  sand-pit,  and  prostrating  ourselves 
upon  our  breasts,  crawled  along  through  a  narrow 
passage  over  the  rubbish;  this  was  Afterwards 
cleared  away,  and  the  tomb  is  now  approached  by 
a  flight  of  well-formed  steps,  leading  down  to  the 
door.  The  first  sight  did  not  so  much  astonish  us. 
The  hieroglyphics  were  much  more  numerous  than 
the  figures,  and  if  ever  they  had  been  painted  the 
coloring  was  entirely  defaced.  The  ceiling  is  black, 
with  stars  and  tablets  of  hieroglyphics,  which  are 
white.  The  globe  with  serpents  in  the  wings,  and 
the  vulture  with  outspread  wings,  holding  a  ring 
and  a  feathered  sceptre  in  each  foot,  crowned  with 
the  tutulus,  or  cap  generally  worn  by  Osiris,  ex- 
tends itself  over  it  in  the  first  compartment.  The 
coloring  is  white,  red,  and  black,  and  with  the  two 
white  tablets  of  hieroglyphics,  the  one  containing 
the  name  of  the  hero  for  whom  the  tomb  was  made, 
and  the  other  that  of  his  father,  with  the  goose  and 


BIBAN   EL   ME  LOOK.  273 

egg  over  the  back  between  them,  which  is  inter** 
preted  to  mean,  son  of,  produce  a  most  solemn 
and  impressive  effect  upon  the  mind.    At  the  door, 
the  hero,  always  accompanied  by  the  two  tablets  of 
hieroglyphics,  is  received  by  Arueres,  or  the  hawk- 
headed  deity,  having  the  sceptre  of  Osiris  in  his 
hand,   intimating  his  authority  in  the  air,  like 
Apollo's  derived  from  Jove.      To  this  succeeds 
an  immense  table  of  hieroglyphics,  in  which  the 
name  of  the  hero  frequently  occurs,  and  the  pic- 
turesque beetle  rolling  his  ball,  an  emblem  under 
which  was  worshipped  the  moving  power  of  the 
world,  guarded  by  a  cynocephalus.    Here  the  cor- 
ridor narrows,  as  if  for  a  door,  the  top  is  ornamented 
with  the  winged  globe,  and  passing  on,  the  corridor 
continues  of  the  same  size  5  the  figures  are  faintly 
colored,  and  chiefly  mummy-shaped,  having  their 
faces  turned  toward  the  door.  Some  are  ornamented 
with  a  plaited  beard,  others  not.  Some  have  scarabaei 
or  beetles  with  outspread  wings  for  their  heads, 
others  have  rams9  heads,  others  hawks9  heads,  dogs* 
heads,  or  cows'  heads,  with  numerous  tables  of 
hieroglyphics  partly  colored,  and  in  relief.     Here, 
on  each  side,  a  wolf  is  seated  on  an  altar,  and  below 
him  a  female,  with  a  tower  on  her  head,  like  Ceres, 
is  on  her  knees,  rolling  a  circle  or  broad  hoop  be- 
fore her,  a  device  of  which  I  have  not  found  any 
explanation.    In  the  Egyptian  Mythology,  the  wolf 
appears  to  have  typified  the  messenger  between 
vol.  1.  T 


274  B1BAN    £L   MELOOK. 

this  and  the  other  -world.  Osiris  returned  from  the 
dead  in  the  shape  of  a  wolf,  to  assist  his  wife  and 
son  in  their  conflict  with  Typhon ;  and  in  the 
festival  held  in  commemoration  of  the  return  of 
Hhampsinitus  from  the  infernal  regions,  the  minis- 
ter of  the  solemnity,  wearing  a  vest  that  had  been 
wove  in  the  space  of  a  day,  and  having  his  eyes 
covered  with  a  bandage,  was  conducted  to  the  path 
that  led  to  the  temple  of  Ceres,  and  left  there, 
where  two  wolves  met  and  led  him  to  the  temple, 
though  at  the  distance  of  twenty  stadia  from  the 
city,  and  afterwards  brought  him  back  to  the  place 
where  they  had  found  him,  and  left  him  for  the 
citizens  to  take  up.  We  have  already  mentioned, 
that  the  Egyptians  esteemed  Ceres  and  Bacchus 
the  great  deities  of  the  realms  below ;  hence,  I  pre- 
sume, the  constant  attendance  of  the  wolf  at  the 
entrance  of  the  tombs,  with  the  figure  of  the  wolfs 
head  that  is  frequently  found  on  the  vases  in  the 
sarcophagi ;  and  if  we  may  be  allowed  to  interpret 
symbols  by  known  facts,  the  broad  circle  which  is 
poised  under  the  hand  of  the  goddess,  may  be  in- 
tended to  typify  that  grand  cycle  of  years,  at  the 
conclusion  of  which,  all  things  were  to  commence 
a-new,  as  at  the  creation  of  the  world ;  the  same 
animals  and  vegetables  to  cover  the  earth,  in  contem- 
poraneous succession,  and  the  dead  to  be  unrolled 
from  the  silent  tomb  to  which  they  had  been  com- 
mitted,  to  enjoy  the  society  of  their  ancient  coin- 


BIBAN    EL    MELOOK.  275 

panions,  and  live  over  again  a  determined  period 
of  mortal  existence.      He  was  a  bold  man  who 
broached  the  speculation,  and  aimed  at  nothing  less 
than  a  calculus  for  omniscience.     Here  we  des- 
cended a  stair  of  26  steps,  and  entered  a  third  com- 
partment, in  which  the  coloring  of  the  figures,  red 
and  blue,  is  much  more  vivid,  and  the  device  more 
interesting;  serpents,  with  one,  two  or  three  heads, 
moving  along,  with  four  human  feet,  and  uplifted 
wings.     The  principal  object  is  a  scarabaeus,  with 
the  head  concealed  by  a  sort  of  semi-lunar  frame, 
and  a  hawk  perched  on  each  side  of  it ;  serpent- 
headed  boats  drawn  along  with  men  and  beetles  on 
board.     In  the  bottom  of  the  next  compartment, 
is  a  pit  or  well,  SO  feet  deep  ;  the  sides  of  it,  on 
a  level  with  the  floor  of  the  rest  of  the  tomb,  are 
painted  and  colored  in  the  same  manner  with  repre- 
sentations of  Osiris,  robed  in  white,  seated  upon  the 
checkered  throne  of  the  world,  with  the  mitre  on 
his  head,  the  crook  and  scourge  in  his  hand.     Be- 
fore him  stands  Isis,  his  worthy  consort,  with  the 
moon  encompassed  with  horns,  on  her  head,  and 
behind  him  Arueres,  Apollo,  or  the  hawk-headed 
deity,  with  the  hero,  accompanied  by  his  tablets  of 
hieroglyphics.     This  well  was  filled  with  sand,  and 
wood,  and  stones,  which  Mr.  Belzoni  cleared  out. 
There  was  a  stick  lying  across  its  mouth,  a  piece 
of  rope  having  one  end  coiled  round  the  stick,  and 
the  other  hanging  into  the  well  on  each  side*    The 

t  2 


[ 


276  BIB  AN   EL    MELOOK. 

stick  was  of  sycamore  wood,  and  excessively  light 
and  dry,  but  not  broken ;  the  rope  was  made  of 
the  rind  of  the  palm  tree,  of  the  same  materials 
and  as  well  manufactured  as  the  ropes  are  in  Egypt 
at  the  present  day.  The  piece  of  rope  was  also 
dry,  and  remarkably  brittle.  As  we  have  not  re- 
ceived from  antiquity  any  regular  account  of  the 
interior  of  these  tombs,  we  are  left  to  conjecture 
the  use  of  many  of  the  contrivances  therein  exhi- 
bited, and  among  others  the  purpose  or  intention 
of  this  pit.  Its  situation  in  the  centre  of  the  pas- 
sage and  in  a  small  compartment  by  itself,  pre- 
cludes the  idea  of  our  supposing  that  it  was  ever 
intended  for  containing  water,  although  the  rope 
and  the  stick  might  lead  us  so  to  imagine.  It  ap- 
pears to  me  that  this  pit,  which  is  14  feet  long  and 
12  feet  wide,  was  formed  for  the  reception  of  other 
sarcophagi,  and  that  the  ropes  that  were  found  hang- 
ing into  the  mouth  of  it,  and  the  blocks  of  wood  that 
were  found  in  the  bottom  of  it,  are  the  remaining 
fragments  of  those  materials  which  the  riflers  of 
the  tomb  employed  in  examining  it,  expecting,  pro- 
bably, to  find  some  treasure  beneath.  This  con- 
jecture is  strengthened  by  many  of  the  sarcophagi 
being  found  lodged  in  pits,  into  which  they  must 
have  been  let  down  by  ropes ;  and  pieces  of  ropes 
still  found  remaining  at  the  sides  of  the  pits.  In 
this  pit  were  probably  deposited  the  minor  brandies 
or  dependants  of  the  chief,  whose  mortal  remains 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK.  277 

occupied  the  stately  chamber  within.  Here,  at  first 
sight,  appeared  to  be  an  end  of  the  tomb ;  a  wall 
was  regularly  built  across  the  corridor,  plastered 
and  whitened  over,  and,  though  not  completely 
finished,  presented  apparently  a  bar  to  farther 
progress;  a  break  in  the  wall,  however,  invited 
examination,  and  it  was  perceived  that  this  ob- 
struction was  a  regular  building,  and  no  termina- 
tion by  the  rock.  The  pit  accordingly  was  speedily 
planked  over,  the  breach  in  the  wall  enlarged,  and 
the  successful  explorer  ushered  into  a  magnificent 
square  chamber,  that  threw  every  thing  that  he  had 
yet  seen  into  the  shade.  It  is  about  25  feet  square, 
with  four  strong  square  columns  of  the  rock  left  in 
the  middle  for  supporting  the  roof ;  the  ceiling  is 
black,  as  above  described;  the  sides  are  ornamented 
with  processions  of  boats,  of  men  carrying  serpents 
coiled  up  at  different  distances ;  twelve  men  hold  a 
rope  or  chain,  which  is  fastened  round  the  neck  of 
an  erect  mummy,  and  a  number  of  mummies  are 
laid  along  on  a  couch  formed  in  the  shape  of  a 
serpent,  and  extending  round  two  sides  of  the  room. 
These  are  on  the  right  hand  as  we  entered  the 
chamber,  but  on  the  left  the  processions  are  equally 
interesting ;  processions  of  snakes  borne  along  by 
people  in  white,  and  twelve  human  heads  upon 
his  back;  so  that  at  first  sight  the  snake  ap- 
pears to  be  cut  in  as  many  places  as  he  has  men 
to  support  him.  In  the  lowest  compartment  is  also 
a  procession  of  a  long  but  slender  snake,  carried 


378  BIBAN   EL   MELOOK. 

along  by  a  number  of  people,  between  each  of  whom, 
upon  the  body  of  the  snake,  is  a  machine  which  ex- 
ceedingly resembles  a  hand-barrow;  it  has  distinctly 
two  shafts,  several,  I  believe  seven  cross-bars,  and  a 
wheel.  In  the  rear  of  this  procession,  comes  the 
most  interesting  exhibition  in  the  whole  tomb  ;  it 
consists  of  four  groups,  with  four  individuals  in 
each j  each  group  differently  costumed,  and  appa- 
rently of  different  nations.  The  first  four  are  attired 
in  loose  flowing  spotted  robes,  open  before,  fastened 
with  a  string  round  the  waist,  and  elegantly  knotted 
at  the  neck  over  the  breast.  The  robes  show  the 
thigh,  which  is  tatooed  in  all  of  them  with  the  sign 
of  the  cross,  and  the  legs  with  a  crown ;  the  cross 
is  also  tattooed  upon  their  arms.  Their  complexion 
is  fair,  they  have  projecting  beards  upon  their  chins, 
and  mustachios.  Their  hair  is  curiously  plaited, 
similar  to  that  of  the  Madagascar  prince  ;  it  begins 
at  the  crown  of  the  head,  the  natural  division  of  the 
hair,  and  from  that  it  is  divided  into  small  locks, 
and  plaited,  two  plaits  all  the  way  down ;  the  hair 
is  not  long,  and  is  cut  behind  on  a  level  with  the 
chin,  and  projects  from  the  head  as  if  it  were  artificial. 
On  the  side  of  the  head  there  are  six  plaited  locks, 
behind  the  ear,  from  which  the  hair  is  parted,  and 
four  before  it,  falling  over  the  forehead j  one  lock, 
the  largest  of  all,  is  plaited  down  from  the  temple, 
and  hangs  down  before  the  ear  and  curls  back,  like 
the  lock  of  hair  that  characterizes  the  youthful 
Horus.     Two  white  plumes  are  placed  in  the  part- 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK.  279 

ing  of  the  hair,  on  the  crown  of  the  head,  the  one 
falls  forward,  and  the  other  backward.     They  hold 
themselves  well  up,  have  their  hands  down  by  their 
sides,  and  possess  a  dignified  and  graceful  deport- 
ment*    Close  behind  them   come  four  negroes, 
dressed  in  white,  their  petticoats  down  to  their 
ankles,  through  which  the  color  of  their  skin  is  dis- 
tinctly perceptible,  and  their  black  feet  and  ankles 
below,  look  like  black  shoes  and  gaiters  upon  white 
stockings ;  the  petticoat  is  tied  with  a  red  belt, 
round  the  waist,  and  supported  by  a  broad  sash 
over  the  left  shoulders.      They  have  white  ear- 
rings, and  white  bracelets,   like  ivory,   on  their 
wrists.     Their  hair  is  black,  plaited  and  parted 
from  the  crown,  and  falls  regularly  down  in  small 
locks  over  the  head.     It  is  not  parted  over  the  ear, 
and  not  ornamented  with  plumes  like  the  first  four. 
After  the  four  blacks,  come  four  other  whites,  who 
have  the  same  complexion  and  features  with  the 
first  four,  but  considerably  disguised  by  a  different 
head-dress  and  costume.   They  have  a  dense  brown 
beard  that  compasses  their  chin  and  jaw  from  ear 
to  ear,  and  short  mustachios.     They  have  a  dense 
black  mass  upon  their  heads,  which  is  more  like  a 
wig  or  artificial  covering  than  the  hair  of  the  Ber- 
beri  Arabs,  to  which  it  is  generally  compared.     It 
fits  the  head  like  a  Welch  wig,  coming  down  to  near 
the  eye-brows,  with  a  small  peak  before  the  ear, 
and  a  large  convexity  behind.     It  is  bound  round 


280  BIBAN   EL   MELOOK. 

with  a  white  strap  tied  over -the  crown  of  the  head; 
it  is  no  way  plaited,  nor  ornamented  with  feathers. 
They  wear  a  striped  kirtle,  like  a  philibeg,  black, 
red  and  white,  bordered  and  fringed ;  the  rest  of 
their  body  is  naked.  Their  head-dress  and  beard 
give  them  a  lowering  and  dissatisfied  look,  and  they 
have  been  called  Jews. 

Next  in  the  procession,  we  come  to  four  russet 
men.  Their  hair  is  black,  and  plaited  from  the 
crown,  hangs  regularly  all  round  the  head  ^  it  is 
cut  short  immediately  over  the  eyebrows  before, 
and  hangs  down  behind  the  ears  into  the  neck ;  all 
the  locks  hang  from  the  crown,  and  there  are  no 
short  ones  from  the  side  of  tlie  head,  as  was  the 
case  in  the  blacks.  They  have  a  small  square  piece 
of  black  beard  stuck  to  the  point  of  their  chin,  but 
no  mustachioes.  They  have  white  kirtles  tied 
round  their  waists ;  the  rest  of  their  body  is  naked. 
Behind  the  last  of  the  four,  almost  touching  the 
hair  of  his  head,  there  is  a  small  bearded  figure 
squatted  upon  his  seat,  with  his  knees  up  to  his 
breast ;  the  globe,  encircled  by  a  serpent,  is  sus- 
pended over  his  head.  He  may  be  a  god,  or  he 
may  be  a  judge ;  he  appears  to  have  neither  hands 
nor  arms,,  and  his  pitiful  and  insignificant  appear- 
ance does  not,  according  to  the  Custom  of  the  an- 
cient  Egyptians,  prevent  him  from  being  considered 
a  representative  of  either.  After  him  are  two  birds, 
the  one  of  which  resembles  a  parrot,  the  other  an 


BIBAN  EL   MELOOK.  281 

ibis,  though  rather  between  an  ibis  and  a  goose ; 
perhaps  it  is  the  chenalopex,  a  bird  sacred  to  Osiris, 
supposed  to  be  the  sheldrake.  Then  we  come  to 
a  hawk-headed  personage  supposed  to  be  Arueres, 
or  Apollo,  though  much  liker  a  priest,  or  a  man  in 
mask,  than  a  god.  He  is  adorned  with  an  elegant 
tippet;  he  has  bracelets  and  armlets  upon  his  upper 
extremities,  and  a  yellow  kirtle,  shot  with  black 
stripes,  fastened  round  his  waist :  thus  caparisoned, 
he  walks  up  in  the  rear  of  the  procession,  leaning 
on  a  staff,  and  apparently  much  fatigued.  With 
him  the  procession  closes. 

The  four  individuals  mentioned  first  in  this  in- 
teresting  procession  are  stated  to  be  Persians ;  the 
four  next  are  stated  to  be  Ethiopians;   the  four 
next  are  stated  to  be  Jews ;  the  four  last  are  stated 
to  be  Egyptians,  who  had  been  in  bondage  in  these 
countries,  and  now  restored  to  their  homes  and 
their  friends  by  the  success  of  Pharaoh  Necho. 
The  35th  and  36th  chapters  of  the  second  book  of 
Chronicles,  the  36th  (46th)  chapter  of  Jeremiah,  and 
second  book  of  Herodotus,  are  cited  in  confirmation 
of  the  above ;   most  of  which,  in  my  estimation, 
rather  refute  than  confirm  it    It  is  mentioned  in 
the  second  book  of  Chronicles,  that  Necho  took 
Jerusalem,   and  carried  Jehoahaz,  the  king,  to 
Egypt  *,   but  none  of  these  men,  who  are  called 
Jews,  have  the  least  appearance  of  having  been 
either  king  or  captives ;  there  is  nothing  stript  or 


282  BIBAN   EL    MELOOK. 

dejected  about  them,  and  none  of  the  hieroglyphics 
over  their  heads  give  any  intimation  of  their  being 
such :  neither,  upon  a  close  examination  of  their 
feature,  do  we  find  that  their  features  or  costume 
warrant  us  in  referring  them  to  that  ancient  people. 
We  find  in  Jeremiah,  that  Pharaoh  Necho  was 
soundly  beat  by  the  King  of  Babylon,  which  of 
course  furnished  no  reason  for  swelling  his  train 
by  captive  Babylonians,  who,  however,  have,  if  pos- 
sible, still  less  the  appearance  of  being  captives  than 
the  four  above  mentioned.     On  referring  to  the 
second  book  of  Herodotus,  we  do  not  find  it  stated 
that  Necho  had  made  any  expedition  into  Ethiopia, 
but  his  son  Psammis  did ;  the  result  is  not  given ; 
but  it  is  added,  that  he  died  soon  afterwards,  having 
reigned  only  six  years :  and  a  little  farther  on,  we 
find  it  mentioned  that  all  the  princes  of  this  family 
were  buried  in  the  temple  of  Minerva  at  Sais,  in  the 
Delta.     Moreover,  we  do  not  find  in  Herodotus, 
that  any  of  the  Egyptian  kings  were  ever  buried  in 
Thebes.     So  that  neither  the  sacred  writings  nor 
Herodotus  support  the  interesting  explanation  of 
fhis  extraordinary  procession,  which  has  been  of- 
fered by  Mr.  Belzoni  and  his  learned  expositor. 

So  far  from  considering  this  procession  to  be 
composed  of  a  group  of  captives  selected  from  so 
many  different  nations,  the  spectator  is  immediately 
struck  with  them  as  being  the  people  of  the  greatest 
consequence  of  any  in  the  room,  with  the  exception 


B1BAN  EL  MEL00K.  28S 

of  the  gods,  goddesses,  and  the  titled  hero  himself. 
They  are  by  far  the  most  gorgeously  attired,  and 
every  way  the  most  exalted  in  their  appearance. 
And  it  is  worthy  of  remark,  that  the  first  four  are 
more  sumptuously  arrayed  than  the  second  four, 
the  second  than  the  third,  and  the  third  than  the 
fourth,  their  dresses  corresponding  with  the  order 
of  precedency.     They  have  all  a  clean  and  com- 
fortable appearance,  and  the  hair  of  all  of  them  is 
dressed  with  the  greatest  care.     The  dress  of  the 
first  four  individuals,  though  their  costume  is  the 
same,  differs  in  respect  of  color :   the  first  is  on  a 
while  ground,  covered  with  pale  red  spots ;  the 
second  is  on  a  lead-colored  ground,  traversed  by 
stripes  that  resemble  a  feather,  between  each  of 
which  are  blue  and  red  spots  alternately  with  each 
other j  the  last  is  on  a  while  ground,  with  black 
spots,  and  resembles  the  skin  of  the  sacrificed  bull 
\yhich  we  see  in  another  part  of  the  tomb.     The 
dresses  are  all  bound  round  with  a  checkered  bind- 
ing, and  tied  round  the  waist  with  a  belt  of  the 
same.     The  dress  of  the  other  three  groups  is  re- 
spectively the  same ;  that  of  no  individual  in  any 
one  of  the  groups  differing  from  any  other  in  the 
same  group.     The  first  four  in  the  group  are  tat- 
tooed on  the  arms,  thighs,  and  legs ;  they  have  all 
the  figure  of  the  cross  upon  their  arms  and  thighs, 
and  either  on  the  arm  or  the  leg  they  have  a  round 
instrument  like  a  fibula  or  clasp.  We  find  this  latter 
instrument  on  the  breast  of  the  serpent  that  is  on 


284  BIBAN  EL   MELOOK. 

each  side  of  the  door  of  this  small  chamber,  coiled 
up,  mounted  on  the  lower  half  of  a  globe,  crowned 
with  the  handled  measure,  with  the  sceptre  of  Osiris 
attached  by  a  ring  in  the  middle  before  it,  and  five 
stems  of  the  flowering  lotus  beneath,  the  three 
middle  ones  of  which  are  erect,  and  the  two  side 
ones  are  broken  down  $  the  whole  has  been  inter- 
preted to  mean  sacerdotal.  Their  insignia  would  in- 
dicate them  priests  of  that  religious  sect  who  wor- 
shipped both  Christ,  and  the  serpent.  The  last  four, 
or  russet  group,  both  in  respect  to  the  small  piece 
of  beard  stuck  under  the  chin,  and  the  white  kirtle, 
resemble  exactly  the  priest  who  is  cutting  up  the 
sacrificed  bull ;  their  kirtle  seems  to  be  fuller,  and 
their  hair  is  dressed  in  a  much  superior  style.  The 
sacrificing  priest  has  a  white  sash  for  holding  up  his 
kirtle,  which  passes  over  his  left  shoulder  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  sash  of  the  four  blacks.  The  ribbon 
round  the  head  of  the  third  group  is  tied  in  the 
same  manner  as  that  round  the  head  of  the  female 
in  the  door  of  one  of  the  chambers,  and  who  is  sup- 
posed to  be  Buto  or  Latona. 

There  are  thirtyvfive  short  columns  of  hierogly- 
phics over  the  heads  of  these  sixteen  individuals, 
and  their  hawk-headed  attendant.  Among  the  cha- 
racters we  observe  the  frequent  occurrence  of  the 
spotted  owl,  the  yellow  bird,  the  chenalopex,  a  green, 
and  two  blue  birds,  the  latter  of  which  bear  a 
strong  resemblance  to  the  bird  that  is  perched  above 
the  head  of  the  female  who  we  find,  in  another  part 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK.  285 

of  the  same  room,  attending  on  Osiris ;  the  little 
squat  deity,  generally  red,  but  sometimes  yellow, 
with  the  head  of  a  cynocephalus  surmounted  with 
a  modium,  at  other  times  with  a  globe  encircled 
with  a  serpent ;  the  eye,  with  and  without  the  sight ; 
the  black  beetle,  the  crook,  the  cross,  the  bee,  the 
sacrificing  knife,  the  forceps,  the  arm  and  head 
with  the  bar  above  it ;  the  three  jars  or  vases  tied 
together;  the  wavy-line  supposed  to  indicate  water 
or  motion  ;  the  globe,  the  small-horned  snake,  and 
many  other  such  characters  as  we  find  in  the  tablets 
of  hieroglyphics  in  other  parts  of  the  tomb,  and 
particularly  in  those  which  surround  the  deities, 
and  the  principal  personage  in  it.  For  these  rea- 
sons I  am  disposed  to  consider  the  above  person- 
ages as  intimately  concerned  in  the  sacred  rites, 
and  here  representing  the  principal  orders  of  the 
priests  in  Thebes,  joined  in  procession  according 
to  their  respective  rank.  The  reason  of  their  being 
of  different  colors,  and  different  costumes,  is  diffi- 
cult to  assign ;  but  there  are  not  wanting  instances 
of  the  same  thing  in  other  countries.  Among  the 
Chinese,  whose  gods  are  the  sun,  moon  and  stars, 
as  well  as  those  of  the  Egyptians,  we  are  informed 
of  four  orders  of  priests,  who  were  white,  black* 
yellow  and  russet ;  which  might  be  typical  of  the 
clear  light  of  the  sun,  the  darkness  of  night,  the 
pale  light  of  the  moon,  and  the  ruddy  hue  of  the 
morning  and  evening  sky.  The  colors  of  the  Chinese 


286  BIBAN    EL    MELOOK. 

orders  coincide  remarkably  with  those  of  the  per- 
sons who  compose  the  procession  under  consider- 
ation. As  to  their  diversity  of  costume,  nothing  is 
more  common  than  for  different  orders  of  priests  to 
be  differently  dressed,  though  all  of  the  same  reli- 
gion. But  I  must  not  pursue  the  discussion  any 
farther  at  present. 

Upon  each  side  of  the  four  columns  that  occupy 
the  centre  of  the  room,  the  hero  is  received  by  the 
different  deities  in  succession ;  by  the  deity  with 
the  hawk's  head,  by  one  with  the  ibis  head,  by  one 
with  the  wolfs  head,  by  the  female  deity  already 
mentioned,  and  by  Osiris  himself. 

Passing  off  from  this  chamber  on  the  right,  and 
descending  a  couple  of  steps,  we  entered  into  an- 
other square  chamber,  much  about  the  same  dimen- 
sions, with  only  two  columns  in  the  centre.  Here 
we  perceive  that  the  operator  has  been  arrested  in 
the  midst  of  his  labors.  .The  chamber  is  in  an 
unfinished  state :  the  walls  have  been  whitewashed, 
the  crevices  that  have  splintered  off  in  forming  it 
have  been  filled  up,  but  there  is  no  painting  upon 
the  walls,  or  on  the  columns.  The  figures  are  all 
outlined,  and  the  wall  is  ready  for  the  workman  to 
commence  his  operations ;  the  lines  have  been 
drawn  in  red  by  some  inferior  hand,  and  after- 
wards corrected  by  the  master  in  black,  according 
to  the  manner  in  which  they  were  to  be  wrought. 
The  very  circumstance  of  this  room  being  in  an 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK.  287 

unfinished  state  renders  it  more  instructive  than  if 
it  had  been  found  completed,  like  the  others ;  in  as 
fyr  as  it  shews  that  the  manner  in  which  the  artists 
proceeded  in  their  operations  at  that  remote  period 
was  exactly  the  same  as  that  which  they  employ  in 
the  present  day.  The  expression  of  the  eyes  and 
countenances  of  the  figures  is  extremely  soft  and 
interesting.  On  the  columns,  the  principal  per- 
sonage is  admitted  to  an  interview  with  the  different 
gods  and  goddess,  as  in  the  former  chamber ;  and 
on  the  walls,  besides  the  usual  representations  of 
Osiris,  Isis,  Arueres,  Thoth,  the  principal  personage, 
we  have  processions  of  boats,  cows  laying  in  repose, 
serpents,  birds,  cynocephali,  people  dressed  like 
mummies  sticking  hatchets  into  their  heads,  some 
vomiting  blood  and  beating  themselves,  as  they  are 
represented  to  have  done  in  the  festival  of  Mars, 
held  at  Papremis,  and  numerous  hieroglyphics. 
The  following  appears  to  have  been  their  mode  of 
operation.  Having  cut  out  and  smoothed  the  sur- 
face of  the  chamber,  the  next  process  was  to  fill  up 
any  crevices,  and  to  whitewash  it  all  over:  the  out- 
lines of  the  figures  were  then  drawn,  according  to 
which  they  were  cut  in  intaglio  or  relief,  as  above 
described ;  they  were  then  whitewashed  again,  and 
painted  red,  blue,  green,  or  yellow,  and  attired  in 
their  proper  costume. 

Having  returned  from  the  outlined  chamber  into 
the  one  with  four  columns,  we  descended  a  stair  of 


288  BIBAN   EL    MELOOK. 

twelve  steps,  and  continued  along  the  corridor  in 
the  same  direction  as  before.  The  sides  of  the  stair 
are  ornamented  in  the  same  manner  with  the  rest 
of  the  tomb,  and  in  the  door  at  the  foot  of  it,  the 
hero  dressed  in  a  long  loose  white  robe,  with  san- 
dals on  his  feet,  is  received  by  Isis,  who  is  here  re- 
presented of  a  russet  color,  the  same  with  that  of 
the  hero  himself.  She  is  attired  in  a  close  fitting 
light  colored  robe,  which  is  divided  into  rows  of  re- 
gular hexagons,  each  of  which  is  filled  with  hiero-' 
glyphics,  and  emblematic  representations,  among 
which,  one  of  the  tablets  that  accompanies  the  hero, 
frequently  occurs.  Her  head  is  crowned  with  the 
modium,  from  which  two  black  horns  shoot  up,  and 
encompass  a  red  globe,  or  moon.  She  has  an  amu- 
let hanging  round  her  neck,  which  falls  down  upon 
her  breast  like  a  large  ripe  cucumber,  bent  so  as 
nearly  to  form  a  circle ;  with  her  left  hand  she  lays 
hold  of  the  hero's  right,  and  with  her  right  hand 
holds  out  to  him  the  amulet,  towards  which  he 
raises  his  left  in  an  attitude  of  devotional  surprise. 
Immediately  within  the  door  the  hero  is  seated  upon 
a  throne,  which  is  highly  ornamented.  The  sacred 
bird  with  the  ring  in  his  claw,  hovers  over  his  head. 
In  his  right  hand  he  holds  a  sceptre  with  his  two 
tablets  and  other  hieroglyphics  inscribed  upon  it, 
and  extends  his  left  hand  as  if  in  the  act  of  blessing 
an  offering  which  stands  upon  a  table  before  him. 
The  object  before  him  resembles  a  screen,  or  parlor 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK.  28Q 

blind,  placed  upon  a  stalk ;  the  laths  are  painted 
yellow,  and  seem,  as  in  the  blinds,  to  overlap  each, 
other  like  the  long  feathers  in  the  wing  of  a  bird. 
The  laths  are  twenty  in  number,  ten  on  each  side, 
from  which  they  are  applied  to  each  cither  till  they 
meet  in  the  middle,  where  the  laths  are  longer  thari. 
at  the  sides.  The  use  or  name  of  this  object  I  do 
not  know,  but  I  do  not  consider  it  as  an  offering ; 
the  whole  of  it  seems  rather  to  be  a  table  of  a  par- 
ticular construction,  and  I  have  seen  a  similar  one 
with  an  offering  placed  upon  it.  The  other  tables 
which  I  hare  seen  are  flat  on  the  top ;  but  this  one 
is  pyramidal,  and  raised  tip  like  an  offering  to  be 
burnt  on  an  altar.  On  the  breast  of  this  illustrious 
personage  we  perceive  a  new  ornament,  ode  that 
is  vety  seldom  ttiet  with,  and  never  but  on  the  most 
distinguished  characters,  and  which  is  not  wotn  by 
any  other  person  in  this  tomb.  It  is  a  square  tab* 
let,  shaped  like  the  front  of  an  Egyptian  temple, 
suspended  by  two  strong  cords  round  his  neck,  and 
resting  upon  his  breast.  It  is  of  a  pale  yellow  color, 
the  same  with  that  of  the  object  before  him.  la 
the  centre  it  contains  a  small  black  obelisk,  with 
the  two  little  squat  deities  so  often  mentioned,  one 
on  each  side.  They  are  both  yellow,  and  neither 
of  them  resemble  the  two  little  squat  figures  that 
appear  in  his  tablets  of  hieroglyphics.  The  one  on 
the  right  is  a  cynocephalus,  with  the  globe  over  head, 
the  same  as  we  have  mentioned  in  the  hieroglyphics 

VOL.  i.  u 


290  BIBAN    EL    MELOOK. 

that  accompany  the  third  order  of  priests,  and  both 
have  the  handled  tau  in  their  hand,  which  they 
stretch  out  towards  the  obelisk.  Speaking  of  the 
Egyptians,  Diodorus  remarks  that  the  chief  priest, 
who  was  also  their  supreme  judge  in  civil  matters, 
wore,  suspended  about  his  neck  by  a  golden  chain, 
an  ornament  of  precious  stones,  which  was  called 
Truth,  and  that  no  cause  was  opened  till  the  su- 
preme judge  had  put  on  this  badge,  and  having  ex- 
amined both  sides  of  the  question,  he  turned  the 
emblem  of  truth  towards  the  litigant  whom  he 
judged  to  be  in  the  right.  It  is  also  remarkable, 
that  the  shape  of  the  ornament  in  question  resem- 
bles that  sacred  ornament  which  was  worn  by  the 
Jewish  high-priest,  and  which  was  called  the  breast- 
plate of  judgment,  in  which  the  Urim  and  theThum- 
mim  were  to  be  placed,  and  which,  we  are  informed, 
mean  declaration  or  manifestation  of  truth  :  it  was 
square,  a  span  was  to  be  the  breadth  thereof,  and  a 
span  the  length  thereof.  I  have  seen  several  of  these 
Egyptian  plates  or-  tablets.  There  are  two  in  the 
British  Museum,  and  Mr.  Belzoni  has  one,  and  here 
we  have  it  attached  to  the  breast  of  ah  illustrious 
personage,  which  shows  us  how  it  was  worn.  It  has 
also  been  found  attached  to  the  breast  of  a  mummy. 
The  centre  of  it  is  occupied  by  different  devices ; 
sometimes  small  human  figures.  That  of  Mr.  Bel- 
zoni, has  a  scarabaeus  in  the  centre.  We  learn  from 
Plutarch  that  the  gentlemen  of  the  sword  had  a  beetle 


B1BAN   EL    MELOOK*  291 

earved  on  their  signets,  because  he  says  there  is  no 
such  thing  as  a  female  beetle.  The  one  under  con- 
sideration has  an  obelisk  in  the  centre ;  perhaps  the 
obelisks  belonged  more  peculiarly  to  the  priesthood, 
they  being  always  attached  to  the  temples.  It  is 
suspended  round  the  neck  by  two  cords  at  each 
end,  which  are  blue,  green,  red,  and  yellow,  and 
hangs  over  the  tippet,  which  is  curiously  wrought 
of  blue,  purple,  red,  and  white,  and  is  evidently  not 
wrought  so,  but  pieced  or  sewed.  It  is  surrounded 
by  a  small  knotted  fringe.  His  girdle  is  blue,  pur- 
ple, red,  white,  and  yellow,  and  may  well  be  said  to 
be  of  curious  workmanship ;  a  long  white  petticoat 
passes  down  to  his  ankles.  He  is  barefooted,  without 
9ftttd%ls ;  altogether  he  has  a  greater  resemblance  to  a 
judge  or  priest  upon  the  bench,  than  a  king  upon  his 
throne:  and.  the  instrument  which  he  holds  in  his 
band  is  as  like  an  unlighted  torch,  or  a  sprinkler  of 
holy  water,  as  a  sceptre.  And  I  beg  leave  to  recom- 
mend the  attentive  perusal  of  Mr.  Belzoni's  very 
accurate  plates,  to  those  who  wish  for  further  oppor- 
tunities of  judging  for  themselves.  The  figure  is 
surrouqded  with  hieroglyphics,  and  a  little  in  front 
of  him,  are  two  men  clothed  each  in  leopards'  skins,, 
with  a  number  of  people,  and  very  extensive  hiero- 
glyphic inscriptions,  in  which  the  name  of  this  in- 
dividual frequently  occurs.  The  corridor  then  des- 
cends a  few  steps,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  stair,  we- 
find  the  tablets  containing  the  hero's  name,  and  that 

u  2 


£9Z  BIBAN   EL    MELOOK* 

of  his  father,  guarded  by  two  serpents  with  out* 
spread  wings.  Near  to  which  a  person,  both  in  com- 
plexion and  costume  resembling  the  russet,  or 
fourth  order  of  priests  above  described,  is  engaged 
in  cutting  off  the  legs  of  a  bull.  At  first  sight  a 
person  is  startled  to  see  a  bull  under  the  sacrificing 
knife  in  Egypt ;  but  Herodotus  informs  us  that  all 
the  Egyptians  sacrificed  bulls  without  blemish,  and 
calves.   The  females  were  sacred  to  Isis,  and  could 

• 

not  be  used  for  that  purpose.  Here  we  have  also 
a  vast  number  of  people,  and  many  vertical  tables 
of  hieroglyphics.  The  sides  of  die  next  door  are 
highly  ornamented  with  coiled  snakes  placed  upon 
the  lower  half  of  the  globe,  and  stems  of  the  flower- 
ing lotus,  which  we  find  to  be  of  two  species,  one 
of  them  resembles  a  lily,  the  other  a  campanulated 
flower;  this  latter  seems  to  be  more  especially 
sacred  to  Isis,  and  formed  the  model  for  her  sceptre. 
On  each  hand  a  female  figure  of  a  most  interesting 
appearance,  occupies  the  centre  space  in  the  door* 
she  has  a  feather  in  her  head,  but  there  is  no  ap- 
pearance of  divinity  about  her,  saving  what  the 
fancy  of  the  spectator  may  choose  to  impart*  Pass* 
ing  within  the  door,  we  enter  a  most  elegant  cham- 
ber, which  we  used  to  denominate  the  beauty  cham- 
ber. It  is  twenty  feet  long,  by  fourteen  feet  wide. 
The  walls  on  each  side  are  covered  with  groups  of 
personages,  and  it  looks  like  a  pantomime  in  which 
gods  and  goddesses  and  human  beings  are  the  per- 


BIBAK  EL   MBLOOX*  093 

formers.  The  subject  is  the  same  as  in  the  others. 
The  hero  presents  himself  before  the  different  dei- 
ties in  succession.  On  his  entrance,  a  female  deity 
presents  him  with  the  handled  tau,  which  appears 
to  be  a  badge  of  great  distinction.  He  appears  be- 
fore  the  wolf,  or  dog-beaded  deity,  who  bears  the 
sceptre  of  Osiris,  and  who  is  probably  meant  to  re- 
present Anubis.  Next  he  appears  before  Isis,  to 
whom  he  offers  incense,  which  we  see  flaming  from 
the  censer.  Last  of  all,  in  the  corner  of  the  room, 
he  appears  before  Osiris,  arrayed  in  his  celestial  robe 
of  white,  as  above  described.  From  this  elegant 
chamber  we  passed  into  another,  which  is  infinitely 
more  magnificent.  It  has  two  rows  of  square 
columns  in  the  middle,  three  columns  in  each  row : 
on  each  side  of  the  columns,  the  same  ceremony  of 
the  hero  meeting  the  different  deities  is  continned. 
Aniens,  Anubis  and  Osiris  are  the  principal  male 
deities,  and  Isis  in  her  different  characters,  the  only 
female  deity.  Here  we  have  also  exhibited  a  hero 
robed  in  the  leopard's  skin,  with  a  round  beard,  tilt- 
ed up  at  the  end  like  the  beard  of  Osiris.  Anubis  ap- 
pears on  one  row  of  the  columns  in  a  threatening 
attitude ;  he  is  half  kneeling,  and  appears  with  his  fists 
clenched  and  his  arms  extended,  as  if  he  were  going 
to  box.  In  this  posture  he  is  generally  exhibited 
near  the  place  of  interment.  Round  the  walls  are 
boats  with  a  ram-headed  deity  on  board,  and  proces- 
sions of  human  beings,  captives,  with  their  hands 
tied  behind  their  backs.    Over  the  door  is  a  female 


294  B1BAN   EL   MELOOK. 

deity  on  her  knees ;  she  has  a  toWer,  more  correctly 
representing  a  throne,  on  her  head,  and  her  wings  ex- 
tended, and  probably  represents  Isis  in  the  character 
of  Ceres,  the  goddess  of  the  world  below.  Off  this 
large  chamber  on  the  right,  there  is  a  small  room, 
in  which  there  is  a  remarkably  handsome  figure  of 
a  young  cow?  with  two  men  grooming  every  leg, 
one  the  tail,  and  one  supporting  the  body.  The 
udder  and  dewlap  are  supported  by  two  small 
boats.  The  rest  of  the  room  is  covered  with  hiero- 
glyphics. On  the  left  of  the  large  chamber,  there 
is  also  a  small  room,  opposite  to  this,  the  walls  of 
which  are  entirely  covered  with  exhibitions  of  ser- 
pents, with  two,  three  and  four  heads,  and  many 
hieroglyphics. 

Having  advanced  beyond  the  columns,  we  came 
into  a  large  spacious  chamber,  thirty  feet  long, 
twenty  feet  wide,  and  twenty-seven  feet  high.  The 
female  figure  with  outspread  wings,  is  pourtrayed 
upon  the  top  on  each  end,  the  same  as  we  fre- 
quently see  it  in  each  end  of  the  sarcophagi.  The 
wings  are  green  and  black,  and  the  body  russet ; 
she  has  the  tower  on  her  head,  the  same  as  the  fe* 
male  that  we  mentioned  as  rolling  the  circle  at  the 
entrance  into  the  tomb,  and  is  probably  the  same 
being,  Ceres  or  Isis,  the  goddess  of  the  lower  world. 
The  ceiling  is  much  higher  than  that  of  any  of  the 
other  chambers,  and,  what  is  still  more  remarkable, 
it  is  in  the  form  of  a  round  arch  ;  as  if  the  makers 
of  this  tomb  had  perfectly  understood  that  this  was 


BIBAN   £L    MELOOK.  295 

the  ittost  durable  form  of  a  roof,  the  surface  being 
less  likely  to  fall  in,  and  best  calculated  to  support 
the  superincumbent  weight  of  the  rock.  Indeed, 
in  a  flat  ceiling,  every  mass  that  falls  down  is  only 
approximating  it  nearer  to  the  form  of  the  circular 
arch.  Probably  the  frequent  occurrence  and  ob- 
servation of  such  an  accident  was  what  first  sug- 
gested the  advantages  of  the  form  of  the  arch  :•  the 
same  as  in  embanking,  perpendicular  banks  are 
readily  undermined  and  overthrown,  whereas  a  gra- 
dually sloping  bank  permits  the  spreading  of  the 
stream,  and  is  by  far  the  most  durable.  Nature 
herself  seems  to  point  out  the  course  by  which  the 
ravages  of  time  may  be  most  successfully  resisted. 
Besides  the  form  of  the  ceiling,  the  devices  with 
which  it  is  covered  are  also  worthy  of  attention, 
particularly  a  group  that  is  immediately  over  the 
head  on  stepping  down  from  the  chamber  of  co- 
lumns. The  most  conspicuous  figure  in  the  whole 
is  a  large  black  bull,  probably  Mnevis ;  behind  him 
is  that  hideous  quadruped  on  end  whom  we  have 
called  Nephthe,  the  wife  of  Typhon  j  and  behind 
her,  raised  on  an  end,  is  an  enormous  crocodile, 
extending  his  gaunt  and  gaping  mouth  over  her 
head.  This  is  the  devil  bedevilled,  the  most  hi- 
deous and  hellish-looking  pair  in  Thebes,  perhaps 
in  the  whole  assembled  monsters  in  the  heathen 
world.  In  front  of  the  bull,  and  on  a  lower  level, 
is  the  lion  couchant,  having  his  tail  encompassed 
with  stars ;  and  beneath  him  is  a  crocodile,  which 


£96  BIBAN   EL   HELOOK. 

a  boy  seems  to  be  feeding,  A  train  of  mummy* 
shaped  figures,  some  with  human  heads,  others  with 
dogs',  hawks',  ibis' and  foxes'  heads,  all  of  them  indi- 
cating different  degrees  of  initiation,  are  arranged 
on  each  side,  with  their  faces  towards  the  group. 
There  is  no  group  on  the  other  side  of  the  ceiling, 
but  a  long  train  of  figures  with  human  bodies  under 
different  heads.  The  rest  of  the  ceiling  is  black, 
interspersed  with  stars.  Along  the  sides  and  ends 
of  the  chamber  are  pourtrayed  numerous  proces- 
ses with  boats,  and  many  representations  of  gods 
and  men.  On  one  end  are  two  square  phalanxes 
of  twelve  monkies  in  each,  and  another  with  nine, 
seated  in  godly  state $  but  there  are  no  worshippers. 
Near  therp  is  a  scarabceus,  receiving  adoratioA  from 
two  persons  on  their  kpees ;  and  not  far  from  it, 
ixx  the  cqrner  of  the  room,  is  a  headless  sheep  that 
h^3  beep  slaughtered  and  skinned,  and  hung  iq>  as 
we  see  then*  in  the  shambles  a,t  the  present  day, 
with  a  vessel  beneath  it  to  receive  the  drops  of 
blood.  Along  the  side  is  a  number  of  human  figures 
h}  red  or  white,  seated  on  chairs.  One  boat  has  a  blue 
crocodile  on  board,  which,  however,  is  much  more 
like  a  beaver ;  it  has  a  human  h?ad  above  its  own, 
to  shew  the  dependance  of  maq  on  this  amphibious 
god, ;  or,  more  probably,  to  intimate  the  cruelty  of 
the  animal  as  the  reason  for  whiph  it  was  worshipped* 
Near  the  boat  is  a  dejected  female  on  her  knees,  as 
if  bewailing  some  serious  disaster ;  and  beside  her 
is  a  serpent  turned  round  in  a  circle  j  it  is  not  de- 


BIBAN   £L   MELOOK.  297 

vouring  its  tail,  for  the  bead  and  tail  do  not  exactly 
meet,  though  they  are  only  separated  from  each 
other  by  a  small  space.  Within  the  circle  ia  4 
number  of  emblematical  devices ;  two  of  then?  q? $ 
the  little  squat  deities  so  often  mentioned ;  a  thin} 
is  a  human  being,  having  a  ecarabaeus  for  his  head ; 
he  has  a  staff  in  his  hand,  and  appears  to  hav?  en-, 
tered  by  the  opening  between  the  head  apd  tail  of 
the  serpent,  but  has  only  advanced  a  little  way,  till 
he  is  overturned  and  laid  prostrate.  It  is  impos- 
sible to  contemplate  such  a  device  without  attach* 
tag  to  it  some  interpretation.  The  circle  is  em- 
blematical of  eternity,  which,  in  some  part  of  its 
circuit,  admits  that  portion  of  duration  which  is 
called  time.  A  human  being,  the  creature  of  a  day, 
has  entered  by  the  gap,  and  having  fretted  his  busy 
hour  upon  the  stage,  is  laid  prostrate,  and  eternity 
is  again  ready  to  close  upon  him  for  ever.  Another 
boat  has  a  large  vase  on  board,  like  a  Florence  vaae. 
A  third  boat  has  on  board  a  representation  of  a 
globe,  or  the  moon  set  in  a  crescentic  frame.  Many 
Other  curious  devices  arrest  the  eye,  all  of  therp  in- 
teresting y  but  it  would  require  a  volume  to  describe 
them,  and  if  fully  done,  it  would  be  a  most  interest- 
ing and  instructive  work.  Off  this  chamber,  to  the 
right,  is  a  small  room,  which  is  merely  whitewashed ; 
the  wall  is  plain,  without  any  devices  whatever, 
excepting  in  the  door  the  portraiture  of  a  majestic 
head-dress,  with  two  horns  spread  in  a  wavy  line 


$98  BIBAN  EL   MELOOK. 

beneath  it ;  and  near  it  are  a  few  letters  in  a  cha- 
racter which  I  did  not  understand,  probably  the 
enchorial.  On  the  left  off  the  large  chamber,  an- 
other door,  ornamented  with  the  hieroglyphics  of 
the  hero  and  the  globe  with  serpents  and  out- 
spread wings,  leads  into  another  chamber,  in  the 
centre  of  which  are  two  square  columns,  on  the 
sides  of  which  the  hero  makes  his  appearance  be- 
fore the  different  deities,  as  already  mentioned. 
On  the  last,  that  is,  on  the  side  of  the  column 
which  is  farthest  from  the  door,  he  makes  his  ap- 
pearance before  Osiris,  who  may  be  said  to  be  in 
his  highest  character  of  godship.  His  body-dress 
is  white ;  his  hands  are  black j  the  crook  and  handle 
of  the  scourge  are  blue ;  the  lash  of  the  scourge  is 
yellow ;  he  has  a  tippet  of  curious  workmanship, 
red,  black  and  yellow,  which  last  is  the  predo- 
minant color.  His  head  is  the  top  of  the  column, 
which  is  said  to  indicate  stability,  and  resembles 
four  modiums,  of  different  sizes  and  colors,  placed 
above  one  another,  with  a  long  square  yellow  cross- 
bar lying  between  each  of  them,  like  the  strike  laid 
over  the  mouth  of  the  corn-measure  for  levelling 
the  surface  of  the  grain  which  it  contains.  The 
hero  seems  to  encircle  the  god  in  his  arms,  as  if  it 
were  his  duty  to  take  care  that  proper  respect 
should  be  shown  to  him ;  his  left  arm  is  round  his 
shoulders,  and  we  see  his  hand  rising  up  by  the  left 
side  of  his  head,  but  not  touching  it,  and  his  right 


BIBAN   EL   MELOOK.  QQQ 

hand  is  extended  before  him,  and  he  seems  in  fond 
and  anxious  supplication.  Only  one  of  the  tablets 
is  over  his  head,  namely,  that  which  contains  the 
crown,  the  little  squat  deity,  and  the  globe,  all  of 
which  are  red ;  the  tablet  itself  is  yellow,  bound 
round  with  a  black  line.  On  another  column  are 
two  sheep,  slaughtered  and  skinned,  with  their 
heads  cut  off,  and  hung  up  by  the  ham,  as  above 
described,  with  vessels  below  them  for  receiving  the 
blood.  Here  we  are  also  presented  with  an  exhi- 
bition which  it  would  be  more  agreeable  to  my 
feelings  to  hide  from  the  light,  and  cover  with  the 
veil  of  eternal  oblivion ;  but  truth  must  be  told  ; 
here  a  human  sacrifice  stares  us  in  the  face.  Three 
human  beings  rest  upon  their  knees,  with  their 
Beads  struck  off;  the  attitude  in  which  they  im- 
plored for  mercy  is  that  in  which  they  met  their 
doom ;  and  the  serpent  opposite  erects  his  crest  on 
a  level  with  their  throats,  ready  to  drink  the  stream- 
of  life  as  it  guggles  from  their  veins :  the  executioner 
brandishes  the  ensanguined  knife,  ready  to  sever 
from  the  body  the  heads  of  the  three  other  unfor- 
tunate men  who  are  lying  prostrate,  and  held  by  a 
string  behind  him.  The  Christian's  yoke  is  easy, 
and  his  burden  is  light.  See  what  paganism  ex- 
acted from  its  votaries.  Ophilatria,  or  serpent- 
worship,  originated  in  Chaldea.  Eve  was  deceived 
by  the  glozing  of  the  serpent ;  she  abandoned  her 
Creator,  and  sacrificed  herself  and  her  posterity  in 


OXFORD 
A*(JSEO*£. 


300  BIBAN  EL  MELQOK. 

compliance  with  his  dictates.  The  apoetacy  begun, 
spread,  like  a  circle  in  the  water,  over  Ethiopia, 
Egypt,  Greece  and  Italy,  and  the  isles,  and  traces 
of  it  are  still  to  be  found  in  every  quarter  of  the 
ancient  world :  and  there  have  not  been  wanting 
individuals  who,  more  absurd  than  the  church  of 
Rome,  preferred  it  to  Christ,  and  insisted  on  its 
real  presence  in  the  Eucharist.  It  taught  man,  to 
his  woeful  experience,  the  knowledge  of  good  and 
evil,  and  might  hence  be  worshipped  as  a  sanitary 
deity,  or  an  object  of  terror.  Moses,  at  the  com- 
mand of  God,  raised  a  brazen  serpent  on  a  pole  to 
cure  the  bite  of  the  fiery  serpents  which  the  Lord 
hsd  sent  to  punish  the  Israelites.  Over  the  door, 
the  two  tablets,  that  have  distinguished  this  illus- 
trious individual  throughout  the  tomb,  are  doubled, 
and  round  the  walls  are  seated  a  number  of  vari- 
ously headed  priests.  Hare  we  have  also  the  green 
crocodile  or  beaver,  and  a  long  serpent,  with  a  hu- 
man head  over  his  own,  and  the  handled  tau  be* 
neatb  his  chin j  four  rams,  with  a  scarabseus  over 
the  hack  of  each,  and  a  separate  row  of  scarabaei, 
of  different  sizes.  A  bench  of  ?ock  is  left  at  the 
bottom  of  the  w^Jls,  all  round  this  room,  about  the 
height  of  an  ordinary  sideboard ;  it  is  well  finished, 
and  painted  like  the  other  parts  of  the  chamber. 
The  principal  devices  are  tiger-shaped  couches, 
covered  with  the  skins  of  that  animal.  Here*  is 
also  the  appearance  of  several  doors  or  gateways 


BIBAN  EL   MELODIC.  SOI 

drawn  upon  the  front  of  the  bench.  They  we 
composed  of  two  upright  stones,  with  a  cross  plinth 
at  the  top,  stretching  from  the  one  to  the  other* 
Above  this  cross  plinth,  or  lentil,  are  raised  three 
circular  arches,  the  one  above  the  other ;  they  are 
in  close  contact,  and  ought  rather  to  be  regarded 
as  one  arch  composed  of  three  circular  rows,  as  if 
for  greater  security ;  and  they  appear  to  have  been 
constructed  in  order  to  relieve  the  lentil  from  the 
superincumbent  weight ;  in  the  same  manner  as  we 
have  seen  in  the  entrance  to  the  great  pyramid,  that 
the  stones  immediately  above  the  lentil,  or  flat  stone 
that  formed  the  roof  of  the  passage,  were  placed  on 
end,  and  their  upper  extremities  met  at  an  acute 
angle,  like  the  pointed  arch,  evidently  for  the  pur- 
pose of  removing  the  pressure  from  the  lentil.  This 
is  a  curious  illustration  of  the  same  principle  in  the 
form  of  the  round  arch,  and  tends  to  show  that  at 
that  time  the  Egyptians  felt  that  something  was 
necessary  to  keep  the  superincumbent  weight  from 
the  lentil,  but  did  not  know  the  principle  upon 
which  it  is  now  constructed,  and  therefore  supplied 
its  place  as  above  described ;  so  that  the  form  of 
the  arch  was  at  first  introduced  to  relieve  the  lentil, 
and  when  its  power  and  principle  became  known, 
may  be  said  to  have  almost  superseded  it  entirely. 

From  this  chamber,  which  from  the  greater  fresh- 
ness of  the  coloring  I  should  imagine  to  have  been 
the  last  that  was  finished,  we  returned  to  the  large 


302  BIBAN   £L    MELOOK, 

chamber,  and  on  our  left  passed  into  another  large 
chamber,  the  largest  of  any  in  the  tomb ;   it  is 
about  40  feet  long,  and  17  feet  wide.     It  has  four 
square  columns  in  the  centre,  which  are  all  in  one 
row  ;  one  of  the  columns  has  fallen  down,  and  the 
chamber  has  never  been  finished.     There  is  no 
painting  on  the  walls ;  and  they  have  been  but  very 
imperfectly  whitewashed,  and  it  seems  to  have  been 
merely  a  lumber-room.    Mr.  Belzoni  found  in  it  the 
mummy  of  a  bull,  and  several  small  figures  of  a 
sort  of  pottery  ware,  vitrified  externally,  and  of  a 
remarkably  fine  blue  color.     When  we  visited  the 
tomb,  all  these  were  of  course  gone ;  but  there  was 
an  immense  number  of  wooden  figures  in  it,  about 
eight  inches  long,  of  the  shape  of  the  human  body, 
and  covered  with  asphaltum;  the  legs  were  not 
divided,  the  hands  were  crossed  over  the  breast, 
and  they  had  the  appearance  of  mummies,  and  were 
probably  intended  to  be  given  to  friends  as  a  me- 
morial of  the  deceased,  to  whom  they  probably  bore 
a  slight  resemblance,  for  they  are  different,  both  in 
feature  and  shape,  in  different  tombs.     They  are 
generally  made  of  the  wood  of  the  sycamore  tree, 
and  were  in  such  countless  numbers  in  this  cham- 
ber, that  it  may  be  looked  upon  more  as  a  general 
storehouse  than  a  receptacle  for  those  merely  that 
were  intended  to  serve  the  purpose  of  a  single 
individual. 

From  this  magazine  pf  stuff  we  returned  again 


BIBAN   EL    MELOOK*  303 

to  the  principal  chamber  where  our  attention  was 
engaged  by  the  choicest  morsel  of  antiquity  in  the 
whole  tomb,  an  alabaster  sarcophagus  of  nine  feet 
five  inches  long,  three  feet  seven  inches  broad,  and 
two  feet  two  inches  deep.  It  is  of  a  yellowish  white 
color,  and  translucent ;  it  is  covered,  both  within 
and  without,  with  hieroglyphics,  sphinxes,  and  curi- 
ous devices,  which  are  in  intaglio,  and  painted  blue. 
The  lid  had  been  dextrously  fitted  on,  falling  with- 
in a  ledge,  which  remains  entire  all  round,  except- 
ing at  the  angles  of  the  diagonal,  where  it  has  been 
broken,  in  order  to  raise  the  lid,  which  has  been 
completely  shivered  to  pieces ;  which  shows  that  the 
tomb  had  been  opened  by  no  friendly  hand.  Many 
of  the  fragments  were  lying  about,  but  the  greater: 
part  of  them  had  been  carried  off.  Such  as  we 
found  were  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  as  on  the 
body  of  the  sarcophagus.  The  alabaster  was  re- 
markably fine,  and  the  workmanship  excellent,  and 
the  only  objection  to  the  entire  beauty  of  the  piece 
is,  its  being  of  the  mummy,  or  common  coffin  shape. 

From  under  the  sarcophagus,  there  went  off  a. 
narrow  passage,  about  six  feet  high,  and  four  feet 
wide ;  it  was  filled  up  with  rubbish,  and  fragments 
of  the  rock,  that  had  fallen  in  from  the  sides  and 
roof  of  the  passage.  Mr.  Bebsoni  pursued  it  to  the 
distance  of  300  feet,  when  he  found  it  obstructed 
with  the  detritus  of  the  rock,  and  bats'  dung.  It 
is  remarkable  that  this  latter  occurrence  did  not 


504  BIBAN   EL    MELOOK. 

induce  this  fortunate  discoverer  to  prosecute  his 
researches  a  little  farther,  for  he  had  now  evidently 
reached  a  point  from  which  this  passage  must  have 
communicated  with  the  open  air,  by  another  en- 
trance than  that  by  the  tomb,  and  which  has  been 
obstructed  by  part  of  the  roof  falling  in.  The  bats 
could  not  have  entered  by  the  tomb  which  we  have 
just  described,  for  there  is  not  a  soil  or  pollution 

on  any  part  of  it.     A  little  excavation  would  have 

• 

unravelled  the  mystery,  and  it  would  probably  have 
been  found  that  it  ended  in  a  common  passage  that 
goes  completely  through  the  mountain,  and  from 
which  the  whole  labyrinth  of  these  curious  excava- 
tions might  probably  be  examined.  It  is  anxiously 
to  be  wished,  that  some  future  traveller  would 
resume  the  researches  which  Mr.  Belzoni  discon- 
tinued at  this  point :  many  and  greater  discoveries 
may  be  the  result. 

Over  the  whole  of  this  tomb,  to  which  I  must 
now  bid  adieu,  the  colors  are  remarkably  vivid,  and 
the  painting  does  not  seem  to  have  suffered  in  any 
way,  either  from  time  or  human  violence.  In  one 
or  two  places  it  appeared  to  have  run,  from  having 
been  laid  on  in  too  liquid  a  state $  but  these  were 
only  discernible  on  the  closest  and  most  careful 
inspection.  It  is  impossible  adequately  to  describe 
the  sensations  of  delight  and  astonishment  that  by 
turns  took  possession  of  the  mind,  as  we  moved 
along  the  corridor,  and  examined  the  different 


B1BAN   EL    MELOOK.  305 

groups  and  hieroglyphics  that  occur  successively 
in  every  chamber  of  this  most  perfect  of  all  ancient 
relics.  During  the  whole  of  our  visit,  the  eye  was 
constantly  at  variance  with  the  ear.  We  had  been 
told  that  what  we  saw  was  a  tomb,  but  it  required 
a  constant  effort  of  the  mind  to  convince  us  that  it 
was  such.  Only  one  sarcophagus  in  one  chamber, 
and  twelve  chambers,  exclusive  of  the  long  corri- 
dor, all  highly  ornamented  for  nothing !  It  may 
have  been  a  subterraneous  temple,  exhibiting  the 
religious  creed  of  the  worshippers,  or  the  rites  of 
initiation.  It  may  have  been  a  subterraneous  pa- 
lace, like  those  for  the  king  of  Troglody ta ;  but 
there  never  was  such  a  monstrous  supposition,  or 
such  a  superfluous  waste,'  as  to  fancy  that  all  this 
was  done  for  the  reception  of  this  one  sarcophagus. 
Another  remark  that  I  have  to  offer,  is,  that  there 
is  not  one  of  the  usual  badges  of  royalty  accom- 
panying the  principal  personage  in  this  tomb,  nor 
any  thing  by  which  he  can  be  characterized  as  a 
king.  There  is  no  crown  upon  his  head ;  he  has 
no  attendants,  and  the  hieroglyphics  represent  him 
chiefly  as  a  priest.  The  eye  is  a  frequent  character 
among  the  hieroglyphics.  It  is  considered  as  the 
representation  of  the  Deity,  and  as  such  has  been 
adopted  by  the  Roman  Catholic  church,  who  place 
it  in  the  centre  of  a  triangle,  thereby  intending  to 
represent  the  Trinity.  I  can  more  easily  forgive 
them  for  this  piece  of  idolatry,  than  for  represent- 
vol.  i.  x 


906  BIBAN  EL   MELOOK. 

ing  him  as  an  old  grey-headed,  grey-bearded  man, 
or  dressing  him  up  like  a  priest,  and  setting  him  in 
a  pulpit  to  preach.  Or  sticking  him  up  on  the  ray 
of  a  Remonstrance,  as  the  humble  attendant  of  the 
Virgin  Mary,  to  put  a  crown  upon  her  head ;  or, 
with  a  brush  in  his  hand,  to  paint  a  glory  round  her 
brow.  It  is  said,  that  the  church  of  Rome  does 
not  enjoin  such  things  to  its  votaries ;  but  it  knows 
the  abomination,  and  permits  it.  It  makes  gain  of 
godliness,  and  traffics  in  blasphemy :  the  abettor  is 
as  bad  as  the  thief.  The  whole  of  the  hierogly- 
phics in  this  tomb,  are  stated  by  Mr.  Belzoni  to 
consist  of  500  different  characters. 

It  is  also  evident  that  this  tomb  has  never  been 
generally  open,  farther  than  the  well ;  thus  far  the 
hieroglyphics  and  devices  are  soiled  by  the  contact 
of  the  external  air ;  but  it  contains  no  inscriptions 
whatever,  which  shows  that  the  external  entrance 
must  have  been  blocked  up  at  a  very  early  period. 
All  within  the  well,  from  the  entrance-chamber  in- 
clusively, is  so  fresh,  and  shining  with  the  gloss  of 
novelty,  that  it  never  could  have  been  generally 
open  j  for  otherwise  it  must  have  contracted  the 
soil  and  contamination  of  those  that  are  still  ex- 
posed. And  as  an  enemy  would  not  likely  be  at  the 
trouble  or  expense  to  close  the  orifice  of  a  tomb 
that  he  had  rifled,  it  is  probable  that  the  plunderer 
of  this  entered  from  the  narrow  passage  that  goes 
off  from  under  the  sarcophagus,  and  where  the 


B1BAN  EL   MBLOOK.  807 

moving  of  a  single  stone  would  let  him  out  or  in» 
and  the  returning  of  it  to  its  place  would  prevent 
the  entrance  of  those  who  were  unacquainted  with 
the  secret  topography  of  the  excavation.  The  nar« 
row  passage  goes  in  a  direction  to  pass  through  the 
narrowest  part  of  the  mountain,  and  to  end  in  a 
rained  temple  on  the  other  side,  which,  whoever 
undertakes  the  interesting  task  of  exploring  farther 
(he  interior  of  this  mountain,  would  do  well  tp  exa« 
mine  thoroughly.  Those,  who  in  ancient  times 
advised  putting  money  in  the  tombs,  had  generally 
a  secret  passage  by  which  they  could  enter  and 
take  it  out j  and  if  the  secret  plunderers  of  the 
tombs  of  the  kings  in  Thebes,  resided  in  this  tem- 
ple, now  called  Northern  Dair,  their  secret  com- 
munications with  the  whole  of  the  tombs,  might 
be  discovered  by  tracing  this  narrow  passage  from 
the  alabaster  sarcophagus  to  its  termination,  and 
the  whole  interior  labyrinth  of  the  mountain  might 
thus  be  unlocked.  Having  finished  our  first  sur- 
vey of  the  valley  of  Biban  el  Melook,  or  tombs  of 
the  kings,  we  retraced  our  steps  along  the  valley, 
and  returned  to  our  boats,  much  gratified,  and  not 
a  little  fatigued  by  the  labors  of  the  day. 

On  the  20th  we  revisited  the  newly-discovered 
tomb,  in  company  with  the  ci-devant  French  con- 
sul, whom  we  found  an  agreeable  and  intelligent 
man,  and  one  of  the  most  zealous  and  successful 
collectors  of  antiquities  in  Egypt.     He  is  the  only 

x  2 


308 


BIBAN  EL   MELOOK* 


Frenchman  that  I  ever  saw  in  all  my  life  completely 
run  out  of  the  small  change  of  compliment  and  ad- 
miration.  He  was  so  lavish  of  his  civilities  on  en- 
tering the  tomb,  and  every  thing  was  so  superb, 
magnifique,  superlative  and  astounding,  that  when 
he  came  to  something  which  really  called  for  epithets 
of  applause  and  admiration,  his  magazine  of  stuff 
was  expended,  and  he  stood  in  speechless  astonish- 
ment, to  the  great  entertainment  of  the  beholders* 


[  309  ] 


CHAPTER  X. 

VOYAGE   UP   THE   NILE   TO   ASSOUAN.      . 

Our  inclinations  would  have  induced  us  to  prolong 
our  stay  and  continue  our  researches  in  Thebes,  as 
we  had  begun  them  ;  but,  on  mature  consideration, 
it  was  deemed  more  expedient  to  proceed  imme- 
diately up  the  Nile,  before  the  subsidence  of  the 
water  should  render  the    higher  levels  of  more 
difficult  navigation.     So  after  a  general  survey  of 
the  antiquities  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  we  got 
on  board,  and  on  the  22nd  proceeded  up  the  Nile, 
in  prosecution  of  our  voyage.     Our  researches  in 
the  venerable  capital  of  ancient  Egypt  were  only 
suspended  to  be  resumed  with  greater  vigor  on  our 
return.     The  wind  was  light  and  variable,  and  we 
had  scarcely  proceeded  half  a  mile  up  the  river, 
when  we  were  becalmed  ;  but  at  Luxor  a  favorable 
breeze  sprung  up,  we  soon  lost  sight  of  the  caverned 
mountains  of  Gornou,  and  Medina  Thabou,  and 
in  the  evening  arrived  at  Hermont,  a  small  village 
on  the  west  of  the  river.  Availing  ourselves  of  the 
little  light  that  remained,  we  walked  up  to  the  vil- 
lage in  the  cool  of  the  evening,  when  crowds  of 
men  and  women  collected  around  us ;  but  on  learn- 
ing that  the  ruins  of  the  beautiful  temple  of  the 


310  ESNEH. 

ancient  Hertnont  were  at  too  great  a  distance  to 
be  visited  that  night,  we  returned  on  board,  accom- 
panied by  a  numerous  escort  of  men  and  dogs. 
Next  morning  we  resumed  our  voyage  at  an  early 
hojur,  and  having  a  favorable  breeze,  arrived  at 
Esneh  at  half  past  two  o'clock,  p.  m.      Esneh  is  a 
respectable  looking  village,  containing  from  1500 
to  2000  inhabitants.    It  is  situated  upon  the  west 
side,  and  close  upon  the  brink  of  the  river.    It  is 
the  residence  of  a  bey  or  prince,  whose  power,  sub* 
ject  to  the  control  of  the  Defterdar  bey  of  Ossy- 
out, extends  to  Assouan,  the  extremity  of  Upper 
Egypt.    We  had  left  his  Excellency  at  Gheneh  in 
company  with  his  Superior  of  Ossyout,  and  found 
here  a  young  Albanian  colonel  governing  in  his  ab- 
sence, to  whom  we  immediately  paid  our  respects. 
He  was  seated  in  the  hall  of  audience,  with  a  numer- 
ous assemblage  of  soldiers  and  citizens  around  him, 
smoking  tobacco  and  drinking  coffee.   This  was  the 
second  time  that  we  had  found  the  receiving  cham* 
ber  up  one  pair  of  stairs  j  and  it  was  such  a  wretched 
concern,  that  there  is  not  a  pot-house  in  London 
but  can  afford  a  better.   At  first  our  reception  was 
rather  cool }  but  on  his  noble  visiter  presenting  the 
colonel  with  a  letter  from  they  bey  of  Ossyout,  his 
countenance  lightened  up  and  assumed  the  more 
agreeable  expression  of  complaisance  and  smiles* 
Pillows  to  sit  upon,  instead  of  the  hard  uncovered 
floor,  and  pipes  and  coffee  were  immediately  or* 


XSNEH.  91 1 

deied.  #e  informed  m  that  we  sboald  have  every 
thing  we  required,  and  that  on  his  life  he  was  bound 
to  serve  us.  Our  demands  were  limited  to  a  sheep 
or  two,  and  some  bread,  for  which  we  were  obliged 
to  wait  all  next  day.  The  bread  was  to  be  baked* 
and  the  sheep  were  to  be  caught ;  yet,  strange  as  it 
may  seem,  these  could  not  be  obtained  in  Thebes* 
What  a  miserable  reverse  for  the  city  of  the  hun* 
dred  gates !  A  breath  unmade  it  as  a  breath  had 
made. 

Next  morning  we  visited  the  temple.  It  is  the 
only  ruin  in  Esneh,  and  stands  in  the  middle  of  the 
town  ;  it  is  built  of  sandstone,  and  is  much  smaller 
than  the  temple  at  Denderah  j  but  resembles  it  in 
the  moulding  passing  down  the  angles,  as  if  to  en* 
dose  the  whole  building  in  a  frame.  It  enters  from 
the  east,  and  the  columns  in  front,  like  those  at 
Denderah,  are  engaged  in  the  wall.  There  an 
twenty-four  columns  in  the  pronaos,  six  rows  with 
four  columns  in  each.  The  columns  are  all  of  the 
same  proportion,  and  the  leaves  of  the  springiog 
lotus,  like  the  calyx  of  a  flower,  form  the  capital 
of  each }  but  no  two  capitals  are  the  same.  The 
Egyptian  taste  is  variously  uniform.  The  glebe 
surmounted  with  serpent  and  wings,  forms  theusnil 
ornament  over  the  door,  and  up  the  centre  of  the 
pronaos.  Different  devices,  resembling  those  at 
Denderah,  are  introduced  on  the  ceiling,  between 
the  rows  of  columns ;  and  between  the  last  row  and 


312  ESNEH. 

the  wall  on  each  side,  are  represented  what  have  been 
called  the  twelve  signs  of  the  zodiac.  The  figures 
said  to  represent  the  signs  are  the  same  with  those  at 
Denderah $  but  the  number  of  stars  on  the  ceiling  are 
much  fewer,  and  the  decorations  and  arrangement 
are  different  Here  the  ascending  signs  begin  with 
pisces  and  end  with  leo  j  at  Denderah  they  begin 
with  aquarius  and  end  with  gemini,  or  as  expositors 
will  have  it,  the  beetle.  Here  the  descending  signs 
begin  with  aquarius  and  end  with  virgo,  between 
which  and  leo  there  is  a  sphinx ;  at  Denderah  the 
descending  signs  begin  with  capricornus  and  end 
with  leo.  From  the  summer  solstice,  here  supposed 
to  be  in  virgo,  it  has  been  concluded  that  this 
zodiac  or  ceiling  at  Esneh  is  2145  years  older  than 
that  at  Denderah,  where  it  is  in  leo,  and  that  it  was 
constructed  6000  or  7000  years  ago.  Another  philo- 
sopher, not  satisfied  with  the  antiquity  ascribed  to 
it  in  this  account,  asserts  that  the  zodiac  at  Esneh 
was  constructed  when  the  summer  solstice  was  in 
Capricorn,  which  was  only  14,000  or  15,000  thou- 
sand years  ago.  I  have  already  stated  my  reasons 
for  regarding  the  ceiling  at  Denderah  as  a  repre- 
sentation of  the  mythological  beings  and  devices  of 
the  Egyptian  pantheon.  The  same  observations  apply 
with  equal  force  to  that  which  has  been  called  the 
zodiac  at  Esneh.  These  I  shall  not,  in  this  place, 
either  repeat  or  enlarge.  But  in  reply  to  the  charges 
of  prejudice   and  superstition  which  the  abettors 


ESKEH.  SIS 

of  the  French  philosophy  have  brought  against  the 
believers  in  the  chronology  of  Moses,  it  may  be  re- 
marked, that  the  most  undiluted  fanatic  who  kisses 
a  wooden  saint  for  salvation,  or  presents  a  golden 
heart  to  the  Virgin  Mary  for  safety,  is  not  more 
credulous  and  absurd  in  his  practice  and  Belief, 
than  are  such  philosophers.  All  this  the  history  of 
human  science  and  opinions  sufficiently  testify,  from 
the  days  of  Thales  and  Aristotle,  to  the  days  of 
Locke  and  La  Place.  The  French  philosophers 
themselves,  Barokhart,  Visconti,  and  Depuis,  differ 
from  one  another,  in  no  less  a  period  than  from 
2000  to  8000  years,  and  cannot  state,  on  sufficient 
grounds,  what  they  would  have  the  world  to  believe, 
or  what  they  themselves  believe  to  be  the  truth. 
Yet  they  would  ask  mankind  to  surrender  their  be- 
lief in  the  chronology  of  Moses,  and  believe  what  ? 
Esope  ne  dit  pas ;  wise  men  do  not  inform  us.  So 
far  from  believing  that  the  zodiac  at  Esneh  was 
constructed  7000  or  15,000  years  ago,  I  believe 
that  it  is  no  zodiac  at  all,  and  that  then  the  world 
had  no  existence,  there  was  not  a  drop  of  water  in 
the  Nile,  a  grain  of  sand,  a  human  being,  or  a  ve- 
getable on  its  banks.  Let  philosophers  prove  the 
contrary  if  they  can  from  any  zodiac  in  existence. 
A  late  admirer  of  the  French  philosophy,  in  treat- 
ing of  the  secular  variations  in  the  apparent  motion 
of  the  sun,  has  the  following  remark.     The  line  of 


314  ESNEH. 

the  apsides  continually  moving  round,  must  at  one 
period  have  coincided  with  the  line  of  the  equi- 
noxes.    The  lower  apsis  or  perigee  in  1750,  was 
278°.  62 11  from  the  vernal  equinox,  according  to 
La  Caille ;  and  the  higher  apsis  was  therefore  at  the 
distance  of  98*  .6211.   The  time  required  to  move 
over  this  arch  at  the  rate  of  62'  annually,  is  about 
5722  years,  which  goes  back  nearly  4000  before  our 
era — a  period  remarkable  for  being  that  to  which 
chronologists  refer  the  creation  of  the  world.  The 
Devil  never  sent  the  bane,  but  the  Almighty,  at  the 
same  time,  sent  the  antidote ;  and  were  the  question 
at  issue  on  the  score  of  probability,  we  should  enter 
the  above  as  a  set-off  against  all  the  zodiacs,  or  my- 
thological documents  that  the  world  can  produce. 
But  it  has  long  since  been  decided  upon  higher 
grounds,  at  which  philosophers  may   kick,  but 
which  they  cannot  shake  or  overturn.    We  resume 
the  description  of  the  temple. 

The  columns,  and  the  walls  within  the  pronaos, 
are  covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  which 
are  far  from  being  so  well  executed  as  those  on  the 
temple  at  Denderah.  The  pronaos  is  much  filled 
up  with  small  drifted  sand,  and  the  sekos  so  com- 
pletely so,  that  we  could  only  see  the  top  of  the 
door;  but  could  not  enter.  The  sculpture  apd 
hieroglyphics  on  the  exterior  of  the  temple  are 
equally  defective  in  execution  with  those  in  the 


DAIR.  315 

pronaos,  and  a  number  of  Arab  huts  are  so  closely 
built  up  round  the  north  side  of  it,  that  nothing 
below  the  moulding  can  be  seen* 

Having  finished  our  examination  of  the  temple 
of  Esneh,  we  proceeded  to  Dair,  which  is  about 
three  miles  down  the  river,  and  considerably  inland, 
towards  the  mountain.  Here  are  the  ruins  of  a  small 
temple  in  a  much  more  dilapidated  state  than  that 
at  Esneh,  with  the  remains  of  the  supposed  twelve 
signs  of  the  zodiac  also  sculptured  on  the  ceiling  of 
the  pronaos.  They  are  arranged  in  the  same  manner 
as  those  at  Esneh,  the  ascending  signs  beginning 
with  pisces,  are  entire ;  the  descending  signs  begin 
with  aquarius,  and  the  three  last  and  part  of  the 
fourth  have  fallen  down,  The  walls  are  covered 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  but  the  workman- 
ship is  inferior  and  unequal.  There  is  a  good 
figure  of  Harpocrates  seated  on  the  budding  lotus, 
within  the  pronaos ;  and  on  the  north-east  corner 
a  hero  is  represented  with  a  hatchet  in  his  hand, 
as  about  to  inflict  the  punishment  of  death  on  a 
number  of  unfortunate  captives.  The  walls  of  the 
temple  are  built  without  rubble  or  hearting,  after 
the  manner  of  the  Parthenon,  or  other  Grecian  tem- 
ples. Was  this  the  style  of  building  used  by  the 
ancients  14,000  or  15,000  years  ago  ?  The  country 
all  round  is  flat  and  extensive ;  the  soil  is  good, 
but  imperfectly  cultivated ;  and  beautiful  fields  are 
lying  quite  desert,  with  a  tuft  of  hardy  grass  spring* 


316  DAIR. 

ing  up  here  and  there ;  all  the  other  vegetables  hav- 
ing perished  through  lack  of  moisture.  As  there 
is  hardly  any  rain  in  Egypt,  it  is  necessary,  after  the 
subsidence  of  the  inundation,  to  water  the  ground 
from  time  to  time,  which  is  done  in  the  manner 
already  described;  otherwise  the  whole  country 
would  be  covered  with  dust,  and  all  the  vegetables 
decline  and  die  ;  with  the  exception  of  a  few  hardy 
plants,  which  being  retentive  of  moisture,  grow  in 
the  sand.  Avert  the  current  of  the  Nile,  as  was 
threatened  by  the  hostile  monarch  of  Abyssinia,  and 
Egypt  would  become  a  dusty  desert;  a  theatre 
for  the  beetle  to  roll  his  ball,  and  the  lizard  to  frisk 
about  undisturbed,  but  unfit  for  the  habitation  of 
man.. 

Next  morning  the  arrival  of  the  Bey  was  expected, 
and  the  day  was  ushered  in  with  firing  of  muskets, 
huzzaing  and  the  most  tumultuary  shouting;  indeed, 
the  night  was  scarcely  permitted  to  depart,  ere  the 
noisy  uproar  of  acclamation  began.  The  Mussul- 
mans throughout  are  but  congregated  savages ;  they 
have  neither  reflexion,  taste,  nor  refinement  in  their 
mirth.  About  eight  o'clock  a.  m.  the  object  of  their 
wishes  arrived,  a  fat  purfled  hog,  vomiting  smoke 
like  a  fumarolo  of  Etna.  As  our  preparations  for 
our  voyage  were  then  completed,  we  did  not  remain 
to  be  introduced  to  his  Excellency.  Our  combus- 
tified  cook  had  quarrelled  with  his  situation,  and 
retired  to  an  Egyptian  dunghill  abreast  of  the  boats. 


ELEITHIAS.  317 

He  expected  to  be  courted  and  entreated  to  return, 
but  a  few  minutes  delay  procured  us  another,  and 
we  proceeded  on  our  voyage  j  leaving  him  behind 
to  make  love  to  the  sulks,  in  the  position  he  had 
chosen.  It  was  only  exchanging  a  Chaldean  for  a 
Circassian ;  what  we  lost  in  cookery,  we  gained  in 
originality  and  beauty. 

At  first  the  wind  was  low,  and  we  proceeded 
slowly  up  the  stream,  the  banks  of  which  were  not 
diversified  by  any  unusual  scenery.  We  never 
failed  in  crops  of  wheat,  and  the  whitening  dhourra, 
almost  ready  for  the  sickle,  cotton  plantations,  sugar- 
cane, and  fields  of  balmie,  a  pleasant  leguminous 
vegetable;  plenty  of  Persian  wheels  busily  at  work; 
the  naked  or  half-clothed  natives  loitering  along  the 
banks,  or  a  solitary  shiekh  upon  an  ill-favored  ass, 
plodding  his  dusty  way  to  a  neighbouring  village, 
numbers  of  which :  lay  scattered  over  the  plain  at 
different  ►distances*  At  length  the  valley  narrowed, 
the  mountain-chain  on  each  side  approached  nearer 
the  river,  and  in  the  evening  we  arrived  at  Eleithias, 
which  is  situated  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Nile. 
.  Early  next  morning  Captain  Cony  and  myself 
set  out  for  the  village,  in  company  with  the  inter- 
preter, .who  went  in  quest  of  eggs  and  milk,  and 
the  purchase  of  such  antiquities  as  had  escaped  the 
researches  of  former  tiavellers,  or  had  been  disco- 
vered since .  they  had  taken  their  departure.  The 
natives  came  around  us  in  crowds,  offering  for  sale 


318  BLtlTHIAS. 

Greek  and  Roman  coins,  of  which  they  had  but  a 
poor  assortment,  and  those  chiefly  of  the  eras  of 
the  Ptolemies  and  Justinian,  of  which  we  had  pre* 
viously  possessed  ourselves  of  a  tolerable  collec- 
tion ;  so  that  excepting  two  or  three  scarabaei,  we 
found  nothing  to  increase  our  store  of  Egyptian 
antiquities  in  the  village  of  £1  Kob.  The  people, 
as  usual,  both  men  and  women,  were  poorly  clothed ; 
but  apparently  in  a  state  of  perfect  equality,  healthy 
and  of  a  good  habit  of  body,  with  complexions 
decidedly  darker  than  the  inhabitants  of  Thebes. 
The  huts  in  which  they  resided,  were  of  the  usual 
description,  inclosing  a  space  of  about  12  feet  in 
diameter* 

Having  returned  to  the  vessels,  we  breakfasted, 
and  then  proceeded,  in  company  with  the  Earl  and 
Countess  of  Belmore,  to  inspect  the  ruins  of  the 
old  town  of  Eleithias,  which  is  on  a  lower  level, 
and  nearer  to  the  river  than  El  Kob.  The  well- 
worn  track  lay  along  the  edge  of  a  fine  field  of 
dhourra  ripening  for  the  sickle.  The  stem  of  the 
plant  rose  to  the  height  of  seven  or  eight  feet,  while 
the  heads  hung  down  in  a  large  cluster  composed  of 
several  thousand  seeds.  It  is  one  of  the  most  pro- 
ductive crops  that  the  earth  produces  \  one  stem 
his  been  counted  to  bear  between  five  and  six  thou* 
sand  seeds.  The  stony  ruins  of  this  ancient  town 
are  very  inconsiderable ;  six  columns  of  a  ruined 
temple,  and  two  walls,  as  if  they  had  formed  part 


THE   GROTTOES   OF   BLEITHIAS.  819 

of  a  chapel,  with  a  notable  figure  of  the  celebrated 
Nephth6,  some  fragments  of  statues  and  sphinxes, 
with  the  vestiges  of  many  mud-houses,  and  a  tank 
of  muddy  water,  comprise  the  field  of  ruins.  The 
walls  of  the  town,  which  are  of  large  unburnt  brick, 
still  remain ;  but  the  bricks  are  too  fresh,  and  the 
walls  too  entire,  to  allow  us  to  refer  their  erection 
to  the  ancient  Egyptians*  They  are  about  SO  feet 
high,  and  20  thick,  and  enclose  a  space  of  about  a 
mile  long,  and  three  quarters  of  a  mile  broad.  About 
half  a  mile  to  the  north,  opposite  to  the  salient  angle 
of  the  mountain,  there  is  a  small  peripteral  temple, 
dedicated  to  the  cotemplar  divinities  Isis  and  Osiris, 
in  several  parts  of  which  they  are  represented  as 
affectionately  embracing  each  other.  Bat  none  of 
the  temples  at  Eleithias  can  long  engage  the  atten- 
tion of  the  traveller,  while  the  interesting  scenes 
pourtrayed  in  the  sepulchral  grottoes  are  so  near  at 
hand.  These  grottoes  are  cut  in  the  front  of  the 
adjacent  rock,  which  looks  to  the  south-west,  and 
commands  a  view  of  the  village  £1  Kob,  with  much 
of  the  scenery  on  both  sides  of  the  Nile  for  a  con- 
siderable way  up  the  river. 

These  sepulchral  grottoes  are  inferior  both  in  di- 
mensions and  decorations  to  those  in  Thebes ;  but 
are  extremely  interesting,  in  as  far  as  they  repre- 
sent many  circumstances  connected  with  the  private 
life  and  customs  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  which 
are  not  to  be  found  in  the  tombs  of  that  ancient 


320  THE    GROTTOES    OF  ELEITHIAS. 

capital.  In  one  of  the  largest  of  them,  and  the  first 
into  which  we  entered,  our  eyes  were  delighted  with 
the  representation  of  a  number  of  people  engaged 
in  the  pleasing  and  healthy  pursuits  of  agriculture. 
The  husbandman  himself  is  abroad  in  the  field  among 
his  laborers,  followed  by  an  attendant,  much  in  the 
same  manner  as  a  cachief  or  a  shiekh  would  be  in 
the  present  day ;  only  in  the  picture  before  us,  the 
attendants  bear  a  chair,  a  mat,  and  a  water-pitcher 
behind  their  master ;  whereas,  in  the  present  day, 
the  attendant  would  carry  a  mat,  a  musket,  a  water- 
bottle,  and  a  tobacco-pipe.  His  laborers  are  en- 
gaged in  ploughing,  hoeing,  sowing,  and  rolling. 
The  plough  is  made  of  three  pieces,  two  upright 
handles  and  a  beam,  and  seems  merely  intended 
for  scratching  the  surface,  on  which  account  it  is 
drawn  by  men,  the  ground  being  too  soft  to  support 
the  weight  of  oxen,  which  we  find  harnessed  to  the 
plough  in  other  places.  .The  same  scene,  with  im- 
plements nearly  of  the  same  construction,  may  be 
seen  in  Egypt  at  the  present  day,  immediately  after 
the  subsiding  of  the  Nile ;  so  that  it  is  no  defect  in 
the  composition  of  the  picture  to  have  omitted  the 
manner  of  watering  the  ground,  as  Mr.  Costaz  will 
have  it ; '  for,  at  the  season  of  the  year  in  which  the 
artist  has  laid  the  scene  of  his  representation,  that 
operation  was  unnecessary,  and  never  practised  un- 
less on  the  higher  ground  which  had  not  been  over- 
flowed, and  never  at  the  time  when  they  are  em- 


THE    GROTTOES   OF   ELEITHIAS.  321 

ployed  in  ploughing,  hoeing,  sowing  and  rolling, 
but  during  the  period  of  germination  and  growth ; 
a  season  which  the  artist  has  passed  over  altogether, 
because  man  is  then  little  employed  in  the  field, 
and  brings  us  to  the  harvest,  that  important  period 
which  crowns  the  hopes  and  labors  of  the  hus- 
bandman. 

Here  the  laborers  are  represented  reaping,  bind- 
ing up,  and  gathering  in  the  sheaves ;  the  oxen  in 
treading  out  the  grain,  the  people  in  winnowing  it. 
This  last  operation  is  performed  in  the  same  manner 
as  it  is  in  Egypt  and  Nubia  at  the  present  day,  and 
as  it  was  in  this  country  before  the  introduction  of 
those  useful  machines  called  fanners ;  namely,  by 
raising  up  the  grain  in  baskets,  and  falling  it  before 
the  wind,  which  purifies  it  from  the  chaff:  it  is  next 
carried  into  the  granary,  and  afterwards  served  out 
in  sacks,  which  are  weighed  and  numbered  down 
by  a  clerk,  and  carried  on  board  a  boat  which  very 
much  resembles  the  present  maash ;  it  has  a  dif- 
ferent rudder,  and  a  differently  shaped  sail,  which 
below  is  attached  to  a  wheel  that  traverses  on  the 
top  of  the  cabin.  In  another  part,  the  laborers  are 
represented  engaged  in  pulling,  collecting,  and  un- 
bolting the  flax.  Next  we  are  introduced  to  them 
occupied  in  the  vintage ;  a  harvest  which  can  hardly 
be  said  to  exist  at  the  present  day  in  any  part  of  the 
East,  owing  to.the  strict  prohibition  of  the  use  of 
wine  to  all  true  Mussulmans.    The  grapes  are  cqI- 

vol.  I.  Y 


322  THE   GROTTOES   OF   ELEITHUS. 

lected  and  pressed  in  the  wine-vat,  from  which  the 
wine  is  taken  out,  put  into  jars,  and  laid  by  on 
shelves.  The  painting  is  rude,  but  the  scene  is 
extremely  interesting  j  every  thing  is  distinct,  and 
we  enter,  heart  and  soul,  with  the  ancients  of  our 
race,  into  the  enjoyments  of  the  scene  that  is  pour- 
trayed  before  us.  The  harvest  being  concluded, 
the  riaster  and  the  mistress,  whose  profit  and  com- 
fort it  was,  assemble  their  friends  to  rejoice  along 
with  them  at  a  banquet  They  themselves,  elegantly 
attired  on  the  neck  and  head,  and  painted  on  the 
body,  as  is  the  custom  in  Java  and  other  Pagan  coun- 
tries in  the  present  day,  are  seated  together  on  a 
broad  low-backed  couch.  The  master  holds  a  lotus 
stem  in  his  right  hand ;  his  wife,  edging  in  upon 
the  couch  behind  him,  lays  hold  of  his  right  arm 
with  her  right  hand,  and  placing  her  left  hand  on 
bia  left  shoulder,  seems  to  admonish  him  of  the  ar- 
rival of  their  guests ;  he  drops  the  lotus  with  his 
band  upon  his  knee,  and  both,  with  a  happy  and 
^THflKtfed  countenance,  (the  word  seems  to  quiver 
on  their  lips,)  prepare  to  entertain  their  fripnds. 
The  gy^sts  who  have  arrived,  are  seated  in  row* 
Uipon  the  ground,  men  and  woipen,  half  kneeling \ 
m  attitude  which  does  not  well  comport  with  their 
*PP*Ka&oe,  and  way  therefore  b$  considered,  a* 
fer  a*.  n«tipwd:  mapjiem  axe  concerned,  a*  only  rq- 
jgewfttatf  ttat  deference  which  equals  reader  to 
equal*  j  and  k  in  the  posture  which  many  *f  the 


i 


THE   GROTTOES   OF   EiEITHIAS.  323 

common  rustics  assume  at  table  in  the  present  day. 
Each  of  the  guests  holds  a  lotus  stem  with  the 
flower  in  his  hand,  of  which  he  seems  to  be  eating. 
Some  are  presented  with  a  cup  to  drink ;  others  are 
presented  with  different  dishes,  that  they  may  par- 
take of  the  viands  that  stand  ready  prepared  on  the 
sideboard ;  others  of  the  guests  aire  just  arriving, 
and  seem  to  be  introduced  by  a  person  clothed  in 
« leopard's  skin. 

Music  is  superadded  to  enhance  the  delight  of 
the  entertainment.  One  female  plays  on  a  harp 
with  nine  strings ;  another  on  a  double  flute,  and, 
whajt  is  curious,  covers  the  holes  of  the  flute  on  the 
left  side  with  the  fingers  of  the  right  hand.  She  who 
plays  on  the  harp  is  attired  in  a  head-dress  with 
feathers,  unlike  the  player  on  the  harp  exhibited  in 
the  tomb  in  Thebes,  whose  head  is  uncovered  and 
closely  shaved.  Along  with  the  music  dancers  are 
also  introduced :  three  females  are  dancing  toge- 
ther, and  one  little  man  is  capering  and  flourishing 
away  by  himself,  with  a  club  in  each  handy  which 
he  is  ready  to  discharge  into  the  air,  now  that  the 
fields  &e  clear,  and  the  flocks  can  feed  more  at 
larger  without  so  frequently  disturbing  his  repose. 
The  farm-yard  is  filled  with  oxen,  cows,  sheep,  goata, 
mules,  asses,  and  a  herd  of  unclean  swine,  all  wait- 
ing  to  be  entertained  in  their  turn.  JHerodotus 
states  that  pigs  were  driven  upon  the  sown  fields  to 
press  the  seed  into  the  ground*  or,  more  probably, 

y  2 


324  THE   GROTTOES    OP   ELEITHIAS. 

for  compressing  the  black  lootny  earth,  and  thereby 
giving  it  consi$tehce,  to  be  mdre  retentive  of  the 
seed  and  moisture,  as  the  pattering  of  a  flock  of 
sheep  is  employed  to  do  in  the  present  day.  Super- 
added to  all  these  busy  and  important  occupations, 
are  the  agreeable  amusements  of  fishing  and  fowling; 
cutting  up  and  curing  the  game,  with  such  pre- 
parations for  winter  as  we  should  hardly  think  had 
been  practised  in  Egypt  3000  years  ago,  had  not 
the  present  picture  forcibly  impressed  them  on  our 
mind. 

Every  feeling  of  the  human  heart  has  its  reverse : 
joy  is  opposed  to  sorrow,  as  life  is  to  death,  or  light  to 
darkness j  and  it  is  the  present  custom  of  the  world 
to  enjoy  each  separately,  as  little  as  possible  affected 
by  the  other.  At  the  conclusion  of  their  banquets, 
however,  we  are  informed  that  the  ancient  Egyptians 
were  in  the  habit  of  carrying  round  the  mummies 
of  their  departed  friends,  exhorting  their  guests  to 
eat  and  to  drink,  and  to  make  merry,  for  that  in  a 
short  time  they  would  be  in  the  state  of  the  dead, 
whom  they  now  contemplated :  thus  intimating  that 
pleasure  is  the  business  of  life  ;  that  man  ought  to 
quaff  the  cup  of  enjoyment  while  he  can  hold  it  to 
his  lip ;  and  that  to  break  up  a  scene  of  jovialty 
while  able  to  prolong  it,  is  as  great  folly  in  any  man, 
as  to  die  when  he  has  it  in  his  power  to  live  %  not 
reflecting,  that  to  husband  our  pleasures  is  to  pro- 
long the  period  of  enjoyment,  and  that  for  all  these 


THE   GROTTOES    OF   ELEITHIAS.  825 

things  God  will  bring  us  to  judgment     Seed-time 
and  harvest  have  frequently  been  regarded  as  em- 
blems of  life  and  death,  and  represented  by  a  feast 
and  a  funeral ;  we  have  seen  the  former  part  of  the 
exhibition,  and  we  now  turn  to  contemplate  the 
latter.     In  another  part  of  the  tomb  the  funereal 
procession  is  here  represented,  conducted  by  men 
bearing  torches,  and  accompanied  with  mourning, 
at  the  side  of  the  bier.     Last  of  all,  an  offering  is 
presented  to  Osiris  by  a  person  with  outstretched 
hands,  kneeling  on  one  knee  behind  it ;  the  god  is 
seated,  with  his  hands  crossed  over  his  breast,  hold- 
ing the  scourge  and  crook,  which  are  raised  up  to 
his  shoulders.    The  offering  here  appears  to  be  ac- 
cepted, 'it  remains  turned  towards  the  deity,  who 
looks  complaisantly  towards  the  suppliant.  In  many 
other  places,  the  lotus  and  the  offering  is  turned 
away  from  the  deity,  as  if  it  were  an  abomination 
to  him,  and  he  is  represented  as  frowning  with  in- 
dignation and  wrath  against  the  offerer.    The  inte- 
rior of  the  tomb  is  profusely  covered  with  hierogly- 
phics, and  in  the  extremity  of  it  are  three  sitting 
statues,  a  man  and  two  females.     In  another  are 
represented  a  death-bed  scene  and  preparations  for 
embalming,  with  exhibitions  of  hunting  and  rural 
sports.   In  this  tomb  the  harp  has  only  seven  strings. 
/The  work  on  these  tombs  is  much  more  disintegrated 
and  decayed  than  that  on  the  temple;   showing 
thereby  its  greater  antiquity.     There  is  a  drawing 


826  EDFOUi 

of  the  greater  part  of  these  scenes  which  I  hire  just 
described,  in  the  large  French  work  on  Egypt,  but 
which  are  much  more  correctly  given  in  the  draw* 
ings  of  Major  Hayes,  which  accompany  M r.  Hamil- 
ton's excellent  work  on  the  same  subject ;  but  there 
are  still  many  omissions,  which  it  is  hoped  some  future 
traveller  will  supply.  The  Egyptian  traveller  should 
be  a  perfect  glutton  in  antiquarian  lore,  and  let 
nothing  in  the  shape  of  antiquity  escape  his  pencil 
which  falls  under  the  eye  of  observation. 

We  returned  to  our  boats  at  one  o'clock,  p.  m.  j 
after  which  we  immediately  set  sail,  and  in  the 
evening  arrived  at  Edfou.  Here  there  is  another 
magnificent  temple,  in  a  state  of  tolerable  preserva- 
tion. Its  lofty  situation  and  elevated  propylon* 
render  it  visible  at  a  considerable  distance,  and  we 
approached  it  under  all  the  religious  feelings  of  the 
place.  It  stands  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river, 
about  a  mile  inland ;  but  we  had  to  pass  it  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  before  we  found  a  proper  landing- 
place,  owing  to  the  height  of  the  bank.  It  looked 
so  beautiful  in  the  evening  sun,  that  we  longed  with 
impatience  for  next  morning's  light  to  afford  us  a 
nearer  interview- 
Almost  as  soon  as  it  was  day,  we  set  off  along 
with  the  interpreter,  and  having  passed  through  a 
field  of  dhourra,  which  skirted  the  edge  of  the  river, 
soon  gained  the  beaten  track,  and  in  about  half  an 
hour's  walk  reached  the  village.    Edfou  contains 


from  1500  to  2000  inhabitants ;  of  whom  several 
families  are  Coptic  Christians.  The  natives  manu*- 
facture  blue  cotton  doth  and  jars  of  earthenware^ 
with  which  they  supply  the  neighboring  districts. 
On  our  arrival,  we  were  met  by  a  number  of  men 
with  pipes  of  tobacco  in  their  mouths,  fitting  off  to 
resume  their  occupations  in  the  fields,  and  saw  a 
still  greater  number  seated  in  clusters,  inhaling 
its  tranquillizing  fumes,  and  enjoying  the  genial 
warmth  of  the  morning  sun,  which  had  not  yet  shot 
out  its  fervid  rays  to  render  the  shade  more  agree- 
able. Troops  of  females  were  returning  from  theit 
morning  excursion  to  the  river,  and>  wrapt  up  in 
their  brown  mantles  of  dirty  betine,  With  their  water- 
pitchers  on  their  heads,  seemed  more  disgustingly 
picturesque,  and  less  inviting,  than  any  thing  in 
Hie  garb  of  the  fair  sex  I  ever  witnessed.  We 
paced  on  our  way  through  the  dusty  lanes  of  thfe 
village,  calling  on  the  inhabitants  for  sweet  milk* 
butter  and  eggs,  precious  stones,  statues*  and  such 
other  antiquities  as  they  could  furnish.  At  first, 
they  Were  efcttemely  shy  in  presenting  eitheir  thfe 
one  or  the  other,  imagining  that  we  Were  the  fbte- 
tunners  of  a  party  of  Turks,  come  to  survey  the 
ground,  and  that  we  would  make  no  scruple  in 
appropriating  to  ourselves  whatever  We  found,  with- 
out making  them  any  suitable  compensation  m  re- 
turn. On  the  interpreted,  however*  explaining  to 
thfeffi  who  W«  wete,  and  what  Wai  6U*  object  it 


328  zdfov. 

visiting  Edfou,  and  hearing  besides  our  repeated 
calls  for  antiquities,  a  demand  that  is  never  known 
to  issue  from  the  mouth  of  a  Turk,  they  became 
satisfied  of  the  purity  of  our  intentions,  and  gave 
us  as  much  of  the  eatable  commodities  as  we  had 
occasion  for,  eggs  at  about  three  farthings  a  dozen, 
and  milk  proportionably  cheap :  but  as  for  antiqui- 
ties, the  town  had  been  so  completely  rifled  by  in- 
numerable forerunners,  that  hardly  any  thing  valu- 
able in  that  respect  was  left  behind.  We  found 
the  natives  remarkably  civil,  living  in  all  the  com- 
fort that  lice  and  fleas,  dirty  clothes,  dirty  houses, 
and  barking  dogs  can  impart.  The  number  of  the 
latter  is  quite  incredible,  and  they  are  so  furious  in 
their  onset,  that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  withstand 
them,  which  is  matter  of  no  small  astonishment, 
when  we  recollect  that  in  the  creed  of  the  Moslems 
the  dog  is  held  to  be  unclean,  and  must  not  so  much 
as  be  touched ;  and  if  by  any  accident  they  do  come 
into  contact  with  this  faithful  companion  of  our 
race,  they  must  wash  themselves  in  water  before 
they  can  say  their  prayers,  or  enter  the  harem.  A 
true  Mussulman  generally  carries  along  with  him  a 
mat,  a  cloak,  or  bit  of  cloth,  on  which  he.  regularly 
prays,  and  the  purity  of  which  he  watches  with  the 
utmost  vigilance.  If  a  dog  happen  to  touch  it,  or 
even  to  tread  upon  the  place  on  which  it  is  usually 
spread,  he  is  excited  to  the  most  furious  indigna- 
tion, and  if  not  restrained,  would  severely  chastise, 


EDFOU.  829 

if  not  put  the  animal  to  death.  The  mat,  before  it 
can  be  used  again,  must  be  shook  and  brushed, 
and  cleaned j  and,  strictly  speaking,  ought  to  be 
washed  in  water,  or  where  water  cannot  be  had, 
rubbed  with  sand.  The  place  itself  must  undergo 
a  similar  purification,  or  be  exchanged  for  another. 
We  had  a  dog  with  us  on  board  the  vessel,  and  when 
the  poor  animal  choose  to  run  about,  it  was  ridicu- 
lous to  see  the  capers  which  the  Mussulmans  cut 
to  avoid  him,  both  master  and  sailors,  and  to  keep 
him  off  the  spot  sacred  to  their  devotions.  With 
every  respect  for  the  religious  feelings,  or  even 
superstitions  of  others,  we  cannot  help  feeling  emo- 
tions of  pity,  or  at  times  disgust,  arising  in  our 
minds  on  witnessing  so  much  stress  laid  upon  un- 
essential. Such  a  man  would  purloin  another  man's 
property,  or  even  imbrue  his  hands  in  his  blood, 
but  would  not  touch  a  dog,  nor  a  drop  of  wine,  or 
a  bit  of  pork  or  consecrated  paste  for  the  world. 

On  the  highest  ground,  and  in  the  north-west 
corner  of  the  village,  stands  the  magnificent  temple, 
pre-eminent  above  the  whole,  as  the  ancient  was 
above  the  modern  Egypt.  Numerous  brick  huts 
have  been  erected  on  the  top  of  it,  in  the  peristyle, 
and  all  in  front  of  the  propylon,  so  that  in  any  way 
the  access  to  it  is  difficult,  and  to  the  interior  of 
.  the  cella  impossible.  The  propylon,  which  rises 
in  the  form  of  a  truncated  pyramid,  is  the  most  im- 
posing and  one  of  the  best  proportioned  in  Egypt* 


830  EDFotr. 

It  gradually  narrows  from  a  base  of  90  feet  long, 
by  80  feet  wide,  on  each  side  of  the  gateway,  till 
at  the  height  of  a  100  feet  it  measures  on  the 
flattened  top  75  feet  long,  by  18  feet  wide.  It  rises 
up  on  feach  hide  of  the  gateway  like  two  square 
towers  without  embrasures,  each  of  which  is  pro- 
vided with  handsome  stairs,  entering  from  the  gate- 
way, by  which  to  ascend  to  the  different  chambers, 
and  to  the  summit  of  the  whole.  Over  the  entry 
is  the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings,  and  on  each 
side  a  colossal  figure  of  Isis,  from  25  to  SO  feet 
long,  is  sculptured  in  the  wall.  Her  head  is  attired 
with  the  handled  modium,  and  her  hand  is  raised  in 
&  soft  devotional  attitude,  as  if  enjoining  awe  and 
solemn  thought  to  all  who  would  enter  the  pre- 
cincts of  the  holy  place.  She  is  attended,  as  usual, 
by  the  hawk-headed  deity,  of  equal  dimensions j 
&nd,  removed  to  a  small  distance,  is  another  human 
figure  equally  colossal,  holding  a  hatchet  in  his 
right  hand,  which  i&  raised  in  the  attitude  of  strik- 
ing* The  sacred  bird  with  outspread  wings  hovel's 
above  his  head,  marking  him  as  a  being  of  the 
highest  order  j  but  the  object,  on  whom  he  is  about 
to  inflict  the  terrible  Mow,  is  not  seen,  on  account 
of  the  accumulation  of  brides  and  mud  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  wall.  •  The  expression  of  the  couftte- 
fiftttce  is  remarkably  mild;  a  character  that  is  gene- 
tally  applicable  to  all  the  countenances  made  by 

the  Ancient  Egyptkn  artist*.    It  has  bee*  said  that 


EDFOU*  SSI 

under  this  representation,  the  ancient  Egyptians  in- 
tended to  represent  the  Divine  Being,  in  the  act  of 
creation*  though  the  very  presence  of  the  hatchet, 
an  instrument  of  destruction*  would  seem  to  indi- 
cate quite  the  reverse.  In  regard  to  dignity  <rf 
appearance,  however,  it  must  be  conceded  that  it 
is  not  inferior  to  those  by  which  the  Greek  and 
Roman  Churches  have  employed,  and  still  employ, 
to  represent  the  great  and  invisible  Author  of  the 
world,  and  all  that  it  contains ;  on  whom  Time  lays 
no  hand*  who  is  without  beginning  of  days  or  end 
of  years. 

Within  the  propylon  is  an  open  court,  or  dromon 
inclosed  with  high  walls,  covered  with  sculpture* a 
and  adorned  with  a  peristyle  of  eleven  column*  • 
round,  along  each  side,  and  five  on  each  side  of  the 
door- way,  all  covered  with  sculpture  and  hierogly- 
phics. Adjoining  the  court,  at  the  north  end,  te 
the  protiaos  or  facade  of  the  temple  t  it  has  &ix 
columns  in  front,  which  are  engaged  in  the  waU 
about  half  way  up,  and  tied  round  like  a  Greek  co- 
lumn a  little  below  the  capital*  which  con&tets  of  a 
congerie*  of  leaves  or  petals  like  the  calyx  of  fe 
fkrner— 0f  the  doum  tree,  the  date,  or  the  lotus. 
The  column  next  the  door,  on  each  side,  is  the 
same,  and  the  capital  is  fashioned  like  the  leaf  of 
the  doum,  ot  Thebaic  palm  tree.  The  two  middle 
columns,  one  on  each  side,  are  also  the  same,  and 
the  capital  resembles  the  leaf  of  the  date  tree  j  then 


382  EDFOt/. 

th6  two  on  each  end  are  the  same,  and  resemble 
the  budding  lotus ;  so  that  the  six  columns  in  the 
front  of  the  pronaos  have  only  three  varieties. 

Over  the  door,  above  the  moulding,  is  the  globe 
with  serpent  and  wings ;  and  passing  off  on  each 
side,  over  the  front  of  the  building  is  a  hawk  with 
a  tablet  of  hieroglyphics,  and  globe  with  wings, 
alternating.  Below  the  moulding,  and  over  the 
door,  there  is  also  a  globe  with  serpent  and  wings, 
and  the  same  device  is  repeated  on  each  side,  which 
consists  of  beetles,  long-tailed  monkies  standing 
erect,  men  worshipping  the  sun,  tablets  of  hierogly- 
phics, and  people  reading  them.  The  line  is  ter- 
minated with  men  bearing  offerings,  and  three 
hawks  at  each  end,  placed  one  above  another.  The 
moulding  goes  down  the  corners  of  the  temple,  the 
same  as  at  Denderah  and  Esneh,  so  as  to  include 
the  whole  in  a  frame.  Down  the  front  are  numer- 
ous hieroglyphics,  with  offerings  presented  to  Osiris 
seated,  and  backed  by  Isis,  with  a  conspicuous 
figure  of  a  man  spearing  a  tortoise  before  him. 

Within  the  pronaos  there  are  two  rows  of  co- 
lumns on  each  hand,  three  columns  in  each  row. 
The  capitals  are  of  the  same  description,  with  those 
already  mentioned,  and  are  similarly  ornamented 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics j  the  globe  with 
wings  is  painted  along  the  centre  of  the  ceiling, 
and  each  intercolumniation  has  its  peculiar  orna- 
ment and  devices ;   but  there  is  no  zodiac  to  tell 


edfou.  38S 

whether  the  temple  was  built  15  or  20,000  years 
ago.  The  walls  around  are  similarly  ornamented  with 
Osiris,  Isis,  and  Horus,  seated  and  receiving  offer- 
ings.  The  entrance  to  the  cella  or  sekos  is  quite 
inaccessible,  from  the  accumulation  of  sand  and 
rubbish. 

The  exterior  of  this  beautiful  temple  is  covered 
with  similar  decorations  as  the  interior,  only  the 
figures  are  larger  and  of  course  less  numerous. 
Isis  here  in  several  places,  has  her  hair  done  up  in 
the  fashion  of  the  Berberi  Arabs;  and  that  of  the 
priest  who  presents  offerings  to  her,  is  dressed  in  a 
similar  manner.  He  has  a  hawk  in  the  act  of  flying 
from  bis  breast,  and  is  busily  employed  in  throwing 
incense  into  a  censer  which  he  holds  up  before  her. 
Osiris  is  usually  seated  and  presented  with  offerings. 
In  one  place  a  priest  is  represented  as  cutting  up  a 
fawn  on  an  altar  before  him.  Harpocrates  seated 
on  lotus  leaves,  the  two-headed  scarabaeus  rolling 
his  ball,  the  horse,  the  ibis,  the  hawk,  the  ram,  and 
even  the  unhallowed  pig,  are  all  represented  on  the 
walls  of  this  magnificent  edifice.  The  whole  of 
which,  like  the  other  temples,  has  been  surrounded 
with  a  high  stone  wall,  to  exclude  the  unhallowed 
gaze,  and  protect  it  from  violence ;  but  excepting 
towards  the  north,  and  a  small  portion  on  each  side 
of  the  cella,  it  is  entirely  banked  up  with  rubbish. 

Not  far  from  the  large  temple  that  we  have  been 
describing,  and  on  a  lower  level  towards  the  south- 


west,  stands  a  small  peripteral  temple,  which  is 
said  to  have  been  dedicated  to  the  worship  of  Ty- 
phon.  It  resembles  the  small  temple  at  Depderah 
in  its  decorations,  hut  not  in  its  plan.  This  horri- 
ble dwarf,  whom  Denon  calls  a  giant,  occurs  fre- 
quently on  the  outside  of  the  temple,  particularly 
above  the  capital  of  every  column $  but  in  no  place 
is  he  presented  with  offerings*  or  treated  as  an  ob- 
ject of  worship j  and  saving  his  appearance,  which 
ia  not  unlike  that  of  Le  Sage's  diabfa  boiteux, 
only  that  his  legs  are  entire,  though  rather  crooked, 
there  »  not  an  exhibition  on  the  whole  temple  that 
would  authorise  us  to  call  this  the  evil  Genius,  the 
Typhon  of  antiquity*  On  the  west  end  of  the 
temple,  Isig  is  seated  in  a  chair  with  lotus  flowers 
springing  all  round  her  like  the  rays  of  remoiv 
strance,  indicating  fertility  and  abundance.  In  ano- 
ther place  she  is  nursing  Horus,  and  looking  at 
Osiris,  who  holds  another  child  on  his  knee.  Here 
we  have  also  a  figure  of  Nephth£,  with  Horus  stand- 
ing behind  her,  holding  the  sacred  Tan  in  his  hand, 
and  a  number  of  women  seated  on  their  knees, 
with  children  in  their  arms,  in  the  same  manner  as 
we  have  described  them  in  die  small  temple  at 
Pendecah.  Indeed,  the  whole  of  the  emblems  on 
this  temple  would  rather  convince  us  that  it  had 
been  dedicated  to  the  Genius  of  population  and 
plenty,  than  to  Typhon  the  Genius  of  eviL 

this  Typhon  I  would  beg  leave  to  remark, 


B&fou.  $35 

that  though  he  h*s  no  trident  to  point  him  out  as 
the  undoubted  sovereign  of  the  ocean,  yet  in  his 
figure  he  resembles,  extremely,  those  representations 
of  the  watery  god  that  we  find  in  many  pieces  of 
ancient  mosaic,  in  which  he  is  designated  by  hiA 
characteristic  badges  v  one  of  which  we  have  in  the 
British  Museum.    The  beard,  the  hair,  and  the* 
lineaments  of  the  face,  correspond  in  a  wonderful 
degree ;  and  what  tittle  chess  he  is  provided  with, 
is  exactly  the  same  with  that  which  the  sailors  on 
the  Nile  employ  when  they  have  frequent  occasion 
t?  strip  off  their  clothes  and  jump  into  the  fiver. 
Hi*  good  wife  Nephth£,  has  the  bead,  hind  l4g& 
and  very  much  the  body  of  a  Hippopotamus,  a* 
wiraal  almost  peculiar  to  the.  Nile  i  and  both  tfte 
towns,  at  which  his  temples  are  founds  were  marts  of 
commerce,  and  resorted;  to  by  traders  both  up  and 
down  the  river.    Hence,  under  this  character,  the 
Egyptians  probably  represented  Neptune,  th^ir  river 
or  sea  god,  and  not  Typhon  the  destroyer,  or  the 
enormous  {pant  Typhosus*  whose  image  we  are  in- 
formed by  Plutarch,  was  the  crocodile  or  the  wol£ 
In  the  time  of  Herodotus  the  Egyptians  disavowed 
«)1  allegiance  to  Neptune ;  but  under  the  dominion 
of  the  Greeks,  they  were  oot  ashamed  to  own  his 
sway,  of  which*  I  think,  both  tins  and  the  smaU 
temple,  at  Deudsrah  are  tolerably  convincing  proofs* 
The  eelia  erf  this  temple  is  equally  blown  up  with 


356  AGLEET. 

sand  as  the  others,  and  we  found  it  impossible  to  ob- 
tain a  view  of  the  interior.  The  calcareous  rock 
still  continues,  and  on  it  the  temples  are  founded* 
Having  finished  our  survey  of  the  temples,  which 
are  the  only  ruins  at  Edfou,  we  inquired  for  tombs, 
but  saw  none ;  hence  we  returned  to  our  vessels 
and  set  sail  immediately,  and  having  proceeded  a 
little  way  up  the  river,  we  stopped  to  procure  some 
charcoal,  which  we  could  not  obtain  at  Edfou,  at  a 
small  village  named  Agleet,  which  is  about  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  Nile  on  its  eastern  bank.  On 
our  arrival  at  the  village,  we  found  plenty  of  the  ar- 
ticle that  we  were  in  quest  of;  but  the  person  who 
had  the  charge  of  selling  it  would  not  permit  us  to 
have  any  without  an  order  from  the  cachief  or 
governor  of  the  district.  Our  couspasha,  a  sturdy 
Turk,  represented  to  him  that  he  was  there  by  the 
appointment  of  Mahomet  Ali,  to  see  that  the  noble 
traveller  and  his  party  were  accommodated  with  every 
thing  they  wanted ;  to  which  his  black  antagonist, 
proud  of  a  little  brief  authority,  that  authorised  him 
to  refuse  a  Turk,  immediately  replied  that  he  was 
thereby  the  same  order  to  see  that  no  person  obtained 
any  without  the  permission  of  the  cachief.  The 
black  had  the  best  of  the  argument  and  power  to 
support  his  right ;  and  as  it  was  impossible  to  move 
him  from  his  purpose,  our  swift-footed  Greek,  there 
was  no  alternative,  set  out  for  the  house  of  the 


KDFOU*         .  337 

governor  to  obtain  his  permission,  and  in  a  little  time 
returned  with  a  peremptory  order  that  we  should 
instantly  be  served,  which  was  readily  complied  with. 

During  the  absence  of  the  interpreter,  I  remained 
with  the  natives,  and  though  it  was  but  for  a  short 
time,  they  did  not  hesitate  to  beg ;  some  asked  for 
money,  some  for  their  supper,  some  for  arrack,  an 
intoxicating  spirit  distilled  from  the  date,  and  al- 
most all  for  one  thing  or  another ;  even  the  chief 
man  of  the  village  was  not  ashamed  to  beg.  One 
or  two  may  be  relieved,  but  where  all  are  beggars 
from  the  passing  traveller,  none  can  or  ought  to  be 
served.  Those  to  whom  he  gives,  as  they  ask  with- 
out consideration  or  necessity,  are  never  satisfied, 
and  return  almost  immediately  to  repeat  their  cla- 
mors $  and  those  from  whom  he  withholds,  fancy 
they  had  an  equal  right,  and  become  insolent  from 
neglect ;  a  hubbub  is  raised,  and  the  traveller  is 
both  robbed  of  his  peace  and  his  money,  and  creates 
enemies,  where  it  was  his  duty  and  his  interest  to 
have  conciliated  friends.  If  he  give  to  none,  none 
are  offended ;  they  often  ask  without  expecting  to 
obtain,  and  if  any  thing  be  said  to  amuse  them,  they 
cease  to  importune,  and  become  listeners  or  in- 
Btructors,  instead  of  tormentors. 

On  seeing  me  write  with  a  pencil  they  were  quite 
surprised  at  the  color  of  the  ink,  and  also  that  the 
pen  never  wanted  dipping.  I  gave  it  to  one  of 
them  and  desired  him  to  write  with  it.     He  tried* 

vou  1.  z 


$98'  HADJR    SILSILY. 

and  succeeded,  to  his  great  joy  and  surprise,  and 
called  out  to  his  friends  "chotab  el  calm — the  pen 
writes;99  as  if  imagining  that  I  had  done  it  by  some 
secret  spell,  which  would  not  answer  to  the  call  of 
a  stranger.  He  then  looked  at  it  all  about,  and 
shook  it,  and  asked  his  friends  to  show  him  where 
the  ink  was,  and  seemed  quite  transported.  I  was 
Sorry  I  could  not  leave  it  with  him,  it  being  the 
only  one  that  remained  of  all  my  store,  and  to  my 
ho  small  surprise  he  returned  it  with  the  most  per- 
fect complaisance,  without  my  having  occasion  to 
ask  for  it. 

This  delay,  short  as  it  was,  obliged  us  to  remain 
here  all  night.  Next  morning  the  29th,  at  an  early 
hour  we  again  set  sail.  At  first  the  same  scenery 
continued,  the  banks  were  cultivated  to  the  river's 
edge  with  rich  crops  of  dhourra,  waving  over  the 
plain.  After  a  little,  however,  the  valley  narrowed; 
and  on  arriving  at  Hadjr  Silsily,  the  flat  sand-stone 
rock  came  close  to  the  river  on  each  side.  We  per- 
ceived many  excavations  in  the  front  of  the  rock ; 
some  of  them  exhibiting  the  pilaster,  facade  and 
pediment,  not  unworthy  of  an  ordinary  sized  Gre- 
cian temple.  The  place  on  both  sides  of  the  river 
seemed  of  great  interest,  but  the  wind  being  favor- 
able, we  passed  on  and  left  the  examination  of  it 
tiB  our  return.  There  is  no  village  at  liadjr  Sil* 
sjdy,  which  is  as  much  as  saying  that  there  are  n* 
inhabitants,  for  single  houses  are  never  met  with  ia 


KOOM  OMBOS.  639 

Egypt.  We  were  much  delighted  with  the  view  of 
Koom  Ombos,  its  ancient  temple,  and  beautiful 
portico,  in  a  very  dilapidated  state ;  we  passed  it 
about  ten  o'clock,  a.  m.  Here  the  river  takes  a 
turn  to  the  west,  and  the  cultivated  soil  again  met 
our  eye. 

On  the  30th  we  oontinued  our  voyage.  The  coun- 
try still  narrow,  the  Persian  wheels  abound,  with 
plenty  of  palm  trees,  and  the  land  in  good  cultiva- 
tion.    Our  attention  was  attracted  by  a  number  of 
people  going  to  and  fro  along  the  base  of  the 
mountain  on  the  western  bank $  some  with  burdens 
on  their  backs,  others  going  to  fetch  them  from  the 
salt  mines  in  the  neighborhood.     Assouan  is  the 
principal  mart  for  this  valuable  commodity,  with 
which  it  supplies  Nubia,  and  all  the  country  round 
for  a  great  extent.     Under  the  line,  where  a  per* 
son  can  hardly  walk  in  the  heat  of  the  day,  what 
must  it  be  to  carry  a  burden  ?    About  two  o'clock, 
p.  m.  we  came  in  sight  of  the  mountain  range  that 
bounds  the  extremity  of  Egypt  towards  the  south. 
On  the  west  of  the  river,  the  mountain  range  that 
had  accompanied  us  all  the  way  from  Cairo,  desti- 
tute of  vegetation  throughout  the  whole  extent,  be* 
gan  to  assume  a  bolder  aspect,  rising  into  a  round 
bluff  point,  overlooking  the  plain,  the  town,  and 
ruins  of  Assouan,  the  island  of  Elephantina,  the 
rugged  cataract,  and  the  branching  Nile.  It  is  call* 
ed  Djibl  Howa,  or  mountain  of  the  wind.   Its  sum* 

z  2 


840  DJIBL    HOWA. 

mit  is  crowned  with  the  tomb  of  Shiekh  Bass,  an 
honored  Maraboot ;  half  way  down  its  side  are  the 
extensive  ruins  of  the  convent  of  Saint  George 
with  numerous  vaults  and  excavations,  soliciting  the 
attention  of  the  enquiring  traveller.    On  the  east 
bank  of  the  river  the  mountain  is  low,  the  valley 
more  extended,  cultivated  and  covered  with  the 
picturesque  palm  tree.     The  aspect  gradually  as* 
cends  in  a  rocky  inclination,  and,  winding  towards 
the  west,  terminates  at  the  river,  in  a  precipitous 
granite  cliff,  on  which  stand  the  ruined  walls  and 
houses  of  the  ancient  Syene.     Passing  the  eye 
along  the  river  as  we  advanced,  it  was  impossible 
not  to  be  impressed  with  the  singular  majesty  of  its 
appearance,  parted  at  the  bottom  of  the  cataract 
by  the  granite  base  of  the  green  and  beautiful  is- 
land of  Elephantina,  it  poured  along  its  sides  as  if 
from  an  invisible  source,  and,  having  joined  its  di- 
vided waters  at  the  low  northern  point  of  the  island, 
held  on  its  noble  and  rapid  course  to  the  ocean. 
On  the  western  bank,  passing  up  the  river  from 
Djibl  Howa,  all  is  rock  and  sand,  itself  being  the 
highest  point j  the  view  passed  over  the  villages  and 
ruins  of  Elephantina,  the  mountain  ridge,  the  mo- 
dern and  ancient  Syene  that  bound  our  prospect 
to  the  south  ;  and  it  seemed  as  if  we  had  reached 
the  extremity  of  our  navigation,  as  we  had  done 
that  of  ancient  Egypt.  We  proceeded  up  the  east- 
ern branch  that  washes  the  eastern  shore  of  the 


ASSOUAN.  341 

island,  and  having  passed  a  few  granite  rocks  that 
rear  their  tops  above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and 
&  few  palm  trees  that  shade  the  lower  part  of  the 
town,  upon  our  left,  we  hove  into  a  small  winding 
bay,  under  the  walls  of  Assouan,  and  made  fast  to 
the  bank  at  five  o'clock,  p,  m.  on  the  30th  of  No- 
vember. We  were  within  a  few  hundred  yards'  dis- 
tance, but  not  yet  within  hearing  or  seeing  of  the 
far-famed  cataract 


[  342  3 


CHAPTER  XL 


ASSOUAN. 


Immediately  on  our  arrival,  the  Aga  of  Assouan, 
a  mild  respectable-looking  little  gentleman,  of  about 
fifty  years  of  age,  came  on  board,  accompanied  by 
his  suite,  to  pay  his  respects  to  the  rioble  traveller, 
and  to  offer  him  every  aid  and  facility  that  he  could 
afford  to  forward  him  in  the  farther  prosecution  of 
his  voyage.     His  worship  was  received  with  suit- 
able respect,  which  consisted  in  giving  him  a  com- 
fortable seat  in  the  cabin,  a  pipe  of  tobacco,  and  a 
cup  of  coffee.     We  learned  from  the  Aga,  that  we 
might  with  perfect  safety  go  into  Nubia,  but  that 
the  boats  which  had  brought  us  to  Assouan  could 
not  take  us  any  farther,  being  too  large  to  sail  up 
the  cataract ;  that  it  therefore  behoved  us  to  leave 
them,  and  engage  others  which  were  to  be  had  at 
the  top  of  the  cataract,  where  the  Nile  again  be- 
came navigable,  to  which  he  very  politely  offered 
to  accompany  us.    The  following  day  was  fixed  for 
the  expedition ;  and,  after  an  early  breakfast,  Lord 
Belmore  and  myself,  along  with  the  janizary  and 
interpreter,  waited  upon  the  Aga  for  that  purpose. 
The  Turks  are  generally  considered  as  early  risers j 
and  I  shall  not  speculate  upon  the  time  at  which 


ASSOUAN.  343 

his  worship  sprung  from  the  embrace  of  Morpheus, 
but  at  eight  o'clock  we  were  ushered  into  his  pre- 
sence, before  his  head  had  escaped  from  the  hands 
of  the  barber,  and  saw  all  the  shorn  honors  of  his 
locks  spread  around  him.  The  Turks  shave  the  head 
completely  over,  and  part  of  the  cheek  ;  .some  of 
them  wear  beards,  and  some  only  mustachoes,  The 
Arabs  also  shave  the  head,  and  a  little  bit  on  each 
side  of  the  under-lip,  but  commonly  reserve  a  small 
circular  tuft  of  hair  on  the  crown,  by  which  they 
expect  Mahomet  will  one  day  pull  them  up  into 
heaven.  The  Aga,  though  taken  by  surprise,  in- 
vited us  to  sit  down  on  the  miserable  wooden 
benches  that  furnished  his  apartment ;  and,  having 
given  orders  to  bring  out  the  houses,  withdrew  to 
another  corner  of  the  court  to  finish  his  toilet.  By 
the  time  that  he  returned  the  horses  were  announced, 
so  we  mounted  altogether,  and  immediately  set  out. 
The  road  lay  over  a  narrow  sandy  flat  between  the 
mountains,  which  are  low  j  those  on  the  right  con- 
sist chiefly  of  large  masses  of  granite,  apparently 
water  rolled  and  piled  on  the  top  of  each  other. 
The  sides  and  loftier  pinnacles  of  the  mountain  are 
here  and  there  ornamented  with  the  tomb  of  an 
honored  shiekh,  which  is  built  in  the  form  of  a  cu~ 
pola,  provided  in  the  inside  with  a  mat  for  praying 
on,  and  a  large  jar  of  fresh  water  for  drinking,  and 
for  performing  the  necessary  ablutions.  The  water 
is  renewed  as  often  as  there  is  occasion,  the  ex- 


844  Assouan. 

penses  of  which,  and  the  repairs  of  the  totob,  artf 
defrayed  by  a  fund  left  by  the  ahiekh  for  that  pur- 
pose. Numbers  of  these  tombs,  and  numbers  of 
ruined  mosques,  lie  scattered  all  over  the  rocky 
field  about  Assouan.  On  the  left  of  our  route  lay 
several  deserted  villages,  and  we  perceived,  at  the 
bottom  of  a  high  mountain  that  fronted  our  course, 
an  extensive  wall  of  unburnt  brick  running  in  an 
easterly  direction j  soon  after  which  we  passed  a 
small  hamlet,  and  in  about  ten  minutes  arrived  at 
the  village  of  Emb&p,  which  is  the  port  of  the  Nile 
at  the  top  of  the  cataract,  as  Assouan  is  at  the  bot- 
tom of  it.  This  is  not  a  country  for  inns  in  which 
the  traveller  can  repose;  without,  in  the  shady 

side  of  the  house,  or  under  a  branching  tree,  is  his 

» 

place  of  rest — the  greatest  compliment,  as  it  un- 
questionably is  the  greatest  luxury.  Having  rode 
past  the  village  towards  the  river,  we  alighted  under 
a  tree,  gave  our  horses  in  charge  to  an  idler,  and 
proceeded  to  inspect  the  boats.  The  appearance 
of  these  nautical  mansions  stunned  us  not  a  little ; 
small  open  miserable-looking  cock-boats.  What 
splendid  vehicles  to  carry  a  noble  family  to  the  se- 
cond cataract  of  the  Nile  !  In  descending  from  the 
accommodation  of  the  upper  to  that  of  the  lower 
ranks  of  society,  the  greatest  shock  is  experienced 
in  the  first  step.  Moving  from  an  elegant  mansion 
to  a  comfortable  vessel,  occasions  the  sacrifice  of 
many  comforts  j  from  an  elegant  vessel  to  a  djerm, 


ASSOUAN.  345 

many  more ;  from  a  djerm  to  a  maash,  is  rather  pro- 
motion ;  but  from  a  maash  to  a  Nubian  cock-boat, 
is  the  absolute  bathos,  the  ne  plus  ultra  of  low  ac- 
commodation. Ups  and  downs  had  reconciled  us 
to  changes,  and,  bad  as  the  boats  were,  they  were 
the  best  that  could  be  procured.  To  encourage  us 
in  our  undertaking,  the  Nubian  mariners  informed 
us  that  they  would  cover  them  with  straw  and  palm- 
tree  mats,  to  shelter  us  from  the  sun,  and  thus  render 
them  comfortable  both  during  the  day  and  during 
the  night,  and  that  the  objection  to  their  size  could 
easily  be  obviated  by  increasing  their  number.  Bad 
as  the  accommodation  was,  the  place  afforded  no 
better  mode  of  conveying  the  traveller  to  the  second 
cataract ;  and  the  question  resolved  itself  into  a 
short  compass, — take  this,  or  none.  Every  heart 
replied  in  the  affirmative,  take  this  certainly,  with* 
out  a  moment's  hesitation.  Having  seen  the  ves- 
sels, and  the  mode  in  which  they  were  to  be  rigged 
out  for  our  voyage,  we  returned  to  the  shade  of  the 
tree  under  which  we  had  alighted ;  and,  having  par- 
taken of  a  collation  of  dates,  which  some  friend  of 
the  Aga  had  provided  for  us,  we  remounted  our 
steeds,  and  returned  to  Assouan,  the  distance  being 
about  one  hour  and  a  quarter,  or  nearly  four  miles. 
Strabo  describes  Correctly  the  appearance  of  the 
rock?  on  the  left  of  the  route,  going  from  Philoe  to 
Assouan ;  but  where  he  found  a  plain  of  an  hundred 
stadia  to  cross,  I  am  at  a  loss  to  conceive.    Whe- 


546  ASSOUAN 

ihex  the  statement  be  applied  to  the  extent  of  the 
doping  rocky  surface  on  the  right,  or  to  the  dis- 
tance by  the  road,  it  is  equally  at  variance  with 
truth.    Philoe  is  not  above  a  quarter  of  an  hour  dis- 
tant from  Embap.     From  Emb&p  to  Assouan  we 
travelled  the  regular  road  that  I  suppose  has  been 
there  since  Assouan  was  a  town,  or  Philoe  was  in- 
habited, and  we  were  only  about  an  hour  and  a 
quarter,  which  makes  the  distance  about  four  miles. 
As  for  a  cultivated  plain,  there  is  none  in  all  the 
tract  susceptible  of  cultivation ;  all  is  rock  and  sand, 
and  the  blighted  surface  of  the  stony  world  shat- 
tered into  fragments,  as  if  the  giants  had  been  con- 
flicting or  straining  to  heap  stone  upon  stone ;  even 
the  cultivation  along  the  edge  of  the  river  is  en- 
tirely interrupted  at  Assouan.     Between  that  and 
Emb&p,  following  the  course  of  the  river,  are  two 
or  three  small  villages,  and  a  few  scattered  patches 
of  verdant  and  cultivated  surface,  but  nothing  that 
can  be  called  a  large  field  or  plain ;  and  by  the  di- 
rect or  common  road  there  is  not  one  cultivated 
spot.    This  is  the  empire  of  granite,  and  basalt  in 
mountain  masses,  or  in  giant  blocks,  that  might  have 
composed  die  vast  and  Cyclopian  tower  of  Syene. 
Or  our  arrival  at  Assouan,  we  proceeded  to  batr 
gain  for  the  vespeis ;  for  though  they  could  be  seen 
only  at  Emb&p,  they  could  be  bargained  for  here. 
Tim  aJSwded  us  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  minds 
and  temper  of  the  men,  and  their  eagerness  tower* 


T 


ASSOUAN.  347 

reach  a  stranger  in  a  contract.  What  a  wretched  world 
we  should  have  were  man  its  only  governor,  whose 
only  object  is  self!    One  of  the  natives,  a  fierce- 
looking  Arab,  asked  us  fifteen  hundred  piastres, 
about  thirty-seven  pounds,  for  a  four-handed  ardep 
boat,  to  go  to  the  second  cataract  and  return,  which 
is  but  about  a  month's  voyage,  besides  a  baxis,  or 
pecuniary  gratuity  for  taking  it  up  the  cataract  to 
£mb£p.     The  proposal  was  no  sooner  made  than 
it  was  rejected ;  it  was  demanding  a  third  more 
than  was  paid  for  the  maashes  that  had  brought  us 
from  Cairo,  which  were  at  least  a  third  larger,  and 
twice  as  well  manned.     It  being  impossible  to  bar- 
gain for  this,  four  of  the  smaller  craft  that  we  had 
seen  at  Emb&p  were  engaged,  for  one  thousand 
piastres,  or  six-pences,  to  carry  us  up  the  Nile  as 
far  as  the  second  cataract,  to  stop  or  sail  as  suited 
our  convenience,  and  to  bring  us  back  again  to  the 
village  from  which  we  were  to  start.    As  the  agree- 
ment was  made  in  presence  of  the  Aga,  it  was  not 
considered  necessary  to  have  it  written,  because  he 
undertook  that  the  Nubians  would  perform  their 
part  of  the  contract ;  but  for  myself,  I  should  al- 
ways prefer  to  have  the  terms  of  the  stipulation 
written  down ;  then,  in  case  of  any  misunderstand- 
ing, there  is  a  certain  appeal,  and  you  can  hold  up 
your  paper,  and  say,  with  the  Italian,  Questo  il  patto, 
This  is  the  bargain,  by  which  all  parties  must  abide. 
Orders  were  given  to  equip  the  vessels  with  all  pos- 


S48  ASSOUAN 

Bible  despatch,  and  while  that  was  going  forward* 
we  examined  the  ruins  of  Syene  and  Elephantine 

N6xt  day*  the  2d  of  December,  was  employed  in 
walking  about  the  town,  and  viewing  the  remains 
of  the  ancient  city,  which  lies  on  the  south  of  the 
present    It  was  abandoned  on  account  of  a  severe 
plague,  which  seldom  visits  Assouan,  but  which  at 
that  time  raged  with  such  alarming  violence,  that 
it  was  adviseable  to  leave  it,  since  it  would  not  leave 
them;   accordingly,  the  inhabitants,  attached  to 
their  native  spot,  moved  just  the  breadth  of  the 
city,  and  the  north  wall  of  the  ancient,  in  one  part, 
forms  the  south  wall  of  the  present  Assouan.    The 
whole  town  is  encompassed  with  ruins;   but  the 
most  interesting  are  in  and  about  the  old  town, 
which  occupies  a  higher  and  more  conspicuous  si- 
tuation.    The  walls  still  remain ;  they  are  slight, 
of  sun-dried  brick,  and  are  very  entire.     They  are 
flanked  with  towers  at  different  distances,  and  the 
position  is  naturally  strong.     The  houses  are  built 
of  the  same  material,  many  of  the  walls  of  which 
are  standing ;  but  they  are  all  \inroofed,  and  much 
larger  than  the  general  description  of  houses  now 
met  with  in  the  ruined  villages  in  Egypt.     This 
ruined  town  of  Assouan,  that  now  glares  upon  the 
spectator  like  a  naked  skeleton,  is  of  Saracenic 
origin,  and  has  been  built  on  the  ruins  of  another 
that,  like  it,  has  also  been  constructed  of.  brick. 
Many  passages  descend  from  the  interior  of  the 


ASSOUAN.  349 

present  ruined  houses  down  to  the  chambers  of  the 
former  ones  beneath  them,  and  which  have  been 
decorated  in  a  style  greatly  superior  to  the  houses 
that  have  succeeded  them,  and  which  are  now  ready 
to  receive  another  superincumbent.  We  saw  several 
granite  columns  of  Roman  manufacture,  and  the 
remains  of  several  statues,  overturned  and  sunk 
deep  in  the  rubbish  at  the  lower  part  of  the  town, 
near  the  southern  wall.  Without  the  eastern  wall 
is  the  burial-ground  of  the  ancient  city ;  it  is  also 
that  of  the  modern.  Many  grave-stones  are  lying 
here,  covered  with  inscriptions  in  the  Couphic  cha- 
racter, which  is  the  ancient  Arabic.  Their  simple 
and  unaffected  appearance,  with  the  few  unassuming 
lines,  the  stones  resembling  in  size  and  shape  those 
that  are  found  at  Dair,  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
river,  bespeak  them  of  the  primitive  ages  of  Christi- 
anity.  They  are  doubtless  the  tomb-stones  of  the 
natives  of  the  country,  inscribed  with  the  epitaphs 
in  their  native  character,  and  their  native  language. 
I  should  have  been  happy  to  have  seen  an  intel- 
ligent Coptic  priest  try  to  decipher  them,  but  there 
are  no  Copts  and  no  Christians  at  Assouan.  All 
around  ruined  churches  and  ruined  convents  stare 
the  traveller  in  the  face,  and  sink  into  his  heart ; 
but  no  smoke  rises  from  a  Christian  hut,  nor  peal- 
ing anthem  to  the  Saviour  of  sinners ;  all  are  Mus- 
sulmans, and  strangers  to  the  Christian  faith. 
Along  the  lower  part  of  the  rocky  flat  that 


&50  ASSOUAN. 

stretches  out  towards  the  north-east,  several  wells 
present  themselves ;  but  in  none  of  them  does  the 
water  rise  higher  than  the  level  of  the  Nile.  We 
searched  with  much  anxiety  for  that  which  has  been 
called  the  tropical  well,  into  which  the  sun  shone 
vertically  on  the  vernal  equinox,  and  then  gradu- 
ally retreated  towards  the  south.  We  cannot  flatter 
ourselves  with  having  been  more  successful  in  our 
researches  than  our  predecessors  had  been ;  and  in 
my  humble  opinion,  no  such  well  ever  existed. 
Ancient  geographers  and  philosophers  have  stated 
the  circumstance  on  the  reports  of  the  priests,  who 
were  the  only  learned  men  of  the  time ;  but  none 
of  them  have  condescended  to  inform  us  in  what 
part  of  the  town  or  district  it  was  to  be  found ;  and 
in  as  far  as  the  tropic  is  concerned,  all  of  them  must 
have  been  speaking  to  a  fact  which  they  never  could 
have  witnessed j  for,  from  the  best  and  latest  ob- 
servations, the  sun  could  not  have  been  vertical  at 
Assouan  for  these  five  thousand  four  hundred  years, 
a  period  at  which,  in  all  probability,  there  was  no 
body  there  to  observe  it.  We  did  not  omit  to  visit 
the  small  stone  building  which,  on  what  authority 
I  know  not,  has  been  called  the  observatory  of 
Syene,  and  said  to  have  been  built  over  the  mouth 
of  this  tropical  well.  It  is  situated  in  the  north- 
west corner  of  the  rubbish,  in  a  sort  of  appendicle 
to  the  ancient  town,  facing  the  Nile,  a  little  way  up 
from  the  quay,  near  the  place  where  the  boats  usually 


ASSOUAK.  351 

harbor.  It  is  certainly  a  likely  place  to  find  water, 
if  the  digger  chose  to  go  ,deep  enough,  but  a  very 
unlikely  one  for  any  person  to  make  a  well.  It  is 
but  about  200  yards  distant  from  the  river,  and  the 
perforation  down  to  its  level  must  be  through  at  least 
100  feet  of  rock.  This  is  not  likely  to  have  been 
a  natural  well,  formed  by  the  bursting  of  a  bubble 
from  the  great  central  fire,  and  the  excavation  is  not 
likely  to  have  been  made  5400  years  ago ;  neither 
is  the  situation  likely  to  have  been  chosen  for  an 
observatory,  on  account  of  its  being  relatively  low, 
nor  the  building  ever  to  have  been  employed  as 
such,  on  account  of  its  size,  which  is  only  33  feet 
long  and  22  feet  wide.  It  is  in  the  form  of 
a  temple,  and  enters  from  the  east,  though  the 
building  is  not  quite  east  and  west  by  compart. 
The  roof  is  flat,  and  covered  with  broad'  flags, 
the  same  as  the  other  temples,  with  two  aper- 
tures in  it,  answering  to  two  chambers  below.  The 
apertures  run  from  south  to  north,  the  direction  of 
the  flags  in  the  roof;  their  sides  are  not  marked  with 
any  notches,  nor  formed  with  any  particular  care, 
and  the  apertures  are  not  opposite  to,  nor  appear 
to  have  any  relation  or  connection  with  each  other. 
The  door  was  quite  obstructed  with  the  rubbish,  so 
that  there  was  no  entering  by  it ;  but  a  window  in 
the  south  readily  admitting  us,  and  we  dropped  down 
into  the  interior  of  the  building,  in  which  there  are 
only  two  small  chambers,  divided  by  a  stone  wafl, 


852  ASSOUAN*. 

with  a  door  of  communication.  The  outside  is 
adorned  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  as  in  the 
other  temples ;  but  there  is  nothing  in  the  inside 
but  stones  and  sand.  It  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  finished,  and  in  my  opinion  this  edifice  was 
intended  for  a  small  fane,  or  chapel,  like  the  chapel 
of  Isis  attached  to  the  large  temple  at  Denderah, 
or  the  still  smaller  one  of  Isis  and  Osiris  at  Elei- 
thias,  and  similar  fanes  in  several  other  places  ;  and 
may,  perhaps,  have  been  used  for  the  daily  service 
of  the  people  on  the  east  side  of  the  river,  while  the 
grand  temples,  in  which  the  principal  ceremonies 
were  performed,  stood  on  the  opposite  island  of 
Elephantina.  If  any  large  temple  stood  near  it  on 
this  side  of  the  river,  the  substructions  are  now  en- 
tirely buried  in  the  rubbish.  Several  granite  co- 
lumns of  Roman  workmanship  are  lying  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  ruins,  on  the  edge  of  a  delightful  alluvial 
spot  that  skirts  the  bank  of  the  river  running  be- 
tween the  ancient  pier  and  the  point  of  granite  rock 
already  mentioned,  which  cuts  in  upon  the  Nile,  and 
supports  part  of  the  ruins  of  the  ancient  Syene. 
It  is  well  cultivated,  planted  with  a  grove  of  palm- 
trees,  and  is  such  a  spot  as  meditation  would  wish 
to  call  its  own j  but  it  is  disfigured  with  three  mi- 
serable huts,  and  is  the  common  thoroughfare  from 
the  ferry  between  Assouan  and  Elephantina. 

Our  next  excursion  was  to  the  island  of  Ele- 
phantina, which  lies  directly  over  against  the  place 


ELfcPHANTIKA.  353 

where  we  had  moored  our  vessels ;  we  rowed  right 
across,  and  landed  at  the  Persian  wheel,  whose  noisy 
machinery,  creaking  without  intermission,  night  and 
day,  had  both  amused  and  annoyed  us  not  a  little. 
Having  passed  the  wheel,  we  soon  arrived  at  the 
village,  which  consists  of  a  number  of  small  mud 
huts,  huddled  closely  together,  some  of  which  are 
covered  with  mats,  others  with  branches  of  the  palm 
tree,  and  many  of  them  not  at  all.  It  is  the  largest 
village  in  the  island,  containing  about  five  or  six 
hundred  souls,  and  is  surrounded  with  a  grove  of 
palm  trees.  The  natives  came  around  us  offering 
to  sell  old  coins,  beetles,  beads,  vitrified  rings,  and 
other  antiquities.  Their  complexion  is  quite  black, 
but  the  feature  is  slender  and  elegant,  not  in  the 
least  resembling  the  negro  except  in  color,  the  hair 
is  long.  The  greater  part  of  the  men  were  abroad 
in  the  field :  it  was  the  season  for  sowing  the  barley 
and  the  flax.  Such  of  them  as  we  saw  were,  as  usual, 
almost  in  a  state  of  nudity.  The  women  wore 
a  great  profusion  of  large  variously  colored  glass 
beads  round  their  necks,  along  with  which  there 
was  generally  an  amulet  enclosed  in  a  leather  case, 
and  bracelets  round  the  arms  and  wrists,  but  not 
round  the  ankles,  as  we  find  exhibited  in  the  sta- 
tues and  sculpture  on  the  tombs  and  temples  of  the 
ancient  inhabitants  of  the  country.  They  have  the 
largest  arm,  by  which  I  mean  that  part  between  the 
shoulder  and  elbow,  that  I  ever  saw ;  in  the  pride 

VOL.   I.  A  A 


354  ELEPHANTINA. 

and  plumpness  of  youth  it  looks  remarkably  weQ, 
hut  as  they  advance  in  years  it  looks  flaccid  and  dis- 
agreeable. The  young  girls,  before  they  are  mar- 
riageable, go  entirely  naked :  from  this  time  till 
they  are  married*  they  wear  a  fringed  leather  belt, 
tied  round  the  lower  part  of  the  body,  with  the 
fringes  falling  down  the  thigh.  They  are  lightly 
and  elegantly  formed,  and  possess  an  animated 
expression  of  countenance.  After  marriage,  they 
am  fully  and  properly  clothed.  I  never  saw  any  of 
the  whites  or  inhabitants  of  Assouan,  or  other  parts 
of  Egypt,  wearing  the  fringed  belt ;  but  in  Ele- 
phantine and  at  EmbAp,  where  there  are  no  white 
residents*  the  custom  is  universal.  In  other  parts 
of  Egypt  the  young  of  both  sexes,,  till  about  the 
age  often  or  twelve,  are  frequently  to  be  seen  in  a 
state  of  nudity. 

Leaving  the  village,  we  proceeded  across  the 
island  through  the  ripening  fields  of  dbouna,  and 
on  the  other  side  of  it  found  another  Persian  wheel 
at  work,  near  two  or  three  miserable  huts,  winch 
constituted  another  village.  Close  by  are  six  mag* 
AiJioent  columns  of  an  ancient  temple,  covered  with 
the  usual  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  but  no  mound 
•ef  ruins.  Passing  on,  in  a  southern  direction,  we 
came  in  a  little  time  to  an  uncovered  bed  of  granite, 
in  the  edge  of  the  river;  along  which  were  many  cir- 
cular wel&  hollowed  out,  and  full  of  water.  Here 
-wag  aUw>an»  ancient  granite  quarry,  from  which  large 


ELEPHAtfTINA.  355 

columns,  had  formerly  been  excavated j  some  were 
lying  Mocked  out  and  partly  wrought ;  a  large  sar- 
cophagus lay  two-thirds  cut  out  of  the  rock.  The 
atrcient  Egyptians  seam  to  have  wrought  the  granite 
with  the  punch,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Abre- 
doniana  do  in  the  present  day.  Here  we  came 
in  contact  with  a  huge  mound  of  rubbish  that 
stretched  from  side  to  side  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
island ;  formed  of  fragments-  of  pottery- ware  and 
ruined  temples,  the  pride  and  glory  of  the  ancient 
Elephaatina.  Continuing  our  route  by  the  northern 
side  of  it,,  we  came  in  a  little  time  to  another  vil- 
lage* btiil£  of  the  same  materials  aa  the  former,  and 
inhabited  by  the  same  race  of  people.  In  regard 
to  stae,  it  is  the  second  village  in  the  island,  and 
canfatim  probably  from  two  to  three  hundred  souls*. 
equally  civil  and  equally  unblessed  with  what  in 
this  country  we  should  call  the  comfort*  of  civilised 
life 

Here  we  arrived  just  in  time  to  witness  a  eoro~ 
nagb  off  wailing  for  the  dead*  A  poor  wtanan  of 
the  Village  had  that  morning  received  the  ate* 
lanchftly  intelligence  that  her  husband  had  been 
drowned  in  the  Nile,  He  had  been  interred  with* 
out  hear  knowledge  near  the  spot  where  the  body 
w»  fettnd,  and  ahtt.atong  with  several  of  her  femile 
frfands,  was  paying  the  unavailing  tribute  of  lamen* 
tetfitm  fo  his  departed  shack*  The  ceremony,*  in 
aa  fa*  m  it  fell  Under  our  observation*  owaisMdin; 

A  a  8 


356  ELEPHAMTINA. 

marching  out  of  and  into  the  house  with  drawn 
swords  in  their  hands.  After  howling  and  stamp- 
ing most  piteously,  they  threw  themselves  down  on 
the  floor,  as  if  exhausted,  and  after  a  short  interval 
arose  and  commenced  the  threnody  again  as  be- 
fore. From  the  house  of  mourning,  we  turned  our 
regards  to  the  adjoining  field  of  ruins.  A  granite 
statue  of  Osiris,  which  has  been  mentioned  by  all 
preceding  travellers,  and  which  has  not  been  re- 
moved, because  it  is  greatly  defaced,  showed  us 
the  way  to  a  ruined  temple,  to  which  it  seemed  to 
guard  and  hallow  the  entrance.  The  temple  is 
small ;  96  feet  long  and  29  feet  wide.  It  is  well 
proportioned  and  peripteral,  with  seven  square  co- 
lumns on  each  side,  and  two  round  ones  in  each 
end,  and  does  not  resemble  an  Egyptian  temple  in 
any  thing  but  the  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics  with 
which  it  is  covered.  Over  the  door  is  the  usual 
ornament  of  the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings. 
Within  the  cella  we  have  the  exhibition  of  religious 
ceremonies,  pouring  out  of  offerings,  processions 
with  boats,  and  a  good  deal  of  pantomimic  show 
between  Isis  and  the  priests ;  one  of  whom  is  su- 
perbly attired  with  a  handsome  breast-plate  sus- 
pended from  his  neck,  having  the  device  of  two 
sphinxes  and  a  canopus  in  the  centre.  The  temple 
in  Elephantina,  as  we  are  informed,  was  dedicated 
to  Cneph ;  and  the  serpent,  the  emblem  of  wisdom, 
is;of  frequent  occurrence  among  the  hieroglyphics  j 


ELEPHANTWA.      .  357 

but  the  interior  of  it  is  so  bedaubed  with  mud,  that 
it  is  impossible  to  make  out  any  consistent  story 
from  its  walls.  The  north  wall,  on  the  outside,  is 
rendered  interesting  from  an  interview  between 
Osiris  and  an  illustrious  personage,  who  is  repre- 
sented in  one  part  with  the  sacred  Tau  in  his  hand, 
and  the  sacred  bird  hoveling  above  his  head,  in 
conversation  with  a  female  attired  in  a  head-dress 
set  round  with  a  row  of  feathers.  In  another  place 
he  is  represented  with  a  staff  in  one  hand  and  a 
torch  in  the  other,  offering  to  Osiris  geese,  ante- 
lopes, &c. ;  a  little  farther  on  towards  the  end  of 
the  wall,  he  is  represented  with  three  sacred  Taus 
in  his  hand,  and  driving  up  four  bulls  as  an  offering 
to  Mendes,  three  of  which  he  holds  by  a  string 
attached  to  the  fore-foot,  intimating  that  their  lives 
are  to  be  spared,  and  themselves  kept  in  sacred  pro* 
tection,  while  the  fourth  is  loose,  to  be  inspected, 
sacrificed,  or  dismissed  after  the  manner  of  the 
scape-goat  among  the  Israelites.  As  often  as  we 
see  four  bulls  presented  to  Mendes,  one  is  always 
loose,  and  three  attached  by  one  foot,  as  in  the  pre* 
sent  instance.  On  this  temple  we  have  an  excellent 
representation  of  the  sistrum,  with  the  face  of  the 
cat  and  three  cross  bars,  as  above  described. 

A  little  removed  from  this  temple  to  the  south* 
west,  are  the  two  elevated  shafts  of  a  pyramidal 
propylon,  that  probably  belonged  to  a  larger  and 
more  magnificent  temple,  the  foundations  of  which 


358  ELEPHAKTIKA. 

may  now  be  sought  for  under  the  adjoining  rubbish. 
Masses  of  granite  are  lying  strewed  about  in  many 
places*  One  of  them  has  the  appearance  of  an  tyver- 
turned  sarcophagus*  Modi  ought  be  found  on 
digging  into  the  mound  of  ruins,  but  nothing  of 
particular  interest  now  lies  on  the  surface.  With- 
drawing from  this,  along  the  mound  of  ruin*  to  the 
eastern  branch  of  the  Nile,  where  the  island  of  Jile- 
phantina  approaches  nearest  to  the  rock  of  Syene, 
we  find  a  strong  stone  wall  facing  up  the  bonk,  as 
if  intended  to  protect  it  alike  from  the  assaults  of 
the  enemy  and  the  encroachments  of  the  river.  It 
is  evidently  but  a  late  erection,  and  has  been  built 
out  of  the  ruins  of  a  former  edifice,  for  many  of  the 
atones,  both  in  the  sides  and  centre  of  the  building, 
are  covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics.  Many 
fragments  of  brick  and  atone  buildings  exist  along 
the  ec^ge  of  the  river,  indicating  that  the  wfaofe 
were  probably  of  Roman  construction.  In  one  pact 
a  well-formed  stair  passes  down  to  the  river,  which 
aerved  the  double  purpose  of  a  Nilometer,  and  a 
ready  approach  for  obtaining  water  for  the  religious 
ceremonies  of  the  temple.  Here  along  the  water's 
edge  are  numerous  circular  pits  dug  in  the  granite 
rock,  ftill  of  water,  and  numerous  tablets  of  hiero- 
glyphics, with  sculpture  on  the  face  of  the  granite 
rocks,  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  Over  the  whole 
field  of  ruins  are  innumerable  fragments  of  pottery- 
ware,  and  from  the  highest,  or  southtnost  point  of 
V 


it,  ibe  spectator  enjoys  a  magnificent  and  extenavva 
view  of  the  whole  river,  for  about  half  a  flhtle,  rolfc 
jag  down  among  the  granite  rocks  that .  rise  np  to 
Hs  bed,  and  dividing  it  into  a  number  xxf  separate 
channels,  form  the  cataract,  which  must  be  taken 
in  its  literal  acceptation  as  importing  an  obstruc- 
tion to  the  navigation  and  the  equable  corrent  of 
the  river,  and  not  as  a  cascade  or  waterfidi,  felt 
there  is  none  here.  Large  disrupted  m&sess* '  half 
granite,  half  basalt,  not  passing  into  one  another  by; 
imperceptible  shades,  bat  each  dwtinet,  yet  as  solidly- 
united  as  if  they  were  one  continuous  or  holm* 
geneous  stone.  ■    » 

The  island  of  Elephantiha  is  at  present  caHnd 
the  island  of  Assouan,  the  island  of  Arte,  and  felJSag, 
which  latter  denomination  is  probably  from  the 
Persian  wheel,  which  is  so  named  in  Arabic  It  is 
about  two  thousand  feet  long,  andsixinmdred  feet 
broad ;  the  north  end  is  low  and  alluvial,  toeli  <c»L- 
trvated,  and  abundantly  shaded  with  palm  tnnau 
Die  south  end  is  rocky  and  elevated,  and  contain* 
the  heap  of  ruins  which  has  just  been  described. 
The  whole  island  is  extremely  beautiftri,  and  fe  at 
present,  as  it  appeals  to  have  been  in  days  <*f  yog*, 
entirely  inhabited  fey  Nubians*  The  branch  of  the 
Nile  that  divides  it  from  Assouan,  is  about  800  feet 
wide,  and  there  is  a  tegular  pasaage4>oat  that  fltay 
be  procured  at  all  times  of  the  day  when  a  person 
wishes  to  cross  to  or  fixan  the  isiaiuL    The  meet 


360  ELEPHANTINA. 

usual  times  of  crossing  are  in  the  morning,  when 
the  females  go  over  to  howl  and  lament  at  the  graves 
of  their  departed  friends,  and  in  the  evening  when 
they  return,  after  having  performed  their  melan- 
choly tasks. 

One  morning  when  standing  among  the  ruias  of 
the  ancient  Syene,  on  the  rocky  promontory  above 
the  ferry,  I  saw  a  party  of  thirteen  females  cross 
the  Nile  to  perform  the  lugubrious  dirge  at  the 
mansions  of  the  dead  ;  they  set  up  a  piteous  wail 
on  entering  the  boat,  after  which  they  all  cowered 
up  together,  wrapt  in  their  dirty  robes  of  beteen. 
On  landing  they  wound  their  way  slowly  and 
silently  along  the  outside  of  the  walls  of  the  an- 
cient town,  till  they  arrived  at  their  destination, 
when  some  of  them  placed  a  sprig  of  flower  on  the 
grave,  and  sat  down  silently  beside  it ;  others  cast 
themselves  on  the  ground,  and  threw  dust  over  their 
heads,  uttering  mournful  lamentations,  which  they 
continued  to  repeat  at  intervals  during  the  short 
time  that  I  witnessed  their  procedure.  About  four 
o'clock,  p.  m.  the  boats  generally  returned  to  take 
back  the  tired  mourners  to  their  homes.  The  fare 
was  usually  a  para,  the  twentieth  part  of  a  sixpence 
per  head,  and  such  as  had  not  that  generally  gave 
a  handful  of  flour,  which,  in  my  estimation,  was  of 
much  greater  value  than  the  para. 

To  the  south  of  the  old  town  of  Syene,  there  are 
many  tombs  cut  in  the  sandstone  rock j  granite  and 


ELEPHANTINA.  861 

basalt  are  not  the  only  rocks  at  Assouan.  They 
are  both  the  highest  and  the  lowest,  and  the  sand- 
stone wraps  round  them  like  a  mantle.  The  doors 
of  entrance,  and  the  care  with  which  many  of  these 
tombs  have  been  formed,  excite  considerable  inter* 
est,  but  they  are  so  choked  up  with  sand  and  rub- 
bish, that  it  is  impossible  to  enter  them  without 
much  excavation.  Such  as  were  accessible  we  found 
extremely  poor,  but  they  had  not  that  promise  on 
the  first  approach,  which  many  others  had,  into 
which  we  could  not  penetrate. 

We  have  stated  the  inhabitants  of  Elephantina  to 
be  Nubians,  perfectly  black,  but  without  possessing 
the  least  of  the  Negro  feature.  The  lips  are  small,  the 
nose  aquiline,  the  expression  of  countenance  sweet 
and  animated,  bearing  a  strong  resemblance  to  that 
which  is  generally  found  pourtrayed  in  the  temples 
and  tombs  of  the  ancient  Egyptians.  The  inhabit- 
ants of  Assouan  are  of  the  Arab  race,  swarthy, 
partly  from  the  climate,  and  partly  from  a  mixture 
of  Nubian  blood*  They  are  a  strong  healthy  look- 
ing people,  greatly  superior  to  their  Nubian  breth- 
ren. I  saw  here  several  families  that  seemed  to  be- 
long to  a  third  race,  differing  both  in  complexion 
and  feature,  from  the  inhabitants  of  Assouan  and 
Nubia.  Their  hue  was  more  of  a  bronze  or  reddish 
brown,  resembling  mahogany,  approaching  nearer 
both  in  feature  and  complexion  to  that  which  is 
called  the  head  of  the  young  Memnon,  and  to  the 


362  XJLEPHANTINA. 

figures  in  the  lately  discovered  tomb,  in  the  valley 
of  fiiban  el  Metook,  than  any  ef  the  human  no* 
that  ever  fell  under  my  observation.  They  are  as 
different  from  the  Copts  in  Egypt,  both  in  hue  and 
feature,  as  a  Hindoo  is  from  a  Frenchman* 

Assouan  is  the  southmost  town  of  ancient  Egypt 
The  tower  of  Syene  is  mentioned  by  the  prophet 
Eaekiel,  as  on  the  confines  of  Ethiopia.  EramMjg* 
dol  to  Syeme  is  understood  to  mean  the  whole  ex- 
teat  of  Egypt,  from  north  to  south.  It  is  also  the 
last  town,  in  this  direction,  in  which  the  Arabic 
language  is  spoken  as  the  vernacular  tongue,  and  it 
ifi  proper  for  the  traveller  into  Nubia,  to  take  an  in- 
terpreter, or  Turcoman  along  with  him,  from  tins 
place,  who  can  speak  both  the  Arabic  and  Nubian 
languages,  besides  hs  interpreter  of  Arabic  into 
the  European  languages.  The  Aga  of  Assouan 
pmvaded  us  with  a  person  of  this  description,  who 
conducted  himself  remarkably  well ;  bnt  for  whom 
we  had  hut  little  occasion,  our  former  interpreter 
having  been  generally  competent  to  transact  the 
whole  of  our  business. 


[  863  ] 


CHAPTER  XIL 

NUBIA VOYAGE   FROM    ASSOUAN   TO   THE    SECOND 

CATARACT   OF   THE   NILE. 

On  the  evening  of  the  sixtfi,  we  were  informed  that 
tfie  boats  for  our  Nubian  excursion  would  be'  ready 
on  the  following  day.    We  had  laid  in  plenty  off 
bread,  which  at  Assouan  is  excellent,  both  better 
flour  and  better  baked  than  any  that  we  had  met 
with  m  the  whole  course  of  our  journey  j  indeed  I 
never  ate  better  bread  in  the  days  of  my  life  than 
that  which  we  got  at  Assouan.  Plenty  of  live  stock; 
sheep,  poultry,  and  two  milch  goats ;  eggs,  and 
melons,  were  also  among  our  stores.    Lentils  w6 
could  always  procure  ;  but  we  had  not  yet  begun 
to  use  them,  and  ochr£  or  balmie,  a  pleasant  legu- 
minous vegetable,  can  always  be  had  in  any  part 
of  Egypt  or  Nubia.     Wine  or  cheese  can  hardly 
be  -said  to  exist  in  any  part  of  that  country.     We 
always  succeeded  in  our  attempts  to  procure  a  little 
butter  as  we  passed  on,  and  the  noble  traveller  had 
taken  care  to  be  well  provided  with  a  due  assent* 
ment  of  the  juice  of  the  grape,  before  we  left 
Cairo.  These  were  all  conveyed  to  Emb&p,  and  em- 
barked on  board  the  vessels ;  and  at  half  past  three 
o'clock,  p.m.  on  the  sixth  of  December,  we  mounted 


364  NUBIA, 

our  asses  at  Assouan,  and  proceeded  to  join  the 
little  fleet.  Our  route  lay  over  the  same  tract  that 
I  have  already  described,  we  held  on  our  way  pros- 
perously, and  arrived  at  Embftp  at  five  o'clock 
and  after  toiling  through  much  bustle  and  confu- 
sion sat  down  to  dine  at  seven.  The  vessels  were 
now  too  small  for  us  to  dine  on  board ;  but  this 
was  no  sacrifice  for  those  who  had  already  made  so 
many.  A  mat  was  spread  on  the  shore,  the  ground 
was  our  table,  and  we  all  sat  down  round  the  cover 
on  the  sand.  The  dim  light  of  a  single  candle 
shining  through  a  cover  of  oiled  paper,  suspended 
in  the  middle  from  three  stems  of  the  dhourra, 
erected  like  a  triangle,  shed  a  feeble  ray  over  our 
repast.  Those  who  know  the  comfortable  house  and 
table  of  the  noble  traveller,  will  be  at  no  loss  to 
conceive  the  difference  between  the  past  and  pre- 
sent situation  of  the  noble  family,  or  duly  to  appre- 
ciate the  voluntary  sacrifice  which  their  thirst  of 
knowledge  induced  them  to  make.  No  obstacle  was 
too  arduous  to  surmount,  that  lay  between  them  and 
the  accomplishment  of  their  object;  every  privation 
was  cheerfully  sustained  and  treated  as  no  incon- 
venience. This  is  the  rough  brake  that  only  virtue 
can  go  through,  and  I  will  venture  to  say,  that  our 
dinner  and  our  wine  were  as  much  relished  on  the 
sands  at  Emb&p,  as  it  would  have  been  at  any  table 
in  Piccadilly,  or  St.  James's.  The  sky  was  delight- 
fully serene,  and  without  a  cloud,  and  the  soft  and 


nubia.  365 

balmy  air,  as  much  superior  to  that  of  Upper 
Egypt,  as  it  had  been  to  any  that  we  had  formerly 
experienced,  made  us  feel  that  winter  had  mingled 
in  the  breeze  just  enough  to  render  it  agreeable. 
The  heart  joys  in  such  a  scene,  and  we  left  it  with 
reluctance  at  nine  o'clock,  each  party  retiring  on 
board  its  respective  boats. 

One  boat  carried  the  Earl  and  Countess  of  Bel- 
more,  Miss  Brooke  and  two  servants ;  another  car- 
ried the  Reverend  Mr.  Holt,  Lord  Cony,  and 
the  Honorable  Henry  Cony,  with  a  servant ; 
the  third  carried  Captain  Cony  and  myself,  with  a 
British  tar  for  our  servant,  and  the  Nubian  inter- 
preter ;  the  fourth  carried  the  cook  and  one  of  his 
lordship's  servants,  as  superintendants.  By  this  ex- 
cellent arrangement  our  comforts  were  neither  few 
nor  small.  Each  party  breakfasted  at  its  own  time 
on  board  its  own  vessel,  and  at  sunset  we  stopped 
for  the  night,  landed,  spread  our  mat  on  the  bank, 
sat  down  happily  around  it  and  dined.  But  I  am 
anticipating. 

It  was  our  intention  to  have  sailed  at  an  early 
hour  the  next  morning ;  but  on  giving  directions 
for  that  purpose,  it  was  discovered  that  the  colors 
had  been  left  behind  at  Assouan,  and  it  was  impos- 
sible to  sail  without  them :  they  were  our  national 
banners,  the  badge  and  ensign  of  our  country, 
which  we  were  determined  to  display,  wherever 
wind  or  wave  should  carry  us.   This  was  but  a  slight 


366  nubia. 

detention.  Earlj  next  morning  a  trusty  British 
tar  was  despatched  with  a  guide  back  to  the  vessels,, 
to  bring  the  flag  which  he  had  often  defended.  He 
returned  in  a  couple  of  hours j  but  other  delays 
occurred,  which  afforded  us  an  opportunity  of  ex* 
amining  the  village  and  the  small  patches  of 
vation  immediately  adjoining,  and  conversing 
the  natives.  The  men  here  generally  go  armed 
with  long  shafted  spears,  and  have  a  knife  concealed 
in  a  sheath,  tied  round  the  biceps  muscle  of  the 
left  arm j  this  they  use  with  great  dexterity,  and  put 
much  confidence  in  it  when  they  come  to  close 
quarters,  and  he  that  attempts  to  wrest  it  from  the 
*ne  hand,  unless  be  look  sharp,  will  probably  re- 
ceive it  from,  the  other  before  he  is  aware*  On  en* 
taring  Nixbta  we  were  advised  by  our  friends  not 
to  go  ashore  without  oar  arms*  and  found  it  a  sound 
and  wholesome  advice.  The  women  at  Embdp  wear 
the  same  costume  as  at  Elephantine  and  though 
black  are  comely ;  and  this  little  village  could  pro- 
duce two  or  three  sable  nymphs  that  in  form  and 
feature  would  bear  a.  comparison  with  the  average 
of  European  beauties.  They  are.  remarkable  for 
the  Mine  size  of  arm^  and  I  was  sazrpraed  to  see 
many  of  them  with  earth  upon  their  heads,  whkh 
i*  a  token,  either  of  mourning,  or  piety. 

At  eleven  o'clock,  a.  m.  having  wound  up  our 
concerns,  on  shore,  we  spread  our  sails  and  bamnsf 
to  tiie  wwd,  and  with  a  favorable:  heeeaw  begat*  in 


THE   NILE.  $67 

stem  the  current  of  the  Nile.  The  scenery  around 
was  delightfully  picturesque,  though  nought  of  ve- 
getable growth  met  the  eye.   The  shattered  rpoun- 
taira  of  granite  and  basalt  rose  in  black  and'awful 
grandeur  on  either  side.     Two  immense  heaps  of 
stony  fragments  occupied  the  centre  of  the  stream, 
and,  while  they  narrowed  the  passage,  increased  the 
rapidity  of  the  current,  and  made  it  difficult  for  us 
to  proceed.     The  breeze  was  fresh,  but  our  sailing 
tackle  was  frail,  and  for  some  time  we  struggled 
hard,  doubtful  whether  we  should  stem  the  current, 
or,  breaking  the  cordage,  yield  to  its  impetuosity. 
Fortunately  ail  held  out,  and  we  weathered  with 
safely  the  outposts  of  the  cataract.    The  island  of 
Philee,  like  a  paradise  in  the  flood,  with  its  majestic 
ruina,  immediately  burst  upon  our  sight.  We  passed 
it  on  the  west,  admiring  its  majestic  propylon,  and 
long  ruined  wall  that  stretched  along  the  side  of 
the  island,  to  defend  it  from  the  encroachments  of 
the  river.     Passing  the  island,  we  opened  a  beauti- 
ful verdant  plain  ost  the  eastern  bank,  at  the  south* 
ern  extremity  of  which,  backed  by  the  contiguous 
mountain*  the  whitened  dome  of  a  ruined  mosque 
received  our  admiring  eyes  from  the  monument  of 
PhUce.    Tina  was  once  a  scene  of  splendor  and  de- 
votion, as  it  is  now  of  poverty  and  wretchedness. 
On  the  western  bank  all  is  rock  and  sand* 

Advancing  a  little  we  found  the  agriculture  im- 
prove. The  banks  were  cultivated  down  to  the  water's 


368  THE   NILE. 

edge,  and  the  new  springing  grain  looked  fresh 
and  beautiful.  We  passed  on  the  east  bank  the  small 
villages  of  Teek,  Tingar,  Mahadar,  and  Ellwa ;  on 
the  west  bank  Kaisar,  Koolatol,  Toonoli,  Shemptu- 
luacke,  andBaahara;  and  at  Psheer,  about  three 
o'clock,  p.  m.  we  stopped  for  the  night,  having  tra- 
velled about  eight  miles.  The  villages  as  far  as  we 
have  seen,  are  small  and  poor,  the  huts  are  generally 
round  and  ill  constructed,  inferior  to  those  in 
Egypt.  They  are  built  along  the  edge  of  the 
mountain,  and  are  nearly  concealed  from  view 
by  the  high  growth  of  the  dhourra,  which  covers 
the  narrow  cultivated  strip  of  land  that  stretches 
along  the  edge  of  the  river.  Several  of  the  natives 
came  down  to  us  in  the  evening,  bringing  with 
them  pigeons,  fowls,  lambs,  eggs,  and  other  com- 
modities which  they  wished  us  to  purchase.  They 
spoke  the  Berberi  language,  and  made  an  apology 
to  us  for  not  being  able  to  speak  Arabic,  which,  if 
they  had,  we  should  not  have  been  much  the  wiser, 
knowing  but  little  more  of  the  one  than  of  the 
other.  In  the  Nubian  language  the  dove  is  called 
courrou,  the  head  ourk,  the  tail  ayouk,  the  eyes 
missi,  the  feet  asseer,  the  wing  aneer,  the  breast 
took,  a  hen  derbat,  a  chicken  haroush,  a  pigeon 
minna.  I  made  a  considerable  collection  of  Nu- 
bian words,  which  it  was  once  my  intention  to  have 
published ;  but,  with  the  exception  of  the  numerals, 
I  shall  not  trouble  the  reader  with  any  more  of  them. 


DEBOUDY,  369 

One,  weirou;  two,  oSu;  three,  toscou ;  four,  kem- 
*i ;  ifive,  deedeu ;  six,  goodiu ;  seven,  calladiu  ; 
eight,  idou ;  nine,  isco ;  ten,  deemi ;  then  for  "ele- 
ven, they  say  ten  and  one,  deemi  da  weirou ;  for 
twelve,  ten  and  two,  deemi  d'oou.  Above  twenty 
their  numerical  words  are  Arabic.  Thirty  is  tela- 
teen;  thirty-one,  telateen  da  weirou ;  forty,  arbeen, 
&c  Any  man  that  sets  determinedly  about  learning 
a  language  among  the  natives,  will  soon  succeed. 
Ten  words  an  hour,  which  he  may  easily  learn,  will, 
in  a  short  time,  give  him  all  the  vocables  they  pos- 
sess, and  by  a  little  practice  they  will  present  them- 
selves  to  his  memory  when  he  has  occasion  to  use 
them. 

On  the  morning  of  the  8th,  we  set  sail  about  hal 
past  six  o'clock.  The  same  cultivated  scenery  pre- 
vailed along  the  banks  of  the  river,  with  a  constant 
succession  of  small  villages  skirting  the  base  of  the 
mountain  on  each  side.  Before  reaching  Deboudy, 
which  is  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  the  country 
widens  a  little,  and  round  the  temple  is  a  beautiful 
cultivated  spot  The  temple  itself  stands  in  the 
midst  of  sand,  at  a  short  distance  from  the  village, 
which  is  also  called  Deboudy.  At  Gressgalla,  an- 
other small  village  on  the  east  bank,  we  stopped  for 
the  purpose  of  obtaining  fire-wood,  which  the  na- 
tives readily  brought  down  to  the  bank.  There  is 
a  number  of  piers  or  break-waters  at  different  dis- 
tances, built  into  the  water  on  both  sides  of  the 

VOL.   L  B  B 


370  DEBOUDV. 

river,  evidently  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  the 
bank,  and  preserving  to  the  Nubians  the  small  por- 
tion of  arable  soil  which  they  possess.     In  many 
places  much  of  their  land  seems  to  have  been 
formed  or  collected  in  this  way,  for  the  piers  run 
from  the  mountain,  a  little  way  under  the  level  of 
the  cultivated  soil,  into  the  river.     The  culti- 
vated  soil  is  now  above  the  level  of  the  river,  so 
that  there  is  little  or  no  inundation,  but  the  land  is 
irrigated  by  the  Persian  wheels,  which  are  in  great 
numbers,  and  constantly  at  work  day  and  night 
Round  Seyalla  the  country  is  also  well  cultivated, 
and  of  tolerable  extent.    Here  the  natives  brought 
us  down  poultry,  which  they  were  anxious  that  we 
should  purchase,  and,  on  being  refused,  went  away 
without  abusing  us,  which  was  a  higher  degree  of 
civilization  than  we  sometimes  met  with.      Hie 
bank  at  Abiscou,  on  the  west  side,  is  low  and  sandy, 
and  covered  with  a  great  profusion  of  large  masses 
of  black  stone.  This  is  peculiar  to  the  whole  range  of 
mountains  in  Nubia,  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  from 
Assouan  inclusive,  every  where  the  surface  is  black- 
ened as  if  from  the  action  of  fire  or  smoke  j  not  only 
the  granite  and  basalt  around  the  cataract  are  of 
this  description,  but  the  white  sandstone  exhibits 
the  same  appearance.     Many  people  contend  that 
this  is  from  the  action  of  fire.     The  opinion  is  un- 
worthy of  serious  consideration ;  but  I  am  unable 
to  state  whence  the  color  arises. 


J 


GARTAAS.  371 

About  half  an  hour  after  sun-set  we  stopped  at 
Gartaas,  having  travelled  between  18  and  20  miles, 
and  dined  on  the  bank.  After  dinner  we  found 
,  our  way,  by  the  light  of  the  stars,  to  the  ruins  of  a 
contiguous  temple,  which  is  quite  near  the  river, 
and  a  few  small  dry  stone  and  mud  huts  at  the  foot 
of  the  mountain,  dignified  with  the  name  of  the 
village  of  Am&da.  Nothing  remains  of  this  temple 
but  the  portico,  and  part  of  the  substructions  on  a 
level  with  the  ground.  The  portico  is  but  coarsely 
built,  and  hardly  contains  any  hieroglyphics.  In 
the  course  of  this  day ' s  sail  we  passed,  on  the  east 
bank  of  the  river,  the  villages  Saga,  GemmelJ, 
Meedalgou,  Deboudy,  Beeren,  Gressgalla,  Seyalla, 
Coolla,  Dehmeet,  Gebirky,  Gamte,  Gassr;  and  on 
the  west  bank,  Goaltou,  Dashee,  Gambou,  Mariss, 
Merkoss*  an  island,  Abiscou,  Dehmeet,  Kooroomy, 
and  Gartaas.  I  may  mention,  once  for  all,  that 
sherghl,  means  east ;  and  garb6,  west 

On  the  9th,  we  set  sail  at  half  past  six  a.  m.  with 
a  pleasant  breeze,  and  soon  passed  the  ruins  of 
another  temple  on  the  west,  and  a  pier  projecting 
into  the  river.  The  current  here  is  unusually 
rapid,  the  water  much  clearer,  and  the  rock  on  the 
shore  appears  to  be  sandstone.  Excellent  crops  of 
dhourra,  which  the  people  are  reaping.  The  bar- 
ley, lately  sown,  is  springing  up  a  rich  and  healthy 
plant,  under  the  bank  almost  close  to  the  water's 
edge.    There  is  no  apprehension  of  rain,  or  swell- 

bbJ 


372  KALABSHI. 

ing  of  the  river,  to  injure  the  growing  crop ;  so 
regular  is  the  march  of  nature  in  this  climate,  that 
the  natives  can  speak  with  certainty  of  the  weather 
of  to-morrow,  yet  they  will  not  do  it*   If  questioned 
about  futurity,  how  little  remote  soever  it  may  be, 
their  reply  is,  "  God  is  in  the  knowing  of  it  i,#  and 
in  their  language,  the  future  and  the  present  tenst 
are  the  same.     Between  Gartaas  and  Hindaou,  the 
country  has  a  barren  appearance j  the  soil  is  shal- 
low, and  the  rock  crops  through  it  in  many  places, 
find  approaches  the  river  on  both  sides.     Round 
Hindaou  it  opens  a  little,  and  the  ruins  of  an  ancient 
femple  present  themselves  in  a  picturesque  situa- 
tion $  after  which,  the  mountain  comes  close  to  the 
xiver's  edge  on  both  sides,  and  is  called  Djibl 
^Baheety.     Passing  this,  we  open  Kalabshi  j  here 
the  horizontal  sandstone  commences,   and  again 
the  cultivated  soil  adorns  the  banks  of  the  river, 
and  the  people  were  busily  engaged  in  the  labors 
of  the  field.     We  reached  Kalabshi  about  eleven 
p' clock,  The  term  applies  to  a  wholedistrict  on  both 
sides  of  the  river ;  but  the  temple,  and  village  of 
that  name,  are  situated  on  the  west  bank,  and  near 
to  the  river.    The  character  of  the  people  here,  we 
had  previously  learned  from  our  friend  Mr.Belzoni, 
who  cautioned  ns  to  beware  of  them,  and  to  avoid 
passing  the  night  in  their  village,  if  possible*    The 
boat  of  the  noble  traveller  was  considerably  a-head 

* 

of  the  rest,  and  on  making  the  land  crowds  of  the 


KALABSftl.  373 

natives  came  down  from  the  village,  armed  with 
spears ;  this  was  what  we  were  prepared  to  expect, 
knowing  it  to  be  the  custom  of  the  country,  and  in 
no  ways  indicative  of  a  hostile  intention.  His  Lord- 
ship landed  immediately,  and  no  sooner  had  his  foot 
touched  the  ground  than  one  of  the  youngsters, 
armed  with  his  spear,  boldly  stepped  forward,  and 
demanded  a  baxiss ;  others  were  standing  by,  ready 
to  prefer  a  similar  request,  and  apparently  resolved 
to  regulate  their  conduct  by  the  answer  returned. 
<*  I  am  going  to  take  a  view  of  the  temple,"  said 
the  noble  visiter,  "  and  will  give  yon  a  baxiss  when 
**  I  return  to  the  vessel."  This  had  the  desired 
effect,  they  continued  perfectly  quiet  without  mani- 
festing the  slightest  symptom  of  annoyance  or  dis- 
respect, and,  showing  him  the  way  to  the  temple 
began  to  apologize  for  not  being  able  to  speak 
Arabic.  His  sword  and  pistols,  and  Turkish  cos- 
tume, rather  made  them  falter.  They  did  not 
keow  well  what  to  make  of  him ;  wherever  he  wettt 
they  followed,  calling  out,  "  Turk4  tayeep,  Atab£ 
inaphiah :" — a  Turk  is  a  good  man,  we  cannot  speak 
Araftir»_  Perceiving  that  the  natives  wei*e  nofc  in- 
clined to  be  troublesome,  his  Lordship  returned  ttf 
the  vessel  to  take  Lady  Belmore  ashore.  By  this 
tisie  the  rest  of  the  boats  had  come  up,  and  we  all 
landed  to  the  south  of  a  large  strong  embankment, 
ahd  proceeded  to  inspect  the  tetople  in  company. 


374  KALABSHI. 

This  embankment  is  raised  high  towards  the  Nile, 
like  that  which  we  have  mentioned  in  the  island  of 
Elephantina,  and  forms  a  regular  and  extensive 
platform  in  front  of  the  temple.  It  is  joined  with 
the  high  wall  by  which  the  temple  is  surrounded, 
and  would  form  no  contemptible  defence  against 
the  incursions  of  foes,  whether  approaching  it  by 
land  or  water. 

This  temple  appears  to  be  more  modern  than 
any  in  Egypt,  and  is  built  on  the  same  plan.    It  is 
fronted  by  a  magnificent  propylon,  120  feet  long; 
24  feet  broad,  and  about  50  feet  high.    The  globe 
with  serpent  and  wings  is  sculptured  over  the  door; 
but  there  are  no  hieroglyphics  externally,  and  the 
whole  has  an  unfinished  appearance.    The  passage 
through  the  propylon  has  suffered  much  from  vio- 
lence, and  the  dromos  or  peristyle  behind  it  is 
one  heap  of  ruins ;  the  stones  of  which  are  as  free 
from  soil,  as  if  they  had  been  cut  only  a  month 
ago,  and  had  never  been  built.    There  have  been 
six  columns  on  each  side  of  the  dromos,  or  peri- 
style, only  one  of  which  is  now  standing,  and  that 
is  on  the  left  hand  side.    The  globe  with  serpent 
and  wings  is  also  over  the  door,  within  the  propylon, 
and  immediately  below,  are  two  rows  of  hierogly- 
phics.   To  the  left  Osiris  is  seated,  and  presented 
with  offerings ;  and  to  the  right,  Isis,  in  the  same 
posture,  shares  the  same  honor ;  and  thus  through- 


KALABSHI.  375 

out ;  as  if  one  side  of  the  temple  had  been  appro- 
priated to  the  worship  of  Osiris,  and  the  other  to 
that  of  Isis. 

Turning  to  the  pronaos,  we  have  the  same  orna- 
ment, the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings,  over  the 
door ;   on  each  side  of  which  are  two  columns 
engaged  half  way  up  in  the  wall,  having  the  palm, 
the  doum,  and  the  lotus  leaf  for  the  capital.     The 
•passage  from  the  pronaos  is  not  ornamented  on 
either  side ;  this  still  marks  the  unfinished  state  of 
the  temple :  throughout  the  whole  of  Egypt  I  did 
not  see  one  instance  of  it.    The  passages  are  almost 
always  adorned  with  the  sacred  Tau,  and  the  sceptre 
of  Osiris,  emblems  of  the  divine  protection  and 
power,  promised  to  the  votaries  of  the  gods.   There 
are  two  columns  standing  on  the  left  hand j  there 
have  been  two  also  on  the  right,  which  are  entirely 
overthrown.    There  is  here  a  remarkably  well  cut 
table  of  hieroglyphics ;  and  offerings  are  presented 
to  a  human-headed,  a  hawk-headed,  and  a  ram- 
headed  deity,  and  to  single-handed  Mendes,  armed 
with  the  scourge,     Isis  is  represented  nursing  a 
child,  and  in  different  places  she  is  seen  in  com- 
pany with  Horus,  bearing  her  lotus-headed  sceptre, 
and  attended  by  a  hawk-headed,  a  ram-headed,  and 
a  dog-headed  deity.    To  the  pronaos  succeed  three 
spacious  chambers,  two  of  which  are  nearly  of  the 
same  size,  being  about  twelve  paces  long,  and  six 
paces  wide;  the  third,  or  middlemost,  is  rather 


&f6  KAZ.ABSH1. 

smaller.    Passages  go  off  from  them  into  side  cham- 
bers, the.  same  as  at  Denderah*    Along  the  w^Jls 
of  these  chambers  the  figures  are  generally  paiated 
red  and  blue,  some  also  remain  of  the  natural  color 
of  the  stone.    The  figures  in  red  are  the  objects  of 
least  consideration,  and  are  exhibited  as  presenting 
offerings  to  the  figures  in  blue ;  this  latter  we  have 
already  stated  to  be  the  sacred  color  belonging  to  the 
deities,  being  the  celestial  hue  of  their  native  sky. 
The  russet,  or  red,  are  generally  understood  to  re- 
present the  Egyptians.   In  the  innermost  apartment 
the  figures  are  greatly  effaced,  but  there  is  one  of 
singularly  good  execution,  a  female  seated  in  a 
chair,  holding  in  her  left  hand  the  sacred  Tan, 
adorned  with  a  rich  necklace,  bracelets,  and  a  pro* 
fusion  of  ornaments ;  close  to  her  is  another  female, 
equally  superb  in  her  attire,  but  inferior  in  feature. 
There  are  frequent  exhibitions  of  Osiris,  under  the 
human  form,  seated  with  his  sceptre  in  his  hand* 
and  presented  with  offerings,  and  of  Isis  with  her 
lotus-headed  sceptre,  enjoying  equal  marks  of  deifi- 
cation.    The  form  of  worship  pourtrayed  on  the 
different  chambers  in  this  temple,  is  the  same  with 
that  which  we  have  seen  on  the  temples  in  Egypt* 
but  the  countenances,  both  of  the  gods  and  their 
worshippers,  are  different.    From  the  stones  and 
walls  I  copied  several  inscriptions,  but  I  find  they 
are  unimportant,  and  shall  not  therefore  lay  them 
before  the  public,    ... 


KALABSHI.  9ft 

If  aving  taken  a  survey  of  the  temple,  we  directed 
oip  attention  to  the  natives,  calling  upon  them  for 
coins,  and  such  antiquities  as  they  had  to  dispose 
of.    This  at  once  broke  the  spell  of  our  being  any 
longer  considered  as  Turks ;  the  followers  of  Mar 
hornet  care  for  none  of  these  things.     However,  it 
made  the  party  be  regarded  in  a  fight  quite  as 
friendly  as  before.    The  people  gathered  round  us, 
presenting  Roman  coins,  beads,  and  vitrified  rings, 
most  of  which  were  good  for  nothing.     We  pur- 
chased,  a  few  of  the  best,  and,  having  ended  our 
traffic,  got  on  board  our  vessels,  and  immediately 
act  sail,  having  remained  exactly  one  hour  at  the 
temple. 

Before  setting  out,  orders  were  given  to  the  in- 
terpreter to  pay  the  promised  baxiss  to  the  person 
entitled  to  receive  it.  This  he  in  the  mean  time 
pretended  to  have  done,  but  afterwards  acknow- 
ledged that  he  had  not,  alleging,  in  his  justification, 
Jhat  the  people  at  Kalabshi  had  used  him  ill,  and 
had  attempted  to  rob  him  of  his  coat  This  was 
no  excuse ;  and  he  was  given  to  understand  that 
there  is  a  great  difference  between  resenting  the 
treatment  offered  to  himself,  and  obeying  the  com* 
mands  of  his  master ;  these  two  ought  never  to  be 
mixed  up  together.  Keep  faith  with  all  men,  and 
scrupulously  so  with  savages  among  whom  you 
travel.  The  masters  word  is  sacred,  and  never 
ought  to  be  compromised  on  any  account  or  pre* 


378  ABHOAfb 

tence  whatever,  but  strictly  and  unequivocally  ad 
hered  to.  This  reasoning,  however,  touched  on  a 
point  of  feeling  that  was  far  above  the  comprehen- 
sions either  of  the  interpreter  or  the  people  of  Ka- 
labshi ;  the  latter  of  whom  forgot  their  promised 
baxiss  in  being  well  paid  for  their  antiquities,  and 
the  former  thought  he  had  justly  punished  them 
for  their  insolence,  in  withholding  from  them  the 
promised  boon  of  his  master. 

Captain  Cony  took  an  observation  on  the  temple 
of  Kalabshi,  and  found  the  latitude  23*  38 16"  north, 
and  the  longitude  32'  45'  47"  east.  The  same  scenery 
continues ;  the  rock  is  sandstone  on  both  sides  of 
the  river ;  the  cultivated  soil  is  narrow,  but  in  good 
crop.  We  held  on  our  way  as  far  as  Abhoar,  where 
we  stopped  at  sun-set,  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
river,  having  performed  about  25  miles;  during 
which  we  passed,  in  the  course  of  the  day,  on  the 
east  bank,  the  villages  Sand&p,  Al  Bah&p  Horahma; 
on  the  west  bank,  Hindaou,  Kaife,  Djibl  Baheety, 
Shema,  Toombara  and  Amnalla,  both  islands,  Har- 
toom,  Kalabshi,  and  Abhoar,  near  to  which  we  re- 
mained for  the  night.  The  name  of  this  place  com- 
prises the  district  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  and  is 
nearly  under  the  tropic. 

Immediately  after  landing,  we  were  surprised  and 
delighted  with  a  flight  of  birds,  which  we  discerned 
at  first  like  a  thick  dark  speck  in  the  heavens,  which 
gradually  enlarged  as  it  approached,  and  discovered 


ABHOAR.  379 

at  length  the  array  and  order  of  their  flight.  They 
wheeled  along  their  airy  movements  in  the  form 
of  a  semicircle,  enclosing  within  itself  numbers  of 
smaller  circles,  the  component  parts  of  which  were 
constantly  shifting  their-  relative  positions ;  advanc- 
ing to  the  front,  as  if  by  a  sudden  impulse,  then 
falling  back  to  the  rear,  alternately  occupying  and 
giving  place  to  others.  The  lively  competition  was 
constantly  maintained,  each  of  them  every  instant 
passing  or  passed  by  his  fellow.  All  was  grace  and 
harmony,  not  one  discordant  movement  throughout 
the  whole  array j  every  thing  appeared  as  if  regu- 
lated by  a  preconcerted  plan,  in  which  every  mem- 
ber understood  and  performed  his  part  with  free- 
dom and  precision,  alike  the  subordinates  and  the 
superiors.  They  were  too  high  in  the  air  for  us 
to  hear  any  noise  from  the  steerage  of  their  wings, 
or  to  know  what  species  of  birds  they  were ;  but 
we  judged  them  to  be  cranes.  They  held  on  their 
steady  flight  from  north  to  south,  following  the 
course  of  the  river,  as  far  as  the  eye  could  accom- 
pany them. 

On  the  morning  of  the  10th,  we  resumed  our 
voyage  at  six  o'clock,  with  a  favorable  breeze.  The 
sky  was  without  a  cloud,  and  the  narrow  strip  of 
verdure  along  the  bank  of  the  river,  lined  with  the 
palm,  the  sycamore,  and  the  acacia  trees,  was  de- 
lightful, perhaps  the  more  so  from  being  confined. 
Hie  mind  was  not  expanded,  but  pleased,  and  gazed 


380  GASSEE. 

with  rapture  on  the  growing  plant  fresh  from  the 
shades  of  night.  About  eight  o'clock  we  passed 
Wadi  Teefi  on  the  east,  and  Dandour  on  the  east 
and  west,  steering  south  south-east.  At  twenty 
minutes  past  nine  we  stopped  at  Gasser,  on  the 
west  bank  of  the  river,  to  take  a  view  of  a  small 
temple  which  is  quite  contiguous.  On  approaching 
it  by  the  river,  the  first  thing  that  arrested  our  at- 
tention was  the  lofty  propylon,  or  gateway,  looking 
over  a  cella  between  it  and  the  river,  and  appa- 
rently of  recent  construction.  On  reaching  the  spot, 
however,  we  found  that  that  which  at  a  distance 
appeared  to  be  the  cella,  was  merely  an  enclosed 
square  between  the  temple  and  the  river,  and  which 
was,  probably,  meant  to  have  been  filled  up  with 
6arth  and  stone,  to  form  a  platform  like  that  at 
Kalabshi.  The  temple  itself  is  behind  the  gateway, 
is  very  small,  and  seemingly  a  fabric  of  more  an- 
cient date. 

On  the  front  of  the  gateway,  facing  the  east, 
there  is  the  usual  ornament  of  the  globe,  with  ser* 
pent  and  wings,  over  the  door;  and  down  the  sides, 
in  four  separate  rows,  Isis  and  Osiris  are  presented 
with  offerings,  besides  numerous  hieroglyphics,  ex* 
pressive  of  the  devotional  feelings  of  their  votaries. 
One  offering  is  a  globe  surmounted  with  a  crescent; 
another  is  stems  of  the  lotus  tied  together  like  a 
garland,  as  long  as  a  walking-staff.  There  is  no 
ornament  on  the  sides  <tf  the  passage,  which  marks 


GASSEE.  381 

the  unfinished  state  of  the  temple.    It  has  two  co- 
lumns in  front,  one  on  each  side  of  the  door.  -The 
usual  orfiament  over  the  door  has  been  defaced. 
On  the  left  Osiris  receives  an  offering,  which  re- 
sembles a  smallfeeble  Harpocrates,  presented  in  a 
charger ;  the  second  row  is  destroyed j  in  the  third 
Lais  is  presented  with  a  stem  and  flower  of  the 
lotus }  and  in  the  fourth  a  row  of  them  is  carried 
round  the  base,  as  that  mentioned  on  the  front  tf 
the  gateway.    The  right  is  entirely  occupied  with 
representations  of  Osiris  and  hieroglyphics.     On 
the  outside  of  the  north  wall  of  the  temple,  offerings 
are  presented  to  Osiris  and  Isis,  and  the  god  with 
the  ibis9  head  is  placed  as  a  companion  to  the  god- 
dess with  the  lion's  head,  probably  to  denote,  that 
as  man  became  wise,  woman  became  strong,  and 
asserted  her  rights  in  society.    On  the  southern 
wall  of  the  temple  similar  offerings  are  repeated  to 
Isis  and  Osiris ;  here  again  the  latter  is  presented 
with  the  little  squat  Harpocrates  in  a  charger,  as 
already  iQentioned. 

Within  the  temple,  the  vulture  with  outspread 
wings  is  pourtrayed  along  the  ceiling ;  and  along 
the  walls  offerings  are  presented  to  Osiris  and  Isis. 
Here  we  observed  one  difference, — that  the  sceptre 
of  Osiris  is  bound  round  with  a  serpent,  as  is  also 
the  lotus-headed  sceptre  of  Isis,  This  is  the  first 
place  iti/vfrbich  we  saw  the  sceptre  entwisted  with 
the  serpent,  sad  we  are  disposed  to  give  him  credit 


382  GASSER. 

J 

for  having  been  the  Egyptian  god  of  physic  as  well 
as  of  husbandry.  A  door  enters  into  this  chamber 
from  the  south,  near  to  which  is  a  Greek  inscrip- 
tion, which  we  had  not  time  to  copy,  nor  even  to 
ascertain  its  meaning ;  the  second  chamber  has  very 
little  sculpture  or  hieroglyphics;  and  the  third  none 
at  all,  excepting  the  globe  with  wings  rudely  carved 
over  a  recess  resembling  a  fire-place,  but  which  was 
probably  meant  to  serve  as  a  door  of  communication 
between  this  chamber  of  the  temple  and  a  small  cave 
that  is  coarsely  hollowed  out  in  the  rock  behind. 
The  wall  by  which  the  two  were  to  have  been  joined 
has  not  been  completed,  and  the  whole  temple  ap- 
pears to  have  been  left  in  an  unfinished  state. 

At  ten  o'clock  we  returned  on  board,  and  again 
set  sail.  Lord  Belmore  and  several  of  the  party  re- 
mained ashore,  and  walked  along  the  bank,  to  shoot 
pigeons  and  partridges,  of  which  there  was  a  great 
profusion,  particularly  that  which  is  called  the  par- 
tridge of  the  desert,  which  is  so  like  the  sand  in  color, 
that  it  required  a  practised  eye  to  discover  them  even 
at  a  short  distance.  The  valley  widens  considerably, 
and  crops  of  dhourra  prevail,  which  the  people  are 
reaping  with  the  sickle,  a  sort  of  crooked  knife, 
exactly  the  same  with  that  which  we  see  in  the 
hand  of  Osiris,  and  more  like  the  instrument  called 
a  hedging-bill  than  our  common  reaping-hook.  Both 
yesterday  and  to-day  the  sky  was  streaked  with  light 
flocculent  clouds  during  the  day,  but  at  night  re- 


MARIA.  383 

markably  clear  and  pleasant j  no  dew  perceptible 
either  in  the  mornings  or  evenings.  The  sand- 
stone rock  still  accompanies  us,  but  very  black  on 
the  surface,  as  if  it  had  been  exposed  to  the  action 
of  fire.  The  sandstone  of  which  the  temple  is 
built  is  much  iron-shot. 

Piers  or  breakwaters  still  continue.  About  eleven 
o'clock  we  were  becalmed  and  tracked  up  the 
river,  for  about  half  an  hour,  when  we  made  fast 
to  the  bank  for  the  rest  of  the  day  and  night,  at 
a  village  called  Maria,  on  the  west  bank ;  but  there 
are  several  villages  of  that  name  on  both  sides  of 
the  river.  The  alluvial  land  is  very  narrow,  and 
the  mountain  not  above  two  hundred  yards  from 
the  river.  There  is  no  line  of  graduation  of  the 
rock  into  the  cultivated  land,  as  in  the  generality 
of  cases  in  this  and  other  countries $  the  two  are 
as  distinct  in  their  juxta-position,  as  land  and  water. 
At  noon  an  observation  was  taken  for  the  latitude, 
which  was  found  to  be  23°  20'  57",  twelve  miles 
south  of  Kalabshi,  and  6'  42"  within  the  tropics. 
The  male  population  here  go  almost  naked,  the 
children  of  both  sexes  entirely  so.  On  landing, 
I  walked  towards  an  old  man  about  fifty  years 
of  age,  who  was  reaping  dhourra.  On  my  ap- 
proach, he  laid  aside  his  sickle,  and  placing  his 
right  hand  on  his  heart,  held  it  out  to  shake  hands 
with  me.  I  did  the  same,  and  laying  hold  of  his 
hand  gave  it  a  shake,  disengaging  his  hand  from 


384  MARIA. 

mine,  he  applied  it  to  his  heart  a  second  time,  and 
again  held  it  out,  I  did  the  same,  and  again  laid 
hold  of  his,  and  so  a  third  time,  when  we  gave  each 
other  a  hearty  shake,  and  laughed  at  not  being 
able  to  express  our  mutual  satisfaction.     He  was 
perfectly  naked,  not  even  provided  with  the  small 
bit  of  rag  usually  worn  round  the  waist.     I  did 
not  much  mind  seeing  the  young  thus  exposed ; 
their  plump  and  lusty  sinews  seemed  to  court  ex- 
posure, and  met  the  eye  under  a  less  revolting  as- 
pect :  but  the  sight  of  the  happy  old  man  naked, 
and  toiling  for  his  bread,  affected  me  with  compas- 
sion for  his  condition;   and  made  me  feel  that 
poverty,  and  not  inclination  both  made  him  work, 
and  deprived  him  of  the  covering  which  decency 
required,  while  the  presence  of  others  similarly  cir- 
cumstanced prevented  him  from  feeling  his  exposed 
situation.     This  man  had  been  plump  and  of  a  full 
habit  in  his  youth  j  but  time  had  shrunk  up  the 
jolly  rotundity  of  his  frame.     The  skin  only  re- 
tained its  former  dimensions,  and  hung  in  loose 
flakes  round  his  back  and  loins.     I  never  saw  such 
a  superfluity  of  leather  on  any  human  being.  Few 
of  the  females  appeared,  but  such  as  did,  were  pro- 
perly clothed  and  veiled,  and  their  thick  bushy  hair 
covered  with  an  oily  net  to  protect  it  from  tbfe  sua* 
The  whole  village  consisted  of  twelve  miserable 
dry  stone  huts,  such  as  in  this  country  a  shepherd- 
boy  herding  half  a  dozen  of  sheep  or  goats  on  an 


KALABSHI*  385 

acre  of  ground  would  build  for  his  amusement.  In 
Nubia  the  wants  of  the  people  are  few,  and  they 
are  as  sparingly  supplied.  We  procured  here  some 
sheep  and  fowls,  and  were  anxious  to  have  pur- 
chased two  round  shields  with  high  bosses,  made  of 
the  skin  of  the  crocodile ;  but  they  had  been  made 
for  a  chief  who  lived  beyond  the  mountain,  to  whom 
the  courier  was  bearing  them,  and  were  not  to  be 
sold.  The  mountain  here  is  extremely  low,  not 
above  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the  Nile.  I  as* 
cended  to  the  top  of  it  to  obtain  a  view  of  the  en-* 
virons,  which,  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach,  are 
barren  rock  and  sand j  yet  a  footpath  passed  oveF 
the  mountain,  leading,  as  I  was  informed,  to  a 
friendly  village,  at  a  considerable  distance/  I  can 
hardly  conceive  human  beings  living  in  a  inore  des- 
titute state,  and  apparently  happy,  than  the  inhabit* 
ants  of  this  village.  They  are  mere  animals,  or 
vegetables ;  they  have  merely  a  subsistence,  scanty, 
but  apparently  wholesome ;  of  the  name  of  learning, 
or  luxury,  or  mental  enjoyment,  they  never  heard ; 
but  they  laugh,  smoke,  and  pray  like  other  Mos- 
lems. In  the  short  course  of  this  day's  sailing,  we 
passed  on  the  west  bank,  the  villages  Dandour,  and 
Gassr,  and  on  the  east,  Wadi  Tifi,  and  Mooroaou. 
On  the  1 1th  of  December  we  set  out  again  at  an 
early  hour,  with  a  favorable  breeze,  steering  south- 
west; during  the  whole  of  yesterday  there  had  been 
considerable  easting  in  our  course*    About  nine 

VOL.  i.  c  c 


#86  ftIARFlSS£N.> 

a.  m.  we  passed  out  of  the  district  Maria,  into  that 
of  Kishi,  and  in  a  short  time  came  to  Diarfissen, 
where,  as  there  was  no  wind,  and  the  sailors  were 
tracking  the  boats  slowly  np  the  river,  Captain 
Cony  and  I  landed,  and  ran  to  the  mountain  to  take 
a  view  of  a  ruined  temple  which  is  cut  in  the  reck, 
and  is  apparently  of  a  very  ancient  date.  Two 
columns  remain  on  the  outside  of  the  pronaos  which 
had  been  built  in  front  of  the  rock,  and  seems  con- 
siderably more  modern  than  the  excavated  temple. 
Within  the  pronaoa  there  have  been  four  column* 
en  each  hand,  five  of  which  are  still  standing,  three 
on  the  one  hand  and  two  on  the  other*  They  have 
been  mummy  shaped,  resembling  the  human  body : 
such  columns  frequently  occur  both  in  Egypt  and 
Nubia.  They  have  been  called  Hermes*  columns 
without  any  sufficient  reason ;  and  are  probably  the 
original  of  the  caryatide  columns.  The  area  is 
about  twenty  paces  long,  and  twelve  paces  wide* 
The  front  of  the  rock  is  covered  with  sculpture,  and 
hieroglyphics,  which  are  now  much  defaced.  A 
spacious  door-way  leads  into  the  temple,  which  is 
very  magnificent,  and  far  beyond  any  thing  that  we 
had  been  led  to  expect  Indeed  our  friends  in 
/Egypt  had  not  mentioned  it  to  us,  and  we  had  none 
of  the  books  of  the  late  travellers  in  Nubia  along 
with  us.  The  first  chamber  is  about  14  paces  long 
and  ten  paces  wide.  There  are  three  noble  statues 
of  Osiris,  about  twenty  feet  high,  up  the  middle  on 


DIARFI8SEK.  387 

each  side ;  he  has  a  high  head-dress,  a  square  beard, 
and  his  hands,  holding  the  crook  and  scourge,  are 
crossed  over  his  .breast;  his  limbs  are  swollen  and 
gouty-like.  Behind  these  statues,  on  the  right  hand, 
and  on  the  left,  are  foiir  niches  cut  in  the  rock 
about  six  feet  square j    each  of  which  contains 
three  statues  standing  erect,  all  of  them  different 
and  considerably  disintegrated.    Tlio&o  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  room  already  mentioned,  are  very  entire, 
and  have  been  painted  red.     From  this  we  passed 
into  the  second  chamber,  which  is  about  eleven 
paces  long  and  five  paces  wide,  and  contains  two 
square  columns,  one  on  each  hand,  as  you  advance 
along  the  middle  of  the  room.  From  this  we  passed 
into  the  third  room,  the  sekos  or  innermost  apart- 
ment, which  is  about  five  paces  long  and  three  and 
a  half  paces  wide,   in  the  middle  of  which  there 
stands  a  stone  altar,  about  three  feet  square.     Be* 
hind  the  altar    in    the    farther   extremity  of  the 
sekos,  are  four  statues  hewn  out  of  the  rock  ;  they 
are  in  a  sitting  posture,  and  are  very  entire.     One 
of  them  holds  the  sacred  Tau  in  the  left  hand,  and 
another  has  an  ornament  like  the  binding  and  join- 
ing of  the  robe  in  front,  which  descends  from  the 
breast  down  to  the  feet,  which,  as  usual,  are  bare* 
The  other  two  have  no  particular  characteristic.  The 
whole  of  the  interior  of  this  most  interesting  and 
magnificent  temple  is  covered  with  sculpture  and 
hieroglyphics,  the  greater  part  of  which  has  been 

c  c  2 


388  D1ARFISSEX. 

painted  red,  and  is  now  much  defaced.  The  whole 
length  of  the  excavation,  from  the  door  into  the 
rock  to  the  four  sitting  statues  in  the  extremity  of 
the  sekos,  is  27  paces ;  and  the  greatest  length  of 
the  rooms  crosses  the  length  of  the  temple.  We 
had  but  a  short  time  to  muse  on  the  relics  it  con- 
tained ;  the  boats  were  a-head  of  us,  and  it  behoved 
us  to  follow.  As  we  passed  the  village  of  Diar- 
fissen,  on  our  way  to  the  river,  the  shiekh,  a 
portly  well-dressed  good-looking  sable,  came  run- 
ning out  with  half  his  people  at  his  back  to  beg  for 
a  baxiss,  to  which  he  was  no  way  entitled.  We  had 
given  him  no  trouble,  and  had  not  been  indebted 
to  him  for  the  smallest  service ;  we  might  have 
withheld  it ;  but  he  was  importunate,  and  might 
have  annoyed  us.  A  couple  of  piasters  stilled  the 
Typhon  within  him,  and  we  were  not  much  the 
poorer.  It  is  better  to  sacrifice  a  little  than  quar- 
rel with  savages,  who  seem  to  think  they  are  en- 
titled to  damages  the  moment  that  the  stranger  sets 
a  foot  on  their  soil ;  not  recollecting  that  the  fir- 
man of  the  Pasha,  to  whom  both  they  and  the  tem- 
ple belong,  authorised  us  to  travel  in  any  part  of 
his  dominions.  We  soon  overtook  the  boats,  and 
got  on  board  without  any  farther  interruption.  The 
latitude  of  Diarfissen  is  23°  17'. 

A  little  higher  up  we  entered  into  the  province 
of  Gastamn6.  The  cultivation  disappears  from  the 
banks,  and  the  yellow  sand  from  the  desert  is  drifted 


GASTAMNE.  389 

into  the  edge  of  the  river.  By  this  time  two  ves- 
sels of  the  country,  of  the  same  description  with 
our  own,  excepting  that  they  had  no  cover  to  shel- 
ter  them  from  the  sun,  were  sailing  in  company 
with  us.  One  of  them,  commanded  by  an  Arab, 
manifested  a  disposition  to  annoy  us:  he  came 
alongside  of  our  vessel,  and,  as  if  seeking  a  pre- 
tence for  a  quarrel,  seemed  desirous  of  running  us 
on  the  bank ;  the  wind  was  in  his  favor.  Captain 
Cony,  who  at  that  time  happened  to  be  without, 
desired  him  to  hold  off.  Perceiving  that  the  Cap- 
tain had  only  a  sword  in  his  hand,  he  persisted  in  his 
course,  and,  with  a  smile  of  defiance,  laid  his  hand 
upon  a  musket  which  lay  by  his  side,  intimating 
that  he  was  the  better  armed  of  the  two,  and  could 
reach  him  from  a  greater  distance,  and  with  as  cer- 
tain effect.  Captain  Cony  called  for  a  pistol,  which 
was  handed  him  immediately j  and  an  English  sailor 
made  show  with  a  musket  in  the  fore  part  of  the 
vessel,  which  the  Arab  no  sooner  perceived,  than 
he  instantly  pulled  up  the  helm,  and  sheered  off  to 
the  other  side  of  the  river,  and  rid  us  of  his  dis» 
agreeable  company. 

The  river  here  is  very  broad,  with  a  good 
deal  of  cultivation  on  the  east  bank;  on  the 
west  there  is  an  extensive  field  of  yellow  sand,  and 
a  thick  row  of  acacia  trees  skirting  the  edge  of  the 
river. 

About  one  o'clock  p.  m.  the  appearance  of  an 


390  GASTAMNE. 

ancient  gateway,  rearing  its  head  above  the  sand  on 
the  west  bank,  attracted  our  attention.   We  landed 
and  went  up  to  it,  and  found  that  it  really  was  what 
at  a  distance  it  appeared  to  be.  The  usual  ornament 
of  the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings  is  sculptured 
over  the  entrance,  and  a  number  of  detached  stones 
lying  about.     Whatever  more  of  the  building  re- 
mains it  is  impossible  to  say ;  all  is  buried  in  the  sand. 
A  little  above  is  the  village  of  Gastamn6,  on  the 
same  side  of  the  river,  built  upon  the  yellow  sand.  It 
eonsists  of  about  thirty  small  dry  stone  huts  plastered 
over  with  mud,  and  covered  with  branches  of  the 
palm-tree,  or  stems  of  dhourra,  and,  compared  with 
the  other  villages  that  we  had  lately  passed,  it  had 
an  air  of  comfort  superior  to  any  of  them.     The 
men  were  abroad  after  the  pursuits  of  the  field,  and 
their  sable  dames  were  sitting  in  groups  at  the  doors, 
basking  in  the  sun ;  their  heads  were  covered  with 
oiled  nets,  and  their  faces  unveiled.    They  were 
engaged  in  netting,  working  bracelets,  stringing 
beads,  or  preparing  different  articles  of  dress.    We 
asked  them  for  butter  and  eggs,  to  which  they  ci* 
villy  replied  that  they  had  none,  but  without  veil- 
ing their  faces,  or  in  the  least  discomposing  them- 
selves.    Here  we  saw  abundance  of  acacia  and 
beautiful  Thebaic  palms,  enclosing  a  delightful  well 
cultivated  semicircular  spot  of  ground  on  the  op* 
posite  bank  of  the  river.     At  the  end  of  the  village 
is  a  fine  large  spreading  sycamore-tree,  with  a  seat 


<?A8TAMKE.  391 

under  it, — the  scene  of  morning  and  evening  cote- 
ries before  the  laborer  departs,  and  after  he  returns 
from  his  toil.  I  sat  down  under  the  shade  for  a 
moment's  rest,  and  in  the  mean  time  was  amused 
by  seeing  two  people  throw  a  long  piece  of  wood 
into  the  river,  and  place  themselves  across  it,  with 
their  hands  and  feet  in  the  water,  and  thus  ferry 
themselves  over  to  the  other  side  with  the  most 
perfect  facility ;  when  over,  they  pulled  up  the  piece 
of  wood  on  the  bank  to  serve  them  when  they  should 
have  occasion  to  return,  and  walked  about  perfectly 
naked.  How  like  to  beings  of  an '  inferior  race  1 
How  our  clothing,  that  originated  in  our  misfor* 
tune,  now  seems  to  exalt  us !  We  now  got  on  board, 
and  crossed  over  to  the  other  side  of  the  river.  This 
is  the  first  time,  since  we  entered  Nubia,  that  we 
sailed  up  the  east  bank.  There  is  an  extensive 
sandy  plain  on  the  west,  over  which  we  descried 
the  lofty  and  picturesque  propylon  of  the  venerable 
temple  of  Dekka,  near  to  which  there  is  a  small 
village  of  the  same  name ;  we  passed  it  at  sun-set, 
and  made  fast  for  the  night  at  the  village  of  Alldghi, 
on  the  east  side  of  the  river.  Lord  Belmore,  whose 
boat  sailed  faster  than  our*s,  was  up  earlier,  and 
spent  several  hours  at  the  temple,  and  spoke  of  it 
in  the  highest  terms  of  commendation*  It  is  covered 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  like  the  other 
temples,  With  inscriptions  in  the  Coptic  character, 
which  seemed,  from  their  position  and  corresponding 


392  ALLAOHI. 

« 

size,  to  be  translations  of  contiguous  tables  of  hiero- 
glyphics ;  there  is  also  a  number  of  Greek  inscrip- 
tions, which  appeared  to  his  Lordship  to  be  of  a 
date  greatly  posterior  to  the  building  of  the  temple, 
or  the  sculpture  of  the  hieroglyphics.  His  Lord- 
ship observed  among  the  hieroglyphics  the  winged 
globe,  which,  though  frequent  as  an  ornament,  is 
rare  as  a  character.  The  people  were  quite  savage 
and  outrageous,  and  demanded  a  baxiss  in  the  most 
ferocious  manner,  with  daggers  in  their  hands,  little 
aware  that  instruments  of  terror  or  threats  were  the 
most  unlikely  of  all  expedients  to  prevail  upon  their 
noble  visiter  to  comply  with  their  requests.  In  the 
course  of  this  day's  sail  we  passed,  on  the  west  bank 
of  the  river,  the  villages  Diarfissen,  Gastamnl, 
Hanjaria  and  Dekka ;  and  on  the  east  bank  the 
country  was  named  Gastamn£,  Hanjaria,  but  no 
villages,  except  Shalleep.  The  mountain  was  named 
Djibl  HaiatL 

After  a  comfortable  night's  rest  at  AU&ghi,  we 
set  sail  at  an  early  hour  next  morning.  Nothing 
can  exceed  the  beauty  of  the  mornings  and  evenings 
in  Nubia.  The  air  is  light  and  clear,  and  cool,  and 
all  the  senses,  as  if  bathed  in  the  breath  of  heaVen, 
cling  with  rapture  to  every  blade  of  grass,  or  every 
opening  plant.  During  the  whole  of  yesterday  the 
sky  was  without  a  cloud,  and  in  the  evening  the 
constellations  were  particularly  bright.  All  of  us 
Jiad  seen  the  sky  of  Italy  and  Greece,  but  for  bright- 


I 


NUBIA.  393 

ness,  the  nocturnal  sky  of  Egypt  and  Nubia  sur- 
passes them  all,  as  much  as  they  do  that  of  Eng- 
land. Many  a  pulmonic  patient,  who  feels  his  sickly 
fabric  chilled  and  pierced  by  the  snow- winds  of  Ve- 
suvius, would  be  soothed  and  healed  by  the  un- 
irritating  and  balmy  air  of  Egypt  and  Nubia.  Nor 
is  the  distance  so  appalling ;  it  only  seems  far  to 
those  who  have  not  tried  it  The  traveller  will  go 
in  a  shorter  time  and  with  less  fatigue  from  Mar- 
seilles to  Alexandria  in  Egypt,  than,  at  an  average 
rate  of  travelling,  he  can  go  by  land  from  Geneva 
to  Naples.  The  accommodation  is  always  good, 
and  there  is  no  chance  of  incurring  fresh  exacer- 
bations of  disease ;  all  the  way  up  the  Nile  he  carries 
his  house  along  with  him,  leaves  it,  and  returns  to  it 
when  he  pleases.  His  mind  is  constantly  engaged 
with  the  unremitting  succession  of  new  and  inte- 
resting objects  that  occur  in  every  step  of  his  jour- 
ney, and  that  without  one  single  circumstance  to 
discompose  or  annoy  him ;  every  where  he  can  pur- 
chase, at  a  moderate  rate,  such  articles  of  provision 
as  are  necessary  for  his  comfort,  excepting  wine, 
and  that  he  can  easily  carry  with  him  from  Alex- 
andria and  Cairo.  His  medicines  he  ought  to  take 
from  London. 

Shortly  after  setting  but  this  morning,  we  passed 
a  bed  of  gravel  on  the  east  bank  of  the  river.  This 
is  the  first  time  that  we  had  seen  any  thing  of  the 
kind  on  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  which  generally  con- 


894  ZRAR. 

sist  of  a  black  deep  loamy  earth.     The  country  on 
the  west  is  now  cultivated  and  flat.    We  passed  by 
the  island  Zrar,  and  a  village  on  the  west  bank 
named  Fadeena ;  near  which,  we  were  told,  are  the 
ruins  of  an  ancient  temple,  but  too  low  to  be  seen 
from  the  river :  the  sandstone  still  continues.    For 
a  little  above  the  island  of  Zrar,  the  country  is  re- 
markably barren ;  but  the  cultivation  soon  com- 
mences again,  and  both  hand-buckets  and  Persian 
wheels  were  busily  at  work.   Two  men  placed  in  a 
niche  raise  the  water  from  the  river  in  buckets,  which 
they  empty  into  a  reservoir ;  the  water-wheel,  placed 
a  little  higher  on  the  bank,  takes  it  up,  and  sends 
it  in  streams  as  they  are  conducted  over  the  country. 
I  ought  to  have  mentioned,  that  as  we  approached 
the  south  end  of  the  island  of  Zrar,  we  saw  a  spe- 
cies of  mirage,  the  light  flooding  over  the  low  sand 
of  the  island,  resembling  the  undulations  of  the  sea; 
it  seemed  to  move  in  the  same  direction  with  us, 
and  disappear  as  we  approached  it,  being  most 
strongly  perceptible  where  the  sand  came  into  con- 
tact with  the  green  edge  of  the  new-sprung  grain. 
Here  the  rock  and  stone  look  particularly  black, 
and  small  insulated  mountains  spring  abruptly  from 
the  flat  surface  of  the  surrounding  sand,  to  about 
the  height  of  100  feet ;  their  black  and  sturdy  form, 
like  the  monarch  of  the  sandy  world,  evinces  a 
striking  contrast  with  the  yellow  sand  at  their  base, 
whose  origin  would  puzzle  us,  did  not  the  golden 


MAHARAGA.  395 

colored  interior  of  the  rock  claim  the  vagrant  for 
its  own. 

We  landed  at  Maharaga,  by  the  advice  of  our 
Turcoman,  completely  armed.  The  temple  is  close 
to  the  river.   The  inhabitants  came  round  us,  armed 
with  spears  mounted  with  iron  on  both  ends.   They 
offered  us  no  molestation,  not  even  so  much  as  to 
ask  for  a  baxiss,  which  was  quite  unusual ;  indeed, 
I  believe  this  is  the  first  time  in  Nubia  that  we  missed 
the  demand.     The  temple  is  very  poor,  and  hardly 
worth  visiting ;  it  has  neither  sculpture  nor  hiero- 
glyphics, and,  from  a  number  of  Greek  paintings  on 
the  wall,  seems  to  have  been  at  one  time  used  as  a 
Greek  church.    'Another  building  close  to  it,  be- 
tween it  and  the  river,  appears  to  have  been  used 
for  the  same  purpose,  and  there  is  a  figure  of  Isis 
painted  on  the  north  end  of  the  wall.  She  is  dressed 
in  long  loose  robes,  with  the  moon  and  crescent  on 
her  head j  her  hair  hangs  down  loose  and  dishevelled; 
she  is  seated  on  the  ground  under  a  scraggy  tree, 
and  Horus  at  a  little  distance  is  running  up  to  her, 
with  his  hand  stretched  out,  going  to  present  an 
offering,  which  seemed  to  be  a  small  pitcher  of 
water.    There  are  two  or  three  other  figures ;  none 
of  them  appear  to  be  ancient  Egyptian,  and  were 
probably  executed  in  the  Christian  era. 

A  little  higher  up  we  saw  five  relays  of  hand- 
machines  for  raising  water,  placed  one  above  an- 
other on  the  bank,  and  all  at  work.    Still  farther 


396  MAHARAGA. 

on,  the  sand  is  blown  close  in  to  the  river  on  each 
side :  only  a  small  strip  of  about  10  feet  broad  is 
cultivated  on  the  west  bank,  and  that  very  irregu- 
larly ;  the  acacia  tree  still  abounds.  The  greater 
part  of  this  day  it  was  a  dead  calm,  and  the  sailors 
being  tired  with  tracking  up  the  vessel,  we  stopped 
at  one  o'clock  p.  m.  in  order  that  they  might  dine 
and  repose  themselves,  and  remained  all  night.  The 
rock  here  is  about  60  feet  high,  still  sandstone  ;  I 
ascended  to  the  top  of  it,  and  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
reach,  nothing  fell  under  the  view  but  rock  and 
sand.  There  is  no  village  in  the  place  where  we 
stopped ;  but  several  men  came  down  to  us  from  a 
distance,  from  whom  we  learned  that  the  tracks  of 
the  animals,  which  here  marked  the  sand  in  such 
profusion,  were  those  of  the  gazelles,  which,  they 
said,  remained  in  the  desert  during  the  day,  and  at 
night  came  down  to  the  river  for  drink  and  forage. 
About  seven  o'clock  next  morning,  the  13th,  the 
sailors  again  began  to  track.  The  sandstone  rock 
on  both  sides  the  river  is  now  of  a  much  redder 
color,  and  the  banks  again  well  cultivated  with  fine 
fields  of  dhourra,  which  the  natives  are  reaping ; 
the  mountains  are  higher  on  the  east,  and  at  a 
greater  distance  from  the  river.  Here  we  observed 
a  .crowd  of  people  collected  near  a  village,  and,  by 
communicating  with  a  native  on  shore,  were  in- 
formed that  it  was  a  wedding.  We  saw  several  of 
the  guests  armed  with  swords  and  shields ;  they 


MADYEEO.  397 

danced  and  capered  about,  striking  their  shields 
with  the  swords,  keeping  time  to  the  beat  of  the 
tambour,  the  only  musical  instrument  that  was  per- 
ceptible, and  indeed  the  only  one  that  the  Nubians 
seem  to  care  about.  Breakwaters,  built  on  the 
edge  of  the  river,  as  above  described,  still  continue ; 
the  Thebaic  and  date-palm  are  in  great  abundance. 
Here  we  saw  a  crocodile,  which  our  eyes  had  not 
encountered  for  some  time ;  we  fired  at  it,  without 
effect.  In  the  forenoon  we  were  becalmed ;  in  the 
afternoon  a  breeze  sprung  up,  and  we  glided  plea- 
santly along  the  eastern  bank.  The  mountain  here 
rises  higher,  and  approaches  nearer  the  river.  We 
crossed  over  to  the  west,  ^nd  at  the  village  of 
Madyeeg  made  fast  for  the  night.  Here  there 
were  only  three  temporary  houses  made  of  palm- 
tree  mats  ;  they  contained  an  equal  number  of  fa- 
milies, whom  we  found  extremely  civil  and  unob- 
trusive. In  the  course  of  this  day's  sail  we  passed, 
on  the  east,  the  villages  Barde,  Hally,  Wadi  Em- 
kemmet,  and  Hosseg ;  and  on  the  west  bank,  Noubdt, 
Shemamalouka,  Sambal,  Amishegl,  and  Millahat. 

The  food  of  the  Nubians,  generally  speaking,  is 
milk,  dbourra,  lentils,  and  lubya,  a  kind  of  sallad. 
In  the  morning,  on  ascending  to  the  houses  on  the 
top  of  the  sand-bank,  I  found  one  of  the  females 
mashing  the  scarcely  ripe  dbourra  between  two 
stones,  preparatory  for  breakfast;  perceiving  me 
look  attentively  at  the  operation,  she  offered  me  a 


898  BANKS   OF   THE   NILE. 

piece  of  the  mash  to  taste,  which  I  did,  and  found 
it  extremely  palatable,  and  could  have  breakfasted 
upon  it  with  pleasure :  sometimes  they  boil  it  with 
milk,  and  it  is  then  considered  as  a  great  and  ex- 
pensive luxury. 

The  calm  continued  all  night,  and  next  morning, 
the  14th,  till  about  ten  o'clock,  when  a  light  breeze 
sprang  up,  and  we  immediately  got  under  weigh* 
The  rocks  on  the  east  bank  are  high  and  peeked, 
and  much  blackened  by  the  action  of  the  sun  and 
air.  There  is  but  a  very  small  strip  of  cultivation 
along  the  edge  of  the  river.  On  the  west  bank,  a 
low  dark  horizontal  flat,  with  patches  of  yellow 
sand  drifted  in  from  the  mountains,  in  different 
places,  with  a  similar  strip  of  cultivation  along  the 
river,  and  the  natives  move  from  place  to  place  as 
their  cows  or  asses  want  provender.  Yesterday  our 
course  had  considerable  westing  in  it,  but  we  had 
no  meridian  observation.  About  half  past  twelve 
we  landed  on  the  west  bank,  to  see  a  ruined  tem- 
ple, but  found  that  we  had  been  misinformed, 
having  passed  it  nearly  an  hour  before,  at  a  place 
where  we  observed  something  like  two  statues  rear- 
ing  their  heads  above  the  sand.  Both  sides  of  the 
river  are  now  become  extremely  uninteresting,  with 
merely  the  relief  of  solitary  palm  trees  growing 
here  and  there.  We  had  been  becalmed  fbr  some 
time,  and  the  sailors  being  tired  with  tracking  the 
vessels*  we  stopped  for  an  hour,  that  they  might 


anap,  399 

dine,  and  refresh  themselves.  Their  dinner  con- 
sisted of  boiled  lentils,  and  a  little  salt,  which  they 
had  now  plucked  up  sufficient  courage  to  beg  from 
us,  having  never  had  any  of  their  own.  This  was 
by  much  the  hottest  day  Jthat  we  had  experienced 
since  we  entered  Nubia ;  but  having  unfortunately 
broken  all  our  thermometers,  I  am  unable  to  state 
the  degree  of  heat.  During  the  hour  that  we  stop- 
ped, we  did  not  move  out  of  the  vessels,  in  which 
we  found  great  benefit  from  the  shade.  At  half 
past  two  we  again  commenced  tracking :  the  sur- 
face of  the  west  bank  became  higher,  with  a  prodi- 
gious quantity  of  yellow  sand,  blown  into  immense 
heaps.  The  east  bank  is  considerably  lower,  but 
cultivated  only  on  the  river's  edge.  A  little  before 
sun-set  we  arrived  at  a  comfortable  looking  village, 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  river,  called  Andp,  or  Wadi 
Gassl  Anap,  where  we  stopped  for  the  night.  This 
village  consists  of  about  a  dozen  of  houses,  con- 
structed of  mats  and  stones.  It  is  new  and  com- 
fortable-looking, more  so  indeed  than  any  we  had 
met  with  since  we  entered  Nubia.  The  cattle  too 
were  well  housed,  and,  like  their  masters,  sheltered 
from  the  heat  of  the  sun.  The  agriculture  too  was 
well  attended  to ;  the  growing  crop  was  free  from 
weeds,  and  well  watered.  The  dhourra  had  just 
been  reaped  and  threshed.  On  our  way  up  to  the 
village,  we  passed  over  a  threshing  floor,  where  two 
strong  good-looking  young  women  were  engaged  in 


OXFORD 
A*USEU*£, 


4C0  ANAP. 

winnowing  the  newly-threshed  grain,  by  raising  it 
in  baskets  and  falling  it  gradually  before  the  wind, 
which  had  got  up  a  little  in  the  evening.  On  our 
coming  up  to  them,  they  covered  their  faces  with 
their  veils,  and  replied  in  respectful,  but  feeble  and 
tremulous  tones,  to  our  salutation  of  "  Salam  Alei- 
kum."  All  the  time  that  we  remained  with  them, 
they  kept  their  baskets  on  their  heads,  and  ab- 
stained from  working.  They  spoke  Arabic  remark- 
ably well,  and  were  not  so  dark  complexioned  as 
the  generality  of  Nubians.  As  soon  as  we  left  them, 
on  our  road  to  the  village,  they  again  commenced 
their  labors,  which  they  plied  as  long  as  light  con- 
tinued to  serve  them. 

Here  we  wished  to  purchase  milk,  eggs,  and 
sheep.  It  was  about  sun-set  when  we  entered  the 
village,  and  perceiving  a  number  of  hens  gathering 
round  a  comfortable  door,  we  inquired  of- a  re- 
spectable looking  middle-aged  woman  if  she  had 
any  eggs  for  sale,  she  replied  in  the  negative.  On 
our  expressing  our  surprise,  and  pointing  to  the 
hens  at  the  door,  she  immediately  rejoined,  "  Yes, 
it  is  very  true,  I  have  a  number  of  hens ;  but  I  am 
a  widow  woman,  and  have  five  children,  who  eat 
all  the  eggs  every  day/'  The  children  were  cling- 
ing round  her ;  the  answer  was  quite  satisfactory. 
Seeing  a  number  of  goats  and  milch  cows  snugly 
put  up  in  a  shade,  we  addressed  ourselves  to  her 
for  some  butter.     Her  reply  was  equally  prompt 


BANKS   Or   THE  VILE.  401 

and  ingenuous :  "  the  goats  and  ewe*  are  milked 
twite  a-day \  the  children  use  all  the  milk,  and  there 
is  none  to  make  butter  of."    The  tone  of  candor 
and  simplicity  in  which  the  replies  were  delivered* 
left  Ho  doubt  on  our  minds  that  the  excuses  alleged 
werp  real ;  and  seeing  that  she  had  a  mouth  for 
every  morsel  of  food,  we  ceased  to  ask  any  more 
questions  as  to  what  there  was  for  sale.    One  of  the 
parly,,  struck  with  the  interesting  appearaftce  of  the 
family,  put  his  hand  into  his  pocket,  and  taking  out 
a  piastre,  gave  it  to  a  healthy  fine  looking  boy,  who 
wasr  swinging  about  with  a-hold  of  his  mother's 
hand,  and  was  •  good  deal  surprised  at  scarcely  be- 
ing thanked  for  the  present,  either  by  the  mother 
o*  her  son*    Money  with  her  seemed  scarcely  to 
be  an  object  of  value ;  the  necessaries  of  life  arid 
all  that  people  in  such  a  situation  require,  and  these 
tbey  rear  on  their  own  little  spot  of  ground,  audi 
have  very  little  ocCasiow  for  traffic,  or  a  circulating! 
medium*    Turning  from  the  widow,  we  addressed 
owrselves  to  others,  but  with  no  better  success* 
Whether  they  really  had  or  had  not  the  article* 
which  we  wished  to  purchase,  we  had  no  means  of 
knowing' ;  but  we  could  not  indbefc  them  to  part 
with  them.    In  this  dilemma,  it  occurred  to-  the 
noble  traveller  to  put  iro  practice  an  expedient  Irhteb 
lie  had  been  informed  seldom  failed  to  move  the 
heart*  of  the  Nubians;  which  was  tfcat  of  sending 
a  present  of  cbffee  and  tobacco  to  the  shiekh  of 

VOL.   I.  n  D 


402  BANKS    OF   THE   NILE. 

the  village,  and  making  known  to  him  our  wants, 
which,  in  the  present  instance,  had  the  effect  of 
procuring  us  some  poultry,  and,  if  we  had  found  it 
convenient  to  remain  till  the  evening  of  the  follow- 
ing day,  would  have  procured  us  a  sheep.  But  few 
villages  occurred  in  this  day's  sail.  On  the  west 
bank,  we  passed  Saboua ;  on  the  east,  Hashnaseer, 
Saboua,  and  Wadi  Gherad&p. 

The  calm  continued  all  night,  and  next  morn- 
ing, the  15th,  we  again  commenced  tracking  at 
seven  o'clock.  The  rocks  on  the  west  bank  are 
now  the  highest,  and  approach  close  to  the  river. 
No  cultivation  ;  numerous  footsteps  of  wild  beasts 
in  the  desert :  all  around  is  rock  and  sand,  without 
a  tree  or  a  blade  of  grass,  but  on  the  river's  edge. 
It  is  a  most  dismal  prospect  to  walk  on,  or  to  look 
on  such  a  field.  Removed  from  the  vessels,  no 
human  hut,  or  friendly  voice.  Man  is  your  enemy, 
he  denies  you  food,  and  would  slay  you  for  the 
staff  in  your  hand,  or  the  clothes  on  your  back,  as 
the  wild  beast  would  tear  you  for  a  drop  of  your 
blood.  It  is  like  the  death  of  social  life;  and  pass- 
ing through  the  vale,  man  Jeans  upon  his  God. 

The  course  of  the  river  is  now  west  and  by  south. 
We  passed  the  village  Halaff  Sabeel,  pleasantly  si- 
tuated among  a  number  of  trees,  on  the  east  bank. 
About  ten  a  breeze  sprung  up,  and  the  country 
opening  a  little,  afforded  a  greater  range  of  vision ; 
but  all  is  black  rock  and  yellow  sand.  The  highest. 


BANKS   Of   TH£   NILE.  405 

mountains  are  now  on  the  east  bank,  close  to  the 
river,  all  sandstone.  At  five  o'clock  p.  m.  we 
stopped  for  the  night  at  a  solitary  house,  on  the  West 
bank  of  the  river.  In  the  course  of  this  day's  sail 
we  passed  the  villages  Gherouet  Wad  el  Garbia, 
Halaff  Sabeel,  Ungouraith,  Cogadaf,  an  island, 
Hashmelagaba,  and  Sabadora,  on  the  east ;  Obe- 
daim,  Coraflgo  and  M alky,  on  the  west. 

Next  morning,  the  16th,  at  seven  o'clock  we  again 
began  to  track.  Any  wind  that  we  had  was  now 
against  us.  The  rocks  on  the  east  are  still  the  high- 
est, and  peeked.  On  the  west  is  a  flat  plain  of  sand 
about  half  a  mile  broad,  and  raised  considerably 
above  the  level  of  the  Nile.  The  sandstone  rock 
is  the  same  as  on  the  east  bank,  bat  lower  and  less 
peeked.  Stopped  for  the  sailors  to  breakfast  op- 
posite to  Courousko,  where  there  is  a  fine  verdant 
well  cultivated  bank,  the  people  were  active  and 
civil,  and  all  armed  with  spears,  and  fully  clothed,  as 
there  was  a  considerable  air  of  wind  which  would 
have  been  favorable,  had  our  course  been  southerly  j 
but  it  was  west,  and  by  north.  The  mountain  here 
is  called  Agabutelli.  We  passed  an  island  called 
Agreep,  and  came  in  a  little  time  to  the  village  of 
Arrega,  which  stands  on  the  sand,  and  is  surround- 
ed by  a  mud  wall.  The  ground  around  it  had  for- 
merly been  cultivated.  The  river  here  is  very 
broad,  the  mountains  are  more  retired,  and  the 
prospect  more  extensive.     Palm  trees  and  acaciaar 

d  d  2 


404  GAUTRA. 

abound.  The  latitude  of  Arrega  is  23°  3/  30"  about 
sixty  miles  directly  south  of  Kalabshi.  Our  course 
now  lay  north-north-west,  and  we  continued  track- 
ing till  we  arrived  at  Goutna.  From  tfys  the  sailors 
were  aversive  to  proceed,  they  had  become  tired  of 
tracking,  and  wished  to  return  to  Emb&p.  However 
they  soon  found  that  their  present  master  was  not 
at  all  disposed  to  compromise  his  bargain,  or  to  be 
diverted  from  his  purpose  by  any  capricious  whim 
of  the  Nubian  sailors,  and  accordingly  they  recom- 
meijced^  tracking.  At  a  quarter  past  five  we  were 
sailing  north  and  by  west  half  west,  by  compaas,  and 
in  a  little  time  thereafter  we  arrived  at  Fangari,  where 
our  information  led  us  tp  expect  that  we  should 
find  a  temple  ;  but  we  were  disappointed*  for  there 
was  scarcely  a  boi^se.    Here,  hpwever,  we  stopped 
for  the  night,  at  the  village  Alha#id&d.     On  the 
east  bank  of  the  river  the  natives  were,  holding  a 
marriage-feast,'  with  music  and  dancing*  like  what 
we  have  already  described.     In  the  course  of  the 
day's  sail  wq  passed  the  villages  Arrega  and  Goutna 
on  the  west ;  and  Sangajree,  Atoook,  Conrousko, 
Sbugga,  Haraba  and  Alhamdat,  on  the  east. 

Next  morning,  the  17th,  we  resumed  our  voyage, 
still  tracking.  The  ground  on  the  east  is  extensive, 
well  wooded,  and  well  cultivated,  and.  there  ace 
many  Persian  wheels  at  work.  We  had.  previously 
been  informed  that  the  Viceroy  of  Egypt,  who  is 
also  the  Viceroy  of  Nubia,  had  resolvedi  to  l$y  a 


J 


ALHAMDAT.  405 

tax  upon  these  machines,  which  are  indispensably 
necessary  for  the  agriculture  of  this  country.  The 
people  in  Nubia  had  heard  the  same  unwelcome 
intelligence,  and  here  one  of  the  natives  inquired 
of  us  if  we  knew  how  much  the  tax  was  to  be,  we 
told  him  what  we  had  heard,  a  dollar  per  wheel. 
The  farmer  replied,  perfectly  contented,  "  well, 
whether  it  is  one  dollar  or  two  dollars  that  his  High- 
ness chooses  to  impose,  I  am  both  able  and  willing 
to  pay  it."  The  west  bank  is  covered  with  sand ; 
on  the  east  are  large  fields  of  the  cotton  pliant  under 
cultivation,  and  a  rich  crop  of  dhourra,  which  the 
natives  are  reaping.  The  river  here  makes  a  sharp 
turn  to  the  west,  and  a  little  northerly,  and  the  tra- 
veller comes  in  sight  of  Deer,  the  capital  of  Nubia, 
a  fine  pleasant  looking  town  for  these  parts $  but 
had  J  not  been  told  that  it  is  the  capital,  I  should 
certainly  have  called  it  a  village.  A  beautiful 
plain,  well  watered  and  well  wooded,  stretches  down 
to  the  south-east  along  the  river's  edge,  which  seems 
still  to  be  gaining  by  the  kind  partiality  of  the  cur- 
rent, which  bears  upon  the  opposite  side.  Here 
there  are  two  sandy  islands  in  the  middle  of  the 
river;  one  at  a  considerable  distance,  the  other 
quite  near  the  town.  We  passed  on  the  east  side  of 
both.  Deer  stands  beautifully  on  the  east  bank,  on 
a  gentle  eminence  that  advances  a  little  into  the 
river.     The  house  of  the  cachief,  which  is  well 


406  DEER. 

whitened,  and  two  stories  high,  occupies  a  conspi* 
cuous  situation  on  its  brink,  and  formed  a  prominent 
object  in  the  prospect  presented  to  our  eyes  in  the 
beautiful  sail  that  we  had  in  making  the  village. 

We   reached  this  once  Christian  town  at  two 
o'clock  p.  m.  and  as  soon  as  Lord  Belmore's  boat  was 
made  fast  to  the  bank,  the  cachief  came  on  board 
to  pay  his  respects  to  his  noble  visiter,  and  to  offer 
him  every  furtherance  in  the  prosecution  of  his 
voyage  that  it  was  in  his  power  to  afford.    Our  de- 
mands were  limited  to  bread  and  mutton,  and  the 
interpreter  was  immediately  despatched  with  the 
cachief 's  orders,  to  get  the  wheat  ground,  and  the 
bread  baked  with  all  possible  expedition.  The  sheep 
were  forthcoming  in  the  evening.     These  articles, 
and  such  other  equipments  as  may  be  necessary  for 
the  traveller  can  be  much  better  procured  here 
than  at  any  other  place  for  a  long  way  up  the  Nile. 
There  is  now  no  town,  nor  even  one  inhabited 
house  at  Ibreem,  nor  any  one  of  consequence  nearer 
than  Isbkid  which  is  much  inferior  to  Deer.     The 
interview  with  the  cachief  being  ended,  and  matters 
put  into  a  favorable  train  for  obtaining  the  neces- 
sary supplies,  we  proceeded  to  take  a  view  of  the 
temple.     It  lies  at  a  short  distance  to  the  east  of 
the  town,  and  is  partly  built,  but  mostly  cut  in  the 
rock,   like   that  of  Diarfissen,  though  neither  so 
Jfirge  nor  so  handsome.     The  pronaos  which  has 


DEBR.  407 

been  chiefly  built,  is  about  forty-four  feet  by  thirty- 
two.  There  are  still  the  remains  of  four  columns 
standing  in  the  middle  of  the  area,  the  walls  are 
much  dilapidated.  On  each  side  of  the  door  in  front 
of  the  rock,  there  have  been  two  columns  faced  up 
with  statues,  which  have  been  most  maliciously 
hewn  off  down  to  the  haunches.  On  the  walls  on 
each  side,  there  has  been  pourtrayed  a  battle  scene, 
which  is  also  much  effaced.  The  wheels  of  the 
hero's  chariot  are  still  visible,  and  the  slain  and 
wounded  lying  about  in  a  thousand  postures.  One 
group,  which  is  common  on  other  temples,  even 
where  no  battle  scene  is  exhibited,  consists  of  a 
warrior  holding  an  instrument  of  death  in  one  hand, 
and  four  negroes  tied  back  to  back  by  the  hair  of 
the  head  in  the  other.  Two  of  them  look  towards 
him  with  their  hands  and  faces  raised  in  an  attitude 
of  humble  supplication,  intreating  him  to  suspend 
the  threatened  blow  that  seems  descending  to  ter- 
minate their  existence.  The  other  two  have  their 
hands  and  faces  raised  in  a  similar  attitude  of  sup- 
plication to  Osiris,  who  stands  facing  the  warrior. 
He  holds  a  sickle  in  his  hand,  and  with  an  air  of 
complacence,  mixed  with  authority,  seems  inclined 
to  pity  and  to  spare  the  captive  victims.  The  other 
figures  are  the  hawk-headed,  and  ram-headed  deity, 
presented  with  offerings  ;  but  much  is  obliterated. 
Passing  within  the  excavation,  we  entered  into  a 


408  DEER, 

large  chamber  of  about  36  feet  square,  having  three 
columns  on  each  hand,  towards  the  middle  of  the 
apartment.  The  walls  and  columns  are  covered 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  the  greater  part 
of  which,  in  the  first  chamber,  have  been  painted 
red.  The  figures  are,  as  usual,  the  hawk-headed 
deity,  called  Osiris  hierax,  Aniens,  or  Apollo, 
Mendes,  the  sacred  boat  having  the  hawk  at  stem 
and  stern,  borne  along  by  six  men,  and  presented 
with  offerings,  a  ram-headed  deity  with  a  gradu- 
ated staff,  or  the  sceptre  of  Osiris,  enclosed  in  a 
sheath,  a  hippopotamus,  and  other  figures  which  I 
coukL  not  make  out.  In  this,  as  in  almost  all  the 
other  temples,  a  hero  or  principal  person  is  repre- 
sented as  the  lion  of  the  different  scenes*  Near 
the  door  he  is  received  by  the  hawk-headed  deity, 
who  shakes  him  cordially  by  the  hand.  In  another 
place  he  is  represented  in  a  tree  as  offering  to 
Mendes,  and  in  another  place  he  is  seated  with  a 
sort  of  Welch  wig  upon  his  head,  and  two  people, 
ob&  on  each  side,  are  pouring  from  two  jars  a  con- 
tinued stream  of  sacred  taus  over  him.  This  pro- 
bably represents  one  of  the  ceremonies  which  the 
person  underwent  before  he  was  considered  as  pro* 
perly  qualified  by  initiation,  to  carry  that  badge  of 
divine  protection,  the  sacred  tan. 

From  this^  doors  pass  off  into  three  chandlers, 
two  pn  each  side,  which  have  benches  round  the 


DEER.  409 

sides,  like  those  which  we  have  mentioned  in  the 
lately  discovered  tomb  in  the  valley  of  Biban  el 
Melook,  and  the  walk  are  covered  with  similar  re- 
presentations*  In  the  one  in  the  middle^  which  may 
be  regarded  as  the  sekos,  or  adytum1,  there  are  the 
remains  of  four  sitting  statues  at  the  upper  end, 
which  are  much  disintegrated.  There  is  no  altar 
in  front  of  them.  There  is  the  representation  of 
the  sacred  boat,  and  offerings  to  the  hawk-headed 
deity ;  but  the  sculpture  is  much  defaced.  On  the 
columns  Isis  is  represented  with  the  lion's  head. 
She  is  accompanied  by  Horus. 

Throughout  the  whole  of  this  temple  the  work* 
mansbip  is  much  inferior,  both  in  point  of  taste  and 
execution,  to  what  we  have  already  mentioned  as 
occurring  in  many  parts  of  Egypt  and  Nubia.  It 
seemed  to  be  very  ancient,  more  so  than  even 
Diarfissen.  Numerous  tables  of  hieroglyphics  are 
scattered  over  it  in  different  places j  but  I  did  not 
perceive  any  where  in  the  whole  temple  that  com* 
mon  and  beautiful  ornament,  the  globe  with  ser* 
pent  and  wings. 

Deer,  Dirr,  Derr,  or  Dair,  as  the  name  denotes, 
whichever  of  the  ways  it  is  written,  was  once  fc 
Christian  settlement,  and  from  its  being  the  only 
place  between  the  two  cataracts  that  now  retains 
the  name,  was  probably  the  last  to  renounce  the 
Christian  Faith  after  the  country  had  submitted  to 
the  proselytes  of  another  creed.     There  is  not  an 


410  DEER. 

individual  now  in  Deer,  or  in  the  whole  of  Nubia, 
who  believes  in  the  name  of  Jesus.  It  has  been 
for  them  a  sad  reverse ;  and  the  heart  bleeds  in 
compassion  for  their  wretchedness,  in  comparing 
what  they  are  "with  what  they  might  have  been,  if 
living  under  the  influence  of  the  Gospel,  enlight- 
ened by  its  precepts,  and  governed  by  its  laws. 
What  a  blank  does  the  absence  of  true  religion  make 
in  the  hearts  and  the  establishments  of  men !  One 
would  have  thought  that  the  small  and  fertile  vale 
of  Nubia  would  have  been  the  abode  of  happiness 
and  peace ;  but  every  hand  is  armed  with  a  spear, 
every  eye  is  on  fire,  and  man  burns  with  indignation 
against  his  fellow-man,  whom  he  should  meet  with 
affection,  feel  for  as  a  brother,  and  not  seek  as  an 
enemy  whom  he  would  devour.  * 

Near  this  temple  there  is  a  number  of  Christian 
tombs  cut  in  the  rock ;  on  the  cover  of  one  of  them 
the  cross  is  cut  on  one  part,  and  a  crown  on  the 
other.  The  principal  burying-ground  of  the  town 
is  quite  contiguous ;  and  I  was  amazed  to  see  the 
two  emblems  on  the  Christian  sepulchre  remain  un- 
defaced,  or  even  uninjured ;  for  such  is  the  hos- 
tility of  the  Moslems  to  the  sign  of  the  cross,  that 
wherever  they  see  it,  they  batter  it  out  with  stones, 
not  from  any  hostility  to  him  who  thereon  laid  down 
his  life,  but  because  they  think  the  Christians  wor- 
ship it,  and  they  abhor  idolatry  and  destroy  its  em- 
blems wherever  they  find  them. 


DEER.  411 

The  country  round  Deer  is  pleasant  and  well  cul- 
tivated. There  are  two  resident  cachiefs,  who  are 
the  sons  of  the  two  cachiefs  at  Ishkid j  their  houses 
are  two  stories  high,  one  of  which  is  whitewashed. 
The  rest  of  the  houses  are  mud  huts,  but  some  of 
them  pretty  large,  and  the  inside  not  uncomfort- 
able. My  profession  procured  me  admittance  into 
several  of  them,  which  probably  I  should  not  other- 
wise have  obtained. 

The  wife  of  one  of  the  principal  shiekhs  had  for 
some  time  been  affected  with  ophthalmia  to  such  a 
violent  degree  that  nothing  but  total  blindness  was 
expected  for  her.  It  is  the  duty  of  every  man,  but 
more  especially  of  a  medical  man,  to  relieve  the 
sufferings  of  his  fellow-creatures  to  the  utmost  of 
his  power.  I  had  practised  a  great  deal  in  this  de- 
partment of  surgery  in  Egypt,  and  the  interpreter 
and  couspasha  spread  the  report  of  my  success 
wherever  they  went.  Induced  by  their  represent- 
ations, the  husband  of  this  suffering  lady  came  to 
beg  that  I  would  give  him  a  prescription  for  his 
beloved  wife.  I  informed  him  that  that  was  a  thing 
which  I  could  not  possibly  do,  till  I  had  seen  the 
eye  which  required  the  prescription — a  permission 
which  he  could  not  grant  till  he  had  previously  con- 
sulted the  patient ;  for  which  purpose  he  immedi- 
ately returned  to  the  house,  and,  having  obtained 
her  consent,  came  back  to  the  vessel,  from  which 
I  accompanied  him  to  his  house,  that  lay  in  a  dis- 


412  DEER. 

t&nt  part  of  the  town.  As  we  walked  thither,  the 
whole  conversation  of  the  afflicted  shiekh  was  about 
the  unfortunate  state  of  his  suffering  lady,  for  whom 
he  expressed  the  strongest  attachment :  every  far- 
thing that  he  had  in  the  world  he  would  give  to 
have  her  eyesight  preserved,  and  earnestly  entreated 
that  I  would  exert  myself  to  the  utmost  resources 
of  my  profession  to  do  it  The  habitation  of  the 
shiekh  was  fronted  by  a  dead  wall,  through  which 
we  passed,  by  a  narrow  door,  into  a  small  court;  from 
this  we  passed  by  another  door  into  a  larger  court* 
Here  the  shiekh  laid  aside  his  spear  and  the  cloak 
which  he  wore  round  his  shoulders,  nearly  in  the 
same  manner  that  the  Scotch  highlanders  do  their 
plaids.  From  this  court  we  passed  into  the  house, 
where  we  found  th^ood  lady  seated,  with  her  face 
to  the  door,  on  a  part  of  the  floor  that  was  slightly 
t levated,  and  covered  with  a  piece  of  old  cloth  by 
way  of  a  carpet j  she  received  us  sitting,  unveiled, 
and  with  an  air  of  great  warmth  and  composure, 
and  requested  me  to  sit  down  near  her  on  a  junk  of 
wood  y  her  husbatnd  placed  himself  on  a  seat  of  the 
ssffle  kind  opposite  to  her,  with  his  face  tutned  to 
the  only  glimmering  light  that  illuminated  the  apart- 
ment through  a  chink  in  the  ceiling  over  her  head. 
On  examining  the  state  of  the  eyes,  I  informed  her 
that  they  ought  to  be  blooded  j  an  operation  to 
which  at  first  she  expressed  the  greatest  aversion, 
but  afttr  a  little  conversation,  submitted  to  it,  though 


DEEU.  413 

reluctantly.  The  eyes  bled  freely,  and  in  a  short 
time  she  expressed  herself  relieved*  I  gave  her 
some  medicines  to  take  internally,  with  drops  aocj 
a  lotion  for  the  eye,  and  assured  h?r  that  I  enter-* 
tained  the  most  confident  hopes  that  $he  would  not 
lose  her  sight. 

The  husband  followed  me  to  the  door,  and  re- 
turned to  console  his  agitated  wife.     In  the  course 
of  the  evening,  he  paid  me  a  visit  on  board  the 
vessel,  informed  me  that  the  eye  of  his  best  beloved 
continued  easier,  and,  in  token  of  his  gratitude, 
presented  me  with  a  bag  full  of  dried  dates.     This 
I  positively  refused  to  accept,  having  uniformly  de- 
clined all  professional  remuneration.     The  shiekbt 
however  persisted,  imagining  that  the  medicines 
would  have  little  or  no  virtue  rujdbess  they  were  paid 
for j  a  sentiment  which  I  did  not  much  wish  to  dis- 
courage in  a  country  where  value  for  value  is  not 
very  scrupulously  returned.     He  poured  them  out 
in  the  open  vessel,  and  with  mppy  blessings,  and* 
prayers  for  our  success  wept  off  to  his  family,  wish- 
ing us  a  prosperous  voyage,  ai)4  hoping  to  see  me 
on  my  return^to  Deer. 

The  population  of  Deer  is  estimated;  at  S00O 
souls.  Their  chief  subsistepce  is  dtourea  and  dat&9i 
with:pigeons,  partridge^  poultry,  and  butcher's  iseat 
occasionally.  All  that  can  afford  i&  smoke*  tobacco* 
after  me&ls,  an/d  tfoo^who,  Qapnot,  in  the  abaence.afi 
tobacco,  put  a>  bit  of?  lighted  charcoal  in  the  bowl  o$ 


414  DEER. 

the  pipe,  and  smoke  and  pull  away  at  it,  under  the 
impression  that  it  facilitates  digestion :  a  man  readily 
finds  an  excuse  for  taking  what  is  agreeable  to  his 
taste,  whether  that  be  vitiated  or  genuine.  The  in- 
habitants of  Deer  partake  of  the  same  mean  beg- 
garly  disposition  with  those  of  the  rest  of  the  country, 
and  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest  ask  for  a  baxiss. 
The  first  man  in  point  both  of  consequence  and  ap- 
pearance after  the  cachief,  well  dressed  and  wearing 
a  sword  at  his  side,  came  on  board  to  ask  for  some 
gunpowder,  which  being  refused  him,  he  next  asked 
for  a  present  of  soap,  and  this  being  also  denied,  he 
begged  for  a  piastre,  value  one  sixpence,  which 
having  obtained,  he  went  off  quite  rejoiced.  The 
most  acceptable  presents  for  the  Nubians  are  soap, 
tobacco,  coffee,  musket-flints,  and  gunpowder ;  a 
sword  or  a  double-barrelled  gun  would  insure  the 
offerer  the  temporary  friendship  of  any  man  in  the 
country.  The  two  latter  may  be  presented  at  any 
time ;  but  I  would  earnestly  recommend  the  tra- 
veller to  keep  the  gunpowder  to  himself  till  he  is 
just  going  to  bid  them  adieu,  otherwise  it  is  ten 
chances  to  one  that  during  his  stay  some  of  it  will 
be  fired  at  him,  should  the  receivers  thereof  have 
an  opportunity  of  doing  it. 

One  evening,  before  retiring  to  rest,  about  nine 
o'clock,  invited  by  the  charms  of  the  Nubian  sky, 
two  of  the  party  went  to  take  a  walk  in  front  of  the 
vessels,  and  continued  it  for  a  short  way  along  the 


DEER.  415 

road  that  led  round  the  village ;  no  insult  or  inter* 
ruption  was  offered  to  them  as  they  went  along,  but 
on  passing  one  of  the  huts  on  their  return,  a  musket 
was  fired  at  them  over  the  wall,  and  the  ball  passed 
within  a  few  yards  of  them.  The  report  alarmed  us 
considerably,  and  LordBelmore  sent  immediately  to 
one  of  the  cachiefs  to  demand  an  explanation  of  the 
outrage.  His  worship  disavowed  any  knowledge  of 
the  offence,  and  not  unshrewdly  remarked  that  there 
was  plenty  of  time  to  vtalk  during  the  day,  and  that 
it  was  not  proper  to  be  strolling  about  the  village  at 
that  hour  of  the  night;  however,  if  the  parties  ag- 
grieved would  point  out  the  house  from  which  the 
shot  was  fired,  he  would  punish  the  inhabitants  to 
their  satisfaction.  This  was  quite  enough.  The  house 
could  not  be  ascertained ;  and  as  no  injury  had  been 
sustained,  the  object  of  the  noble  traveller  in  making 
the  application,  was  merely  to  prevent  a  repetition  of 
the  offence,  and  in  this  respect  he  was  completely 
successful.  The  latitude  of  Deer  is  22°  44'  31"  north, 
and  the  longitude  31°  51  15"  east. 

Between  Fangari  and  Deer  we  passed  the  villages 
Wadi  Hamadan,  Araeria,  Diwan,  Seeseewa,  on  the 
east,  that  is,  on  the  same  side  with  Deer ;  and  Ma- 
g&ra,  where  we  were  informed  of  a  temple,  but  did  not 
visit  it,  on  the  west ;  and  three  islands  in  the  river 
near  to  Deer,  named  Cushgaty,  Amada,  and  Hassai. 

Having  procured  our  bread,  and  other  necessary 
provision,  we  resumed  our  voyage  on  the  morning  of 


4l6  IBBEEtt. 

the  19th,  at  seven  o'clock,  still  tracking.    The  east 
hank  of  the  river  is  now  more  extended,  and  round 
the  village  of  Toma  is  a  large  well-cultivated,  well- 
wooded  plain,  with  many  Persian  wheels  busily  at 
work  ;  at  one  time  we  counted  thirty  of  them  in 
sight,  on  a  short  reach  of  the  river.    On  the  west 
bank,  the  red  horizontal  sandstone  still  continues; 
the  rock  becomes  higher,  and  approaches  nearer 
the  river.     After  passing  this  point,  the  bank  be- 
comes low  and  sandy  at  the  edge  of  the  river;  but 
is  cultivated  between  that  and  the  mountain.    At 
eight  o'clock  a.m.  our  course   lay  west  and  by 
north.    The  sailing  is  extremely  pleasant,  and  the 
surrounding  scenery  of  the  most  beautiful  descrip- 
tion, indicating  a  high  degree  of  comfort*  wealth, 
and  industry.     By  noon  we  had  a  favorable  breeae, 
and  passed  on  the.  west  of  the  island  Toma,  which 
is  partly  covered  with  rich  verdure  y  but  mostly 
under  the  dominion  of  sand*     The  trees  and  rock 
on  the  main  land,  have  a  fine  effect.    On  the  west 
bank  there  is  scarcely  any  thing  but.  yellow  sand, 
and  a  row  of  sycamore  and  acacia  treea^  dose  on 
the  edge  of  the  river ;  the  east  bank  is  particularly 
pleasant,  and  under  fine  cultivation.      At  three 
o'clock  p.  i*»  we  entered. Ibreem,  which  is  the. name 
of  a  rich  and  populous  district  for  these  quarters, 
and  said  to  contain  20,000  inhabitants,  a  statement 
which  I  did  not  credit  at  the  time  I  heard  it,  nor 
do  I  now.   The  mountain  now  approaches  the  rives 


IBREEM.  417 

on  the  east  bank,  and  we  perceive  a  door  cut  in  the 
face  of  it,  probably  that  of  a  tomb.  As  we  advance, 
the  cultivation  ceases,  the  rock  shoots  close  in  upon 
the  edge  of  the  river,  and  completely  locks  up  the 
valley  on  the  east  bank,  towering  perpendicularly 
from  the  stream,  to  the  height  of  about  300  feet ; 
it  is  formed  by  nature  the  fortress  of  Nubia.  On 
its  summit  stand  the  mouldering  ruins  of  the  an- 
cient capital  of  the  district,  that  loomed  upon  the 
eye  as  we  entered  the  province,  and  told  the  melan- 
choly tale  of  its  disaster.  On  the  west  bank,  im- 
mediately opposite,  is  a  vast  plain  of  yellow  sand, 
blown  into  mounds  and  heaps  of  all  shapes  and 
dimensions. 

Ibreem  is  said  to  be  the  ancient  Premna,  and  the 
account  of  it,  given  by  Strabo,  as  fortified  by  na- 
ture, sufficiently  corresponds  with  the  actual  cir- 
cumstances of  the  place ;  but  when  he  states  that 
the  Romans,  in  marching  from  Pselcha  (Kalabshi), 
passed  over  the  mounds  of  sand,  under  which  Cam- 
byses*  army  were  buried,  he  seems  rather  to  be 
at  variance  with  Herodotus,  who  relates  that  the 
army  of  the  Persian  monarch,  surprized  by  the 
sandy  deluge,  were  marching  to  chastise  the  Am- 
monians  ;  and  their  route  must  have  lain  quite  in 
the  contrary  direction  to  that  of  the  Roman  army 
under  Petronius,  proceeding  to  punish  the  Ethiopi- 
ans, for  an  irruption  into  the  Thebaid. 

There  is  no  town  or  village  in  Nubia  now  called 

vol.  I.  E  E 


^418  IBREEM. 

Ibreem;  it  was  finally  destroyed  by  the  Mamelukes, 
on  their  retreat  to  Dongola,  when  pursued  by  the 
present  Pasha  of  Egypt.  It  is  still  called  gala 
Ibreem,  or  the  fortress  of  Ibreem,  but  it  is  quite  de- 
serted and  without  an  inhabitant j  but  more  of  this 
on  our  return.  We  passed  it  at  four  o'clock  p.  ir. 
There  are  several  grottoes  cut  in  the  rock,  a  little 
above  the  surface  of  the  water;  four  of  them  seemed 
to  be  of  consequence,  but  we  did  not  stop  to  exa- 
mine them.  The  wind  was  fair,  and  we  continued 
to  prosecute  our  voyage.  Immediately  to  the  south 
of  the  fort  is  a  beautiful  spot  of  highly  cultivated 
ground,  passing  along  by  the  village  Ginaina; 
lighted  up  by  the  evening  sun,  it  looked  like  the 
land  of  enchantment.  We  continued  to  sail  for  a 
considerable  way  after  sun-set,  and  about  eight 
o'clock  arrived  at  the  village  of  Massmass,  on  the 
west  bank  of  the  river,  where  we  stopped  for  the 
night ;  and  sat  down  to  dine  in  the  middle  of  a  rich 
field  of  new-sprung  barley.  There  was  not  a  single 
spot  near  the  river  free  of  cultivation,  on  which  we 
could  spread  our  mats.  We  were  soon  joined  by 
some  of  the  natives  from  the  village.  Their  com- 
.,  plexions  are  not  so  dark,  either  here  or  at  Deer,  as 
we  found  them  on  our  first  entering  Nubia j  they 
have  more  of  the  cast  and  hue  of  the  Arabs,  and 
speak  Arabic  very  well. 

Next  morning,  the  20th,  we  started  with  a  favor- 
able breeze,  and  proceeded  along  the  highly  cuiti- 


ARMINNE*  419 

voted  bank  of  the  river.    The  barley  is  about  a  foot 
long ;  the  Thebaic  palm  and  the  date  tree  are  in 
full  leaf,  and,  lighted  up  with  the  brilliancy  of  the 
morning  sun,  present  a  most  captivating  and  en- 
livening scene.     The  mountains  on  the  east,  are 
high  and  bold,  and  at  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  river;  they  are  not  continuous,  as  formerly, 
but  in  detached  masses,  separated  by  narrow  defiles, 
and  divided,  by  a  stony  level,  from  the  cultivated 
ground  on  the  edge  of  the  river.    On  the  west  bank, 
the  sand  is  blown  close  in  to  the  river,  and  there  is 
no  cultivation,  except  in  small  patches  here  and 
there.     Around  Arminne,  on  the  east,  there  is  a 
rocky  flat,  and  a  little  farther  on  cultivation  almost 
ceases.     The  acacia  and  palm  trees  still  continue ; 
sailing  remarkably  pleasant,  the  breeze  perfectly 
delightful.      The  horizontal  sandstone  still  con- 
tinues, and  round  shaped  insulated  rocks  spring  up 
in  different  places  on  the  west,  which  is  high,  and 
the  flat  rock  covered  with  sand.     Our  course  is 
west-south-west.     The  row  of  acacia  trees  on  each 
side  of  the  river,  is  almost  the  only  verdure.     The 
bare,  black,  rocky  flat  still  continues  on  the  east 
bank  j  but  there  is  a  small  cultivated  space  between 
it  and  the  river,  which  two  Persian  wheels  are  busily 
employed  in  irrigating.     The  mountains  on  the 
sandy  flat,  on  the  left  hand,  are  like  pyramids;  some 
of  them  are  conical,  others  truncated,  and  covered 

e  e  2 


420  TAMEET. 

half  way  up  with  sand.  Our  course  here  is  more 
directly  south,  the  river  very  broad  and  running 
with  a  strong  current  At  three  o'clock  p.  m.  we 
saw  a  family,  consisting  of  a  man,  a  woman,  and  two 
children,  cross  the  river  on  a  heap  of  rushes  tied 
together,  they  steered  themselves  with  two  paddles, 
and  led  two  camels,  which  swam  behind  them.  A 
little  before  arriving  at  the  village  of  Tameet,  a 
high  rock  appears  on  the  west,  bounding  the  sandy 
plain,  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  river.  It 
seems  as  if  it  were  the  termination  of  the  mountain 
ridge,  and  approaches  close  to  the  river,  and  com- 
mands a  beautiful  prospect  of  its  course.  The 
mountain  exhibits  an  irregular  notched  appearance, 
and  all  between  its  winding  course  and  the  river  is 
covered  with  sand.  Tameet  is  a  pleasantly  situated 
small  village  on  the  east,  with  one  Persian  wheel, 
and  abundance  of  fine  spreading  palm  trees.  The 
picturesque  mountain  which  I  have  been  describing, 
contains  the  celebrated  temples  of  Absambul,  the 
most  remarkable  of  which  has  lately  been  opened 
by  Mr.  Belzoni,  along  with  Mr.  Beechy,  the  Ho- 
norable Captain  Irby,  and  Captain  Mangles,  R.  N. 
%There  is  here  a  slight  rise  in  the  bed  of  the  river, 
which,  for  a  little,  shapes  a  westerly  course,  and 
several  islands  spring  up  in  its  bed,  which,  with  the 
rocks  and  trees,  and  the  river  gliding  smoothly 
among  them  in  front,  render  the  approach  to  Ab- 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  421 

sambul  extremely  interesting.  We  reached  it  at 
five  o'clock  p.  m,  and  made  fast  for  the  night  nearly 
opposite  to  the  northmost  temple. 

In  the  course  of  this  day's  sail  we  had  passed  the 
villages  Alamcou,  Tashke,  Nerak,  Fourgoundi, 
which  is  also  the  name  of  a  district,  and  Arteezi, 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  river;  and  on  the  east, 
Wadi  Shabak,  Maharea,  Farky,  Arminne,  Emir, 
Tameet,  and  Farrek.  There  is  no  village  at  the 
temple  of  Absambul.  Having  landed,  we  proceeded 
immediately  to  inspect  the  northmost  temple,  which 
was  open.  The  other,  though  it  had  been  opened 
by  the  intelligent  and  enterprising  antiquary  above- 
mentioned,  only  four  months  previous  to  our  ar- 
rival, was  at  this  time  so  blown  up  with  sand,  that 
it  could  not  be  entered  without  a  serious  operation 
to  clear  that  away,  for  which  there  was  not  time 
that  night  This  northmost  temple  is  about  five 
paces  distant  from  the  river ;  yet  even  this  small  spot 
of  ground  was  cultivated,  and  carried  a  luxuriant 
crop  of  young  barley.  As  well  as  the  other  temple 
this  is  entirely  cut  in  the  sandstone  rock,  the 
front  of  which  has  been  hewn  down ;  and  three  sta- 
tues cut  out  of  it  ornament  each  side  of  the  door 
of  the  temple.  The  part  of  the  rock  which  has  bedff 
wrought  for  the  front  of  the  temple,  is  111  feet 
long.  The  devices  begin  on  the  north  or  right- 
hand-side,  with  a  human  figure  extending  his  right 
hand,  armed  with  an  instrument  like  a  sickle,  to- 


422  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL. 

wards  Osiris,  who  is  seated.  Before  him  is  a  well- 
cut  table  of  hieroglyphics,  probably  expressing  the 
object  of  his  application  to  the  divinity.  In  his 
left  hand  he  holds  a  similar  instrument,  but  it  is  re- 
versed and  pointed  downwards,  and  he  has  a  row  of 
hieroglyphics  under  his  feet.  The  next  ornament 
is  a  colossal  statue  of  about  thirty  feet  high,  wrought 
in  a  deep  niche  in  front  of  the  rock  :  it  is  standing, 
and  two  tall  feathers  rise  up  from  the  middle  of  the 
head-dress,  with  the  globe  or  moon  on  each  side. 
The  beard  is  square,  and  the  hair  is  broad  and  bushy; 
the  body  stands  quite  erect,  with  the  arms  down  by 
the  side ;  the  fingers  are  broken  off.  A  belt  comes 
round  the  waist  with  hieroglyphics  in  front  for  a  clasp 
to  secure  a  kirtle  which  descends  down  to  about  the 
middle  of  the  thigh.  The  left  leg  is  extended  and 
broken  a  little  below  the  haunches;  the  right  is 
erect  and  entire.  On  each  side,  behind  the  thigh 
and  leg,  there  is  a  small  human  figure  of  about  five 
feet  high.  That  on  the  left  of  the  statue  holds  in 
her  left  hand  a  Janus-faced  sistrum.  At  first  ap- 
pearance the  figure  seems  to  hold  it,  but  it  does  not 
do  so ;  for  the  handle  of  the  sistrum  rests  on  the 
back  of  her  hand.   This  is  the  case  in  almost  every 

^instance  of  Egyptian  sculpture.  The  instrument 
which  is  pretended  to  be  held,  passes  over  the  back 
of  the  hand.     The  same  is  frequently  the  case  in 

*  their  painting,  and  the  hand  itself  is  generally 
turned  the  wrong  way,  and  the  fingers  are  frequently 


r 


TEMPLES   OF    ABSANLBUL.  423 

all  of  one  length,  which  is  rather  remarkable,  con- 
sidering with  what  accuracy  the  same  artists  have 
represented  the  feet  in  almost  all  their  statues,  in 
which  the  great  toe  is  usually  represented,  as  it  is 
in  nature,  shorter  than  the  one  next  it.  This  is  not 
the  case  in  the  Grecian  statues.  With  her  right 
hand  this  small  figure  supports  the  thigh  of  the 
statue.  A  large  wig-looking  head-dress  falls  down 
on  the  right  shoulder  The  face  is  destroyed.  There 
is  a  table  of  hieroglyphics  down  the  side,  and  the 
goose  instead  of  the  usual  globe  or  egg,  over  the 
back,  has  a  long  square  over  the  tail,  which,  per* 
haps  may  mean  the  same  thing.  The  figure  is 
lightly  robed.  The  small  figure  on  the  right  of  the 
statue  is  the  same,  and  supports  the  thigh  with  the 
left  hand.  It  is  more  entire,  excepting  that  part  of 
the  mass  of  hair  is  wanting  on  the  right  shoulder. 
There  is  also  beside  this  figure  a  table  of  hierogly- 
phics. The  goose  and  the  character  over  the  tail 
are  the  same ;  but  the  other  characters  are  different. 
It  is  remarkable  how  exactly  this  group  corresppnds 
with  the  stable  in  Thebes,  called  the  statue  of 
Memnon,  near  Medina  Thabou,  and  also  with  the 
sculpture  on  the  lids  of  the  large  sarcophagi  in  the 
tombs  of  the  kings.  Then  comes  a  projection  ^>f 
the  rock  shaped  like  a  buttress,  and  covered  with 
hieroglyphics,  forming  one  side  of  this  as  of  an- 
other niche,  in  which  is  wrought  in  high  relief,  a 
colossal  statue  of  Isis.  The  head-dress  is  high,  and 


424  TEMPLES    OF    ABSAMBUL. 

enclosed,  as  usual,  between  two  bonis ;  the  hair  falls 
over  each  shoulder  in  a  round  mass.  In  the  sta- 
tue already  described,  the  hair  was  flat  in  front, 
having  somewhat  the  appearance  of  that  of  the 
sphinx.  The  left  hand  is  brought  across  the  breast, 
and  holds  something  like  a  mace,  but  the  instrument 
held  is  considerably  injured,  and  it  is  difficult  to  say 
what  it  is.  The  left  hand  hangs  down  by  the  side. 
The  left  foot  is  advanced  and  very  entire.  There 
are  two  figures  on  each  side  about  seven  feet  high, 
with  hieroglyphics  in  the  same  style  as  in  the  former 
statue.  Then  comes  a  similar  projection  in  the  rock, 
covered  also  with  hieroglyphics,  followed  by  an- 
other niche  in  which  is  another  statue  more  massy 
and  robust  than  any  of  the  other  two,  with  short 
head-dress  and  square  beard.  The  foot  of  the  sta- 
tue is  about  four  feet  long.  There  are  two  smaller 
figures  one  on  each  side,  as  in  the  former  groups, 
but  the  hands  do  not  touch  the  statue,  with  tableta 
and  rows  of  hieroglyphics. 

We  are  now  arrived  at  the  sides  of  the  door  which 
are  likewise  covered  with  hieroglyphics,  and  Osiris 
.and  the  hawk-headed  deity  are  seated  over  it, 
turned  back  to  back  and  receiving  offerings.  Piss- 
ing to  the  other  side  of  the  door,  we  are  presented 
with  the  same  three  groups  wrought  in  niches,  and 
separated  by  buttresses  attended  by  small  statues, 
ati'd  covered  with  hieroglyphics  as  in  those  already 
described.     I  regret  extremely  that  I  had  not  time 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  425 

to  copy  the  tablets  of  hieroglyphics  attached  to 
each  statue,  because  that  would  have  enabled  me  to 
identify  them  with  other  statues  characterised  by 
similar  insignia,  or  to  distinguish  them  from  such 
as  were  not.  These  tablets  are  to  be  considered  as 
names  or  coats  of  arms,  belonging  exclusively  to 
the  statues,  or  the  persons  whom  they  represent ; 
and  a  collection  of  the  whole  of  them  might  en- 
able us  to  class  different  statues,  tombs,  subjects, 
and  buildings,  and  a  due  consideration  of  them  when 
arranged,  assisted  with  a  little  local  knowledge,  and 
the  light  of  history,  might  help  us  a  little  through 
the  intricate  labyrinth  of  the  mysterious  hierogly- 
phics. On  each  side  of  the  passage  in  entering,  offer- 
ings are  presented  to  Isis,  who  holds  in  her  hand  the 
lotus-headed  sceptre,  surrounded  with  numerous 
hieroglyphics.  Within  the  temple,  and  turning  to 
the  left,  is  the  representation  of  Osiris  with  his  eye- 
headed  sceptre  in  one  hand,  and  a  sickle  in  the 
other.  Near  to  him  is  an  unfortunate  negro  on  his 
knees,  imploring  mercy  from  a  mighty  personage 
who  holds  a  bow  in  one  hand  and  a  hatchet  in  the 
other,  with  an  interesting-looking  female  figure  be- 
hind him.  Then,  another  female  and  a  person 
with  a  nilometer,  or  notched  staff  in  his  hand.  Then 
Anubis  with  his  hand  resting  on  the  head  of  a  dis- 
tinguished personage  on  the  one  side,  and  the. 
hawk-headed  deity  with  his  hand  placed  in  the  same 
position  on  the  other  side.  This  honored  individual 


436.  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAAIBUL. 

holds  a  graduated  staff,  which  rests  on  the  bead  of 
a  crocodile,  which  rests  on  a  globe  ;  then  a  female 
presents  an  offering  to  Isis,  who  is  seated  and  or- 
namented with  the  head-dress  incircled  with  fea- 
thery with  which  we  found  her  attired  in  Elephan- 
tina,  with  the  globe  and  serpents  over  her  head,  and 
the  sacred  tau  in  her  left  hand.  A  small  little 
squat  figure  is  presented  to  Osiris,  and  near  to  him 
a  bird  with  extended  wings  is  hovering  over  the 
head  of  an  illustrious  individual,  whose  countenance 
is  peculiarly  expressive  of  rapture  and  delight. 
We  are  now  arrived  at  the  end  of  the  chamber, 
where  a  door  leads  into  a  side  apartment,  which, 
for  want  of  light,  could  not  be  particularly  ex- 
amined. On  the  other  side  of  the  door,  a  female, 
with  the  moon  or  globe  over  her  head,  offers  to  Isis, 
whose  head  is  similarly  ornamented.  Next  a  Horus 
is  pourtrayed  on  each  side  of  the  centre  door j  but 
of  particularly  small  dimensions  compared  with  the 
size  of  the  other  figures.  He  is  without  his  usually 
distinguishing  lock  of  hair,  and  the  sacred  tau  is 
inverted,  which  should  indicate  the  extinction  of 
life,  after  which  the  body  is  no  longer  a  lodgment 
for  the  soul.  Around  the  door  there  is  a  great  pro- 
fusion of  hieroglyphics.  On  the  other  side  of  the 
door  Isis  is  seated,  and  presented  with  offerings  as 
already  mentioned,  and  here  a  female  holds  a  cat- 
headed  sistrum,  similar  to  what  I  have  observed,  in 
the  temple  at  Elephantina.     Then  near  to  a  priest 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  427 

of  Ammon,  sits  a  most  miserable  palsied  figure, 
looking  as  if  the  soul  were  struck  out  of  him  by 
terror ;  he  holds  a  feeble  scourge  in  his  hand,  and 
is  painted  red $  the  other  figures  are  yellow.  Close 
to  him  there  is  a  table  loaded  with  offerings,  which 
are  presented  to  a  hero,  or  a  god,  who  has  his  hand 
extended  towards  him  in  a  most  threatening  atti- 
tude. The  same  figures  are  repeated  on  each  side 
of  the  front  door.  The  six  columns  in  the  middle 
of  the  chamber  are  also  covered  with  hieroglyphics, 
and  representations  of  the  ram-headed,  the  hawk- 
headed,  and  the  ibis-headed  deity,  and  the  lion- 
headed  goddess  or  Isis,  all  with  the  globe  or  moon 
over  head.  The  capitals  of  the  columns  are  human 
heads,  and  are  adorned  with  numerous  hierogly- 
phics. There  are  likewise  many  hieroglyphics  on 
the  ceiling,  which  is  very  unusual. 

Passing  into  the  second  chamber,  we  find  Isis 
seated,  holding  the  sacred  tau  in  her  left  hand,  and 
presented  with  offerings j  she  is  backed  by  another 
female,  who  also  holds  the  sacred  tau.  On  the 
right  of  the  door  the  hawk-headed  deity  is  seated, 
and  presented  with  offerings ;  and  on  the  left,  Osiris, 
with  the  human  body  and  the  human  head,  is  simi- 
larly honored.  Much  interesting  sculpture  and 
hieroglyphics  are  lavished  both  upon  this  and  the 
third  room,  some  of  which  are  remarkably  well  ex- 
ecuted ;  and  in  a  niche  in  the  upper  part  of  this' 
room,  or  sekos,  is  seated  a  small  and  much  disin- 


428  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL. 

tegrated  statue  of  NephthS,  the  wife  of  Typhon. 
Both  the  front  and  interior  of  this  temple  are  ex- 
tremely interesting,  I  have  described  those  objects 
which  particularly  struck  me  on  taking  a  hasty  view 
of  the  whole,  and  must  now  leave  it  to  consider  its 
lately  opened  and  more  distinguished  neighbor. 

The  first  notice  of  the  existence  of  this  superb 
temple,  which  is  cut  in  the  rock  like  the  one  that 
has  just  been  described,  was  communicated  to  Mr. 
Salt  by  the  late  lamented  Mr.  Burkchardt,  on  his 
return  to  Cairo  from  an  interesting  excursion  that 
he  had  made  along  the  banks  of  the  Nile  as  far  as 
Dongola.  The  front  of  it  was  blown  up  with  sand, 
and  nothing  but  the  colossal  heads  of  the  statues, 
and  some  decorations  on  the  superior  part  of  the 
front  of  the  temple,  appeared j  however,  what  was 
seen  was  of  such  a  description  as  to  render  it  highly 
desirable  to  uncover  the  rest,  to  see  how  far  the  in- 
terior corresponded  with  the  imposing  exterior  of 
the  temple.  The  description  of  Mr.  Burkchardt 
was  such  as  to  induce  Mr.  Salt  to  turn  his  attention 
to  it,  and  to  request  Mr.  Belzoni  to  proceed  thither 
to  examine  the  ground,  and  finally  to  clear  the  long- 
buried  temple  from  the  overwhelming  mass  of  sand 
with  which  it  had  been  covered  for  ages.  In  this 
expedition  Mr.  Belzoni  was  accompanied  by  Mr. 
William  Beechy,  the  intelligent  and  accomplished 
son  of  the  celebrated  artist  of  that  name,  and  whose 
intelligence  and  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  an- 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  4$9 

tiquities  of  Egypt  entitle  him  to  hold  a  distinguished 
rank  among  the  antiquaries  of  his  country.  It  is 
unnecessary  in  this  place  to  enter  into  a  detail  of 
the  hostile  disposition  of  the  natives,  or  of  the  other 
difficulties  with  which  the  enterprise  was  encom- 
passed %  suffice  it  to  say,  that  they  were  all  sur- 
mounted :  even  the  threats  of  starvation  itself  were 
not  sufficient  to  shake  their  resolution,  or  for  one 
moment  to  divert  them  from  their  purpose.  De- 
serted  by  the  laborers,  the  greater  part  of  the  sand 
was  cleared  away  from  the  front  of  the  temple,  and 
the  interior  laid  open,  by  the  labors  df  their  own 
hands,  in  which  they  were  powerfully  assisted  by 
the  able  and  hearty  co-operation  of  the  Honorable 
Captain  Irby  and  Captain  Mangles  of  the  royal  navy, 
who  but  a  few  months  before  had  commenced  their 
extensive  and  most  interesting  travels  in  the  Levant. 
The  temple  is  1 17  feet  in  front,  and  from  the 
upper  cornice  to  the  base  86  feet  six  inches  high. 
The  entrance  door  is  nearly  in  the  centre ;  on  each 
side  of  which  two  immense  colossal  statues  are 
wrought  out  of  the  front  of  the  rock  in  high  relief, 
each  of  which  is  51  feet  high,  not  including  the 
caps,  or  head-dress,  which  are  14  feet  high.  They 
are  25  feet  four  inches  across  the  shoulders,  and 
15  feet  six  inches  from  the  elbow  to  the  shoulders; 
the  ear  is  three  feet  six  inches  long  ;  the  beard  is 
five  feet  six  inches  long.  The  statues  are  in  a  sit- 
ting posture ;  but  when  we  saw  them,  they  were 


4&>  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL, 

so  blown  up  with  sand;  that  it  Was  impossible  to  tell 
whether  they  were  sitting  or  standing ;  so  that  I  am 
indebted  to  my  friend,  Mr.  Belzoni*  for  that  inform- 
ation, ad  well  as  for  the  minute  measurements  men- 
tioned above. 

These  colossal  statues  on  each  side  of  the  door 
da  not  appear  to  be  placed  in  niches,  like  those  on 
front  of  the  adjoining  temple  already  described,  but. 
are  projecting  from  the  rock ;  and  the  one  next  the 
door,  on  the  left  hand,  is  broken  down.  In  a  niche 
over  the  door  stands  the  hawk-headed  deity,  with 
the  globe  or  moon  over  his  head,  and  the  sacred 
tau  in  each  hand ;  the  statue  is  SO  feet  high,  well 
formed,  and  offerings  are  presented  to  it  by  two  fe- 
males on  each  side,  who  are  not  in  the  niche,  but 
on  the  level  face  of  the  rock,  surrounded  with  hiero- 
glyphics. Below  the  hawk-headed  deity,  on  the 
left  hand,  stands  a  small  statue  of  Isis,  and  on  the 
right,  that  of  a  terminal  wolf.  There  is  a  moulding 
rovnd  the  top  of  the  temple,  and  down  the  sides ; 
and  above  it  four  tablets  of  hieroglyphics  answering 
to  the  four  statues  in  front,  with  the  goose  and  egg. 
over  her  back  between  each  of  them.  Above  them 
is  a  row  of  monkies,  twenty  in  number,  and  each 
eight  feet  high.  Such  are  the  principle  objects 
worthy  of  attention  on  the  exterior  of  this  temple. 
Jt  is  situated  about  200  yards  higher  up  the  river 
than  the  one  already  described.  There  is  a  small 
cr^ek  or  recess  in  the  mountain  between  them, 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  431 

which  is  blown  up  with  sand,  and  which,  whenever 
it  is  cleared  away,  is  replaced  again  by  the  next 
eddying  wind ;  as  a  proof  of  which*  I  may  mention 
that  the  temple  had  been  entered  about  a  month 
before  our  arrival  by  three  English  gentlemen, 
Colonel  Stretton,  Mr.  Bennet  and  Mr.  Fuller,  and 
when  we  came  to  it*  the  door  was  so  completely 
blown  up,  that  we  hesitated  for  some  time  whether 
we  could  afford  time  to  open  it  or  not ;  however, 
as  it  was  the  last  discovered  in  Nubia,  and  as  the 
exterior  greatly  exceeded  in  magnificence  any  of 
the  others,  the  noble  traveller  determined  not  to 
leave  the  place  till  he  had  a  view  of  the  interior  also. 
The  reis  and  sailors  of  the  different  vessels  were  ap- 
plied to  to  undertake  the  task  of  clearing  away  the 
sand,  and  were  promised  a  handsome  baxiss  for  their 
trouble,  to  be  greater  as  the  time  in  which  they  ac- 
complished the  labor  was  shorter.  At  first  they 
eagerly  caught  at  the  proposal ;  but,  on  farther  con* 
sideration,  whether  from  a  wish  to  extort  a  higher 
premium,  or  yielding  to  the  natural  ennui  of  their 
disposition,  they  absolutely  refused  doing  it  at  all* 
However,  having  once  resolved  upon  it,  we  were 
determined  not  to  be  kept  out  of  the  interior  of  the 
temple  by  the  absurd  caprice  of  our  reises  and 
sailors,  and  without  troubling  them  with  urgent  en- 
treaties, agreed  to  accomplish  it  ourselves.  This 
was,  perhaps,  the  best  scheme  that  could  have  sug- 
gested itself  to  make  them  comply  with  our  wishes; 


432  TEMPLES    OF  ABSAMBUL. 

for  they  no  sooner  perceived  that  we  were  bent  upon 
the  work,  than  they  were  all  obedience,  and,  step- 
ping forward,  took  up  the  mattocks,  spades  and 
baskets,  and  such  other  instruments  as  we  had,  and 
cheerfully  commenced  the  work  of  carrying  out  the 
sand* 

Here  d.  most  disagreeable  scene  occurred  between 
the  workmen  and  a  revengeful  Arab.     The  field  of 
our  operations  was  directly  und  er  the  precipitous  front 
of  the  temple ;  and  the  boatmen  had  no  sooner  com- 
menced their  labors,  than  an  Arab,  who  had  taken 
possession  of  the  height  immediately  above,  pro- 
ceeded to  roll  down  large  stones  upon  them.    For- 
tunately, no  person  was  hurt ;  but  all  were  instantly 
dislodged,  and  greatly  alarmed.     The  stones  that 
he  rolled  down  with  such  remorseless  vengeance, 
were  more  than  sufficient  to  have  killed  any  man, 
had  they  fallen  from  a  height  much  less  considerable 
than  that  from  which  they  were  precipitated.    On 
looking  up,  the  enemy  was  soon  discovered,  by  no 
means  shrinking,  or  attempting  to  conceal  himself; 
but,  bold  and  daring  in  his  attack,  threatened  a  re- 
newal of  hostilities  on  the  first  man  who  should  re- 
sume the  operation.    He  was  summoned  to  retire ; 
but  no,  he  had  chosen  his  ground,  and  would  not  quit 
the  advantageous  post  that  made  one  man  a  match 
for  so  many.    There  was  no  time  for  parleying :  he 
might  soon  have  been  supported  by  hundreds,  which 
would  have  rendered  negociation  more  difficult,  and 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  433 

opposition  on  our  part  less  effective.    Aware  of 
this,  Lord  Belmore  desired  an  English  sailor,  who 
by  this  time  had  come  up  with  a  musket  in  his 
hand,  to  fire  a  ball  within  a  small  distance  of  his 
head,  so  as  just  to  let  him  hear  the  sound  of  it* 
The  order  was  instantly  obeyed,  and  had  the  effect 
of  making  him  crouch  dpwn  behind  an  elevation  in 
the  rock.    Several  other  shots  were  fired  at  him 
from  other  quarters ;  and  our  assailant  began  to  feel 
that  his  post  was  not  quite  bo  tenable  as  he  had  at  first 
conceived  it  to  be,  and  looking  up  from  behind  his 
entrenchment,  and  seeing  the  same  sailor,  who  had 
fired  the  first  shot  at  him,  now  levelling  a  pistol  to 
hit  him  more  directly,  he  instantly  got  up  and  took 
to  his  heels.    Our  swift-footed  Greek,  who  by  this 
time  had  scaled  the  height,  pursued  him  for  a  great 
way  into  the  desert,  wishing  to  take  him  prisoner, 
and  thereby  prevent  him  from  alarming  his  tribe, 
or  giving  us  any  farther  annoyance,  till  we  should 
have  satisfied  ourselves  with  the  temple,  and  then 
a  short  time  would  put  us  out  of  their  reach  ;  but 
the  swift-footed  Greek,  after  having  for  a  consider- 
able time  equalled  the  pace,  without  being  able 
to  overtake  his  antagonist,  abandoned  the  chace 
of  the  swifter-footed  Arab,  and  returned  without 
his  prey. 

On  inquiring  into  the  cause  of  this  most  extraor- 
dinary, and  seemingly  unprovoked  aggression,  on 
the  part  of  the  Arab,  which  still  appeared  the  more 

VOL.  I.  F  F 


4S4  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL. 

unaccountable  as  he  had  been  very  civil  and  com* 
plaisant  to  us  the  night  before,  we  found  that  it 
arose  from  the  following  circumstance,  and  that  we 
had  our  interpreter  to  blame  for  the  whole  affray. 
This  poor  man  was  the  owner  of  the  fine  crop  of 
barley  that  grew  on  the  edge  of  the  river,  close  to 
where  we  landed,  and  there  being  no  grass  in  the 
place,  Lord  Belmore  desired  the  interpreter  to  ask 
his  permission  to  pasture  the  goats  upon  it  till  to- 
morrow, when  we  should  be  going  away;  and  that 
he  would  then  compensate  him  for  whatever  da- 
mage they  should  have  done  to  his  crop.  To  this 
the  Arab  most  cheerfully  and  readily  consented ; 
and  politely  hinted,  that  two  milch  goats  could  not 
do  much  injury  to  his  corn,  for  the  short  time  that 
we  proposed  to  remain ;  and  went  off  to  his  home, 
happy  and  contented,  and  friendly  disposed  towards 
us.  On  returning  to  visit  us  next  morning,  he  made 
up  to  the  interpreter,  and  asked  for  his  promised 
baxiss,  that  was  to  indemnify  him  for  the  injury 
which  his  property  had  sustained.  The  interpreter, 
instead  of  learning  the  amount,  and  satisfying  him 
by  discharging  it,  endeavored  to  put  him  of£  under 
the  pretence  of  not  having  money  about  him,  and 
desired  him  to  have  patience,  or  to  wait  a  little. 
The  pretence  and  delay  made  him  perfectly  frantic ; 
he  became  quite  abusive,  imagining  that  the  inter- 
preter, by  attempting  to  put  him  off  a  little,  did  not 
mean  to  indemnify  him  at  all :  for  in  their  inter- 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL.  435 

course  with  one  another,  when  a  person  defers  any 
transaction  of  this  kind  till  to-morrow,  which  he 
might  as  well  do  to-day,  they  think  he  has  no  very 
serious  intention  of  doing  it  at  all $  and  in  their 
colloquial  language,  bouchftra,  which  signifies  "  to- 
morrow,19 is  often  taken  in  an  acceptation  synony- 
mous with  "  never."  Such  was  the  construction  that 
the  Arab  put  upon  the  words  of  the  interpreter,  and 
such  was  the  plan  of  revenge  which  he  adopted. 
On  hearing  this  account  of  the  business,  all  of  us 
were  extremely  sorry  for  the  poor  Arab.  It  was 
impossible  now  to  indemnify  him  in  any  way  for  hisr 
loss,  or  to  convince  him  that  the  word  of  an  English- 
man is  as  good  as  his  money;  and  that  though  "wait 
a  little,"  may  be  equivalent  to  "  never,"  in  Arabic, 
it  is  not  so  in  English ;  and  that  a  whole  party  ought 
not  to  be  attacked  because  the  interpreter  did  not 
choose  to  obey  the  commands  of  his  master. 

The  fray  being  ended,  a  guard  was  stationed  on 
the  heights,  and  the  sailors  returned  to  their  labor, 
and  in  about  three  quarters  of  an  hour,  to  our  inex- 
pressible j  oy,  the  temple  was  opened.  We  enter ;  it  is 
excessively  hot,  a  perfect  stove ;  with  a  damp  unplea- 
sant smell  in  the  air.  Near  the  door  it  is  much  blown 
up  with  sand,  and  greatly  resembles  the  temple  of 
Diarfissen,  already  described.  The  first  chamber 
that  we  entered  into,  is  52  feet  broad  by  5J  feet 
long,  and  the  roof  about  SO  feet  high.  It  is  sup- 
ported by  two  rows  of  four  large  massy  columns 

ff2 


486  TEMPLES  OF  AffSAMftUL. 

in  each  row  down  the  middle,  in  a  line  from  each 
side  of  the  door.  Each  column  is  of  the  caryatide 
species.  It  is  a  statue  of  Osiris,  with  his  arms  folded 
across  the  chest;  in  the  one  hand  he  holds  a  scourge, 
and  in  the  other  the  crook,  or  the  pastoral  staff 
Behind  the  columns  a  battle  scene  is  pourtrayed 
on  each  side  of  the  door.  The  hero  is  mounted  in 
his  war-chariot,  with  his  bow  bent  in  his  hand,  and 
his  enemies,  transfixed  with  his  arrows,  are  falling 
and  flying  in  every  direction.  On  the  right  hand, 
behind  the  row  of  columns*  two  doors  lead  into  two 
long  narrow  chambers,  in  which  there  is  an  im- 
mense quantity  of  black  flocculent  powder,  as  if  from 
decomposed  wood.  The  damp  disagreeable  smell 
is  here  particularly  strong.  A  number  of  human 
figures  and  hieroglyphics  are  painted  on  the  wall,  in 
black,  red,  and  yellow.  The  black  round  the  neck 
of  the  red  figures  gives  a  peculiarly  uncouth  ex- 
pression to  the  countenance,  and  to  the  whole  group 
along  the  walls.  Osiris,  Isis,  Horus,  and  the  hawk- 
headed  deity,  are  the  principal  divinities  pourtrayed 
along  the  walls,  and  presented  with  offerings,  in  the 
different  chambers.  Farts  of  the  roof  have  fallen 
i%  and  in  almost  all  the  chambers  the  quantity  of 
black  flocculent  powder,  from  the  decomposed  wood, 
is  very  great,  and  it  is  to  that  circumstance  that  we 
were  disposed  to  attribute  the  high  temperature  of 
the  interior  of  the  temple,  and  the  damp  disagree- 
able  smell  which  is  most  strongly  perceptible  in 


TBMFLBS  OF  AB3AMBUL.  497 

going  off  the  sand  that  has  drifted  ia  by  the  door. 
On  the  left  hand  side  of  the  entrance-chamber  there 
is  no  door  leading  into  rooms  corresponding  with 
those  on  the  right  hand  side,  but  the  last  column 
is  joined  to  the  side  of  the  room  by  a  high  wall,  for 
which  we  could  not  assign  any  very  obvious  rea- 
son, unless  it  were  for  supporting  the  ceiling j  per- 
haps if  this  wall  were  removed,  and  the  side  of  the 
temple  carefully  examined,  something  similar  might 
be  discovered ;  for  in  every  other  respect  the  two 
•ides  of  the  temple  correspond  exactly.  Proceed- 
ing down  the  temple  from  this  wall,  a  passage  leads 
into  a  small  chamber,  from  which  two  doors  tun* 
off  to  the  left,  leading  into  two  long  narrow  cham? 
bers,  with  benches  along  the  sides,  and  a  great  quaur 
tity  of  black  flocculent  powder,  like  what  has  just 
been  mentioned  in  the  two  chambers  on  the  right 
of  the  great  chamber.  There  are  three  chambers 
on  the  right  side  of  the  temple,  exactly  similar  to 
these,  and  similarly  provided  with  benches.  Then 
going  down  the  passage  in  the  middle  of  the  tern* 
pie,  we  entered  into  a  large  square  chamber,  with 
four  square  columns  in  the  middle  of  it,  to  support 
the  roof.  It  contained  nothing  particular,  saving 
some  masses  of  half  decayed  wood.  From  this  we 
passed  into  a  long  narrow  chamber,  from  each  end 
of  which  a  passage  led  into  a  small  side  room,  nei- 
ther of  which  contains  any  thing,  and  from  the  mid- 
dle of  it  a  passage  leads  into  the  sekos  or  sanctuary, 


438  TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL. 

which  is  a  long  narrow  chamber,  exactly  opposite 
to  the  entrance  in  the  front  of  the  rock.  There  is 
ah  altar  in  the  middle  of  it,  and  in  the  upper  end  of 
it  are  four  statues  seated  in  a  recess,  each  about 
eight  feet  high. 

Beginning  at  the  right  hand  side,  the  first  statue 
is  that  of  the  hawk-headed  deity.  The  second  is 
covered  with  a  helmet,  somewhat  resembling  that 
of  Minerva :  these  two  have  ho  beards.  The  third 
statue  has  a  tall  head-dress  like  the  tutulus ;  the 
fourth  is  bare-headed,  and  has  an  ornament  running 
down  the  front  of  his  robe,  from  his  chin  over  his 
knees.  It  is  about  an  inch  broad,  has  a  curved 
head,  and  ends  in  a  cloven  extremity  at  his  feet,  like 
the  sceptre  of  Osiris :  these  two  have  beards.  The 
stone  of  which  they  consist  is  soft,  and  rapidly  de- 
composing, as  is  indeed  the  whole  interior  of  the 
temple.  The  distance  from  the  entrance-door  to 
the  four  statues  in  the  last  chamber,  is  about  150 
feet,  and  the  distance  from  the  end  of  the  one  side- 
chamber,  to  the  end  of  the  one  opposite,  is  nearly 
the  same. 

Having  completed  this  hasty  inspection  of  the 
temple,  and  nearly  burnt  out  all  our  candles,  we 
were  glad  to  leave  the  unwholesome  damp  by  which 
it  was  pervaded,  and  which  was  as  rapidly  dissolv- 
ing us  as  it  was  decomposing  the  rocky  walls  by 
which  it  was  confined.  We  shut  up  the  door  with 
large  stones,  as  we  had  found  it,  to  keep  out  the 


TEMPLES   OF   ABSAMBUL*  439 

sand,  and,  if  possible,  the  Nubians  and  Arabs,  still 
more  destructive  to  works  of  art j  and  having  got 
on  board,  immediately  gave  our  sails  to  the  wind, 
and  proceeded  on  our  voyage ;  to  see  more,  and  to 
muse  on  what  we  had  just  seen. 

I  had  nearly  neglected  to  mention,  that  this  tem- 
ple has  fourteen  chambers  in  all,  and  that  the  only 
piece  of  antiquity  that  was  found  in  it,  when  first 
opened,  was  the  wooden  statue  of  a  monkey,  and  a 
wooden  door ;  neither  of  which  were  of  any  value. 
The  latitude  of  Absambul,  as  taken  by  the  sun,  is 
22'  2tf  ir5  taken  by  the  star  sirius  is  22°  2tf  21"; 
and  the  longitude  is  31°  40'  57".  There  is  a  small 
temple  cut  in  the  rock  on  the  other  side  of  the  river, 
opposite  to  Absambul ;  but  we  did  not,  at  that  time, 
stop  to  examine  it.  On  hearing  the  discharge  of  our 
muskets,  several  of  the  natives  crossed  the  river,  and 
came  up  to  us  to  learn  the  cause,  and  on  hearing  the 
case  laid  before  them,  highly  condemned  the  Arab 
for  his  conduct.  We  found  a  pleasant  looking  valley 
on  the  south  of  the  mountain  of  Absambul,  but  com- 
pletely covered  with  sand,  except  a  small  strip  on  the 
edge  of  the  river,  which  was  cultivated.  The  conti- 
nued range  of  mountain,  which  bounded  our  view  on 
the  west,  is  now  interrupted,  and  a  number  of  insu- 
lated pyramidal  masses  spring  up  in  different  places 
in  the  sandy  plain,  which  is  partially  covered  with  a 
shrub  resembling  the  juniper  or  dwarf  cedar ;  around 
which  the  sand  is  much  consolidated.    On  the  east 


440  COMMINOHANE* 

we  passed  a  ruined  village  named  Add£,  and  part 
of  the  mountain  called  Djibl  Eehem ;  and  on  the 
west,  the  villages  Belai  and  Ambib,  and  stopped  for 
the  night  at  Comn)inghan£,  and,  as  usual,  sat  down 
to  dine  on  the  sand.    The  light  of  the  moon  and 
the  whole  army  of  heaven  are  delightful,  beyond 
the  power  of  language  to  express*    No  climate  on 
earth  can  exceed  that  of  the  evening  in  Nubia* 
Numbers  of  the  villagers  came  down  to  visit  us } 
they  were  mostly  of  the  swarthy  Arab  complexion, 
not  black9  and  spoke  the  Arabic  language  fluently  i 
it  seemed  to  be  their  native  tongue,    They  told  us 
of  some  ruins  that  lay  at  a  short  distance  up  the 
river,  to  which  they  offered  to  accompany  us  next 
morning*    They  likewise  informed  us  that  the  cele- 
brated island  of  Meroe,  where  stood  the  capital  of 
ancient  Ethiopia,  is  now  called  Saie ;  perhaps  it 
always  was  so  in  the  language  of  the  country :  that 
it  is  a  large  island,  with  many  rocks  and  ruined  tern* 
pies ;  that  we  could  not  sail  to  it,  but  it  behoved  us 
to  take  asses  or  camels  $  and  that  it  was  a  ride  of 
seven  or  eight  days  from  hence,  and  perfectly  safe; 
and  from  that  to  Dongola  is  a  ride  of  four  days 
further j  that  the  Mamelukes  were  there  in  great 
force,  and  were  endeavoring  to  keep  up  their  mar* 
tial  spirit,  and  retrieve  the  shattered  state  of  their 
affairs,  by  making  piratical  attacks  on  the  different 
caravans  which  pass  that  way  to  Sennar,  or  Dar- 
frur  j  that  the  rate  of  travelling  is  eighteen«pence 


BANKS   OF  THE   NILK.  441 

a-day,  per  man,  every  thing  included ;  and  that  we 
are  one  day's  sail  from  the  second  cataract. 

Our  Arabs,  who  had  promised  so  civilly  on  the 
evening  of  the  20th,  did  not  arrive  on  the  morning 
of  the  31st,  and  at  eight  o'clock  we  began  tracking 
on  our  voyage*     On  the  west  bank,  there  is  a  fine 
row  of  acacia  shrubs,  with  the  sand  blown  up  be* 
hind  tbem*    On  the  east  bank,  there  is  a  beautiful 
level  plain,  well  cultivated,  and  adorned  with  the 
date  and  Thebaic  palm  trees  in  great  abundance, 
A  little  farther  on,  the  west  bank  is  peculiarly  de« 
sert,  and  we  miss  very  much  the  cheerful  cultivated 
strips  on  the  edge  of  the  riven     The  scenery  is 
now  so  much  changed,  that  it  is  not  villages  where 
the  valley  widens,  and  their  absence  in  places  where 
the  rock  approaches  the  river,  but  villages  among 
the  different  heaps  of  sand.     The  rock  on  the  west 
is  low,  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  river,  which  I 
estimate  to  be  fully  half  a  mile  in  breadth,  consider, 
ably  broader  here  than  at  Cairo,  and,  notwithstand- 
ing the  subsidence  of  the  inundation,  it  appears  to 
contain  more  water,  probably  on  account  of  the 
great  evaporation,  and  the  Nile's  receiving  no  tii. 
butary  stream  throughout  the  whole  of  that  length* 
ened  course.     We  passed  the  villages  Ambi  and 
Farras  (a  name  given  to  the  hippopotamus)  on  the 
west,  where  there  are  small  patches  of  cultivation 
among  the  sand.     The  natives  appeared  sitting  on 
the  bank,  most  of  them  naked    This  was  the  most 


442  SERRE. 

famished  picture  that  I  ever  saw  in  my  life  ;  poor 
naked  swarthy  men  sitting  among  the  sand,  and 
every  thing  barren  around  them.  The  females  sel- 
dom show  themselves  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  and 
when  they  do,  they  are  properly  clothed*  This  is 
the  custom  of  both  young  and  old,  and  is  seldom 
deviated  from.  We  did  not  see  any  of  the  Hippo- 
potami,  but  were  informed  by  the  natives  that  they 
still  exist,  though  but  few  in  number.  They  re- 
main in  the  river  during  the  day,  and  go  out  during 
the  night,  and  feed  in  the  corn  fields.  At  noon  a 
breeze  sprung  up,  and  relieved  the  tired  sailors 
from  their  tracking.  On  the  east  bank,  which  is  also 
covered  with  sand,  we  passed  the  villages  Goastrou, 
And&n,  and  Dindan  ;  opposite  to  which  there  is  an 
island  of  the  same  name,  and  a  ruined  village  on 
the  west  bank.  At  two  o'clock  p.  m.  the  course  of 
the  river  lay  west  and  by  south.  I  am  informed, 
that  rain  falls  here  in  the  month  of  May,  that  it  is 
very  heavy,  and  the  wind  very  high.  Snow  also  is 
said  to  fall,  but  not  every  year,  and  the  natives 
could  hardly  find  a  word  in  their  dialect  to  express 
it  I  am  not  disposed  to  credit  that  snow  falls  in 
the  torrid  zone,  at  1500  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.  Here  we  crossed  over  to  the  west  bank,  and 
having  passed  the  island  Anticourdieu,  tracked  on 
a  little  way  farther,  and  about  half  an  hour  before 
sun-set  stopped  at  the  village  of  Serr6  for  the  night. 
Here  there  is  only  one  house  on  the  bank  of  the 


* 


S£JRJU5* 

river ;  but  a  number  of  people  came  down  to  visit 
us  from  a  village  of  the  same  name,  which  is  close 
at  hand.  Lady  Belmore  presented  the  females  with 
some  beads  and  looking-glasses,  with  which  they 
appeared  highly  gratified,  and  Lord  Belmore  sent 
a  present  of  tobacco  to  the  shiekh  who  did  not 
visit  us. 

After  dinner  his  lordship  went  out,  accompanied 
by  several  of  the  party,  to  observe  the  movements 
of  the  antelopes,  whose  footsteps  marked  the  sand 
in  every  direction.  He  remained  on  the  watch  till 
about  nine  o'clock,  when  he  returned  without  hav- 
ing seen  any,  although  he  had  been  conducted  by 
a  native  to  what  was  considered  the  most  likely  place 
to  intercept  the  inhabitants  of  the  desert.  His 
lordship's  servant  who  remained  out  for  a  consider* 
able  time  longer,  was  tantalized  by  the  sight  of  a 
fine  deer,  but  could  not  get  within  shot  of  it.  At 
seven  o'clock  next  morning  we  again  commenced 
tracking.  The  country  now  becomes  more  culti- 
vated, and  the  Persian  wheels  are  busily  at  work. 
They  are  generally  drawn  by  com'S,  attended  by  a 
man  or  a  boy,  and  continue  moving  the  whole  night 
with  a  squeaking  unpleasant  noise.  The  river  is 
now  become  much  clearer,  and  continues  as  broad 
as  formerly  mentioned,  Serre  is  a  large  village  with 
many  inhabitants,  and  scattered  over  a  large  space 
of  ground,  which  is  well  cultivated  in  front  of  the 
bouse,  and  well  watered*    The  cotton  plant  grows 


44^  ISHKID. 

here  in  great  abundance*  Dibair  is  likewise  a  large 
village  on  the  east  bank ;  near  to  which  the  moun- 
tain peeks  up,  in  different  places,  in  the  shape  of 
pyramids,  The  west  bank  is  well  cultivated  with 
many  acacias,  which,  however,  continue  but  for  a 
short  way,  and  are  succeeded  by  a  low  extensive 
plain  of  >sand,  with  here  and  there  a  ruined  cottage 
on  the  bank.  The  east  bank  is  well  cultivated,  the 
river  still  very  broad.  Our  course  is  south-west 
and  by  south.  About  two  o'clock  p.m.  we  ar- 
rived at  khkid,  which  is  a  large  scattered  village! 
embosomed  in  a  grove  of  palm  trees  on  the  east  bank 
of  the  river.  It  is  the  residence  of  two  cachiefs, 
Hassan  and  Hessien,  whose  two  sons  are  the  vice* 
cachiefs  of  Deer.  The  natives  assembled  on  the 
bank  to  witness  our  arrival,  they  were  well-dressed 
and  manifested  an  air  of  superiority  in  their  man* 
ner  and  address,  which  we  had  not  observed  in  any 
of  the  natives  since  we  entered  Nubia. 

Immediately  on  landing  Lord  Belmore  proceeded 
to  pay  his  respects  to  the  cachiefs,  whom  he  found 
attended  with  a  state  and  magnificence  altogether 
unusual  in  that  country,  and  of  course  unlooked 
for.  Hassan  was  an  old  man  on  the  verge  of 
seventy  years ;  but  of  remarkably  fine  feature,  and 
the  venerable  air  of  royalty  itself.  Hessien  ap- 
peared of  the  age  of  forty,  in  size  a  perfect  giant  of 
the  most  Herculean  mould,  with  a  tremendous  sword 
by  his  side,  which  his  arm  alone  was  equal  to  wield. 


ItHKID.  4*5 

Their  complaisance  was  extreme,  and  their  noble 
visiter  was  so  gratified  with  his  reception,  that  he 
determined  not  to  leave  Ishkid  that  night,  more 
especially  as  they  informed  him  that  he  was  now 
within  five  hours'  sail  of  the  second  cataract.    On 
leaving  them  to  return  to  the  vessel  they  sent  him 
a  compliment  of  seven  sheep,  and  offered  every  fa- 
cility in  their  power  to  forward  him  on  his  voyage. 
His  lordship  in  return,  Bent  one  of  them  a  set  of 
coffee  cups,  and  the  other  a  travelling  carpet.  These 
were  not  men  to  be  presented  with  a  little  soap, 
coffee,  or  tobacco,  like  the  village  shiekhs  whom  we 
had  encountered  in  other  parts  of  Nubia. 

We  dined  on  the  bank  as  usual,  but  at  an  earlier 
hour,  and  during  the  time  of  dinner  a  messenger  ar- 
rived from  Hessien  cachief,  leading  a  little  black 
boy,  whom  he  was  commanded  to  present  to  his 
noble  visiter  as  a  slave*  Such  a  present  instead  of 
being  a  benefit  would  really  have  been  a  great  an- 
noyance to  us ;  but  how  to  refuse  it  was  the  diffi- 
culty ;  both  the  interpreter  and  couspasha  declared 
that  it  was  contrary  to  all  the  customs  and  laws  of 
the  country  to  refuse  a  present,  and  this  being  con- 
sidered as  a  very  handsome  present,  they  were  per- 
fectly astonished  how  there  could  be  any  scruple 
in  accepting  it.  Such  however  was  our  accommoda- 
tion, that  it  could  not  admit  of  any  addition  to  the 
party,  and  to  have  accepted  him  would  really  have 
been  taking  a  boy  to  nurse,  not  to  be  of  use.    Ac- 


446  ISHKIO. 

cordingly  he  was  returned  to  his  former  master,  eft 
the  principle  that  neither  an  Englishman  nor  a 
Christian  can  consistently  accept  of  a  slave.    No 
offence  whatever  was  taken  at  it.  On  the  contrary, 
the  younger  cachief  came  down  in  the  evening  and 
sat  and  smoked  his  pipe  with  us  for  a  considerable 
time.     His  senior,  as  we  were  informed,  had  gone 
to  bed  a  little  under  the  influence  of  that  beverage, 
which,  when  indulged  in,  never  fails  to  vanquish  the 
strongest.     A  little  sobered,  he  came  out  in  the 
evening,  and  a  fire  was  lighted  in  a  sort  of  court 
yard  among  the  trees,  where  his  carpet  was  spread, 
and  he  sat  down  to  smoke  and  drink,  and  enjoy 
himself  with  his  men  and  horses  standing  around  ^ 
him. 

The  reisses  and  sailors  of  the  different  vessels, 
also  held  their  gala.  They  gathered  sticks  and  made 
a  fire,  and  sat  down  round  it,  and  hired  a  native  to 
beat  the  tambour  to  them.  Occasionally  one  of  them 
rose  and  attitudinized  in  his  libidinous  dance  for 
the  entertainment  of  the  rest ;  at  other  times  they 
all  sat  down,  every  two  of  them  face  to  face,  and 
raised  their  hands,  and  clapped  them  against  each 
other,  at  the  same  time  calling  out  most  hideously, 
and  keeping  time  to  the  beat  of  the  tambour.  They 
kept  up  the  diversion  till  about  eleven  o'clock  at 
night,  when  all  came  quietly  on  board,  not  tipsy ; 
but  certainly  not  without  having  tasted ;  for  they 
had  bo£h  the  smell  and  appearance  of  it.     The 


^  1SHKID.  447 

spirit  of  the  country  is  arrack,  and  is  distilled  from 
dates,  which  the  liberal  Mussulmans  think  they  are 
at  liberty  to  drink,  because  the  Koran  only  prohi- 
bits wine ;  but  the  most  correct  and  by  far  the  most 
respectable  Moslems,  believe  that  under  that  term 
is  prohibited  the  use  of  all  intoxicating  liquor  what* 
ever,  and  on  that  account  never  taste  any  species 

of  it. 

Ishkid  is  the  place  where  travellers  who  wish  to 

go  above  the  cataract  bargain  for  camels.  It  is  ten 
days'  journey  from  this  to  Saie  by  a  camel,  and  five 
by  a  dromedary,  and  the  hire  for  either  is  fifty  shil- 
lings, to  go  and  return. 

Next  morning,  the  2Sd,  we  resumed  our  voyage 
•at  a  quarter  past  seven,  still  obliged  to  track  for 
want  of  wind.  The  west  bank  is  still  low  and 
covered  with  sand.  The  east  bank  all  round  Ish- 
kid is  well  watered  and  well  cultivated,  and  there 
are  many  Persian  wheels.  A  little  higher  up  a  rock 
cuts  in  close  upon  the  Nile,  and  all  is  barren  and 
void  of  cultivation,  except  a  few  shrubs  and  syca- 
more trees  on  the  brink  of  the  river.  The  hori- 
zontal sandstone  still  continues,  and  small  patches 
of  cultivated  ground  around  the  villages  of  Serree 
and  Argeem,  on  the  west.  The  ridge  of  mountain 
now  takes  a  long  winding  sweep  towards  the  south- 
west, and  after  encircling  a  wide  sandy  plain,  shoots 
on  to  the  river.  It  is  a  table-shaped  mountain,  and 
is  called  Psheer.    We  game  in  sight  of  it  at  the 


448  SECOND   CATARACT. 

village  of  Ang6sh  about  eleven  o'clock.  The  river 
here  turns  more  westerly,  and  afterwards  winds 
round  in  a  southern  direction.  The  open  sandy 
plain  rises  gradually  towards  a  rocky  eminence,  out 
of  which  there  spring  up  here  and  there  several 
table-shaped  or  pyramidal  mountain  masses.  On 
the  east  bank  between  the  mountain  and  the  river, 
there  is  a  small  pleasant  village  called  Souloung- 
duffS,  with  fine  crops  of  barley,  which  has  been 
dibbled,  and  plenty  of  palm  trees,  and  several  Per- 
sian wheels.  Now  all  cultivation  ceases,  and  the 
rock  and  sand  on  both  sides  shoot  close  in  to  the 
verge  of  the  river.  On  the  summit  of  a  rocky  emi- 
nence on  the  west  and  right  a-head,  we  descry 
something  like  a  tumulus,  or  the  pedestal  of  a  mo- 
numental column $  an  island  appears  a-head  in  the 
middle  of  the  river,  we  hold  on  our  way,  and  in  a 
Httle  time,  at  two  o'clock  p.  m.  reached  the  second 
cataract,  having  sailed  as  far  as  its  rocky  bed  would 
allow  us,  we  made  fast  to  the  bank  on  the  west  side 
of  the  river. 

We  landed  immediately,  every  heart  bounding 
with  gratitude  and  joy,  feeling  that  we  had  now  at- 
tained the  limits  of  our  journey  in  this  direction, 
and  proceeded  to  explore  the  works  of  nature  and 
art,  as  they  lay  in  this  quarter  of  the  stony  world. 
There  were  neither  people  nor  villages  around  us. 
All  is  rock  and  sand.  There  are  a  few  ruined 
houses,  some  of  which  have  been  two  stories  high, 


SECOND    CATARACT,  449 

the  remains  of  a  former  village  on  an  island  in  the 
middle  of  the  Nile.  The  object  that  chiefly  invited 
our  attention  was  the  cairn  or  tumulus  that  had  loom- 
ed so  picturesquely  upon  us  from  the  mountain  top 
as  we  approached,  and  thither  we  directed  our  steps 
over  the  burning  sand.    It  is  about  a  quarter  of  an 
hour's  walk  from  the  place  where  we  stopped,  and 
the  ascent  is  by  no  means  difficult  When  we  came 
near  the  mountain,  our  curiosity  was  excited  by  ob- 
serving innumerable  small  heaps  of  stones,  about 
five  or  six  stones  in  each  heap,  piled  up  together 
as  tokens  of  so  many  visits,  or  memorials  of  certain 
occurrences  which  individuals  had  chose  thus  to 
perpetuate*  These  monumental  tumuli  extend  for  at 
least  a  hundred  yards  round  the  base  of  the  moun- 
tain, and  up  the  adjoining  elevation  to  the  west, 
and  up  the  side  of  the  cairn  itself,  which  consists  of 
a  number  of  larger  stones  carelessly  thrown  toge- 
ther,    A  well-worn,  and  apparently  still  well-fre- 
quented track  passes  up  the  side  of  the  mountain, 
by  which  we  ascended  to  the  summit    Here  we 
found  the  cairn  more  regularly  built,  and  a  door  in 
it  looking  to  the  south,  which  showed  us  in  the  in- 
terior, the  tomb  of  an  honored  shiekh,  hung  on 
three  sides,  with  as  many  pieces  of  white  cloth,  each 
of  which  was  inscribed  with  pious  Arabic  sentences 
from  the  Kor&n.    The  side  next  the  door  had  no 
cloth,  it  had  been  left  uncovered  for  the  purpose  of 
showing  the  tomb,   near  to  which  was  a  small 
vol.  u  GO 


450  SECOND    CATARACT* 

earthenware  censer  that  had  lately  been  employed 
for  burning  incense  ;  the  charcoal  and  ashes  were 
sttti  fresh  in  the  bottom  of  it.  Several  other  pa* 
teras  were  standing  by  of  a  similar  description,  and 
from  their  contents,  had  evidently  been  used  for  a 
similar  purpose.  We  made  many  inquiries  about 
this  illustrious  personage,  whom  futurity  continued 
to  honor  with  such  signal  devotion,  but  could  learn 
nothing  of  him  from  any  of  the  men  who  accom- 
panied .  us  from  the  boats.  Next  day  one  of  the 
natives  informed  us  that  his  name  was  Shiekh  Ab- 
dalla  Gadi ;  that  he  was  a  very  great  and  a  very 
old  shiekh,  much  revered  for  his  sanctity  and  worth ; 
but  he  could  tell  nothing  more  about  him.  All  he 
had  said  was  abundantly  confirmed  by  the  marks 
of  respect  which  we  saw  around  his  tomb,  left  there 
by  the  many  pilgrims  who  for  ages  had  resorted 
thither  to  pour  out  the  devotions  of  their  hearts, 
and  to  gather  confidence  from  his  tomb  to  encounter 
again  the  toils  and  struggles  of  the  world. 

From  the  summit  of  this  lofty  station  the  spec* 
tator  enjoys  an  extensive  view  of  the  cataract ;  and, 
as  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  he  sees  the  river  broken 
into  a  number  of  separate  streams  by  rocks  and 
islets  springing  up  in  its  bed.  Some  of  them  are 
covered  with  shrubs  and  verdure ;  others  lift  up 
their  bare  rocky  heads,  and  contrast  beautifully 
with  the  sheets  of  water  that  reflect  the  suta-beams 
between  them.    It  appears  as  if  the  river  were  here 


SECOND    CATARACT.  451 

issuing  from  a  marshy  source,  and  the  traveller  is 
almost  convinced  that  the  origin  of  this  mighty 
stream  is  not  to  be  sought  for  any  farther.  There 
is  no  fall  of  water  within  the  whole  range  of  vision  ; 
and  the  term  cataract  must  be  interpreted  here,  as 
in  the  former  instance  at  Assouan,  to  import  merely 
an  obstruction  to  the  navigation  and  equable  cur- 
rent of  the  river.  On  the  large  island  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  cataract,  and  which  is  called  Djene- 
zoff,  there  are  the  remains  of  a  ruined  village,  built 
upon  a  considerable  eminence,  probably  the  ruins 
of  a  former  village.  How  could  ruin,  or  devastation, 
or  man's  cupidity  to  destroy,  find  out  such  at  spot 
as  this !  Let  him  wander  where  he  will,  the  sword 
never  fails  to  persecute  the  race. 

From  the  contemplation  of  this  interesting  scene, 
we  returned  to  our  vessels,  dined  on  the  bank,  and 
celebrated  the  birth-day  of  Lord  Corry,  the  eldest 
son  of  the  noble  traveller,  who  had  that  day,  the 
23d  of  December,  completed  his  seventeenth  year. 
Though  all  around  was  barren  and  bare,  we  were 
not  without  our  comforts :  plenty  of  French  wines, 
and  porter,  and  a  bumper  of  the  best  Irish  whiskey 
to  drain  to  the  health  of  that  young  and  patriotic 
nobleman,  whom  may  God  preserve  for  many  years. 

Next  day,  the  24th,  was  spent  in  walking  about 
the  cataract.  On  the  morning,  one  of  the  natives 
brought  us  over  an  ass,  and  offered  to  conduct  us 
to  a  fall  in  the  river,  which  he  said  was  about  an 

g  g  2 


452  SECOND   CATARACT. 

hour  and  a  half  distant.  This  seemed  to  be  the 
only  ass  which  the  place  afforded,  and  we  gladly 
accepted  the  offer.  Lady  Belmore  and  Miss  Brook, 
the  youngest,  though  by  no  means  the  worst  tra- 
veller of  the  party,  rode  alternately,  and  the  rest  of 
us  scrambled  over  the  sand  in  the  best  way  we 
could.  Our  silent  guide  led  us  up  to  a  bluff  point 
of  the  rock  which  projected  a  little  way  into  the 
river,  and  which  might  be  about  three  quarters  of 
an  hour  distant  from  the  place  where  our  vessels 
were  lying,  and  then  informed  us  that  this  was  the 
place  to  which  he  meant  to  conduct  us,  and  said  it 
was  very  beautiful.  We  certainly  had  a  fine  view  of 
the  river,  but  there  was  no  waterfall.  It  was,  how- 
ever, a  very  good  place  for  taking  an  observation 
to  ascertain  the  latitude  of  the  second  cataract ; 
and  the  noble  traveller,  whose  servant  carried  the 
instruments  along  with  him,  proceeded  to  arrange 
them  for  that  purpose ;  but,  unfortunately,  ere  the 
sextant  was  mounted,  the  sun  had  begun  to  dip,  so 
that  the  observation  was  lost  for  that  day. 

We  next  proceeded  to  the  very  important  opera- 
tion of  having  all  the  names  of  the  party  engraved 
on  the  rock  ;  and,  having  selected  a  spot  suitable  for 
the  purpose,  the  ship's  carpenter  set  to  work  with  his 
chisel  and  mallet,  and,  in  a  short  time,  accomplished 
the  task.  While  the  operation  was  going  on,  we 
proceeded  higher  up  the  river,  to  where  it  winds  a 
little  westward.  Here  we  ascended  to  the  summit  of 


SECOND   CATARACT.  453 

several  of  the  rocks  to  view  the  cataract  in  different 
directions j  the  most  elevated  of  these  insulated 
rocks  is  also  the  southmost,  and  from  the  summit 
of  it  we  enjoyed  the  most  uninterrupted  and  exten- 
sive view  of  the  interesting  scene  that  we  had  tra- 
velled so  far  to  contemplate.  Throughout  the  whole 
field  of  vision  we  saw  the  river  divided  by  innumer- 
able rocks  and  islands,  in  the  manner  already  de- 
scribed; yet,  from  the  mountain-top,  we  could 
easily  trace  a  main  current  wheeling  its  way  among 
the  rocks  and  islands,  so  as  to  preserve  the  conti- 
nuity of  one  principal  stream  throughout.  Here 
and  there,  where  it  passes  over  a  rugged  or  uneven 
base,  the  current  is  slightly  dimpled,  and  a  feeble 
rushing  may  be  heard j  but  there  is  no  phenomenon 
that  can  be  called  a  waterfall  within  the  whole 
sphere  of  vision,  and  the  neighboring  inhabitants 
would  be  more  puzzled  to  hear  it  at  all,  than  to  avoid 
being  deafened  by  the  roar  of  its  cascade. 

Following  the  course  of  the  river,  which  is  south, 
and  a  little  westerly,  the  prospect  is  bounded  by 
two  lofty  mountains  that  cut .  in  upon  its  course 
nearly  at  right  angles ;  they  are  merely  the  con- 
tiguous portions  of  the  same  mountain  range,  with 
a  passage  for  the  river  between  them,  and  it  would, 
perhaps,  be  more  correct  to  say  that  the  river  had 
cut  through  them,  than  that  they  cut  in  upon  the 
river.  On  each  side  of  the  river  the  whole  prospect 
is  one  vast  desert  of  rock  and  sand.    The  rock  in 


454  SECOND   CATARACT. 

some  places  is  table-shaped,  in  others  pyramidal ; 
the  sand  is  of  that  light  species  of  yellow  quick-sand 
that  glides  from  under  the  feet  on  the  slightest 
pressure,  and  seems  to  be  formed  from  the  disin- 
tegrated sandstone  rocks  with  which  the  whole 
scene  is  covered.     We  perceived  one  solitary  hut 
at  a  small  distance,  on  the  river's  edge ;  but  I  have 
no  doubt  that  there  were  several  others  close  at 
hand,  from  the  number  of  individuals  that  we  saw 
in  the  course  of  the  day.     From  this  lofty  station 
we  moved  to  a  rocky  point  near  to  the  brink  of  the ' 
river ;  but  the  view  was  neither  so  interesting,  nor 
so  extensive  as  that  which  has  been  already  de- 
scribed.   Perceiving  here  the  names  of  some  of  our 
English  friends  sculptured  on  the  rock,  we  proceeded 
to  engrave  our  own,  as  a  memorial  of  our  visit,  and 
to  tell  the  future  traveller  that  we  had  been  there 
before  him.     Hiving  finished  this  piece  of  litho- 
graphy, we  set  out  on  our  return  to  the  vessel, 
highly  gratified  with  our  day's  excursion.    On  our 
way  thither,  we  passed  by  an  old  mud-house,  which 
was  so  large  as  to  be  divided  into  four  apartments. 
The  inside  of  the  walls  were  ornamented  with  re- 
presentations of  Greek  saints,  pourtrayed  in  the 
usual  hideous  style  of  that  most  barbarous  school ; 
the  partitions  were  more  modern  in  their  appear- 
ance, and  without  any  ornament ;  the  apartments 
themselves  were  filled  with  bags  of  saltpetre  and 
common  rock  salt,  as  if  this  had  been  a  khan  for 


SECOND    CATARACT.  455 

the  passing  traveller,  or  a  general  magazine  fop  the 
supply  of  the  country,  near  which  no  body  resided. 
Continuing  our  route  over  the  sand,  we  passed  the 
tomb  of  the  venerable  Shiekh  Abdallah  Gadi,  and 
in  a  little  time  arrived  at  the  vessels j  where,  to  our 
inexpressible  joy,  we  found  that  our  friend  Captain 
Cony,  who  had  left  us  in  the  morning  to  proceed 
with  his  little  caravan  to  Saie,  and  to  rejoin  us  at 
Cairo,  had  returned*  because  the  shiekh  of  the  ca- 
ravan from  Ishkid  had  not  implemented  his  agree- 
ment in  forwarding  the  stipulated  and  necessary 
accommodation.  We  sat  down,  as  usual,  to  dine 
in  the  twilight.  The  second  cataract  of  the  Nile 
is  not  a  place  to  part  with  friends ;  we  rejoiced  sin- 
cerely in  his  return,  and  spent  the  evening  comfort- 
ably together. 

The  rock  here  is  still  sandstone;  granite  ftay 
exist,  but  we  saw  none  of  it:  the  proportion  of 
quartz  in  the  sandstone  in  some  places  is  very  great; 
it  is  frequently  pervaded  by  veins  of  pure  quartz  in 
small  masses  of  about  an  inch  square.  The  peb- 
bles, of  which  there  is  a  great  profusion  scattered 
about,  are  chiefly  flint,  Egyptian  jasper,  agate,  and 
bloodstone ;  the  specimens  of  the  latter  are  very  rare. 

Next  morning,  the  25th  of  December,  Christinas- 
day,  we  were  ready  to  proceed  on  our  return ;  but, 
having  missed  the  observation  the  preceding  day, 
we  delayed  till  noon,  when  the  noble  traveller  took 
an  observation  for  the  latitude  of  the  second  cat** 


4t56  SECOND   CATARACT. 

ract,  which  he  found  to  be  21*  52'  50',  and  the 
longitude  31°  %7  19'  east,  and  caused  it  to  be  en- 
graved on  the  rock,  a  little  a-stern  of  the  last  vessel, 
for  the  information  of  future  travellers,  who  might 
not  be  so  amply  provided  with  instruments  as  him- 
self. 

By  two  o'clock  p.  m.  every  thing  was  ready ;  the 
masts  were  all  struck,  and  laid  along  the  sides  of 
the  vessels,  and  the  oars  mounted  upon  them,  as, 
from  the  prevalence  of  the  northerly  winds,  there 
was  little  reason  to  hope  that  we  should  have  occa- 
sion for  sails.  The  boat  of  the  noble  traveller 
showed  the  way,  and  we  all  followed  him  on  our 
return,  much  gratified  with  having  achieved  the 
object  that  we  had  proposed  to  ourselves  on  leaving 
the  city  of  Cairo.  I  believe  I  may  be  permitted  to 
add,  that  the  Earl  of  Belmore  is  the  only  English 
nobleman  that  ever  was  there,  and  certainly  the 
first  who  carried  his  lady  and  family  along  with  him, 
to  drink  of  the  waters  of  the  Nile  in  this  stage  of 
their  progress,  and  to  behold  the  unliving  scenery 
with  which  they  are  surrounded. 

The  weather  was  delightful ;  and,  with  three  or 
four  oars  to  each  vessel,  which  the  sailors  plied  with 
renovated  vigor,  assisted  by  the  favoring  current, 
we  glided  down  the  stream  in  the  most  charming 
manner.  But  how  different  the  tone  of  mind  from 
that  with  which  we  ascended !  when  every  faculty 
wasbraced  and  aroused  into  action;  the  eye  glancing 


SECOND   CATARACT.  457 

from  side  to  side,  over  mountain  and  plain,  villages 
and  trees,  and  prying  into  every  creek,  in  hopes  of 
discovering  something  new  in  a  land  that  we  had 
never  visited  before.  But  now  the  gloss  of  novelty 
is  soiled ;  the  interesting  and  to  us  untrodden  scenes 
are  left  behind :  what  lies  between  the  beginning 
and  end  of  the  second  cataract,  between  that  and 
the  third,  the  fourth  and  onward,  through  all  the 
land  of  ancient  Ethiopia,  to  the  source  of  the  hi- 
therto unexplored  branch  of  the  Nile,  and  far  be- 
yond ?  These  are  fields  over  which  the  fancy  may 
delight  to  wander ;  but  fancy  can  neither  see  nor 
truly  feel.  With  what  diminished  excitement  do 
we  now  look  on  the  sandy  plains,  the  small  huts, 
the  palm-trees,  and  the  water-wheels !  Yet  we  hold 
on  our  watery  way.  We  stopped  to  dine  at  Seree, 
and  then  dropped  down  to  Ishkid,  where  we  stopped 
for  the  night.   . 

Next  morning,  the  26th,  we  set  off  at  seven 
o'clock,  without  having  seen  any  of  the  cachiefs j 
and,  the  mind  having  recovered  a  little  from  the 
depression  of  the  preceding  day,  we  were  much 
gratified  in  reviewing  the  barren  scenery  between 
Ishkid  and  Absambul.  We  observed  that  many  of 
the  pyramidal  mounds  that  spring  up  in  the  sandy 
plain  are  artificial,  and  have  doors  of  entrance  in 
the  side ;  some  of  them  also  are  natural,  though 
assisted  by  art  in  the  symmetry  of  their  form.  They 
are  in  prodigious  numbers ;  the  stream  of  pyramids, 
if  I  may  be  allowed  the  phrase,  like  the  stream  of 


458  NUBIA, 

civilization,  appears  to  have  descended  the  Nile. 
Some  of  them  are  quite  conical,  others  truncated ; 
and  though  the  plain  is  without  a  blade  of  grass  to 
refresh  the  eye,  yet  the  variety  of  shade  and  sun- 
shine,  of  ruin  and  tranquillity,  that  alternate  on 
its  surface,  are  extremely  delightful  and  impres- 
sive.   Nubia  appears  to  have  been  so  little  known 
to  the  ancients,  that  any  notices  which  they  have 
left  us  upon  it  are  vague  and  unsatisfactory,  tending 
little  to  facilitate  our  researches  into  its  former  state. 
The  term  Nubia  is  seldom  mentioned  by  them  at 
all,  and  when  it  is,  the  limits  of  the  country  so 
named  are  not  defined.    A  capital  of  Nubia  is  men- 
tioned by  Strabo,  but  he  does  not  inform  us  where 
it  was ;  and  his  friend  Eratosthenes  makes  Nubia 
occupy  the  left  or  west  bank  of  the  Nile,  from 
Meroe  to  the  bend  of  the  river,  and  states  that  it  was 
not  subject  to  Ethiopia.     This  excludes  from  the 
country,  that  anciently  went  by  the  name  of  Nubia, 
almost  the  whole  of  that  track  which  is  characterised 
by  that  name  in  the  present  day,  and  which,  accord* 
ing  to  the  best  accounts  that  I  have  received,  ex- 
tends from  Syene,  or  Assouan,  to  Saie ;  an  extent 
of  about  400  miles.     Of  the  breadth  of  the  track 
so  named  I  am  hardly  a  judge.    The  term,  in  its 
present  acceptation,  extends  to  both  sides  of  the 
river  alike,  but  how  far  eastward  or  westward  I  do 
not  pretend  to  know.    That  part  of  it  which  is  im- 
mediately in  contact  with  the  Nile  is  very  small, 
and  I  do  not  think  averages  above  a  quarter  of  a 


NUBIA.  459 

mile  in  breadth  on  each  side  of  the  river*     In  no 
place  do  I  think  it  is  a  couple  of  miles  from  the 
river  to  the  mountain  on  either  side,  even  where  the 
plain  is  covered  with  sand,  which  are  the  broadest 
parts  of  it ;  and  the  narrowest  parts  of  it  are  some- 
times but  a  few  yards  between  the  mountain  and 
the  river,  and  in  some  places  nothing  at  all,  the  * 
mountain  being  in  close  contact  with  the  stream. 
So  that,  allowing  the  whole  to  have  been  cultivated, 
even  those  parts  which  are  now  buried  under  sand, 
Nubia  never  could  have  been  a  populous,  a  rich,  or 
a  formidable  country;  and  if  an  independent  coun- 
try at  all,  must  have  owed  its  freedom  to  the  good- 
natured  sufferance  of  Egypt  on  the  one  hand,  and 
Ethiopia  on  the  other.     In  any  part  of  the  course 
of  the  river  wherever  we  ascended  to  the  top  of  the 
mountain  range,  on  either  side,  the  whole  extent 
of  the  prospect  was  covered  with  rock  and  sand ; 
and  indeed  the  want  of  water  is  quite  adequate  to 
prevent  its  being  any  thing  else.    Detached  springs 
may  break  out  in  different  places,  and  a  few  huts 
may  be  placed  down  around  them ;  but  they  are 
all  inconsiderable.  There  is  no  large  oasis,  i.  e.  place 
of  sweet  or  freshwater,  in  this  direction,  and  the  great 
body  of  the  population  must  always  have  been  on  the 
banks  of  the  Nile.     Those  who  think  that  parallel- 
ograms have  any  virtue  in  civilizing  or  preserving 
the  moral  character  of  mankind,  have  here,  in  the 
valley  of  the  Nile,  a  fine  field  formed  by  nature  for 


460  NUBIA- 

trying  the  experiment.  From  Cairo  to  the  second 
cataract  is  one  vast  parallelogram  of  seven  or  eight 
hundred  miles  a-side ;  it  is  bounded  on  each  side  by 
a  low  mountain  range,  which  they  may  fortify,  and 
render  inaccessible  to  disturbance,  or  the  contagion 
of  bad  example ;  it  has  a  rich  and  easily  manageable 
"  soil,  watered  by  a  delightful  river,  and  enjoys  one  of 
the  finest  climates  that  Heaven  ever  bestowed  upon 
man.  They  may  bridge  the  Nile,  entrench  both 
ends  of  the  valley,  and  shut  them  up  with  a  wall 
strong  and  impenetrable  as  the  mountain  on  its 
side,  and  sit  down,  cultivate,  moralize,  and  reform. 
If,  in  the  course  of  a  hundred  years,  they  shall  have 
been  able  to  sanctify  and  cleanse  the  Egyptians, 
the  Arabs,  and  the  Nubians,  so  as  to  present  them 
a  pure  and  undefiled  people,  without  moral  stain  or 
pollution,  mankind  may  then  believe  that  the  diy- 
rot  in  human  nature  is  effectually  cured,  that  the 
original  contamination  of  our  species  has  spent  its 
malignity,  and  that  the  mind  that  suggested  the 
plan  was  touched  by  a  ray  from  heaven.  They 
will  then  know  the  difference  between  a  misguided 
philanthropist  and  a  real  benefactor  of  his  species. 
The  ruler  of  the  country  would  grant  a  lease  of  it 
for  any  given  time,  on  condition  of  receiving  a 
greater  tribute  than  what  it  yields  him  at  present, 
and  which  it  can  well  afford  to  do ;  and  to  minds 
strongly  convinced  of  the  efficacy  and  practicability 
of  the  scheme,  the  obstacles  that  lie  in  the  way  of 


NUBIA.  461 

its  execution  are  not  worthy  of  a  moment's  consi- 
deration to  retard  its  commencement.  Much  good 
might  be  done  to  mankind,  were  every  one,  con- 
vinced of  its  enormity,  active  in  the  prevention  of 
crime,  and  in  doing  all  in  his  power  to  form  the 
hearts  of  his  fellow-creatures  to  love  good,  and 
pursue  it  rather  than  evil,  and  to  make  the  whole 
circle  of  his  influence  a  heaven  of  pure,  and  rap- 
turous enjoyment. 

From  the  remains  of  antiquity  that  occupy  the 
sandy  plain  between  Ishkid  and  Absambul,  the 
tombs  in  the  rocks  round  the  high,  and  strongly 
situated  Add£,  as  well  as  the  temples  of  Absambul, 
it  is  perhaps  allowable  to  conclude  that  this  must, 
at  one  time,  have  been  a  place  of  considerable  con- 
sequence. Geographers  seem  disposed  to  place  the 
city  of  Abacis  in  this  quarter,  and  perhaps  a  relic 
of  the  word  may  still  be  found  in  Absambul,  or 
Abasambul.  At  present  the  whole  of  Nubia  is  sub- 
ject to  the  Pasha  of  Egypt,  and  pays  him  tribute. 
The  persons  of  by  far  the  greatest  consequence,  are 
the  two  cachiefs  of  Ishkid. 

Having  proceeded  a  little  farther  down  the  river, 
we  entered  into  one  of  the  many  doors  which  open 
into  the  rock,  on  the  east  bank,  and  found  that  it 
led  into  what  had  once  been  an  Egyptian  temple, 
and  afterwards  a  Greek  church.  It  had  been  care- 
fully plastered  over,  to  conceal  from  the  Christian 
eye  the  hideous  images  of  Egyptian  idolatry,  and 
wherever  the  plaster  had  fallen  off  from  the  walls, 


462  NUBIA. 

Egyptian  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics  appeared  in 
great  profusion,  as  on  the  other  temples.  Where 
the  plaster  remained  entire,  it  was  painted  over, 
after  the  manner  of  the  Greek  church.  The  repre- 
sentations of  God  the  Father,  and  God  the  Son, 
were  painted  upon  the  ceiling.  The  horse  of  St. 
George,  and  several  Greek  saints,  were  pourtrayed 
upon  the  walls,  more  loathsome  and  offensive  than 
any  thing  that  ever  came  from  the  pencil  or  the 
chisel  of  the  Egyptian  artist,  in  as  far  as  Christian 
idolatry  is  worse  than  Pagan.  We  stopped  to  dine 
a  little  above  Absambul ;  after  which  we  got  on 
board,  and  dropped  down  to  Fourgundi,  where  we 
remained  for  the  night. 

Next  morning,  the  27th,  we  started  again  at  an 
early  hour,  as  soon  as  the  reisses  had  got  through 
their  prayers.  With  one  of  them,  this  was  a  very 
long  and  a  very  serious  concern ;  he  generally 
spent  an  hour  in  this  exercise  every  morning,  and 
as  much  in  the  evening,  besides  being  very  punc- 
tual in  the  performance  of  this  duty  at  the  inter- 
vening periods  of  stated  prayer.  Certainly  he  did 
not  pray  in  secret  communing  with  his  heart,  but 
called  aloud,  with  all  his  might,  and  repeated  the 
words  as  fast  as  his  tongue  could  give  them  utter- 
ance. The  form  and  words  of  his  prayer  were  the 
same  with  those  of  the  others,  but  this  good  man  had 
made  a  vow  to  repeat  certain  words  of  the  prayer 
a  given  number  of  times,  both  night  and  morning. 
The  word  "  Rabbftni,"  for  example,  answering  to  our 


NUBIA*  46S 

word  "  Lord,"  he  would  bind  himself  to  repeat  a 
hundred  or  two  hundred  times,  twice  a  day ;  and 
accordingly,  went  on  in  the  hearing  of  all  the  party, 
and  on  his  knees,  sometimes  with  his  face  directed 
steadily  to  heaven,  at  other  times  bowing  down  to 
the  ground,  and  calling  out  "  Rabb5ni !  Rabbotii ! 
Rabboni !  Rabb5ni !  RabbSni !"  &c.  as  fast  as  he 
could  articulate  the  words  after  each  other,  like  a 
school-boy  going  through  his  task ;  not  like  a  man, 
who,  praying  with  the  heart,  and  the  understand- 
ing also,  continues  longer  on  his  knees,  in  the  rap- 
ture of  devotion ;  whose  soul  is  a  flame  of  fire, 
enkindled  by  his  Maker,  and  feeding  upon  his  God, 
like  Jacob,  will  not  let  him  go  until  he  bless  him. 
Having  settled  his  accounts  with  the  word  Rabbdni, 
which  the  telling  of  his  beads  enabled  him  to  know 
when  he  had  done,  he  proceeded  to  dispose  of  his 
other  vows  in  a  similar  manner,  "  Allah  houakbar," 
perhaps,  came  next,  "God most  great;9'  andhe  would 
go  on  as  with  the  other,  "  Allah  houakbar !  Allah 
houakbar !  Allah  houakbar !  Allah  houakbar !"  &c. 
repeating  them  as  fast  as  he  could  frame  his  organs 
to  pronounce  them.     When  he  had  done  with  it,  he 
took  up  the  chorus  of  another  word,  "Allah  careem, 
God  assisting;  Allah  hedaim,  eternal  God;  Al  ham 
de  lelai,  glory  to  God ;"  or  some  other  word,  or 
phrase,  or  attribute  of  Jehovah,  and  repeated  it  over 
as  many  times  as  he  had  vowed  to  do.     The  usual 
number  of  repeating  certain  words,  is  thirty-three 


464  NUBIA. 

times  each ;  and  the  Mussulman's  beads  are  strung 
accordingly  three  times  thirty-three,  with  a  largtf 
dividing  bead  between  each  division.     The  usual 
phrases  so  repeated,  are,  "Allah  houakbar,  God  most 
great ;  Al  ham  de  lelai,  glory  to  God  j  Allah  careem, 
assisting  God,"  &c.     To  hear  this  man  repeat  his 
prayers,  his  variety  of  unconnected  tones,  running 
through  all  the  notes  of  the  gamut,  produced  quite 
a  ludicrous  effect ;  you  would  say  that  this  man  was 
caricaturing,  or  making  a  farce  of  devotion ;  but  to 
look  at  him  engaged,  nothing  could  be  more  serious 
or  devout,  or  more  abstracted  from  the  world,  than 
his  appearance.     All  his  countrymen  thought  well 
of  his  devotions,  and  never  manifested  the  slightest 
disposition  to  smile  at,  or  to  twit  him  for  his  oddi- 
ties ;  on  the  contrary,  they  said  that  he  was  a  rich 
man,  and  would  be  a  great  shiekh.     So  great  is 
their  respect  for  prayer,  that  raillery  on  that  sub- 
ject would  not  be  tolerated  among  Mussulmans. 
And  in  their  addresses  to  the  Almighty,  they  are 
not  permitted  to  use  any  terms  expressive  of  any 
part  of  the  human  body,  or  even  of  external  ob- 
jects ;  considering  it  offensive  to  God,  and  a  species 
of  idolatry  to  do  so.    They  have  five  stated  periods 
of  prayer :  souba,  or  morning-dawn,  when  they  say 
two  prayers ;  dochr,  or  noon,  when  they  say  four 
prayers ;  el  assr,  or  about  three  o'clock,  when  they 
also  say  four  prayers ;  magreep,  or  at  twilight,  when 
they  say  three  prayers  j  el  ush6,  or  about  half  past 


eight  Vetock,  when  they  say  four  pttyetfc  In  pen 
forming  their  ablutions  before  prayer,  they  begin 
with  the  hoods,  which  they  wash  three  time* ;  then 
the  mouth  three  times,  throwing  out  the  water } 
having  blown  and  picked  the  now,  they  wash  it 
three  times  j  the  face  and  eyes  three  times ;  then 
they  draw  a  line  from  the  eyebrows  to  the  ears, 
which  they  pick  and  wash ;  then  pass  their  wet 
hands  behind  the  neck,  and  over  the  head ;  then 
they  wash  their  arms  three  times  j  last  of  aH,  their 
feet,  and  all  the  outlets  of  the  body*  They  are  then 
purified,  as  thei*  religion  etijetas,  to  address  thew 
Maker, 

When  prayesra  ate  ended*  the  Raima*  nstiafy 
flmoketbeirpipeSiWhe<4i«rfilledwith  tetoaceo  artigfct* 
ed  ehardoal;  ihto  they  braakfa*tr  which  commonly 
consists  of  date^  bread,  ot  bfcifad  lentilri,  after  Which 
they  take  the  pipe  again,  and  having  reposed  far  a 
short  time*  resame  the  oar,  and  almost  every  teal 
minutes  some  one  at  other  of  them  is  uttering 
picas  ejaculations*  during  the  whole  edurse  of  the 
day  ?  such  as  Al  hanl  <fe  klat,  AHah  kateem*  &c. 

During  the  early  part  of  this  day,  the  vessels  were 
attowvd  merely  te>  float  along  with  the  current,  but 
after  the  vetoes  and  boatmen  had  got  their  ener- 
gies a  little  rous*d,  we  proceeded  on  at  a  tolerable 
rate,  and  about  an  hter  before  subset  aurfred  At 
Ifareem.  We  landed,  and  walked  up  to  the  old 
d  town  and  fortress,  on  the  top  of  the  rock. 

VOL.  I.  H  H 


466  mbil 

It  is  completely  walled  round,  but  not  {strongly ;  it 
is  strong  by  nature,  and  is  not,  though  it  seems  to 
be  so,  commanded  by  the  adjoining  mountain.  It 
has  only  one  gate,  which  faces  the  east.  The  in- 
terior consists  of  a  number  of  ruined  houses,  and 
granite  columns,  apparently  ofRoman  manufacture. 
The  following  morning  we  went  round  to  the  ex- 
cavations, that  I  have  mentioned,  in  the  rock  close 
to  the  water's  edge,  but  did  not  find  that  they  con- 
tained any  thing  particular.  One  of  them  has  three 
ruined  statues  in  one  end ;  another  has  a  chequer- 
painted  ceiling ;  a  third  has  four  ruined  statues,  and 
some  sculptured  figures ;  the  last  was  of  rather  dif- 
ficult access,  and  Captain  Corry,  along  with  one  of 
the  reisses,  was  the  only  member  of  thp  party  that 
altered.  We  left  Ibreem,  about  half  past  eleven, 
for  Deer,  whither  we  had  previously  sent  forward 
the  cooking-boat,  along  with  the  interpreter,  to  get 
bread  ready  against  our  arrival.  This  is  the  only 
town  in  which  the  traveller  can  obtain  this  valuable 
article,  in  these  quarters,  and  the  process  is  very 
tedious.  The  grain  must,  first  of  all,  be  purchased, 
then  ground  into  flour,  then  people  must  be  pro- 
cured to  leaven  it,  and  others  to  bake  or  toast  it, 
and  after  all  it  is  generally  sour,  without  salt,  and 
by  no  means  agreeable.  We  reached  Deer  at  four 
o'clock  p.  m.  where  we  dined,  and  remained  for  the 
night.  As  usual,  I  was  overwhelmed  with  applica- 
tions from  the  sick  and  complaining,  and  was  glad 


ABtftSA.  467 

to  find  that  my  former  ophthalmic  patient  had  re- 
covered so  much,  that  the  loss  of  vision  now  ceased 
to  be  matter  of  apprehension. 

Next  morning,  the  29th,  we  resumed  our  voyage 
about  seven  o'clock,  and  at  nine  stopped  at  Abys- 
sa,  or  AmSda.  One  reiss  gave  it  the  one  name,  and 
the  other  reiss  gave  it  the  other.  Here  we  visited 
a  ruined  temple  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river, 
which  bore  evident  marks  of  having  at  one  time 
been  used  as  a  Christian  church  in  the  Greek 
figures  that  were  painted  on  the  walls  of  the  ady- 
tum. There  are  but  few  sculptured  figures  on  the 
walls  of  this  temple,  but  many  tablets  of  hierogly- 
phics, in  which  the  ibis  frequently  occurs.  The 
grasshopper  is  also  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  the 
hawk  with  the  sun  or  globe  over  head ;  but  it  is  so 
much  filled  with  sand  that  it  is  impossible  to  de- 
scribe it  completely.  It  stands  upon  the  rock,  but 
there  is  an  extensive  plain  around  it  deeply  covered 
with  sand.  Hard  by  are  a  few  roofless  huts,  the 
ruins  of  the  former  village.  After  this  hasty  view 
of  the  temple  we  again  embarked,  taking  along  with 
us  some  seeds  of  the  lilac  colored  acacia,  and  pro- 
ceeded down  the  stream.  The  small  huts  composed 
of  a  few  coarse  mats,  and  placed  amid  the  yellow 
sand  not  to  encumber  the  cultivated  ground,  the 
shiekh's  tomb,  with  a  whitened  cupola  crowning  the 
contiguous  mountain  top,  to  keep  alive  the  flame 
of  devotion,  the  thebaic  and  the  date  palm  tree,  the 

h  h  2 


468  AftYSSA. 

Persian  water-wheels,  and  the  well  cultivated  ver- 
dant strip  of  grain,  stretching  along  the  river's 
edge,  all  these  are  characteristic  of  Nubian  scenery, 
none  of  it  striking,  but  generally  agreeable. 
-    There  was  a  scheriff,  or  Moslem  nobleman,  on 
board  one  of  the  vessels  as  a  common  sailor.     His 
complexion  was  quite  black,  and  he  had  the  negro 
feature,  wore  a  scanty  white  beard,  and  had  a  green 
turban  on  his  head.  His  air  and  carriage  were  highly 
dignified ;  he  spoke  little,  was  not  easily  moved, 
and  rarely  saluted  a  Christian,  and  when  he  did, 
seemed  as  if  he  chid  himself  for  having  offended 
the  prophet.     He  prayed  much  and  in  secret,  and 
constantly  carried  a  book  of  prayers  with  him  in 
which  be  read,  and  on  which  he  meditated  when 
disengaged  from  labor;  but  working  or  resting, 
sitting  or  standing,  the  whole  of  this  man's  deport- 
ment was  characterised  by  an  air  of  superiority 
greatly  above  his  fellows.     His  eye  was  niueh  in 
heaven,  his  whole  look  and  aspect  tended  thither- 
ward, and  he  expressed  the  most  confident  assurance 
of  another  and  a  better  world.  The  devotion  of  his 
daily  life  would  have  been  a  model  for  a  Christian. 
Yet  this  man's  mind  was  under  no  regulation.   He 
would  ask  for  a  baxiss  in  the  most  savage  tones,  and 
with  looks  denouncing  vengeance  if  refused,  and, 
should  an  opportunity  offer,  would  not  scruple  to 
help  himself  t©  what  was  most  convenient.  HSs  heart 
was  not  benefitted  by  his  devotion.    Those  prayers 


SABOUA.  469 

are  of  no  good  which  do  not  improve  the  individual. 
Some  diviner  influence  is  wanting  to  take  possession 
of  the  heart,  and  keep  it  back  from  iniquity.  The 
religion  of  Mussulmans  is  a  religion  of  pride.  Hu- 
mility is  not  in  all  its  precepts,  nor  in  the  practice 
of  its  votaries. 

We  stopped  all  night  at  Saboua,  which  is  about 
thirty  miles  from  Deer,  and  set  out  again  early 
next  morning.     In  a  short  time  we  came  to  a  tem- 
ple on  the  west  bank  which  we  had  not  visited  in 
ascending  the  river.     Having  landed,  we  went  im- 
mediately to  it.     It  has  a  much  older  surface  than 
any  of  the  other  temples,  and  seems  as  if  nearly 
coeval  with  the  excavations  in  the  rock.  The  join* 
ings  of  the  stones  are  all  loosened,  as  if  they  had 
been  shaken  by  an  earthquake,  which  gives  it  a  frail 
and  shattered  look ;  but  scarcely  any  of  it  hets 
fallen  down.    About  two  hundred  feet  in  front  of 
the  propylon,  which  looks  to  the  east,  are  two  co!q»» 
sal  statues,  one  on  each  side  of  the  avenue,  with 
numerous  tablets  of  hieroglyphics  down  the  back, 
and  the  goose  with  the  egg  over  her,  between  each 
of  them.    A  row  of  leo-sphinxes  with  their  heads 
turned  to  the  road  goes  off  from  behind  each  statue 
in  a  straight  line  to  the  propylon.     Each  sphinx  is 
twelve  feet  long.    Three  of  them  appear  on  the 
right-hand  side,  and  two  on  the  left:   the  rest 
are  probably  lying  buried  in  the  sand.     The  hero, 
or  executioner  of  vengeance,  holding  the  hatchet  in 


470  DEKKA. 

one  hand,  and  the  hair  of  four  miserable  captives 
in  the  other,  is  sculptured  on  each  side  of  the  door. 
Opposite  to  him  is  Osiris  as  in  similar  cases  already 
mentioned.  Along  the  top  there  have  been  many 
small  figures,  but  they  are  much  disintegrated.  In 
the  pronaos  are  four  statues  of  Osiris  on  each  hand. 
His  arms  are  folded  across  the  chest,  and  he  is  armed 
with  the  scourge  and  crook,  as  in  the  temple  at  Ab- 
sambul.  Along  the  walls  were  many  figures  and 
hieroglyphics ;  but  not  nearly  so  crowded  as  we  have 
generally  found  them.  The  pronaos  was  a  good 
deal  blown  up  with  sand,  and  the  sekos  entirely  so, 
and  could  not  be  entered.  There  is  a  fine  sloping 
sandy  plain  between  the  temple  and  the  river ;  but 
no  cultivation  and  no  inhabitants.  Having  got  on 
board,  we  proceeded  merrily  down  the  stream  to 
the  neighborhood  of  Dekka,  where  we  stopped  for 
the  night  at  the  same  side  of  the  river,  a  Kttle  after 
sun-set.  During  the  whole  of  this  day  the  sailors 
rowed  and  sung  almost  incessantly.  One  of  them 
took  the  lead,  and  repeated  the  words  of  the  song 
which  seemed  to  have  but  little  variety ;  the  rest 
all  joined  in  the  chorus,  and  at  the  end  of  each 
stanza  they  all  gave  a  wild  shout,  and  then  com- 
menced anew,  keeping  time  to  the  oars,  and  exert- 
ing themselves  prodigiously. 

Immediately  on  landing,  those  of  the  party  who 
had  not  formerly  seen  the  temple  ran  off  to  it,  de- 
termined to  have  at  least  a  glimpse  of  it  though  in 


DEKKA.  471 

the  twilight.  It  is  certainly  the  most  perfect  and 
highly-finished  temple  in  the.  whole  of  Nubia.  The 
hieroglyphics  and  sculpture  are  particularly  well  ex- 
ecuted, the  stone  is  sandstone  of  a  blueish  tinge,* 
and  remarkably  good.  There  is  no  sculpture  on 
the  propylon  which  is  a  very  fine  one.  Over  the 
door  there  has  been  sculptured  the  usual  ornament 
of  the  globe  with  the  serpent  and  wings ;  but  it  is 
much  damaged.  To  the  right  there  is  a  large  table 
of  hieroglyphics,  particularly  well  cut.  The  sculp- 
tured figures  are  in  four  rows  down  each  side  ;  each 
row  generally  contains  three  figures.  Osiris,  the. 
hawk-headed  deity,  and  the  goddess  with  the  lion's 
head  generally  prevail.  There  are  two  columns/ 
half  engaged  in  the  wall,  on  each  side  of  the  door, 
and  a  row  of  vultures  with  outspread  wings  pour- 
trayed  along  the  centre  of  the  ceiling.  In  the  first 
chamber  Isis  is  seated  with  her  lotus-headed  seep* 
tre  in  her  hand,  and  presented  with  offerings ;  after 
this  follow  four  different  chambers,  none  of  which 
are  large,  and  each  of  them  communicates  with  the 
court,  which  has  been  surrounded  by  a  high  wall 
that  is  now  a  good  deal  broken  down.  The  last 
chamber  but  one  is  very  much  blackened,  probably 
from  the  effect  of  torch  light,  and  in  the  last  cham- 
ber there  is  a  sphinx  remarkably  well  sculptured  on 
the  wall,  with  a  cup  between  his  fore  feet,  the  whole 
is  presented  as  an  offering  to  a  deity  whose  head  is 
covered  in  a  very  unusual  manner.     Probably  the 


47*  QCKK4* 


deity  94  attired  way  be  the  greet  god  Taut,  or  Nu- 
phis,  to  whan  the  tewple  waededittteds  as  we  learn 
from  severs!  Greek  inaaiptionSf  On  the  ar chiti* ve 
over  oueof  the  doors*  in  the  month  tide  of  the  tappk* 
there  is  an  inscription  in  very  well  cut  hieroglyphics, 
sod,  uni&ediaitely  below  it,  another  if&  the  enc&orial 
eheraeter  of  about  the  same  length,  as  if  it  were  an 
interpretation  of  it ;  the  last  tine  i9  a  little  e&ced. 
To  the  right  of  this  inscription,  on  the  walk  there 
ii  on*  in  the  Greek  character  in  red,  which  I  have 
no  doubt  a  little  time  would  have  cabled  m§  tP 
decypher;  from  the  alight  perusal  that  I  was  en- 
abled to  give  it,  I  perceived  that  it  was  intended  to 
camnotnoiate  that  a  certain  person  had  gone  there 
and  had  worshipped  mww  T«*  M#f<;,  the  very  greet 
Taut.  Nuphis.  There  is  likewise  pa  the  prepyhro 
a  wsaber  of  Greek  inscriptions  recording  that  oer- 
Um  iodwiduata  had  gone  i^e*  end  had  wp*fiWppe4 
the  god  Hermes, 

The  village  of  Dekka  is  a  little  forth*?  up  the 
river  than  the  temple,  and  I  believe  tfare  is  BPt  a 
more  uncouth  savage  race  in  the  whole  ef  NeJwa, 
than  its  inhabitants*  As  I  have  ekeady  stated  they 
were  outrageous  m  the  eatxewe*  when  we  ascended 
the  Nile  *  but  on  the  present  oecseien  were  quiet 
and  chop  fallen.  The  soldiers  of  the  Pasha  were 
within  a  few  miles  of  them  on  their  journey  through 
Nubia,  to  collect  the  tribute ;  and  the  greater  part 
of  the  male  population,  dreading  little  less  than  that 


DBKKA.  473 

the  whole  village  would  be  rased  to  the  foundation, 
on  account  of  the  insolence  which  they  had  invari- 
ably shown  to  Europeans,  had  fled  into  the  desert, 
leavivg  a  few  old  men,  old  women  aad  children,  ttt 
disarm,  if  possible,  the  stem  vengeance  of  the 
military.  One  of  the  few  remaining  old  men  brought 
me  a  pail  full  of  new  milk,  when  I  returned  on  the 
morning  of  the  31st  to  make  the  few  observations 
on  the  temple  that  I  have  given  above >  but  I  did 
not  accept  of  bis  present,  and  he  did  not  ask  for  a 
baxi&r  The  mprning  was  windy  and  cold,  and  the 
sailors,  shivering  in  their  scanty  clothing,  shrunk 
with  horror  when  they  saw  Captain  Cony  and  my- 
self leap  into  the  river  and  go  ashore  to  visit  the 
temple. 

The  ancient  cuatQm  of  setting  up  stones,  or  stony 
pillars,  to  floflimejmorate  particular  events,  still  pre- 
vails in  Nubia.  I  was  shown  several  of  them  in 
the  neighborhood  of  Dekka;  they  were  called  the 
ahiekb's  columns,  or  the  shiekb9*  pillar :  but  they 
had  generally  been  erected  to  mark  the  tomb  of 

the  individual. 

The  wind  was  high  and  contrary  during  the  whole 
of  the  day,  and  the  few  minutes  that  our  vessel 
stopped  at  Dekka  threw  us  sq  much  astern,  that 
we  did  not  recover  it.  The  other  boats  got  so  much 
a-head  of  us  that  they  were  able  to  stop  and  see 
Diarfssen,  and  be  off  again  before  we  came  up  with 
them-    However,  thpygh  I  had  not  an  oppqrtujuty 


474  DIARFISSEN. 

of  seeing  this  beautiful  remain  of  antiquity  again, 
I  was  extremely  happy  to  find  that  the  sentiment 
of  the  noble  travellers  coincided  entirely  with  my 
own.  We  dropped  down  a  little  way  beyond  Diar- 
fissen,  and,  passing  over  to  the  east  bank  of  the 
river,  stopped  for  the  night,  and  slept  out  the  old 
year  beside  a  fine  field  of  dhourra  which  we  were 
surprised  to  find  unreaped. 

Next  morning  the  1st  of  January,  1818,  we  set 
off  again  at  an  early  hour.  The  wind  was  still  high 
and  contrary.  In  such  cases  it  is  inconceivable 
how  little  progress  is  made.  Rowing  is  scarcely  of 
any  advantage,  even  though  the  stream  run  in  your 
favor.  The  body  of  the  vessel  is  so  resisted  by  the 
wind,  that  all  the  ordinary  power  of  rowing  will 
not  quicken  its  pace.  On  such  occasions  the  Nu- 
bian sailors  dress  themselves  out  in  their  best,  put 
on  their  yellow  turbans,  which  they  tie  remarkably 
well,  and  which  certainly  become  them  better  than 
those  of  any  other  color;  their  chief  amusement  is  to 
say  their  prayers,  or  sing  their  songs,  just  as  they  are 
inclined,  and  allow  the  boat  to  zig  zag  the  river, 
drift  on,  and  tumble  about  with  the  current  This 
was  a  day  of  the  above  description,  and  the  sailors 
having  recovered  from  their  morning's  shivering, 
prayed  and  sung  an  unusual  allowance.  It  was 
curious  to  see  how  they  observed  and  criticised  each 
other.  It  happened  on  board  our  vessel  that  one 
of  them  attending  to  the  other  saying  his  prayers, 


GASSR  DAKD0UR.  475 

perceived  that  he  pronounced  a  word  wrongs  tfiy  is 
he  fancied,  in  an  irreverent  manner ;  the  listened 
instantly  checked  him,  and  said  that  it  was  insulting 
God  to  speak  to  him  in  such  a  style.     The  other 
repelled  the  charge  ;  and,  after  a  considerable  dis- 
cussion, which  obliged  him  to  confess  that  he  was 
in  the  wrong,  resumed  his  devotions  with  as  grave 
a  face  as  if  nothing  had  occurred.    Their  songs  are 
of  all  descriptions,  dull,  lively,  and  pathetic,  and  the 
burden  of  them  all,  as  in  Europe,  is  generally  love 
or  war.   I  do  not  know  any  thing  that  would  sooner 
give  a  man  a  fit  of  the  blue  devils,  when  drifting 
down  the  Nile  in  a  dull  cloudy  day,  with  the  wind 
right  a-head,  than  to  see  a  thick-lipped  negro  sit 
down  in  the  prow  of  the  vessel,  turn  his  half-ani- 
malized  aspect  to  the  halo  in  the  western  sky,  and 
sing  his  "  yaw  tolooba."  His  "ya  hill  a  wa  hae  hilly 
hawly"  is  tolerable,  because  it  is  generally  sung 
when  he  is  in  good-humor,  and  every  thing  going 
on  favorably.     The  "  Romana  hub  el  balmia"  is 
delightful,  and  they  enjoy  it  exceedingly.     I  was 
anxious  to  obtain  a  translation  of  it,  but  all  my 
efforts  were  in  vain. 

About  two  o'clock  p.  m.  we  reached  Gassr  Dan- 
dour,  and  landed  to  view  the  temple,  from  which 
I  copied  a  Greek  inscription,  recording  that  it  had 
been  repaired  and  dedicated  to  the  Roman  Hermes. 
The  wind  still  kept  heading  us,  and  we  stopped  at 
sun-set,  for  the  night,  a  little  above  Kalabshi,  on 
the  opposite  side  of  the  river. 


476  HINDAOU. 

Early  next  morning,  the  2nd  of  January,  we 
sowed  across  to  Kalabshi,  to  take  a  second  view  of 
the  temple,  which  pleased  us  quite  as  much  as  the 
first*  I  copied  a  Greek  inscription  from  the  por- 
ticOp  and  perceived  the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings 
occurring  frequently  among  the  hieroglyphics.  We 
also  visited  the  contiguous  quarry,  from  which  the 
stones  had  been  taken  for  the  building  of  the  tem- 
ple;  it  is  large,  and  has  been  well  and  regularly 
wrought  y  the  species  of  sandstone  is  particularly 
good*  During  the  short  time  that  we  remained 
here,  Lord  Belpiore  walked  over  the  rock  above 
the  village,  and,  to  his  astonishment  and  delight, 
found  a  small  Grecian  temple,  with  fluted  columns 
of  the  Ionic  order,  from  which  he  brought  away  a 
small  sphinx,  considerably  injured.  The  temple 
itself  is  in  good  preservation,  and  has  several  Greek 
inscriptions.  The  tombs  of  the  ancient  inhabitants 
are  cut  in  the  adjoining  rock.  We  saw  them  at  a 
distance,  but  did  not  visit  them. 

At  noon  we  landed  at  Hindaou,  on  the  west  bank, 
and  walked  over  the  field  of  ruins,  which  con- 
sists of  six  buildings,  comparatively  modern  in  their 
appearance,  and  two  that  are  of  a  more  ancient 
date.  One  of  these,  which  stands  among  the 
houses  of  the  village,  is  of  the  old  Egyptian  style 
of  architecture,  but  very  small,  and  contains  no- 
thing particularly  worthy  of  notice;  the  other, 
which  seems  a  more  modern  building,  though  more 


GAKTA  AS.  477  - 

ruined,  has  once  been  used  as  a  Greek  church,  and 
the  walls  are  covered  with  Greek  paintings  and 
Greek  inscriptions,  all  of  which  are  greatly  de- 
faced.    On  each  side  of  the  door,  within  the  cella, 
there  is  a  Greek  almanack,  consisting  of  six  co- 
lumns, each  of  which  is  divided  into  four  smaller 
columns,  with  Greek  numericals  in  each,  and  an 
inscription  over  the  top  of  it,  which  I  could  not 
read.     The  other  six  ruins  are  much  more  mo- 
dern, and  do  not  appear  to  have  been  finished.     I 
am  also  disposed  to  doubt  their  ever  having  been 
intended  for  temples.     Two  of  them  are  built  in 
a  very  unusual   style;    the  courses  do  not  pass 
horizontally  along  the  wall,  but  run  in  a  crescentic. 
form,  each  course  being  shaped  in  the  form  of  an 
inverted  arch.     Some  large  fragments  of  the  cor- 
nice, which  we  found  near  one  of  the  buildings, 
was  remarkably  well  cut,   and  of  Roman  work- 
manship.     Having  spent  about  an  hour  among 
these  ruins,  we  reimbarked,  and  glided  down  the 
river  to  Gartaas.     Here  are  the  remains  of  the 
substructions  and  gateway  of  a  very  large  tem- 
ple that  has  been  enclosed  by  an  extensive  watt, 
but  so  dilapidated  that  no  account  can  be  given 
of  it. 

A  little  farther  down  due  river  we  visited*  quarry, 
where  there  are  a  prodigious  number  of  Greek  in- 
scriptions, and  bti9ts  placed  in  niches  in  the  front 
of  the  rock.    The  principal  bust  has  been  carried 


479  TEMPLE   OP  DEBOUDV. 

away,  and  the  niche  remains  empty ;  but  there  are 
two  other  niches  with  busts  and  inscriptions,  one 
on  each  side  of  it.  At  the  entrance,  and  all  around 
the  quarry,  are  many  other  busts  and  statues  with 
numerous  Greek  inscriptions,  some  of  which  I  co- 
pied, and  read  a  great  many  more ;  the  purport  of 
them  all  was  merely  to  record  that  certain  indivi- 
duals  had  come  there  to  worship,  and  had  presented 
offerings  for  themselves,  their  wives,  their  children 
and  friends.  This  has  evidently  been  a  place  of 
great  and  pious  resort ;  but  the  name  of  the  wonder- 
working saint  that  filled  the  quarry  with  pilgrims  and 
devotees,  I  have  not  been  able  to  learn.  The  whole 
ground  about  Gartaas  is  extremely  interesting,  and 
a  few  days'  study  of  the  ruins  and  inscriptions  about 
it  would,  probably,  furnish  some  valuable  inform- 
ation. I  do  not  recollect  seeing  any  hieroglyphics 
in  any  part  of  this  quarry.  From  Gartaas  we  pro- 
ceeded to  Dehmi,  where  we  dined,  and  dropped 
down  to  Deboudy  during  the  night,  expecting  to 
reach  Philoe  the  following  day. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  3rd  of  January  we 
set  out  for  this  celebrated  temple,  which  stands  on 
a  fine  situation  near  the  river.  There  is  a  large 
space  round  it  enclosed  by  a  high  wall  of  very  coarse 
workmanship.  The  temple  of  Deboudy  is  a  very 
handsome  building,  but  is  very  little  decorated  either 
with  ornament  or  sculpture.  Over  the  door  of  the 
propylon  is  the  usual  ornament  of  the  globe  with 


TEMPLE   OP  DKBOUDT.  479 

serpent  and  wings,  and  over  the  door  of  the  temple  a 
square  projection  of  the  stone  is  left  as  if  it  had  beep 
intended  to  be  cut  into  a  similar  ornament.  There 
is  no  sculpture  on  the  outside  of  the  temple,  except 
on  the  right  of  the  door,  where  Isis  is  presented 
with  an  offering  shaped  like  a  globe,  without  any 
emblematic  accompaniment $  a  lion-headed  goddess 
is  similarly  honored ;  and  on  the  left,  the  small  squat 
figure  so  frequently  mentioned  is  presented  to  Osiris, 
and  another  offering  to  a  ram-headed  deity.  Within 
the  door  of  the  temple,  on  the  right,  we  see  a  priest 
standing  behind  an  offering.  He  is  attired  in  a 
head-dress  which  resembles  a  Welch  wig,  closely 
fitted  to  his  head,  and  surmounted  with  two  fea- 
thers ;  he  has  the  sceptre  of  Osiris  in  his  hand,  and 
the  crook  and  scourge  are  lying  on  a  table  before 
him :  his  wrists  and  arms  are  adorned  with  brace* 
lets.  The  offering  before  him  consists  of  a  wolf 
looking  over  a  horned  snake,  a  hawk,  an  ibis,  and 
a  substance  resembling  a  heart ;  near  to  which  is  a 
small  figure  holding  up  a  row  of  hieroglyphics,  and 
two  men  pouring  from  two  jars  over  the  head  of  a 
person,  who  is  standing  between  them,  a  stream  of 
sacred  taus  and  sceptres  of  Osiris,  alternating. 
The  stream  reaches  down  to  his  feet  on  each  side ; 
but  neither  of  the  sacred  emblems  is  represented 
as  accumulating  on  the  ground.  Perhaps  the  de- 
vice is  intended  to  represent  the  divine  protection 
and  power  encircling  those  who  are  duly  observ- 


480  TEMPLE  OP  MBOUDV. 

ant  of  the  enjoined  ordinances  of  their  religion* 
Throughout  the  rest  of  this  and  the  next  chambers, 
the  representations  of  Isis,  Osiris,  Horus,  the  ram* 
headed  and  lion-headed  deities,  are  much  the  same ; 
they  are  presented  with  offerings  accompanied  with 
hieroglyphics*  In  one  place  we  saw  a  snake-bound 
sceptre  presented  as  an  offering  to  Osiris.  There 
is  no  sculpture  or  hieroglyphics  in  the  other  two 
chambers,  and  none  on  the  outside  of.  the  temple* 
or  the  three  small  propylons,  excepting  two  figures 
on  the  eastmost  one,  which  are  not  worth  describing. 
Among  the  hieroglyphics,  we  observed  a  globe  sur- 
mounted with  serpents  in  the  end  of  one  tablet ; 
and  in  the  end  of  another,  a  stag  couchant,  with 
two  waring  lines  under  him,  indicative  of  water ; 
also  the  hare  and  owl,  and  several  other  figures 
which  do  not  generally  occur* 

In  the  innermost  apartment  there  are  two  small 
monolithic  granite  niches :  the  mass  of  granite  for  the 
one  isabauteightfeet  high,  and  ftrarfeetwide;  and  for 
the  other  about  seven  feet  high,  and  three  tee*  and  a 
half  wide.  The  niche  is  empty,  and  is  surroonded 
with  a  double  moulding,  and  ornamented  wftk 
the  globe  with  serpent  and  wings  at  the  top,  and 
on  the  base  two  small  human  figures  are  Represented 
as  tying  the  stem  of  the  lotus  round  a  table,  and 
holding  the  double  in  their  hands  in  a  frisky  sort 
of  attitude,  as  if  they  were  going  to  pelt  each  other 
for  their  amusement.    There  are  no  hieroglyphics 


PH1LCB.  481 

within  or  down  the  sides.  The  only  inhabitant  of 
the  temple  of  Deboudy,  when  we  visited  it,  was  a 
calf  carefully  shut  up,  as  a  worthy  successor  of  Isis< 

The  village  of  Debotidy  is  close  by,  and  several 
of  the  inhabitants  came  about  us ;  they  behaved 
with  great  civility.  Once  they  asked  for  a  haxiss, 
but  seemed  perfectly  conscious  that  they  had  done 
nothing  to  entitle  them  to  one  3  and,  as  they  re- 
ceived no  answer  to  their  demand,  they  did  not 
repeat  it,  but  turned  the  subject,  by  inquiring  whe- 
ther Egypt  now  belonged  to  the  English  or  the 
French,  and  were  pleased  to  learn  that  it  belonged, 
as  before,  to  the  true  Mussulmans* 

From  Deboudy  we  set  out  for  Philce,  feeling,  on 
Our  approach,  almost  as  if  we  were  coming  horte 
to  the  land  of  security  mid  civilization*  As  we 
glided  down  the  stream,  We  saw  knots  of  females 
sitting  together,  working  and  talking,  adorned  with 
bracelets,  necklaces,  and  a  profusion  of  beads,  and 
not  a  few  of  them  disfigured  with  thick  greasy  veils. 

About  one  o'clock  we  came  in  sight  of  the  island 
of  Philde,  The  venerable  ruined  mosque,  the  shiekh's 
tomb,  the  brown  decomposing  mountain  behind  the 
verdant  fields,  the  clustering  palm-trees  on  our  right, 
the  island,  and  the  pillared  temple  id  front,  all  an- 
nounce to  fcs  the  approaching  termination  of  ou? 
Nubian  expedition.  The  island  of  PhiJoe  is  prow 
tected  from  the  attrition  of  the  water  by  a  sunk 
wall  that  is  carried  completely  round  it ;  and,  with 

VOL.   I,  1  i 


482  TEMPLE   <HM>HILCE. 

its  magnificent  temple,  that  seems  to  occupy  the 
half  of  its  surface,  presents  a  compact  and  noble 
appearance,  altogether  different  from  the  ragged 
edges  of  a  water-beaten  island.  In  half  an  hour 
we  came  alongside  of  it,  and  landed  opposite  to 
the  temple,  on  the  west,  where  the  venerable  pile 
touches  upon  the  bank  of  the  river ;  so  that  we  had 
only  to  scramble  up  the  steep,  and  enter  by  the  west 
side  of  the  temple,  behind  the  pronaos,  from  which 
we  ascended  by  a  stair  to  the  top,  and  enjoyed  a 
complete  view  both  of  the  island  and  temple. 

This  most  magnificent  edifice  stands  on  the  south- 
west corner  of  the  island ;  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
close  upon  the  bank  of  the  river.  The  bank  is 
higher  here  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  island,  and 
is  rivetted  with  a  strong  wall  of  stone,  from  the  rock 
under  the  level  of  the  water  up  to  the  top  of  the 
bank,  which  may  be  considered  as  the  foundation 
of  the  long  wall  of  the  outer  court  of  the  temple. 

The  temple  consists  of  a  long  narrow  court  on 
the  south,  then  a  propylon,  a  dromos,  another  pro- 
pylon,  a  pronaos,  and  lastly  the  cella,  or  body  of 
the  temple.  Its  plan  is  extremely  awkward ;  for, 
saving  the  walls  of  the  small  cella,  none  of  the  other 
walls  are  parallel,  but  all  inclining  a  little  to  the 
east,  winding  with  the  course  of  the  island.  The 
space  which  it  occupies  is  about  436  feet  long,  and 
105  feet  wide  at  the  broadest  part,  which  is  about 
the  centre  of*  the  dromos.    The  other  parts  vary 


TEMPLE    OF   PHtLCE.  488 

extremely,  as  they  do  in  most  other  Egyptian  tem- 
ples, where  it  never  appears  to  have  been  the  design 
of  the  architect  to  enclose  an  equal  space  from  the 
one  end  of  a  building  to  the  other.  The  cella  here, 
for  example,  is  equal  throughout ;  but  the  pronaos 
is  nearly  15  feet  broader  at  the  south  than  it  is  at 
the  north  end;  the  dromos,  on  the  contrary,  is 
broader  on  the  north  end  than  at  the  south,  and  is, 
besides,  extremely  irregular  on  the  outer  wall ;  and 
the  walls  of  the  long  court  in  front  are  neither  pa- 
rallel to  each  other,  nor  at  right  angles  with  any 
part  of  the  building.  Nothing  could  possibly  have 
been  worse  managed  or  worse  contrived,  either  as 
to  symmetry  or  beauty,  than  the  ground-plan  of  the 
temple,  yet  its  magnificent  propylons,  colonnades, 
and  speaking  walls,  enchant  the  beholder. 

At  the  southern  extremity  of  the  long  court,  close 
upon  the  south-west  corner  of  the  island,  we  find 
the  substructions  of  a  small  temple,  with  six  columns 
on  each  side,  and  four  on  each  end.  The  columns 
have  all  been  engaged  in  the  wall,  which  is  more  a 
Roman  than  an  Egyptian  style  of  building.  The 
six  columns  on  one  side  are  still  standing.  Near 
to  it,  on  the  edge  of  the  river,  there  is  a  small  but 
handsome  granite  obelisk j  it  is  covered  with  hiero- 
glyphics, and  has  several  Greek  inscriptions,  one  of 
which  mentions  an  offering  of  kingPtolemy,  a  lover  of 
his  country,  and  of  his  brother,  and  their  children,  to 
the  goddess  Isis  and  the  contemplar  divinities.  This 

1 1  2 


484  TEMPLE    OF   PHIL<E. 

is  the  only  obelisk  at  present  standing  in  Philoe ;  it 
stands  on  the  corner  of  the  island,  close  upon  the 
margin  of  the  river,  where  the  bank  is  built  up  to 
form  a  landing-place,  with  a  stair  going  down  to  the 
water.  From  this  a  long  colonnade  runs  northward 
along  the  edge  of  the  river,  thirty- two  columns  of 
which  are  still  standing ;  but  there  have  been  more. 
These,  with  the  six  columns  of  the  temple  just  men- 
tioned, which  run  in  the  same  direction,  though  not 
in  the  same  line,  form  a  magnificent  colonnade  of 
about  240  feet  long,  running  up  to  the  south  front 
of  the  grand  propylon  of  the  temple.  Between  the 
columns  and  the  river  a  high  wall  is  continued  up 
from  the  rock  under  the  level  of  the  water  to  an 
equal  height  with  the  fop  of  the  columns,  and  huge 
flat  stones  pass  from  the  top  of  the  wall  to  the  top 
of  the  columns,  and  form  the  roof  of  the  piazza. 
There  are  eight  windows  in  this  wall j  and  a  good 
well-formed  stair,  about  the  middle  of  it,  leads  down 
to  the  river ;  the  whole  forming  a  most  delightful 
piazza,  under  which  the  ministers  and  votaries  of 
the  temple  could  repose  during  the  heat  of  the  day, 
and  enjoy  the  finest  air  and  the  finest  water  in  the 
world.  Our  Nubian  guide,  who  spoke  Arabic, 
called  this  colonnade  gossaba  de  kakeen,  which 
means  arcade  of  shops ;  an  use  for  which  it  is  well 
calculated,  and  for  which  it  was  probably  con- 
structed. In  many  places  in  the  present  day  the 
shops  of  the  Christians,  and  the  bazars  of  the  Mos- 


TEMPLE   OF  PHILCE.  485 

lems,  line  the  entrance  to  their  places  of  worship. 
The  same  was  the  case  in  ancient  times. 

Directly  opposite,  though  not  quite  parallel  to 
this,  there  is  another  colonnade,  on  the  east  side  of 
the  court,  but  by  no  means  so  long  or  so  fine  as 
that  on  the  west  side,  part  of  it  being  taken  up  with 
chambers;  fourteen  columns  still  remain,  there 
have  been  more j  and  it  reaches  nearly  to  the  east 
end  of  the  grand  propylon,  as  the  long  colonnade 
does  to  the  west  end.  In  the  wall  behind  the 
columns,  there  are  three  doors  leading  out  of  the 
court.  Within  this  space  there  was  ample  room  for 
exhibiting  the  gocU,  and  ample  accommodation  for 
the  spectators  to  witness  the  processions.  We  find 
it  at  present  filled  with  the  ruins  of  its  former 
grandeur.  Near  to  the  front  of  the  propylon,  and 
on  a  line  with  the  gateway,  there  are  the  pedestals, 
of  two  granite  obelisks,  which  have  been  carried 
off.  The  Nubians  call  the  obelisks  goss  maktoup, 
or  written  columns,  from  their  being  covered  with 
hieroglyphics.  Near  to  them  are  the  remains  of 
two  hiero-sphinxes  much  mutilated. 

We  are  now  in  front  of  this  most  magnificent 
propylon.  On  the  right,  between  it  and  the  short 
colonnade,  there  is  an  elegant  and  lofty  gateway,  by 
which  to  enter  the  temple,  without  going  round 
the  wall  of  the  piazza  already  described j  and  on 
the  left,  an  open  space  between  it  and  the  long 
colonnade,  by  which  to  communicate  with  the  river. 


486  TEMPLE   OF   PHILCE. 

The  propylon  is  about  90  feet  long,  and  rises  in 
two  lofty  towers  at  each  end,  constructed  in  the 
same  pyramidal  style  as  has  been  already  described 
when  treating  of  the  temple  at  Edfou.  Without 
having  measured,  I  guess  them  to  be  nearly  a  100 
feet  high.  It  is  perforated  by  two  passages;  a 
large  and  magnificent  one  in  the  middle,  and  a 
smaller  one  towards  the  west  end ;  both  of  which 
lead  into  the  dromos.  The  front  of  the  propylon 
is  highly  decorated  with  sculpture  and  hierogly- 
phics. The  figures  are  not  raised,  but  in  intaglio, 
all  of  very  colossal  size,  and  very  ill  proportioned. 
On  each  side  of  the  principal  entrance,  is  the  figure 
of  Isis,  with  the  moon  over  head.  It  reaches  to 
about  the  height  of  20  feet,  ascending  through 
fifteen  courses  of  stones,  up  the  face  of  the  wall. 
On  the  west  side  of  the  door,  she  is  represented  with 
the  lotus-headed  sceptre  in  her  hand  ;  on  the  east 
side  her  hand  is  raised  in  a  peculiarly  imposing  atti- 
tude, enjoining  devotion  and  solemn  thought  to  all 
who  enter  the  precincts  of  that  holy  place.  On  each 
side  of  this  sculptured  figure,  there  are  the  fragments 
of  a  Greek  inscription,  breaking  off  where  the  figure 
is  cut  into  the  wall,  and  remaining  on  that  part  where 
the  surface  of  the  figure  is  on  a  level  with  the  sur- 
face of  the  wall,  the  same  on  the  arm,  and  on  the 
space  between  the  body  and  the  arm.  The  lines  on 
both  sides  answer  exactly  to  each  other,  and  present 
the  appearance  as  if  the  inscription  had  been  made 


TEMPLE    OF   PHILCE.  '487 

upon  the  wall  before  the  figure  was  cut  into  it 
The  same  appearance  of  an  inscription  having  been 
:  marred  by  the  sculptured  figure  exists  on  the  other 
side  of  the  door,  and  in  several  other  places  of  the 
propylon  and  temple.  The  remains  of  plaster  are 
still  observable  among  the  letters  and  on  the  wall. 
I  copied  what  remains  of  the  inscription  round  the 
figure  on  the  east  side  of  the  door,  but  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  make  out  any  regular  translation  of  it.  The 
name  of  Isis  occurs  twice  in  it,  and  that  of  Zarina, 
Hieronymus  and  Theodoras ;  the  last  of  whom, 
we  learn  from  another  Greek  inscription,  was  the 
bishop  of  the  district.  And  the  import  of  the  in- 
scription probably  was,  that  this  temple  which  had 
formerly  been  dedicated  to  Pagan  rites,  and  the  wor- 
ship of  Isis,  was,  by  Theodoras,  consecrated  to  the 
rites  of  Christianity,  and  the  worship  of  the  true  God, 
and  his  son  Jesus  Christ.  This  was  an  important 
change,  and  worthy  to  be  recorded  on  the  front  of 
the  temple  in  which  it  was  effected.  But  such  a 
temple,  crowded  with  idolatrous  images  and  enig- 
matical inscriptions,  every  one  of  which  addressed 
itself  to  the  eye,  and  condemned  the  tenor  of  the 
inscription,  was  like  a  Mordecai  in  the  king's  gate, 
that  could  not  be  tolerated.  It  therefore  became 
of  consequence  to  conceal  from  public  observation 
all  traces  of  the  idolatrous  rites  for  which  the  tem- 
ple had  been  erected ;  that  the  over  zealous  might 
not  be  offended  with  the  sight  of  them,  and  temptecj 


488  'TEMPLE   OF  PIIILGB. 

to  bbliterate  them  altogether,  even  at  the  expense 
of  the  edifice  itself;  and  that  the  stiff-necked  ene- 
mies of  truth  might  not,  by  constantly  looking  on 
the  symbols,  be  induced  to  relapse  into  the  sensual 
rites  of  their  former  religion  ;  and  finally,  that  the 
ministers  of  the  Holy  Gospel  themselves,  might  not, 
in  the  discharge  of  their  sacred  duties,  have  the  im- 
pure objects  of  Egyptian  idolatry  continually  before 
their  eyes*  in  whatever  direction  they  chose  to 
look.     Hence  the  commendable  policy  was,  to  fill 
up  all  the  lines,  to  plaster  up  all  the  images,  and 
put  the  whole  trumpery  of  their  mythological  de- 
vices, gods  and  goddesses,  out  of  sight.     Having 
done  this,  die  front  of  the  propyl  on  became  the  most 
conspicuous  place  on  which  to  display  a  Christian 
inscription,  that  every  native  and  every  wayfaring 
man  might  read  and  know  the  sacred  name  of  him 
who  had  become  the  object  of  worship  within  these 
walls,  the  former  abode  of  Pagan  darkness  and  su- 
perstition*   In  process  of  time,  the  plaster  has  fallen 
off,  and  with  it  part  of  the  inscription  has  perished. 
The  Egyptian  deities  and  hieroglyphics  have  been 
restored  to  view.     The  Christian  religion  has  been 
banished  from  the  land,  and  with  It  science  and  art, 
the  comfort  and  happiness  both  of  rich  and  poor. 
Many  of  the  sculptured  figures  have  been  effaced 
with  picks  or  other  pointed  instruments,  and  are 
thereby  irrecoverably  lost    This  process  of  demoli- 
tion has  probably  been  the  work  of  the  Saraqens,  or 


TEMPLE   OF   PHIL<E.  480 

Turks,  or  both,  whose  hostility  to  images,  of  what- 
ever description,  or  by  whomsoever  made,  is  more 
implacable,  and  more  inconsiderate,  than  that  of  any 
sect  of  Christians,  and  whose  disregard  and  cotw 
tempt  for  the  fine  arts  is  unparalleled  in  any  part  of 
the  world,  however  gothic  or  uncultivated  it  may 
be.  Thus  Egypt  has  lost  Christianity,  the  arts,  and 
the  comforts  of  life,  and  gained  deism,  ignorance, 
and  misery*  There  is  a  Pasha  in  Egypt,  and  a 
Sultan  in  Constantinople,  but  throughout  the  whole 
of  Turkey  there  is  not  one  gentleman,  one  learned, 
or  one  independent  man.  Let  us  value  the  insti- 
tutions that  make  us  to  differ.  In  my  opinion,  the 
hieroglyphics  were  the  characters  employed  by  the 
priests  to  wrap  up  the  dogmas  and  mysteries  of 
their  theology,  and  to  render  them  unintelligible  to 
any  but  to  the  initiated,  or  those  of  their  own  pro- 
fession ;  and  that  they  never  were  the  generally 
written  alphabet  of  any  country,  equally  understood 
by  all ;  but  a  later  invention  of  the  priests,  when 
they  found  more  mysticism  necessary  to  support 
the  delusive  pretences  of  their  religion.  The  state- 
ments of  the  oldest  historians  support  the  conjec- 
ture* 

Next  to  the  sculptured  figure  of  Isis,  which  has 
been  mentioned,  is  that  of  the  hawk-headed  deity, 
of  the  same  size.  The  hawk,  we  are  informed  by 
Strabo,  was  the  principal  object  of  worship  in  Philoe, 
and  therefore  the  first  god  exhibited  is  naturally  the 


1 


490  TEMPLE   OF   PHILGE. 

hawk-headed,  and  not  the  human-headed  god,  or 
Osiris,  whose  sacred  tau  and  sceptre  he  bears  in  his 
hands.  Next  to  him  is  the  representation  of  a  great 
personage,  whom  I  consider  in  no  other  light  than 
that  of  a  hero,  a  conqueror,  or  a  sovereign,  punish- 
ing his  vanquished  foes,  or  his  wicked  and  rebel- 
lious subjects.  The  figure  is  that  of  a  hero  finely 
sketched,  young,  vigorous,  and  colossal.  His  head- 
dress is  surmounted  with  the  serpent  and  globe,  or 
sun,  indicative  of  his  wisdom  and  extensive  sway. 
In  his  left  hand  he  holds  a  hatchet,  poised  in  an 
attitude  to  strike,  and  the  Ethiopian  hawk,  or  sacred 
bird,  hovel's  above  the  blade ;  the  right  hand  grasps 
the  hair  of  thirty  miserable  heads.  To  look  at  his 
countenance,  it  is  placid  and  benign,  and  so  far  re- 
moved from  the  gathering  blackness  of  cruelty,  you 
would  say,  that  with  his  hatchet  he  was  going  to 
hew  asunder  the  fetters  with  which  they  were  bound, 
and  set  them  at  liberty ;  but  when  you  behold  the 
unfortunate  wretches,  crouching  and  shivering  un- 
der his  arm,  you  feel  that  nothing  less  than  their 
destruction  is  intended;  more  especially  as  they 
are  represented  trampling  under  their  feet  two  of 
his  subjects,  whom  they  have  probably  put  to  death. 
This  picturesque  group  is  stated,  by  Mr.  Hamil- 
ton, to  represent  the  punishment  or  destruction  of 
Briareus;  but  not  being  acquainted  with  his  reason 
for  calling  it  so,  I  have  not  adopted  the  appellation; 
though  I  feel  the  greatest  respect  for  every  opinion 


TEMPLE   OF  PHILOE.  49 1 

stated  by  that  gentleman.  Numbers  of  other  figured 
of  Egyptian  gods  and  goddesses,  various  devices 
and  tables  of  hieroglyphics,  are  sculptured  along 
the  front  of  the  propylon,  with  an  infinity  of  Greek 
and  Latin  inscriptions,  some  of  which  have  been 
already  alluded  to,  as  having  been  put  up  there 
during  the  time  that  the  temple  was  devoted  to  the 
Christian  worship  ;  but  there  are  many  others,  both 
in  prose  and  verse,  that  appear  to  have  been  affixed 
there  during  the  days  of  its  heathen  darkness  and 
apostacy.  The  general  purport  of  them  all  is  to 
record  that  certain  individuals  who  are  named  came 
there,  and  worshipped  the  goddess  Isis,  or  Eisis, 
the  very  great  goddess  Isis,  or  Eisis.  The  word 
ha  or  xvgia  is  applied  to  her  indiscriminately. 

Both  these  passages  lead  into  the  dromos,  and 
are  covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  offer- 
ings to  gods  and  goddesses,  females  beating  the 
tambours,  and  long-tailed  monkies.  The  dromos 
is  extremely  magnificent.  The  Nubians  called 
it  Gassr  el  Wadjout.  It  is  not  exactly  at  right 
angles  with  the  propylon,  but  points  a  little  more 
to  the  west ;  the  west  side  of  it  resembles  a  peri- 
pteral Greek  temple,  it  has  eight  round  columns 
on  each  side,  a  square  column  at  each  angle,  four 
columns  in  the  anticum,  and  three  in  the  posticum. 
This  last  is  not  Greek.  It  is  not  joined  either  to 
the  great  propylon,  nor  to  the  small  one  in  front  of 
the  pronaos,  there  is  a  passage  between  it  and  each 


492  TEJMP4<£  OF  PHILffi. 

of  them  to  the  river.  The  interior  of  this  temple 
is  divided  into  three  chambers,  and  the  Nubians 
call  it  bet  el  houss&n,  or  house  for  the  horses.  Oa 
the  side  of  it,  which  fjaces  the  dromos,  there  is  a 
long  inscription  in  the  Syrian  character.  The  east 
side  has  twelve  columns  toward  the  dromos,  and  a 
wall  behind  them  perforated  by  three  doors,  some 
of  which  lead  to  the  exterior  of  the  temple.  This 
part  the  Nubians  called  bet  el  Sultan,  or  house  of 
the  Sultan.  On  this  side  of  the  dromos  two  doors 
lead  into  the  interior  of  the  great  propylon,  on  the 
north  side,  from  which  an  excellent  stair  ascends 
all  the  way  to  the  top,  giving  off,  in  its  course,  pas- 
sages into  different  spacious  chambers.  On  the 
summit  of  each  tower  of  the  propylon  there  is  a 
large  platform,  where  philosophy  and  devotion 
might  delight  to  dwell  in  perpetual  contemplation. 
Towards  the  south  the  eye  enjoys  a  prospect  of  the 
most  celebrated  and  most  majestic  river  in  the  an* 
cient  world,  moving  on  in  a  placid  and  continued 
stream  till  divided  by  the  island.  Towards  the  east, 
it  ranges  over  a  small  but  well  cultivated  and  ver- 
dant plain,  studded  with  trees  and  villages,  and 
ruined  mosques,  and  shiekh's  tombs  along  the  raoun- 
tan  ridge  that  embraces  it  in  a  semicircular  form, 
from  end  to  end:  on  the  west  are  the  granite 
and  desert  cliffe  of  the  island  of  Begge,  with  a  long 
expanse  of  unproductive  sand :  on  the  north  the 
river  unites  its  divided  waters,  and  smooths  its  cur* 


T£MPL£    OF    PHILCE,  493 

rent  before  its  fall  to  descend,  between  its  high  and 
rocky  banks,  a  rugged  cataract  of  four  miles  con- 
tinuance. He  knows  not  felicity  who  knows  not 
the  private  hour  when  the  thought,  which  God  and 
conscience  approve,  comes  warm  on  the  heart,  and 
the  glow  of  meditation  fosters  it  to  maturity.  Well 
might  this  hallowed  spot  be  called  anas  el  wad- 
jout,  the  consolation  of  the  soul,  for  never  was  pros- 
pect spread  beneath  the  sky,  more  calculated  to 
wrap  the  mind  in  conscious  meditation,  and  the  sky 
itself  so  pure  and  cloudless,  that  the  eye  of  man 
never  pierced  a  brighter,  to  contemplate  Him  whose 
glory  it  declares.  Here  the  soul  may  enjoy  its 
divinest  exstasies,  and  science  undisturbed  may 
scan  the  heavens.  Philoe  is  beautiful  among  the 
choicest  landscapes. 

The  dimensions  of  the  dromos  are  about  seventy- 
two  feet,  by  sixty-four.  The  north  end  of  it  is  bound* 
ed  by  a  small  propylon,  which  has  a  central  passage 
that  leads  into  the  pronaos,  which  is  remarkably 
handsome,  a  masterpiece  of  Egyptian  art  for  paint- 
ing and  sculpture.  This  part  with  what  remains 
of  the  building  the  Nubians  called  bab  el  melook, 
the  door  or  house  of  the  king.  This  elegant  pro* 
naos  consists  of  ten  columns,  which,  ranged  round 
the  three  sides  and  covered  above,  form  an  agree- 
able piazza,  to  shelter  from  the  sun.  The  middle 
of  the  pronaos  is  hypethraL  The  capital  of  the 
columns  are  all  different,  in  imitation  of  the  palm 


494  TEMPLE  Of  PHILCfi- 

branch,  the  doum  and  the  lotus  in  different  stages 
of  their  growth.     The  figures  on  the  columns  are 
painted  in  the  most  lively  colors,  blue,  green,  fed, 
and  yellow.    The  ceiling  also  is  beautifully  painted, 
azure  studded  with  stars.     The  Egyptian  star  has 
only  five  rays  ;  this  never  varies,  and  it  is  always 
made  in  the  same  way,  "^  and  it  deserves  to  be  re- 
marked, that  by  joining  the  two  upper  rays,  it 
forms  the  sacred  Tau  Jr..  The  mythological  figures 
on  the  ceiling  are  also  curious.     A  man  with  a  tu- 
tulus  on  his  hand  is  playing  with  a  serpent.     A 
monstrous  figure  with  the  head  of  an  ichneumon, 
the  body  of  a  bird,  and  the  feet  of  a  lion  ;  perhaps 
intended  to  represent  the  three  kingdoms  of  nature, 
water,  earth,  and  air.     The  next  group  is  three  fe- 
male figures  of  the  same  description  with  the  one 
that  encircles  the  ceiling  on  the  same  part  of  the 
temple  at  Dendera.     The  one  here  encircles  the 
other,  having  the  legs  and  arms,  head  and  neck, 
nearly  at  right  angles  with  the  body.  The  smallest 
or  innermost  figure  is  perfectly  hideous.     It  is  bent 
round,  so  that  the  head  is  nearly  in  contact  with 
the  feet,  and  the  face  looking  up.     All  around  are 
boats  with  paddles,  globes  with  wings,  and  a  scara- 
baeus  with  hands  and  outspread  wings.     The  same 
device  is  repeated  with  slight  variations.     In  one 
of  the  boats,  which  is  painted  green,  there  is  a  globe, 
and  in  the  globe  a  figure  of  Osiris  having  his  scep- 
tre in  one  hand,  and  what  is  very  unusual,  a  round 


TEMPLE    OF   PHILCK.  495 

shield  in  the  other.  Two  beautiful  birds  with 
feathered  sceptres  in  their  claws,  are  conjectured  by 
Mr.  Hamilton  as  being  representations  of  the  fa* 
bulous  phoenix.  The  feathered  sceptres,  he  supposes 
to  be  palm  branches,  which  would  greatly  strengthen 
the  conjecture,  as  the  story  of  the  phoenix  is  sup* 
posed  to  have  originated  from  the  palm  tree,  which 
is  also  called  phoenix  as  a  generic  appellation,  and 
which,  when  it  became  old  and  incapable  of  pro- 
ducing fruit,  was  frequently  burnt  down,  and  from 
its  ashes  sprung  up  healthy  and  vigorous  plants, 
long-lived,  and  fruitful  as  their  sizes.  This  may  or 
may  not  be  the  case ;  the  birds  appeared  to  me  to  be 
the  common  sacred  bird  of  the  ancient  Egyptians, 
so  frequently  pourtrayed  in  the  ceilings  of  their 
tombs  and  temples.  A  stair  leads  off  from  the  pro- 
naos  to  the  top  of  the  small  propylon.  From  the 
portico  we  passed  into  the  body  of  the  temple,  which 
contains  eleven  small  chambers  on  the  ground- 
floor,  all  of  which  are  covered  with  sculpture  and 
hieroglyphics.  In  the  first,  to  the  right,  the  French 
have  been  at  the  trouble  to  engrave  on  the  wall  the 
progress  of  their  arms  and  researches  in  Egypt, 
along  with  their  astronomical  observations,  to  sis- 
certain  the  latitude  of  different  places,  which  they 
have  not  done  correctly.  The  chambers  in  the 
cella  are  more  soiled  than  in  any  other  part  of  the 
temple,  which  has  been  occasioned  probably  by  the 
long  residence  of  bats,  and  the  necessity  of  using 


496  TEMPLE   OF  PHILfE. 

torch  light  in  the  ceremonies  of  their  religion.  The 
sekos  or  middle-most  chamber,  is  particularly  black, 
and  contains  two  monolithic  granite  niches,  re- 
sembling those  at  Deboudy  already  described.  The 
Nubians  called  them  bet  binte  Nazarani,  or  house 
of  a  Christian  woman ;  an  appellation,  for  which  it 
would  not  be  easy  to  assign  a  reason.  They  have 
been  wrought  with  great  care,  and  adorned  with 
winged  globes,  and  cornice  and  moulding,  and  two 
figures  on  each  side  tying  the  lotus.  Deboudy  and 
Philoe  are  the  only  places  in  which  we  found  those 
monolithic  niches.  The  workmanship  on  them  is 
quite  of  a  different  style  from  that  on  the  temple, 
and  apparently  of  a  much  older  date.  The  places 
which  they  occupy  now  hare  no  appearance  of  hav- 
ing ever  been  intended  to  receive  them.  They  are 
not  let  into  the  wall,  and  are  in  every  way  as  much 
unconnected  with  it  as  a  chair  or  bookcase  with 
the  walls  of  our  rooms.  The  niche  seems  to  have 
been  intended  for  receiving  the  statues  of  the  deities 
which  were  probably  covered  with  a  curtain  to  con- 
ceal them  from  public  view,  except  on  such  occa- 
sions as  tbey  were  either  privately  or  publicly  ex- 
hibited. 

In  the  upper  story  of  this  part  of  the  temple  there 
is  likewise  a  number  of  elegant  chambers,  covered 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  and  various  groups 
and  devices ;  one  of  them  represents  a  death-bed 
scene,  with  the  preparation  and  interment  of  the 


TEMPLE   OF  FHIDCE.  497 

body.  It  has  been  interpreted  to  represent  the 
death  and  burial  of  Osiris ;  but  this  is  probably  a 
misinterpretation,  for  in  die  Egyptian  mythology, 
Osiris  was  cruelly  put  to  death  by  Typhon,  and 
thrown  into  the  Nile  as  above  described.  It  would 
be  difficult  to  assign  a  reason  for  the  number  of 
small  chambers  into  which  the  cella  of  this  temple 
is  divided,  unless  we  are  to  conclude  that  each  of 
them  contains  a  separate  story,  unfolding  some  part 
of  the  mystical  theology  of  the  ancient  Egyptians, 
and  that  each  was  probably  expounded  to  the 
visiters  by  its  respective  priest* 

The  outside  of  the  temple  is  equally  covered  with 
sculpture  and  hieroglyphics ;  among  which  the  hawk 
with  the  globe  or  sun  over  his  head,  frequently  oc- 
curs, and  which  we  learn  from  Strabo  was  the  prin- 
cipal object  of  worship  in  this  temple.  Isis  with 
the  lotus-headed  sceptre,  and  moon  over  head  is 
frequently  presented  with  offerings.  In  some  places 
she  is  represented  shaded  with  wings.  In  others 
seated  on  an  elegant  chair  of  Grecian  fbrm,  with 
Horns  on  her  knee,  whom  she  is  nursing,  and  at 
the  same  time  listens  to  the  music  of  the  harp 
which  a  female  is  playing  beside  her.  The  harp  is 
Isis-headed,  and  has  nine  strings.  The  largest 
harp  in  the  tombs  of  the  kings  at  Thebes  has 
eighteen  strings.  In  another  place  she  is  seated 
and  nursing  Horus,  who  stands  by  her  side  as  at 
Dendera.      She   is   generally  accompanied  with 

vol,  i.  K  K 


*98  TEMPLE  OP  PHILCE. 

the  hawk-headed  deity.  In  other  parts  of  the  wall 
Horus  appears  as  an  independent  god,  wearing 
the  sceptre  of  Osiris  and  receiving  offerings.  In 
another  place  he  is  seated  6n  a  lion-shaped  couch, 
and  receiving  offerings,  with  Isis  standing  behind 
him.  On  another  part  of  the  temple  we  have  also  a 
hawk-headed  and  an  ibis-headed  priest,  pouring 
from  two  jars  streams  of  sacred  taus  and  sceptres  of 
Osiris  over  the  head  of  a  third  person  who  is  standing. 
In  regard  to  the  time  when  this  temple  was  built 
it  is  impossible  to  state  any  thing  with  certainly  % 
ancient  authors  have  not  left  us  any  record  con- 
cerning it,  nor  indeed  have  any  of  them  made  any 
statements  that  could  have  led  us  to  suppose  that 
the  magnificent  edifice  which  I  have  been  describ- 
ing, existed  in  their  time.  Strabo  mentions  that 
Philoe  contained  Egyptian  temples :  but  makes  no 
allusion  to  their  elegance  or  size.  He  further  states 
that  the  hawk  was  worshipped  here,  which  was  not 
at  all  like  the  European  or  Egyptian  hawk j  but 
greatly  exceeded  them  in  size,  and  various  colored 
plumage.  That  he  was  informed  that  it  was  an 
Ethiopian  hawk,  that  cargoes  of  them  were  regu- 
larly imported  from  that  country,  which  were  kept 
and  deified  whenever  the  others  ware  sick  or  died 
off.  We  find  a  bird  of  the  above  description  repre- 
sented on  different  parts  of  the  temple,  and  in  the 
sacred  boats ;  but  he  is  no  where  presented  with 
offerings,  and  none  of  the  inscriptions  state  that  any 


TEMPLE   OF   PHII<CE.  499 

of  the  votaries  had  come  there  to  worship  the  hawk. 
On  the  contrary,  Isis  appears  throughout  the  whole 
sculpture  and  devices,  to  have  been  the  principal 
object  of  worship  in  this  temple ;  and  all  the  in- 
scriptions record  her  as  the  goddess  whom  the  in- 
dividual had  come  there  to  adore ;  Osiris  sometimes, 
but  very  seldom ;  and  they,  and  Horus,  are  the  only 
deities  who  are  presented  with  offerings  in  the  sculp- 
tured devices  that  adorn  the  walls  of  this  magnifi- 
cent rum. 

Prom  these  appearances  it  is  perhaps  allowable 
to  conclude  that  when  the  present  temple  was  built, 
the  worship  of  the  hawk  had  been  superseded  by 
that  of  Isis,  Osiris,  and  Horus,  who  latterly  became 
the  sole  deities  of  Egypt.  In  different  parts  of  this 
temple,  we  easily  perceive  that  different  degrees  of 
honor  are  shown  to  the  hawk.  In  the  sekos  there 
is  a  magnificent  representation  of  him,  far  surpass- 
ing that  in  any  other  part  of  the  temple.  Here  he 
is  the  principal  object,  and  I  may  add  that  this  is 
the  oldest  part  of  the  temple.  In  the  pronaos,  and 
on  the  propylon  the  hawk  is  evidently  but  of  second- 
ary consideration,  and  often  introduced  merely  as 
an  ornament.  This  part  of  the  building  appears  to 
be  more  modem,  and  has  been  constructed  with 
materials  taken  from  a  former  building ;  for  in  one 
of  the  columns  we  find  the  hieroglyphics  inverted, 
and  the  centre  of  the  wall  would  furnish  specimens 
of  the  same  thing. 

k  k  2 

OXFORD 


500  TEMPLE   OP   PHIL<E. 

That  this  temple  has  been  built  at  different  periods 
is  also  evident  from  the  want  of-  parallelism  in  the 
walls,  and  the  direction  of  the  different  parts  of  the 
building.     The  cella  which  contains  the  sanctuary, 
and  numerous  other  chambers,  seems  to  have  been 
first  built,  and  it  does  not  appear  that  the  architect 
in  founding  it,   anticipated   the  great  extent  to 
which  the  edifice  has  since  been  produced.    This 
is  all  that  was  essential  for  the  worship,  and  is  pro- 
bably all  that  existed  in  Strabo's  time.     The  pro- 
naos  was  subsequently  added,  which  comes  nearly 
in  contact  with  the  river,  so  that  it  was  impossible 
to  carry  the  building  any  further  in  the  same  direc- 
tion.    Hence  the  dromos,  the  great  propylon,  and 
the  long  colonnades,  are  all  moved  a  point  or  two 
to  the  east  of  the  direction  of  the  cella,  and  of  each 
other ;  which  is  not  likely  to  have  been  the  case 
had  the  extent  of  the  building  been  contemplated 
at  its  commencement.     These  parts  were  probably 
added  by  the  hierarchy,  assisted  by  the  governors 
of  the  country,  and  the  contributions  of  such  indi- 
viduals as  wished  well  to  the  cause,  at  the  time 
when  the  rites  of  Isis  had  become  so  extremely  po- 
pular as  to  be  introduced  into  imperial  Rome,  where 
they  enjoyed  the  countenance  both  of  sovereign 
and  subject  in  an  equal  degree  with  those  of  the 
indigenous  divinities.     It  may  also  be  observed  that 
these  latter  parts  have  not  been  completely  finished; 
some  of  the  columns  are  neither  sculptured  nor 


TEMPLE    OF   PHILCE.  501 

adorned  with  hieroglyphics ;  others  of  them  are 
but  partially  so,  and  the  side  of  one  of  the  passages 
is  covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics,  half 
way  up,  and  the  rest  of  it  is  left  untouched,  break- 
ing off  in  the  middle  of  a  course.  These  additions 
were  probably  made  in  the  time  of  the  Emperor 
Hadrian,  who  appears  to  have  repaired,  or  built 
the  temple  at  Kalabshi,  and  probably  many  others 
in  Nubia,  if  not  in  Egypt. 

At  a  small  distance,  only  a  few  paces  from  the 
large  temple,  on  the  east,  there  is  a  small  handsome 
temple,  which  the  Nubians  called  Sereer  PharSon, 
the  bed  or  place  of  repose  for  the  Sovereign.  It 
is  sixty  feet  long,  and  forty-five  feet  wide.  It  has 
five  columns  on  each  side,  and  two  on  the  sides 
of  the  door  at  each  end.  The  intercolumniary  space 
is  built  up  about  two  thirds  of  the  height  of  the 
building ;  the  rest  being  left  open  for  the  admis- 
sion of  air.  On  the  east  it  opens  to  the  river,  on 
the  west  to  the  large  temple.  The  capitals  of  all 
the  columns  are  different  from  each  other,  as  in  the 
large  temple,  and  above  them  are  four  courses  of 
stone  all  round,  and  a  handsome  cornice.  There  is 
no  cornice  in  the  interior,  nor  any  adjoining  sub- 
structions  to  lead  us  to  suppose  that  this  small  and 
handsome  edifice  ever  formed  a  part  of  any  other ; 
and  anciently  it  was  probably  exhibited  as  the  tomb 
of  Osiris,  who  the  Egyptian  priests  maintained  was 


SOZ  *HIL02. 

buried  here,  and  the  most  obligatory  oath  among 
the  Thebans  was,  to  swear  by  Osiris,  who  lies  buried 
in  Philoe. 

In  regard  to  the  origin  of  the  name  Philoe,  it 
may  be  proper  to  mention,  that  the  word  "  fil,"  in 
Arabic,  signifies  elephant.     To  this  word  "  fil/9  or 
"  phil,"  the  Greeks  and  Romans  added  a  termina- 
tion, and  wrote  it  according  to  the  analogy  of  their 
language  "  Philoe,"  generally  putting  it  in  the  plural 
niimber.    Pliny  intimates  that  there  were  here  four 
islands  called  Philoe,  or  elephants,  and  that  this 
appellation  was  a  general  name  for  the  whole.    The 
one  which  at  present  retains  the  name  of  Philoe, 
stands  at  a  small  distance  above  the  first  cataract. 
The  island  at  the  bottom  of  the  cataract,  called 
Elephantina,  is  probably  another  of  the  four,  with 
the  name  translated  into  Greek  and  Latin.    The 
other  two  islands  have  received  different  appella- 
tions, whether  signifying  the  same  thing  in  differ- 
ent languages,  or  for  what  reason  these  islands 
were  so  denominated  at  first,  I  am  unable  to  state. 
Seneca  uses  the  word  "  Phil6"  in  the  singular  num- 
ber, and  applies  to  it  the  epithets  "  rugged,"  and 
"  precipitous."  "  Insula  est  aspera,  et  undique  pre- 
rupta ;"  terms  which  are  by  no  means  applicable  to 
the  island  now  called  Philoe.     Strabo  states  that  it 
was  a  common  habitation  for  the  Ethiopians  and 
Egyptians  j  that  it  resembled  the  island  of  Ele- 


PHILOE.  505 

phantina,  and  was  of  equal  size.  At  present  there 
is  no  village  in  the  isle  of  Philoe ;  nothing  but  one 
small  hut,  which  contains  one  family,  which  con- 
sists of  four  members,  the  husband  and  wife,  and 
two  children  ;  and  Elephantina  is  fully  three  times 
as  large  as  Philoe,  Herodotus  does  not  mention 
Philoe  at  all,  but  affirms  the  same  thing  of  Ele- 
phantina that  Strabo  does  of  it,  namely,  that  it  was 
inhabited  in  common  by  Egyptians  and  Ethiopians. 
•This  omission  of  Herodotus  is  rather  remarkable, 
for  though  he  did  not  ascend  the  Nile  further  than 
Elephantine,  as  he  himself  relates,  yet  he  gives  an 
account  of  the  country  as  far  up  as  Meroe,  or  even 
further,  which  he  professes  to  have  received  from 
the  people  at  Syene.  And  seeing  that  Herodotus 
mentions  the  first  cataract,  and  the  way  of  sailing 
up  and  down  it,  I  should  consider  this  another  rea- 
son for  believing  that  the  great  temple  in  Philoe  did 
Hot  then  exist,  or  most  probably  it  would  have  been 
mentioned  to  him,  as  he  was  then  within  four  miles 
of  die  place  where  it  stands. 

The  island  of  Philoe  is  of  an  oval  form,  with  a 
crescentic  indentation  at  the  south  or  broadest  end; 
where  it  is  well  built  up  with  stone  from  the  rock 
below,  to  support  the  soil,  and  to  protect  it  from 
the  encroachments  of  the  river  at  that  place  where 
the  united  stream  divides  itself  into  two,  and  flows 
down  the  sides  of  the  inland-  It  is  about  1000  feet 
long,  and  400  feet  broad,  at  its  widest  part.    Thi 


504  EAIBAP. 

rock  is  all  granite,  and  the  covering  of  earth  is  very 
slight  throughout,  so  that  the  rock  frequently  pro- 
jects, but  to  no  great  height,  above  the  soil  in  any 
part.  There  are  several  stairs  from  the  island  down 
to  the  river j  one  near  the  north  end,  on  the  east  side, 
near  a  ruined  gateway ;  another  at  the  crescentic 
indentation  at  the  south  end ;  and  a  third  on  the 
west  side  of  the  great  temple.  There  are  several 
small  substructions  and  ruins  of  stone  buildings,  and 
a  few  circular  brick  huts,  but  none  of  any  conse- 
quence. The  island  of  Philoe  would  hardly  ever  be 
visited,  were  it  not  for  the  large  temple,  and  the 
Sereer  Phar&on.  The  Nubians  called  the  isle  of 
Philoe,  "  Gazeer  Anas  el  Wadjout,"  and  "  Gazira 
Mouchdelap."  Mr.  Burkchardt  says  that  the  for- 
mer appellation,  means  "  the  social  pleasures  of 
Wodjout,"  who  is  stated  to  have  been  the  king  who 
built  the  temples  of  Philoe.  It  has  been  interpreted 
to  me  "  the  consolation  of  the  soul."  I  have  not 
been  able  to  procure  an  interpretation  of  the  latter 
name,  which  I  have  spelt  as  it  was  pronounced  by 
the  Nubians. 

Having  closed  our  examination  of  the  temples 
and  isle  of  Philoe,  on  the  4th  of  January,  about 
eleven  o'clock  a.  m.  we  got  on  board,  and  set  out 
for  Bdp,  or  Embap. 

The  air  was  delightful,  and  the  sun  shone  from 
a  cloudless  sky,  on  the  precipitous  clifls  that  border 
the  river.    There  was  no  enlivening  green  to  re* 


EMBAP.  505 

fresh  the  eye  of  the  beholder ;  but  where  scenes  are 
peopled  with  the  recollection  of  ages,  there  wants 
not  the  aid  of  lofty  trees  or  verdant  banks  to  in- 
terest the  mind.  A  little  below  Philoe,  we  passed 
a  small  conical  uninhabited  island,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  came  in  sight  of  the  vessels,  and  the  village 
itself.  The  sailors  gave  a  cheer,  being  in  sight  of 
their  homes,  and  a  few  strokes  of  the  oars  brought 
us  to  land,  and  we  made  fast  to  the  bank,  from 
which  we  had  unloosed  eight  and  twenty  days  be- 
fore. The  distance  from  Philoe  to  Embap  is  only 
about  ten  or  twelve  minutes'  sail.  The  latitude  of 
Philoe  is  24°  1'28'  north,  and  the  longitude  32°  54'  I  tf ' 
east ;  but  taking  into  account  the  windings  of  the 
river,  we  considered  that  in  going  to,  and  return- 
ing from  the  second  cataract,  we  had  performed  a 
journey  of  between  4  and  500  miles,  which  we 
were  happy  at  having  completed  without  accident 
or  interruption,  the  whole  resembling  more  the 
summer  excursion  of  a  party  of  pleasure,  through 
a  delightful  vale,  inhabited  by  friends  and  neigh- 
bors, than  an  enterprize  of  toil  and  hazard,  among 
a  savage  people,  in  an  unknown  land,  speaking  a 
barbarous  and  unknown  tongue.  In  the  course  of 
our  voyage  we  saw  eighteen  ruined  temples,  exclu- 
sive of  those  in  Philoe,  and  probably  there  are  many 
more.  We  counted  eighty-five  villages  on  the  west 
side  of  the  river,  and  seventy-four  on  the  east ; 
making  in  all,  one  hundred  and  fifty-nine.    There 


506  EMBAF. 

may  be  two  or  three  more,  but  certainly  not  many 
nor  of  much  consideration ;  and  I  should  imagine 
that  in  fixing  the  population  of  Nubia  at  100,000, 
it  is  as  much  as  it  will  be  found  to  amount  to. 

We  had  seen  quite  enough  of  Einb Ap  on  ascend- 
ing the  river,  immediately  therefore,  on  our  arrival, 
we  packed  up  all  our  goods,  and  having  procured 
a  sufficient  number  of  asses,  the  whole  party  pro- 
ceeded joyfully  to  their  floating  homes  at  Assouan. 
Wishing  to  have  as  complete  a  view  as  possible  of 
this  far-famed  cataract,  I  walked  along  the  edge  of 
the  river  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  it     No 
part  of  the  scenery  of  this  cataract,  nor  even  the 
whole  of  it  together,  can  be  called  sublime.     The 
only  points  of  view  best  calculated  to  excite  such 
sensations,  are  the  high  cliffs  of  Bigg6,  to  the  west 
of  Philoe,  or  Djibl  Houa,  below  the  island  of  Ele- 
phantina,    which,  when  the  inundation  is  at  its 
height,  must  be  truly  magnificent.    There  is  no  fall 
of  any  consequence  in  any  part  of  the  cataract ;  at 
most  but  a  few  feet,  perhaps  eight  or  ten,  where  a 
high  stratum  of  rock  traverses  the  bed  of  the  river; 
but  this  is  only  when  the  inundation  has  consider- 
ably subsided,  for  when  it  is  at  its  height,  I  was 
informed  that  there  is  none  at  all,  nothing  but  a 
rapid  current  pouring  down  between   its  rocky 
banks.     In  the  course  of  this  walk,  which  I  took 
leisurely,  and  which  occupied  about  ati  hour  and  a 
quarter*  I  passed  the  villages  Coral,  Toongarti,  Am* 


EMBAP. 


507 


bercol,  Absarte,  Awanarti,  which  are  very  small, 
and  situated  in  the  low  cultivated  spots  among  the 
rocks,  and  surrounded  with  palm  trees.  There  are 
two  pretty  large  islands  to  which  the  inhabitants 
gave  the  names  of  Gazeer  Shelal,  or  island  of  the 
cataract,  and  Gazeer  Sehal£.  All  the  villages  are 
on  the  east  bank  of  the  river.  The  west  bank  is 
low,  and  covered  with  sand,  and  has  no  villages. 
The  people  behaved  with  the  most  perfect  civility. 
Twice  I  sat  down  for  a  few  minutes,  to  enjoy  the 
prospect  from  two  of  the  villages.  At  one  of  them 
a  shiekh  offered  me  his  pipe  to  smoke,  and  water 
to  drink,  which  are  the  common  rites  of  hospitality 
in  these  countries. 


[  50&1 


CHAPTER  XIIL 

ARRIVAL    AT    ASSOUAN — EXCAVATION    OF    THE- 
TROPICAL  WELL — ASSOUAN   GARBE. 

On  our  arrival  at  Assouan,  we  were  extremely  happy 
to  find  that  matters  remained  nearly  in  the  same 
state  in  which  we  had  left  them ;  no  difference  had 
arisen  between  the  reisses  and  the  Aga,  or  any  of 
the  townsmen.     The  worshipful  Aga  himself  was 
extremely  rejoiced  at  our  safe  return,  and  particu- 
larly so  on  learning  that  we  had  met  with  neither 
let  nor  hinderance  in  the  whole  course  of  our  voy- 
age.    The  only  aggression  of  which  we  had  reason 
to  complain  was,  that  an  army  of  rats,  which  by 
a  few  nocturnal  incursions  had  previously  given 
symptoms  of  having  established  themselves  in  our 
confines,  seemed,  during  our  absence,  to  consider 
themselves  as  masters  of  the  premises,  and  accord- 
ingly proceeded  to  help  themselves  to  whatever  was 
most  suited  to  their  palate.     With  a  mighty  odd 
sort  of  taste,  they  fastened  first  of  all  upon  an  old 
dried  stuffed  crocodile,  which  Lord  Belmore  had 
received  in  a  present  from  one  of  the  Arabs  at 
Thebes,  and  devoured  nearly  the  whole  of  its  ada- 
mantine hide.     Having  finished  their  repast  in  the 
cabin,  led  by  no  common  sagacity,  they  marched 


ARRIVAL   AT   ASSOUAN.  509 

to  the  cellar,  which  contained  a  few  dozens  of  spruce- 
beer,  to  regale  our  return :  we  thought  they  were 
perfectly  safe  in  being  well  corked  and  out  of  sight ; 
but  a  rat  that  has  courage  to  swallow  a  crocodile, 
is  not  likely  to  find  many  bones  in  a  cork ;  accord- 
ingly, all  the  bottles  were  unstopped,  and  before 
our  arrival  all  the  spruce-beer  was  drank.     As  we 
allowed  the  rats  the  undivided  honor  of  swallowing 
the  flinty  hide  of  the  crocodile,  we  shall  not  tarnish 
their  laurels  by  any  malicious  speculation  about  the 
number  of  feet  that  were  owned  by  each  of  their 
auxiliaries  in  their  attack  upon  the  spruce-beer.  We 
were  not  before  aware  that  the  rats  of  the  Nile  were 
such  distinguished  butlers ;  and  the  ingenuity  of 
finding  such  a  corpus  delicti  produced  a  hearty 
laugh,  that  in  some  measure  atoned  for  our  disap- 
pointment in  the  much-longed-for  beverage.     The 
rats  also  manifested  their  hostile  disposition  on 
board  the  other  vessel,  by  attacking  a  defenceless 
crocodile  which  I  had  prepared  and  stuffed  a  few 
days  previous  to  my  leaving  Assouan  ;  however, 
they  were  surprised  and  routed  before  they  had 
time  to  carry  their  ravages  any  further  than  merely 
wounding  the  tail,  and  scratching  the  feet     Of 
this  last  aggression  we  readily  acquitted  the  feather- 
less  bipeds. 

During  our  excursion  into  Nubia,  we  had  become 
so  much  accustomed  to  living  and  dining  in  the 
open  air,  and  to  enjoying  the  contemplation  of  the 


510.  TXOPICAL   WELL* 

evening  sky,  that  we  found  it  a  real  privation  to 
conform  to  the  regulations  at  Assouan,  and  to  dine 
on  board ;  it  was  like  entering  the  smoke  of  London 
after  a  residence  in  France* 

The  noble  traveller,  having  determined  on  ex- 
cavating the  tropical  well,  arrangements  were  im- 
mediately concluded  with  the  Aga,  and  men  en- 
gaged for  that  purpose ;  and  next  morning,  the  5th 
of  January,  a  dozen  of  laborers,  with  such  imple- 
ments as  the  place  afforded,  broke  ground  in  the 
operation.  As  we  could  only  devote  two  days  to 
the  work,  no  attention  was  paid  to  opening  the 
door,  or  clearing  the  rubbish  from  the  exterior 
of  the  building,  though  that  would  have  been 
the  most  regular  plan  of  conducting  the  exa- 
mination j  but  we  had  not  time  for  that,  and  the 
diggers  were  therefore  sent  immediately  into  the 
interior  of  the  temple,  with  a  view  to  ascertain  if, 
by  removing  the  rubbish  from  it,  and  sinking  down 
as  far  as  circumstances  would  allow,  any  evidence 
could  be  found  of  the  existence  of  such  a  well. 
The  space  in  the  interior  was  too  small  to  admit  of 
all  the  laborers  being  employed  at  the  same  time, 
so  that  they  wrought  and  rested  alternately,  by 
which  means  the  spades  and  baskets  were  kept  in 
constant  exercise.  In  this  manner  the  work  was 
hotly  plied  for  two  days,  and  the  progress  carefully 
and  anxiously  watched  in  both  the  chambers.  After 
clearing  out  a  quantity  of  rubbish,  we  came  to  a  firm 


ASSOUAN   GARBB*  51J 

compact  stratum  of  stones  and  earth,  which  we  con- 
sidered to  have  been  the  floor  of  the  building,  and 
on  perforating  it,  we  sunk  into  a  stratum  of  brown 
sand,  like  that  which  is  lying  on  the  outside  of  the 
building*  We  descended  altogether  to  about  the 
depth  of  12  or  14  feet,  but  found  nothing  more  sa- 
tisfactory on  the  subject  of  our  research.  The  de- 
scent was  made  in  the  middle  of  the  chamber,  so 
that  we  could  not  tell  whether  we  were  below  the 
walls  of  the  building  or  not ;  for  my  own  part,  I  have 
no  doubt  that  we  were,  and  that  this  small  fabric 
was  built  upon  the  sand,  in  the  same  manner  as 
many  houses  and  even  large  hospitals  are  still  built 
on  it,  in  the  sites  of  ancient  towns  in  Egypt,  in  the 
present  day.  This  small  edifice  is  called  by  the 
natives  Madrisseh,  or  Madrasseh,  which  means  uni- 
versity, or  place  of  study,  and  which  would  fuiv 
nish  a  presumption  that  it  had  once  been  an  ob- 
servatory, whether  a  well  or  not  Its  latitude  is 
«4«5'  23'  and  its  longitude  32°  54'  49". 

During  the  time  that  these  operations  were  going 
forward,  I  took  a  boat  and  rowed  across  to  the 
western  Assouan,  Assouan  Garb6,  to  visit  the  ruins 
of  a  Christian  convent  which  the  inhabitants  call 
Deer,  or  Dair.  There  is  no  village  on  the  west  of 
the  river.  The  ruins  of  the  convent  are  at  a  short 
distance,  of  considerable  extent,  and  consist  chiefly 
of  sun-dried  brick.  The  walls  are  covered  with 
Arabic  inscriptions,  which  I  regretted  not  being 


512  ASSOUAN   GARBE. 

able  to  read ;  perhaps  some  of  them  contained  valu- 
able information  respecting  the  builders,  inhabitants, 
or  destroyers  of  this  former  abode  of  the  Christian 
faith.  In  an  interesting  country  like  Egypt,  which 
is  so  deficient  in  the  materials  both  of  public  and 
private  history,  every  inscription  is  valuable,  and 
ought  to  be  preserved.  Though  no  inscription  in 
the  present  Arabic  character  can  be  of  ancient  date, 
yet  it  may  contain  notices  respecting  the  overthrow 
of  the  Christian  establishment  in  Egypt,  that  might 
be  of  great  service  in  ecclesiastical  history. 

The  burial-place  of  the  Christian  possessors  of 
the  ruined  walls  is  on  the  top  of  the  adjoining  hill ; 
and,  on  visiting  it,  I  was  shocked  to  see  the  num- 
bers of  bodies  that  had  been  torn  from  their  sepul- 
chres, and  were  lying  scattered  about  in  the  open 
air,  wrapped  up  in  the  coarse  brown  cotton  or  linen 
cloth  in  which  they  had  been  interred.  It  is  a  horrid 
barbarity  that  invades  the  tomb,  and  tears  from  the 
defenceless  body  the  last  robe  that  the  hand  of  friend- 
ship had  wrapped  round  it,  and  leaves  it  to  wither  in 
the  open  air.  The  small  and  humble  stones  that  mark* 
ed  the  resting-place,  and  bore  the  superscriptions  of 
the  deceased,  were  now  separated  from  their  owners, 
and  told  an  empty  tale.  The  inscriptions  are  in  the 
Greek  character,  remarkably  simple,  mentioning 
merely  the  name  and  office  of  the  individual,  which 
is  generally  that  of  a  monk,  the  day  of  the  month, 
and  the  year  of  the  indiction  in  which  he  died, 


ASSOUAN  •  OARBE.  513 

and  concluded  with  the  sign  of  the  cross.  The 
tomb-stones  are  of  the  same  size  and  shape  with 
those  at  the  ancient  Syene,  which  are  inscribed 
with  the  Couphic  or  ancient  Arabic  character,  and 
which,  if  interpreted,  would  probably  be  found  of 
similar  import 


vol.  I.  n 


[514  ] 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

DEPARTURE    FROM  ASSOUAN ARRIVAL  AT  THSBES 

DEATH    OF   THE    PRINCESS    CHARLOTTE. 

Having  completed  our  arrangements  at  Assouan 
on  the  6th,  we  set  out  on  the  morning  of  the  7th 
on  our  return.  The  masts  were  struck,  and  laid 
along  the  side,  in  the  same  manner  as  on  the  vessels 
in  which  we  returned  from  the  second  cataract,  and 
there  being  little  wind,  we  glided  down  quietly  with 
the  current.  We  soon  passed  the  low  granite  rocks 
in  the  middle  of  the  river,  the  low  alluvial  point  of 
the  famed  Elephantina,  the  sloping  plain  of  As- 
souan, and  the  lofty  Djibl  Houa,  and  lost  sight  of 
this  ancient  city,  the  boundaries  of  ancient  Egypt. 
At  first  we  moved  on  slowly ;  but  after  the  Arabs 
had  got  some  refreshment,  a  short  nap,  and  a  pipe 
of  tobacco,  they  manned  each  felucca  with  eight 
oars,  and  a  man  to  each  oar j  a  ninth  person  stood 
in  the  stern  of  the  felucca,  holding  a  rope  in  his 
hand,  which  was  attached  to  the  prow  of  the  maash, 
and  with  which,  as  the  boatmen  rowed,  he  pulled 
us  along,  and  we  descended  the  river  with  great 
rapidity.  This,  at  first,  seemed  a  mighty  awkward 
way  of  proceeding,  particularly  as  the  poor  unfor- 
tunate man  who  pulled  the  rope  seemed  to  be  ex- 


DEPARTURE   PROM   ASSOUAN.  515 

erting  himself  above  his  strength ;  his  face  was 
flushed  and  turgid  with  blood,  his  eyes  appeared  as 
if  they  would  start  from  their  sockets,  'and  he  was 
every  now  and  then  obliged  to  let  go  the  rope,  or 
otherwise  would  have  been  pulled  over  the  stern 
of  the  vessel :  after  a  little  practice,  however,  he 
became  used  to  the  business,  and  performed  his 
task  apparently  with  ease ;  and  we  were  perfectly 
satisfied  that  it  was  a  preferable  plan  to  be  thus 
towed  along  by  the  men  rowing  in  the  felucca,  than 
if  the  oars  had  been  mounted  on  the  sides  of  these 
high  unwieldy  vessels,  as  they  were  on  the  small 
craft  which  reconducted  us  from  Nubia. 

We  now  relapsed  to  our  former  habits.  When 
dinner  was  ready,  the  two  boats  came  along  side 
of  each  other,  and  we  easily  stepped  on  board ;  or 
if  from  the  high  wind,  it  was  difficult  to  bring  the 
two  large  vessels  together,  the  felucca  carried  us  to 
Lord  Belmore's  vessel,  on  board  of  which  we  dined 
and  spent  the  evening  in  society  together,  till  we 
stopped  for  the  night,  when,  in  general,  it  was  time 
for  each  of  us  to  retire  to  his  respective  place  of 
rest  This  night  we  remained  at  Draou,  which  is 
about  two  miles  above  Koom  Ombas,  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  river,  and  which  we  reached  next  morn- 
ing j  and,  after  breakfast,  proceeded  to  inspect  the 
temple,  which  we  did  not  stop  to  examine  in  as- 
cending the  Nile.  It  is  quite  neat  the  river,  and 
though  a  very  fine  ruin,  is  not  so  fortunate  in  its 


516  fEMYLl  OF   DRAOU. 

situation  as  most  of  the  other  Egyptian  temples.  It 
Stands  upon  the  east  bank  of  the  river,  and,  what  is 
rather  uncommon,  fronts  the  west,  that  is,  the  river  \ 
perhaps  on  account  of  its  being  dedicated  to  the 
worship  of  the  crocodile ;  as  the  other  temples, 
being  more  or  less  connected  with  the  worship  of 
the  sun,  look  to  the  east  There  is  no  propylon  or 
dromos  in  front  of  the  temple ;  but  the  portico  or 
pronaos  is  very  magnificent,  and  presents  an  im- 
posing facade  83  feet  long  towards  the  river.  It 
has  consisted  of  fifteen  fine  massy  columns,  five  in 
front  and  three  in  depth.  The  capitals  of  the  co- 
lumns are  formed  after  the  palm-branch,  the  doum, 
and  the  lotus.  They  are  about  SO  feet  high,  and 
nearly  20  feet  in  circumference  at  the  base,  and 
are  covered  with  sculptured  figures  and  hierogly* 
phics*  The  remains  of  the  whole  building  are  about 
120  feet  long.  The  interior  of  this  temple  is  quite 
different  from  that  of  any  other  in  the  country.  It 
is  entered  from  the  portico  by  three  doota,  which 
have  the  globe  and  serpent  with  wings  sculptured 
over  each.  The  middle  door  leads  into  one  large 
chamber  which  does  not  seem  to  communicate  with 
any  other  part  of  the  temple ;  but  it  is  so  much 
filled  with  sand  and  stones,  that  the  statement 
cannot  be  relied  upon  as  certain.  The  other  two 
passages,  one  on  each  side,  pass  on  through  the 
whole  suite  of  four  chambers,  and  almost  all  of 
•  thggi  fcave^tooi^  rfiwinifHiJug  with  At  ootpdfr, 


TEMPLE   OF   DHAOU.  617 

but  not  with  each  other,  through  the  partition- 
wall  in  the  centre  of  the  building.  In  the  first  chanv 
ber  on  the  left,  or  north  side  of  the  temple,  we 
found  over  the  door  of  communication  a  Greek 
inscription,  which  we  afterwards  found  had  been 
copied  by  Mr.  Hamilton,  and  which  was  probably 
engraved  there  by  order  of  the  sovereigns  whose 
names  it  contains ;  and,  if  we  may  be  allowed  to 
decide,  from  the  equal  degree  of  tarnish  on  the  let- 
ters and  on  the  stone,  appears  to  be  coeval  with  the 
building  itself. 

Some  of  the  stones  in  this  temple  are  very  large ; 
we  measured  one  of  them,  which  was  twenty  felt  5 
inches  long,  six  feet  10  inches  broad,  and  four  feet 
9  inches  thick.  The  whole  of  the  interior  of  die 
temple  is  very  much  filled  with  sand,  and  the  watts 
are  much  fallen  down.  Near  the  north-east  corner, 
I  observed  that  part  of  the  wall  rested  on  Roman 
brick.  The  whole  temple  has  been  surrounded  by 
a  high  wall,  to  keep  out  intruders  and  idle  spec- 
tators. There  was,  probably,  also  another  row  of 
columns  in  the  prottaos,  fronting  that  part  of  the 
body  of  the  temple  which  now  appears  stripped, 
and  like  a  shapeless  projection  from  the  rest  s  the 
columns  in  the  pronaos  would  then  be  eighteen  in 
number,  six  in  front  and  three  in  depth,  which  is 
more  conformable  to  the  Greek  taste  in  building, 
which  did  not  admit  of  an  odd  nujnber  of  columns 
in  the  fkfade.    On  the  south  side  of  the  temple, 


518  TEMPLE   OF   DRAOU. 

the  bases  of  large  columns  still  remain ;  but  it  ap- 
pears that  they  belonged  to  another  building. 

In  regard  to  the  sculpture  on  this  temple,  it  does 
not  appear  ever  to  have  been  finished ;  the  most 
interesting  and  best  executed  is  on  the  pronaos. 
Osiris  is  frequently  represented  with  a  crocodile's 
head,  with  the  sceptre  and  sacred  tau  in  his  hand, 
and  receiving  offerings.    A  lion  with  a  hawk's  head, 
or  hiero-sphinx,  occurs  frequently  among  the  offer- 
ings.   The  crocodile  frequently  occurs  here  among 
the  hieroglyphics,  and  in  one  place  we  saw  him  as 
if  placed  on  an  altar,  and  surrounded  with  vota- 
ries ;  we  did  not  see  him  among  the  sculptured 
figures.   Neither  Isis  or  Horus  appear  so  frequently 
in  this  temple  as  in  those  already  described.    A 
figure  of  Typhon  has  been  mentioned  by  authors 
as  occurring  in  this  temple,  but  we  did  not  see  it. 

At  the  south-west  corner  of  the  pronaos,  but 
considerably  in  advance,  and  close  upon  the  brink 
of  the  river,  there  is  a  lofty  structure,  resembling 
a  propylon.  It  is  remarkably  well  built,  and  covered 
with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics  j  but  like  the  tem- 
ple it  is  now  much  dilapidated.  Joined  to  it  is  a 
high  ruined  wall  of  unburnt  brick,  which  has  been 
carried  all  round  the  temple.  Probably  for  walking 
round  the  sacred  crocodile,  which  was  worshipped 
in  this  place  ;  as  the;  long  tank  beside  the  propy- 
lon was  probably  intended  for  bathing  him. 
On  the  other,  or  north-west  corner  of  the  temple, 


KOOM    OMBOS.  619 

and  close  npon  the  river's  edge,  there  are  the  re- 
mains of  a  small  temple  of  Isis.  The  columns  are 
Isis-headed,  and  there  is  an  excellent  figure  of  the 
goddess  herself  sculptured  upon  the  wall. 

On  the  north  of  the  temple,  at  a  small  distance 
from  it,  stand  the  ruins  of  the  old  town,  which 
consist  merely  of  small  brick  built  huts,  buried 
under  sand,  and  inhabited  by  foxes  and  jackals. 

The  inhabitants  of  Koom  Orabos  were  the  an* 
cient  and  inveterate  enemies  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Denderah.  They  quarrelled  about  their  gods,  and 
never  could  agree  about  any  thing  else.  One  hor- 
rid fray,  in  which  the  Denderites  were  the  assail- 
ants and  victors,  was  fought  near  the  walls  of 
Coptos,  in  Domitian's  time,  when  Juvenal  the  cele- 
brated satyrist  was  in  Egypt,  and  which  he  describes, 
in  the  most  sarcastic  and  indignant  terms,  in  his 
fifteenth  satire,  addressed  to  Volusius,  of  Bithynia. 
The  Denderites  were  not  content  with  routing  their 
antagonists,  and  trampling  them  under  their  feet ;, 
but  tore  the  living  flesh  from  their  bones,  which  they 
afterwards  gnawed  with  the  most. infernal  exulta- 
tion. Both  towns  are  now  equally .  desolate  and 
uninhabited. 

There  is  no  village  within  two  miles  of  Koom 
Ombos,  but  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  temple,  there 
is  a  well-cultivated,  well- watered  field,  on  the  edge 
of  the  desert.  Thither  we  directed  our  steps  in 
quest  of  riiuftuny  pits,  and  entered  several  .which 


JfflO  HAHJR  SILfttX*. 

we  found  generally  divided  into  three  compart- 
ments, with  holes  cut  in  the  rock  in  a  horizontal 
direction,  in  which  the  mummies  were  laid  on  their 
backs  in  a  horizontal  posture,  with  their  feet  out- 
wards. We  searched  for  the  pits  in  which  the 
mummies  of  the  crocodiles  had  been  deposited;  but, 
though  guided  by  a  native,  we  searched  in  vain,  and 
in  a  little  time  abandoned  the  pursuit,  and  shaped 
our  way  back  to  the  vessels,  passing  by  a  fine 
Spreading  sycamore  tree,  under  which  the  caravans 
stnd  land  travellers  stop  to  refresh  themselves,  and 
to  repose  in  the  heat  of  the  day.  Having  got  on 
board,  we  immediately  set  sail  for  Hac\jr  Sibil,  or 
Djibl  Sibil,  which  mean  the  stone  or  rode  of  the 
chain,  which  we  reached  a  little  after  sun-set 

Hadjr  Silsil  is  an  ancient  and  extensive  quarry  of 
compact  sandstone,  with  shrines  and  places  of  wor- 
ship cut  out  of  the  rock,  or  erected  in  different 
places  for  the  accommodation  of  the  workmen,  and 
covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics.  The 
rode  comes  close  to  the  river  on  each  side j  but 
does  not  exceed  the  level  of  it  any  where,  above 
sixty  or  a  hundred  feet,  and  that  not  precipitously. 
The  most  extensive  quarries  are  on  the  east  side  of 
the  river  where  we  first  landed.  The  ancient  roads 
leading  into  them  are  still  open,  and  bear  the  tracks 
of  wheel-carriages,  and  are  so  little  obstructed  by 
rubbish,  that  they  might  be  used  for  the  same  pur- 
pose in  die  present  day.    These  roads  have  been 


HADJR   S1LSIL.  521 

cut  from  the  river,  on  which  the  produce  of  the 
quarry  was  floated  to  its  destination,  through  the 
rock  where  it  was  shattered,  porous,  and  of  little 
value,  into  the  place  where  the  stone  became  com- 
pact and  fit  for  being  wrought,  and  are  of  course 
longer  or  shorter,  straight  or  winding,  according  to 
circumstances*  By  pursuing  the  line  of  these  differ* 
ent  roads,  the  traveller  may  even,  without  a  con- 
ductor,  easily  wind  himself  through  the  whole 
labyrinth  of  these  quarries.    On  reaching  the  sound 
and  workable  stone,  the  workmen  pursued  their 
labor  in  different  directions.     Some  of  the  quarries 
are  about  600  feet  long,  300  feet  wide,  and  70  or 
80  feet  high.     In  no  place  does  the  bottom  of  the 
quarry  seem  to  be  under  the  level  of  the  Nile.   In 
some  places  stairs  are  cut  in  the  rock,  by  which 
to  ascend  to  the  different  benches  of  stone  and  steps 
to  ascend  from  one  bench  to  the  other,  which  in 
some  places  are  continued  up  the  front  of  the  rock 
to  the  very  top.     In  general,  however,  they  are 
merely  square  holes  cut  in  the  face  of  the  rock  for 
receiving  the  feet.    I  should  have  thought  the  in- 
dividual probably  ascended  by  the  assistance  of  a 
rope,  till  I  saw  the  naked  monks  scale  the  precipi- 
tous front  of  the  rock  at  Djibl  Tair,  with  no  assist- 
ance but  the  steps*     They  resemble  the  holes  cut 
in  the  shaft,  or  well  of  the  large  pyramid,  only  that 
being  a  narrow  circular  passage,  has  holes  on  each 
side  for  the  feet,  and  before  for  the  hands  to  lay 


522  HADJR    SILSIl. 

hold  of.  I  did  not  visit  the  quarry  in  Mount  Petf- 
telicus  from  which  the  marble  was  taken  for  the 
temple  in  Athens ;  but  it  would  be  curious  to  com- 
pare the  working  of  that  quarry  with  that  of  the 
one  under  consideration. 

In  some  of  the  benches  the  stones  are  merely 
outlined,  in  others  they  are  half  cut,  in  others 
nearly  disengaged,  and  the  splinters  lying  about  are 
so  fresh,  that  a  person  would  think  the  laborer  had 
only  left  his  work  the  evening  before,  and  was  going 
to  resume  it  the  following  day.  Yet  matters  have 
remained  in  this  state  probably  for  2000  years.  In 
one  part  we  perceived  a  sphinx  half  cut  out.  In 
some  parts  the  quarry  is  wrought  down  the  breast 
perpendicularly.  In  other  places  the  rock  is  cut  out 
in  large  excavations,  with  columns  left  to  support 
the  roof;  thus  forming  a  cool  and  pleasant  retreat 
for  the  workmen  from  the  heat  of  the  sun.  In  some 
places  large  stone  tables  are  set  up  covered  with 
hieroglyphics,  running  in  horizonal  lines  from  side 
to  side  of  the  table.  The  birds  and  other  animals 
generally  look  to  the  right.  In  different  places  we 
also  encountered  many  Greek  inscriptions ;  some 
of  which  were  nearly  obliterated,  others  so  long 
that  we  had  not  time  to  read  them,  others  very 
short,  and  merely  intimated,  or  rather  recorded,  the 
offering  of  the  individual,  without  mentioning  what 
that  offering  was ;  the  offering  of  Eron  Ptolemy;  the 
offering  of  Apelles  Lopnos ;  there  are  also  several 


HADJIt   S1LSIL.  523 

inscriptions  in  the  Coptic  character  ;  but  by  far  the 
greatest  number  is  in  Greek,  and  probably  the 
greater  part  of  the  quarry  was  wrought  by  Greeks 
in  the  time  of  the  Ptolemies,  when  the  worship  of 
Jupiter  Amnion  was  most  especially  in  vogue.  Per- 
haps if  these  inscriptions  were  carefully  examined, 
along  with  the  laboring  utensils  which  are  sculptured 
upon  the  rock  in  several  places,  much  light  might 
be  thrown  upon  the  period  when  these  quarries 
were  wrought,  and  consequently  when  those  gigan- 
tic temples,  for  which  they  furnished  the  materials, 
were  erected.  Let  us  not  complain  of  the  want  of 
information  respecting  ancient  Egypt,  till  we  have 
made  ourselves  thoroughly  masters  of  all  that  re- 
mains  in  the  country.  There  are  five  or  six  other 
quarries  on  the  same  side  of  the  river,  besides  the 
one  already  mentioned,  but  none  of  them  of  equal 
dimensions  with  it 

Here  it  may  not  be  impertinent  to  remark,  that  I 
did  not  perceive  any  inscriptions  in  the  Coptic  cha- 
ipcter,  in  the  quarry  at  Gartaas,  in  Nubia.  There 
were,  I  believe,  several  in  the  Roman  character, 
though  I  have  not  marked  any  of  them  in  my  notes. 
The  greater  part  of  them  were  in  the  Greek  cha- 
racter, though  mostly  alluding  to  Romans,  or  peo- 
ple of  that  period,  when  Egypt  and  Nubia  were  in 
subjection  to  Imperial  Rome.  Probably  the  quar- 
ries at  Gartaas  and  Kalabshi  are  not  so  ancient  as 
those  at  Hadjr  Silsil. 


5Q±  HADJR  S1LSIL, 

The  quarries  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river  are 
much  less  considerable  than  those  on  the  east.  Here 
the  principal  objects  of  attraction  are  along  the 
edge  of  the  river,  and  consist  in  numerous  tables 
of  hieroglyphics,  sculpture,  and  excavations  resem- 
bling tombs  or  templed  cut  in  the  perpendicular 
face  of  the  rock.     In  one  of  these  compartments 
we  perceived  the  following  group : — Isis  leo,  with 
the  moon  over  her  head,  and  the  sceptre  of  Osiris 
in  her  hand ;  an  ibis-headed  deity,  with  the  globe 
over  his  head,  and  the  sceptre  of  Osiris  also  in  his 
hand ;  then  a  Typhon,  with  a  lunated  head-dress ; 
he  holds  the  sacred  tau,  which  is  inverted  in  his 
hand,  and  presents  it  to  a  person  who  is  offering  to 
him.     This  is  the  only  place  in  all  Egypt,  in  which 
I  remember  having  seen  an  offering  presented  to 
Typhon.     The  same  group  is  repeated  on  another 
table,  with  this  difference,  that  Isis  has  the  human, 
instead  of  the  lion's  head,  as  in  the  former  one. 
Close  to  these  two  groups  are  two  curious  tables 
which  deserve  more  attention  than  I  had  time  to 
bestow  upon  them.  The  hieroglyphics  in  the  upper 
parts  of  the  tables  are  written  in  horizontal  lines, 
and  the  lower  parts  in  chequered  lines  like  the  Greek 
almanacks  already  mentioned  in  the  ruined  Greek 
chapel  at  Hindaou.  They  are  also  in  four  columns 
line  for  line,  and  I  should  like  extremely  to  see  a 
skilful  comparison  made  of  the  two. 

Many  of  the  excavations  along  the  edge  of  the 


EDFOU.  595 

river  have  fallen  down,  the  greater  part  of  them 
have  been  covered  with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics, 
and  some  of  them  have  been  painted.  The  one  that 
most  particularly  arrested  our  intention,  was  that 
at  the  lower  end  of  the  series.  It  has  four  columns 
in  front,  with  several  niches,  in  the  inside,  contain- 
ing  statues.  The  walls  are  covered  with  sculpture, 
and  hieroglyphics,  which  shows  that  it  was  origin- 
ally an  Egyptian  temple,  and  the  figure  of  the  cross 
being  painted  up  in  several  places,  shows  that  sub- 
sequently, it  was  converted  to  a  place  of  Christian 
worship.  In  another  of  these  excavations,  we  saw 
the  figure  of  the  cross  painted  upon  the  wall,  with 
this  inscription  over  it,  CTATPOC  AON  XPIC- 
TI ANON — the  cross  of  the  Christians  $  and  on 
the  wall  opposite,  rC+%C  We  did  not  see  the 
remains  of  any  town  or  village  in  this  place,  and 
from  there  being  no  cultivatable  land  in  it,  and  but 
very  little  in  the  immediate  vicinity,  it  is  probable 
that  any  houses  that  were  erected  here  were  merely 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  laborers  in  the  quar- 
ries. About  one  o'clock  we  got  on  board,  and  after 
a  pleasant  sail  arrived  at  Edfou  about  eight,  and 
took  up  our  station  as  before,  about  a  mile  and  a 
half  from  the  town. 

Hie  second  view  of  the  village,  and  magnificent 
temple  of  Edfou  pleased  us  quite  as  much  as  the 
first,  but  the  dogs  were  so  furious  on  our  approach, 
that  m  self-defence  we  found  it  necessary  to  pass  a 


£&6  edfoit. 

shot  through  one  of  them.  The  crops  of  dhourra, 
which  we  saw  on  ascending  the  Nile,  were  now  all 
cut  down  and  threshed ;  which  operation  is  per- 
formed by  the  cattle  treading  out  the  grain,  the 
same  as  in  Greece,  and  other  parts  of  the  Levant ; 
but  here  they  have  a  machine  with  two  wheels, 
which  passes  over  it,  and  chops  the  straw,  so  as  to 
render  it  fit  for  the  use  of  the  camels.  In  some 
cases,  however,  the  straw  is  saved,  and  the  peasants 
make  straw  huts  of  it,  in  which  they  repose  during 
the  night,  or  in  the  heat  of  the  day.  The  asses,  the 
cows,  sheep,  goats,  and  camels,  were  grazing  in  the 
fields,  which  are,  perhaps,  as  clear  at  this  season  of 
the  year  as  in  any  other.  The  barley  which  was 
sown  since  the  decrease  of  the  Nile,  is  now  consi- 
derably advanced,  so  are  also  the  flax  and  the  ad- 
dess,  or  lentils. 

By  ten  o'clock  a.  m.  we  returned  on  board,  and 
proceeded  down  the  river.  The  Persian  wheels  are 
now  less  employed,  all  the  water  required  is  raised 
in  buckets,  as  formerly  mentioned.  But  the  fields 
can  scarcely  be  said  to  be  under  irrigation,  and  are 
so  covered  with  dust,  that  a  person  can  easily  be- 
lieve that  were  it  not  for  the  inundation  and  con- 
stant irrigation  from  the  river,  the  fertile  soil  of 
Egypt  would  soon  be  a  loose  flitting  dust,  unce- 
mented  by  vegetation,  the  sport  of  every  wind.  So 
that  the  Abyssinian  king  who  proposed  to  starve  the 
Egyptians,  by  turning  the  course  of  the  Nile  into 


SSNEH.  527 

* 

the  Red  Sea,  would  have  punished  them  most  effec- 
tually if  he  had  carried  his  design  into  execution. 
At  noon,  we  passed  a  peculiar  looking  rock,  on  the 
east  bank.  It  springs  up  insulated  from  the  moun- 
tain-chain, quite  in  the  middle  of  the  plain,  and 
seems  as  if  the  top  had  been  rounded,  and  divided 
into  a  number  of  compartments,  by  art.  The  wind 
was  high,  and  contrary,  and  having  glided  down 
to  Agrout,  a  small  village  on  the  east  bank  of  the 
river,  we  stopped  for  the  night. 

Next  morning,  the  1 1th,  we  set  off  at  an  early 
hour,  and  by  ten  o'clock. were  abreast  of  Esneh. 
We  landed  on  the  opposite  side,  and  proceeded  to 
an  ancient  temple,  which  stands  alone  in  the  middle 
of  the  plain,  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the 
river.  It  is  small,  much  dilapidated,  and  contains 
nothing  of  sufficient  interest  to  compensate  for  the 
trouble  of  going  to  see  it.  It  is  older  than  any  of 
the  temples  at  Esneh.  Having  crossed  the  river, 
we  found  this  respectable  town  enlivened  by  a  fair, 
which  had  drawn  together  an  immense  crowd  of 
.respectable  looking,  well-dressed  country  people. 
The  market  was  held  on  the  outside  of  the  town, 
where  there  was  a  tolerable  show  of  dromedaries, 
camels,  cows,  buffaloes,  sheep,  goats,  asses,  and 
crockery-ware.  We  looked  eagerly  for  jugglers, 
shows,  or  any  kind  of  amusement,  but  saw  none ; 
matters,  to  the  eye  of  a  stranger,  seemed  exceed- 
ingly dull. 


£28  1SVEH. 

Immediately  ton  my  arrival,  my  dysenteric  patient, 

.greatly  improved,  both  in  health  and  looks,  came  to 

welcome  me  to  Esneh,  and  brought  a  request  from 

the  Bey  for  me  to  pay  him  a  visit.     I  had  before 

seen,  and  prescribed  for  bis  Excellency  at  Assouan. 

He  was  a  great  complainer,  as  most  people  are  who 

eat  and  drink  more  than  they  ought  to  do ;  yet  for 

all  that,  he  looked  marvellously  well,  presenting  as 

rosy  a  countenance,  and  as  portly  a  corporation,  as 

any  of  the  by-standers,  and,  excepting  when  an 

accumulation  of  bile  or  acidity  happened  to  gripe 

and  irritate  him,  enjoyed  a  tolerable  share  of  good 

health.     At  present  he  labored  under  one  of  these 

affections,  of  which,  like  all  his  countrymen,  he  was 

remarkably  impatient,  not  to  say  afraid,   for  he 

•seemed  to  fancy  that  every  pain  that  shot  along  the 

alimentary  canal  would  be  bis  last.     He  is  said  to 

be  a  brave  man  in  the  field,  though  I  believe  he 

never  was  tried  but  in  a  review;  and  certainly, 

under  bodily  suffering,  he  is  one  of  the  greatest 

cowards  upon  earth.     Fortunately,  there  was  not 

much  difficulty  in  relieving  him  from  his  present  in* 

conveniences ;  but  it  would  not  have  been  so  easy 

a  matter  to  satisfy  his  ulterior  demands,  which  were 

to  give  him  something  that  would  prevent  it  from 

ever  troubling  him  again.    This  man  is  said  to  be 

very  rich,  and  would  bleed  excellently  well  under 

the  hands  of  a  quack. 

Next  morning,  the  12th,  we  set  out  again,  after 


AS*HOUN.  52tf 

another  interview  with  the  Bey,  and  by  mid-day 
reached  Asphouir.  The  beafntiful  open  plain'  be- 
tween it  arid  Esnehr,  become^  more  extended  here. 
The  town  is  about  a  mile  from  the  river,  and  in  oiir 
way  thither,  we  encountered  the  Aga  of  the  place, 
tfhb  was  enjoying  the  sports  of  the  field,  with  his 
servant  carrying  his  musket  atod  pipe  behind  him. 
He  politely  invited  u&  to  his  house,  and  having 
treated  us  with  coffee,  said  there  were  no  antiqui- 
ties in  the  place,  but  that  we  were  at  liberty  to  walk 
about  and  judge  for  ourselves ;  we  availed  ourselves 
of  his  permission,  and  except  a  few  granite  columns, 
apparently  of  Roman  workmanship,  we  found  the 
account  of  the  Aga  quite  correct.  We  were  in- 
formed, however,  that  there  was  a  ruined  temple 
about  an  hour's  distance,  toward  the  mountain,  and 
having  procured  a  sufficient  number  of  asses,  and  a 
guide,  we  set  out  in  search  of  it.  Having  passed 
the  cultivated  fields  in  th4  neighborhood  of  the 
town,  we  entered  upon  a  plain  of  sand,  in  which  we 
saw  a  dumber  of  mummy-pits,  and  many  broken 
sarcophagi,  of  burnt  clay,  lying  in  the  open  air,  and' 
patches  of  cultivated  ground  and  mud  huts  in  seve- 
ral places  ;  the  whole  appears  to  have  once  been  a 
fertile  plain,  though  now  the  greater  part  is  buried 
under  sand.  After  an  hour  attd  a  half  s  ride,  we 
arrived,  not  at  a  ruiried  temple,  as  vte  hkd  been  led 
to  expect,  but  at  a  ruined  Coptic  convent,  a  large 
building  of  unburnt  brick,  in  a  most  wretched  con- 
vol.  r.  MM 


530  HERMONT. 

ditton.  The  walls  were  covered  with  Arabic  and 
Coptic  inscriptions  ;  but  the  monks  had  long  since 
withdrawn  from  the  empty  cells.  Two  rooms  were 
laid  with  mats,  and  provided  with  jars  of  water,  for 
the  use  of  those  who  came  thither  to  worship ;  but 
no  excavations  in  the  rock,  nor  any  remains  of  an 
ancient  town  in  this  place.  The  immense  mound 
of  nibbish  on  which  Asphoun,  or  Sphoun,  is  built, 
convinced  us  that  it  was  altogether  unnecessary  to 
look  for  the  remains  of  any  other  city  in  this  place. 
Accordingly,  we  remounted  our  asses,  and  retraced 
our  steps  to  the  village,  and  thence  to  the  vessels ; 
and  in  the  evening  dropped  down  to  £1  Malle,  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  river,  where  we  stopped  for  the 
night. 

On  the  morning  of  the  13th,  we  set  off  at  six 
o'clock.  The  air  was  calm,  and  the  sky  consider- 
ably clouded ;  yesterday  it  wore  the  same  mottled 
aspects  but  the  wind  was  high.  At  noon  we  ar- 
rived at  Hermont*  the  Grecian  Hermonthis,  where 
Jupiter  and  Apollo  were  worshipped,  and  a  sacred 
bull  was  reared,  as  at  On  and  Memphis.  The  ruins 
of  the  ancient  town  which  lie  between  the  present 
village  and  the  mountain,  are  about  a  mile  distant 
from  the  river.  They  consist  of  one  temple,  and 
a  prodigious  heap  of  rubbish  of  unburnt  brick. 
There  are  no  remains  of  any  propylon.  The  walls  of 
the  pronaos  are  standing,  but  in  many  places  much 
dilapidated.    The  cella  is  pretty  entire,  and  covered 


HEttMONT.  531 

with  sculpture  and  hieroglyphics ;  many  of  which 
differ  considerably  from  any  that  we  had  formerly 
seen.  On  the  inside  of  the  door  there  is  repre- 
sented a  hawk,  standing  upon  an  altar,  or  pedestal, 
from  which  lotus  flowers  are  issuing  out  in  every 
direction.  He  is  adorned  with  the  round  high  cap 
that  is  generally  worn  by  Horus.  On  each  side  of 
the  altar,  there  is  a  female  in  the  attitude  of  adora- 
tion. Behind  the  female  figure,  on  the  right,  stands 
Nephth^,  with  a  large  knife  in  each  hand  ;  and  en 
the  left  Typhon  similarly  armed ;  both  appear  as  if 
determined  to  cut  the  lotus  flowers,  which  branch 
out  from  the  altar  near  to  the  place  where  they  are 
standing.  Behind  Typhon  is  the  great  god  Men- 
des,  to  whom  the  grim  dwarf  is  reverting  his  eye, 
as  if  afraid  to  touch  the  lotus  in  his  presence.  Be- 
hind Nephthl  stands  a  female  figure,  holding  to  her 
breast  the  sacred  tau,  and  sceptre  of  Osiris,  as  if 
praying  to  be  preserved  from  the  power  and  ven- 
geance of  such  a  monster.  Below  is  Harpocrates, 
seated  on  the  budding  lotus,  with  his  finger  on  his 
mouth,  as  if  to  indicate  the  silent  march  of  vege- 
tation ;  before  him  the  hawk-headed  deity  is  seated 
between  the  horns  of  a  bull,  being  characteristic  of 
the  season  when  the  sun  in  taurus  rides.  On  the 
right  of  Harpocrates,  Isis  is  nursing  Horus,  and  a 
hawk-headed  crocodile  reposes  on  an  altar.  Cats, 
ibisses,  serpents  and  cynocephali  are  sculptured 
over  the  walls  in  great  profusion.     Over  the  door, 

ivr  m  2 


532  heumon?. 

in  the  innermost  apartment,  nearly  the  same  device 
is  repeated.     In  several  place?  along  the  wpll?  fe- 
males are  represented  nursing  children ;   two  of 
them  have  handsome  cows'  heads,  and  are  seated 
upon  lion-shaped  couches  j  but  they  are  not  cha- 
racterized by  the  sceptre  or  sacred  tau,  or  any  othqr 
mark  of  distinction.     Two  sacred  birds,  with  fea- 
thered  sceptres  in  their  claws,  occupy  the  end  wall; 
and  behind  them  is  arranged  a  flight  of  seven  birds, 
with  outspread  wings  and  human  faces,  and  the 
moon  between  two  spreading  horns  over  their  heads, 
such  as  is  generally  worn  by  Isis.     The  bull  and 
scorpion  are  engraved  upon  the  ceiling,  and  between 
them  a  man  in  a  boat,  with  several  other  mystical 
figures.     The  whole  ceiling  is  embraced  by  die 
figure  already  described  as  encircling  that  in  the 
pronaos  at  Den  de rah. 

The  outside  of  this  interesting  temple  is  also 
covered  with  sculpture,  among  which  is  Isis,  with 
a  globe  in  one  hand  and  a  sword  in  the  other,  and 
behind  her  a  cynocephalus  with  a  sword  in  each 
hand,  and  a  lion  rampant  with  a  sword  in  each  paw. 
On  the  end  of  the  temple  there  is  a  camel-leopard 
and  a  wolf  looking  different  ways,  and  a  scarabaeus 
crawling  towards  a  globe,  which  is  painted  red. 
The  sculptured  groups  and  hieroglyphics  in  this 
temple  are  well  cut,  and  extremely  interesting!  they 
indicate  a  more  ancient  date  than  most  of  the  tei#r 
pies  in  Egypt :  yet  here  we  find  stones  with  the 


HEEMONT.  583 

hieroglyphics  inverted  which  does  not  so  much  in. 
dicatp  its  great  age,  for  one  temple  might  be  re- 
paired by  thp  materials  of  another  which  was  not 
3Q  old  as  itself.  On  the  south  side  of  the  temple 
there  is  a  tank  of  water,  which  is  faced  up  with 
stone  all  round,  with  a  stair  to  get  down  to  it  $  an- 
ciently it  was  used  for  the  ceremonies  of  the  temple; 
now,  being  nearer  to  the  village  than  the  river,  the 
natives  frequent  it  for  washing  their  clothes. 

On  the  south  of  the  tank,  but  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  it,  we  came  to  the  ruins  of  an  exten- 
sive building,  which  appears  to  have  been  a  Christian 
church.  The  figure  of  the  cross  is  cut  upon  the 
walls  in  several  places.  There  have  been  four  rows 
of  granite  columns,  of  Greek  or  Roman  manufac- 
ture, within  the  celku  The  wajl$  have  been  built 
of  the  materials  of  an  old  Egyptian  temple ;  many 
of  the  stones  are  still  covered  with  sculpture  and 
hieroglyphics,  and  are  large,  stretching  quite  through 
the  wall.  Part  of  the  interior  is  still  covered  with 
plaster,  and  painted  with  red  figures,  such  as  are. 
usually  exhibited  in  the  Greek  churches.  There 
are  still  Christians  at  Hermont.  The  bed  of  sand- 
stone terminates  between  that  and  Asphoun. 

At  one  o'clock  we  reimbarked,  and:  proceeded 
jpyfully  on  our  way  tQ  Thebes.  About  three  quar- 
ters of  aa  hour  brought  us  in  sight  of  Luxor.  Hie 
distant  view  of  this  noble  plain,  and  the  ruins  which 
it  contains  were  of  themselves,  sufficient  to  gladden 


584       DEATH    OF   THE   PRINCESS    CHARLOTTE. 

every  heart.  In  Thebes  the  lover  of  antiquity  finds 
a  home,  from  which  he  cannot  wander  in  search  of 
any  thing  greater,  or  older,  or  more  perfect  of  its 
kind.  As  we  advanced  in  our  course,  the  doors  in 
the  mountains  of  the  western  Thebes  loomed  upon 
our  sight,  and,  like  a  smiling  friend,  invited  our 
approach.  We  reached  Luxor  at  four  o'clock  p.  m., 
from  which  we  soon  dropped  down  the  stream  to 
the  western  bank,  and  resumed  our  former  station 
at  the  sycamore-tree,  delighted  to  put  up  our  oars, 
and  impatient  to  meet  pur  English  friends,  Mr.  Salt 
and  Mr.  Beechy,  and  to  hear  and  to  tell  what  had 
passed  since  the  hour  of  our  separation. 

"  The  Princess  Charlotte  is  dead,  and  the  nation 
in  tears/9  are  the  latest  news  from  England  brought 
in  a  Greek  newspaper  from  the  island  of  Corfu. 
Tidings  of  sorrow  are  at  all  times  unwelcome ;  but 
they  come  at  the  most  unseasonable  moment  upon 
a  traveller  in  the  midst  of  his  journey ;  like  a  shower 
of  sleet  upon  the  tender  bud,  they  arrest  him  in  his 
progress,  and  chill  and  deaden  the  energies  of  life. 
The  well-regulated  heart  of  every  Briton  nourishes 
a  care  for  his  Sovereign  and  his  country,  which 
grows  with  his  growth,  and  strengthens  with  his 
strength,  and  which,  at  every  step  that  he  removes 
from  the  land  of  his  fathers,  engrosses  more  and 
more  his  affectionate  regards.  The  pride  of  the 
traveller  is  the  greatness  of  his  Sovereign,  and  the 
independence  of  his  country ;  and  he  joys  in  hear- 


DEATH    OF   THE   PRINCESS    CHARLOTTE.        535 

ing  the  voice  of  strangers  in  unison  with  his  own. 
The  troubles  of  Country  or  King  afflict  him  with 
anxiety ;  but  the  death  of  the  Heiress  of  the  throne 
sounds  like  a  knell  from  the  eternal  world  to  wake 
the  weeping  blood  within  his  breast,  and  to  flood 
the  heart  with  a  tide  of  the  most  melancholy  reflec- 
tions. We  love  our  King,  and  we  love  our  Country, 
and  we  lament  the  calamitous  bereavement  that 
has  robbed  the  nation  of  so  bright  an  ornament* 
We  recur  to  the  sacred  volume,  the  well-spring  of 
all  our  hopes,  and  we  read  in  this  our  charter  to  the 
skies,  "  Blessed  are  the  dead  that  die  in  the  Lord." 
He  created,  he  redeemed,  he  loves  and  preserves 
our  race ;  he  knows  the  end  and  measure  of  our 
days;  and  not  a  sparrow  falleth  to  the  ground  with- 
out  his  permission j  and  we  desire  to  be  resigned 
to  the  dispensations  of  his  providence  and  grace. 
Clouds  and  sunshine  may  vary  the  horizon  of  our 
prospects,  but  the  ways  and  purposes  of  Jehovah 
are  unchangeably  the  same.  But  eighteen  months 
before  we  saw  this  lovely  Princess  in  the  hey-day 
of  health  and  spirits,  as  she  drove  rapidly  along 
with  the  husband  of  her  choice,  amid  the  applauses 
of  a  gratulating  people.  To  judge  from  her  appear- 
ance, you  would  have  said  that  fate  had  placed  her 
at  the  greatest  distance  without  the  widening  circle 
of  his  career.  How  swiftly  has  the  pursuer  over- 
taken and  numbered  her  with  the  dead !  We  ad- 
mired her  virtues  j  we  deplore  the  irreparable  loss  j 


53&  THEBES* 

and,  paying  the  heartfelt  tribute  of  respect  to  her 
memory,  With  a  mourning  nation  we  follow,  in  our 
mind's  eye,  her  body  to' the  tbtnby  and  her  spirit  to 
tto  mansions  of  everlasting  day.  We  shall  go  to 
her,  bot  she  shall  not  xetarft  to  us.  The  earth  is 
the  scene  of  our  operations,  and  Thebes,  where 
the  element*  of  many  an  ancient  king  and  many  a 
kingly  sceptre  wanton*  in  the  wiod,  or  blossom  in 
the  flower^  »  now  the  place  of  our  ibode.  The 
fragjaentaof  ruined  grandeut  lie  scattered  over  the 
ground;  they  harmonise  with  the  state  of  our 
rtiindv>  and  invite  us  to  indulgte  the  feelings  of  our 
heart :  but  the  sun  withdraws  from  the  sphere  of 
vision^  and  here  We  shall'  repose  while  night  covers 
the  earth  with  the  obscurity  of  its  shade,  and  with 
the  morning  of  another  day  resume  the  examination* 
and  description  of  this-  most  interesting:  and  deso- 
lated fieldw 


END  OF  THE  BlRST  VOLUME. 


OXFORD 


G.  WOODFALL,  FKINTEIt, 
AW0B&  COORTT,  SKIMMER  STRUCT*  LONDON. 


»»■■•' 


V     v  » 


»V